KIA 2021 SORENTO HYBRID User Manual

“Operating, servicing and maintaining

a passenger vehicle or off-road

vehicle can expose you to chemicals

including engine exhaust, carbon

monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which

are known to the State of California

to cause cancer and birth defects or

other reproductive harm. To minimize

exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do

not idle the engine except as necessary,

service your vehicle in a well-ventilated

area and wear gloves or wash your

hands frequently when servicing your

vehicle. For more information go to

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-

vehicle.”

WARNING

– California

Proposition 65

FOREWORD

Dear Customer,

Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with excep

tional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experi

ence that exceeds your expectations.

If technical assistance is needed on your vehicle, authorized Kia dealerships can pro

vide you with factory-trained technicians, recommended special tools, and genuine

Kia replacement parts.

This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment

that are either standard or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance

needs of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find some descriptions and illustrations not

applicable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow

the instructions and recommendations. Please always keep this manual in the vehicle

for your, and any subsequent owner's, reference.

All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publica

tion. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company

reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time

without notice and without incurring any obligations.

Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!

󳚔 2020 KIA MOTORS Korea, Inc.

Motors Korea, Inc.

Printed in Korea

How to use this manual

We want to help you get the great

est possible driving pleasure from

your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual

can assist you in many ways.

We strongly recommend that you

read the entire manual. In order to

minimize the chance of death or

injury, you must read the WARNING

and CAUTION sections in the man

ual.

Illustrations complement the words

in this manual to best explain how

to enjoy your vehicle. By reading

your manual, you learn about fea

tures, important safety information,

and driving tips under various road

conditions.

The general layout of the manual is

provided in the Table of Contents.

Use the index when looking for a

specific area or subject, it has an

alphabetical listing of all information

in your manual.

Chapters: This manual has nine

chapters plus an index. Each chapter

begins with a brief list of contents

so you can tell at a glance if that

chapter has the information you

want.

You will find various WARNINGs,

CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this man

ual. These WARNINGs were pre

pared to enhance your personal

safety. You should carefully read

and follow ALL procedures and rec

ommendations provided in these

WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.

WARNING

A WARNING indicates a situation in

which harm, serious bodily injury or

death could result if the warning is

ignored.

CAUTION

A CAUTION indicates a situation in

which damage to your vehicle could

result if the caution is ignored.

NOTICE

A NOTICE indicates interesting or

helpful information is being pro

vided.

Table of Contents

Hybrid system

overview

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting

safety defects

Abbreviation

Index

1Hybrid system overview

Hybrid system overview

HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system....................................1-2

Driving the hybrid vehicle........................................................1-3

󳱽 Starting the vehicle................................................................1-3

󳱽 Special features......................................................................1-4

󳱽 Hybrid system gauge ............................................................1-5

󳱽 Warning and indicator lights.................................................1-6

󳱽 LCD display messages...........................................................1-7

󳱽 Energy flow...........................................................................1-11

Safety precautions for hybrid system................................1-14

󳱽 Hybrid vehicle components.................................................1-14

󳱽 Service interlock connector................................................1-17

󳱽 Hybrid battery cooling duct................................................1-17

󳱽 If an accident occurs............................................................1-18

󳱽 When the hybrid vehicle shuts off....................................1-19

Hybrid system overview

HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system

Hybrid system overview

HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle)

system

The Kia Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)

uses both the gasoline engine and

the electric motor for power. The

electric motor is run by a high-volt

age HEV battery.

Depending on the driving condi

tions, the HEV computer selectively

operates between the engine and

the electric motor or even both at

the same time.

Fuel efficiency increases when the

vehicle is driven by the electric

motor with the HEV battery.

The HEV battery charge must be

maintained, so at times the engine

will come on even at idle to act as a

generator. Charging also occurs in

decelerating or by regenerative

braking.

Electric motor

Electric motor +

Engine

EngineChargingEngine OFF

1. Startup/Low

speed cruise

2. Acceleration3. High speed cruise4. Deceleration5. Stop

Hybrid system overviewDriving the hybrid vehicle

Driving the hybrid vehicle

Starting the vehicle

Vehicles with smart key system

1.Carry the smart key or leave it

inside the vehicle.

2.Make sure the parking brake is

firmly applied.

3.Place the shift dial SBW in P

(Park). With the shift dial SBW in

N (Neutral), you cannot start the

vehicle.

4.Depress the brake pedal.

5.Turn the ignition switch or press

the ENGINE START/STOP button.

If the hybrid system starts, the

() READY/ON indicator will

come on.

Whether the engine is cold or

warm, it should be started with

out depressing the accelerator.

After following the start proce

dures, () READY/ON indicator on

the instrument cluster will turn on.

For more details, please refer to

"Starting the vehicle" on page 1-3.

Economical and safe operation of

Hybrid system

󳱽Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate and maintain a

steady cruising speed. Do not

make "jackrabbit" start. Do not

race between stoplights.

Avoid heavy traffic whenever

possible. Always maintain a safe

distance from other vehicles so

you can avoid unnecessary brak

ing. This also reduces brake wear

out.

󳱽The regenerative brake generates

energy when the vehicle deceler

ates.

󳱽When the hybrid battery power is

low, the hybrid system automati

cally recharges the hybrid bat

tery.

󳱽When the engine is running with

the shift dial SBW in N (Neutral),

the hybrid system cannot gener

ate electricity. The hybrid battery

cannot recharge with the shift dial

SBW in N (Neutral).

NOTICE

In the hybrid system, the engine

automatically runs and stops. When

the hybrid system operates, the

() indicator is illuminated.

In the following situation, the engine

may operate automatically.

󳱽When the engine is ready to run.

󳱽When the hybrid battery is being

charged.

󳱽Depending on the temperature

condition of the hybrid battery.

Hybrid system overview

Driving the hybrid vehicle

Special features

Hybrid vehicles sound different from

gasoline engine vehicles. When the

hybrid system operates, you may

hear a sound from the hybrid bat

tery system under the passenger

side seat floor. If you apply the

accelerator pedal rapidly, you may

hear an unconventional sound.

When you apply the brake pedal,

you may hear a sound from the

regenerative brake system. When

the hybrid system is turned off or

on, you may hear a sound in the

engine compartment. If you depress

the brake pedal repeatedly when

the hybrid system is turned on, you

may hear a sound in the engine

compartment. None of these

sounds indicate a problem. These

are normal characteristics of hybrid

vehicles.

If any of the following occurs, it's a

normal condition if you hear a motor

sound in the engine compartment:

󳱽After turning off the hybrid sys

tem, the brake pedal is released.

󳱽When the hybrid system is turned

off, the brake pedal is applied.

󳱽When the driver door is opened.

When the hybrid system is turned

ON, the gasoline engine may run or

may not. In this situation, you may

feel a vibration. This does not indi

cate a malfunction. When the ()

indicator illuminates, the hybrid

system is ready to begin driving.

Even if the engine is off, you can

operate the vehicle as long as the

() indicator is illuminated.

NOTICE

The hybrid system contains many

electronic components. High volt

age components, such as cables and

other parts, may emit electromag

netic waves. Even when the electro

magnetic cover blocks

electromagnetic emissions, electro

magnetic waves may have an effect

on electronic devices. When your

vehicle is not used for a long period

of time, the hybrid system will dis

charge. You need to drive the vehicle

several times a month. We recom

mend driving at least for 1 hour or

10miles/16 km. When the hybrid

battery is discharged, or when it is

impossible to jump start the vehicle,

contact your authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE

󳱽When you start the hybrid sys

tem with the shift dial SBW in P

(Parking), the () indicator illu

minates on the instrument clus

ter. The driver can drive the

vehicle, even when the gasoline

engine is off.

󳱽When you leave the vehicle, you

should turn OFF the hybrid sys

tem or locate the shift dial SBW in

Hybrid system overviewDriving the hybrid vehicle

P (Park). When you depress the

accelerator pedal by mistake, or

when the shift dial SBW is not in P

(Park), the vehicle will abruptly

move, possibly resulting in serious

injury or death.

Virtual Engine Sound System

(VESS)

Virtual Engine Sound System gener

ates engine sound for pedestrians

to hear vehicle sound because there

is limited sound while motor power

is used.

󳱽If the vehicle is moving at low

speed, the VESS will operate.

󳱽When the gear is shifted to R

(Reverse), an additional warning

sound will be heard.

What does regenerative braking

do?

It uses an electric motor when

decelerating and when braking and

transforms kinetic energy to elec

trical energy in order to charge the

high voltage battery.

Battery

󳱽The vehicle is composed of a high

voltage battery that drives the

motor and air conditioner, and a

12V lead battery with the HEV

battery that drives the lamps,

wipers, and audio system.

󳱽The 12V battery is automatically

charged when the vehicle is in the

ready () mode.

Hybrid system gauge

Power gauge

Type A

Type B

The hybrid system gauge indicates

whether the current driving condi

tion is fuel efficient or not.

󳱽CHARGE:

Shows that the energy made by

the vehicle is being converted to

OMQ4H040105

OMQ4H040103

Hybrid system overview

Driving the hybrid vehicle

electrical energy. (Regenerated

energy)

󳱽ECO:

Shows that the vehicle is being

driven in an Eco-friendly manner.

󳱽POWER:

Shows that the vehicle is exceed

ing the Eco-friendly range.

Hybrid battery SOC (State of

Charge) gauge

Type A

Type B

This gauge indicates the remaining

hybrid battery power. If the SOC is

near the "L (Low)" level, the vehicle

automatically operates the engine

to charge the battery.

However, if the Service Indicator

() and Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) () turn on when the SOC

gauge is near the "L (Low)" level,

have the vehicle be checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Warning and indicator lights

Ready indicator

This indicator illuminates:

When the vehicle is ready to be

driven.

󳱽ON: Normal driving is possible.

󳱽OFF: Normal driving is not possi

ble, or a problem has occurred.

EV mode indicator

This indicator illuminates:

When the vehicle is driven by the

electric motor.

󳱽"EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is

driven using the electric motor or

the gasoline engine is stopped.

󳱽"EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is

driven using the gasoline engine.

OMQ4H040107

OMQ4AH040104

Hybrid system overviewDriving the hybrid vehicle

Service warning light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽When you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP button to

the ON position.

-The service warning light illumi

nates for approximately 3 sec

onds and then turns off when

all checks have been performed.

󳱽When there is a problem with the

hybrid vehicle control system or

hardware.

When the warning light illuminates

during driving, or does not go OFF

after starting the vehicle, have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

Regenerative brake warning light

(yellow)

This warning light illuminates:

When the regenerative brake does

not operate and the brake does not

perform well. This causes the Brake

Warning light (red) and Regenera

tive Brake Warning Light (yellow) to

illuminate simultaneously.

If this occurs, drive safely and have

your vehicle inspected by an autho

rized Kia dealer. The operation of

the brake pedal may be more diffi

cult than normal and the braking

distance may increase.

LCD display messages

Ready to start driving

This message is displayed when the

vehicle is ready to be driven.

Check regenerative brakes

This message is displayed when the

brake performance is low or the

regenerative brake does not work

properly due to a failure in the brake

system.

If this occurs, it may take longer for

the brake pedal to operate and the

braking distance may become lon

ger.

OMQ4HQ010035L

OMQ4HQ010036L

Hybrid system overview

Driving the hybrid vehicle

Stop vehicle and check brakes

This message is displayed when a

failure occurs in the brake system.

If this occurs, park the vehicle in a

safe location tow your vehicle to the

nearest authorized Kia dealer and

have the vehicle inspected.

Check Hybrid system

This message is displayed when

there is a problem with the hybrid

control system. Refrain from driving

when the warning message is dis

played.

If this occurs, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Stop safely and check Hybrid sys

tem

This message is displayed when

there is a problem with the hybrid

control system. The () indicator

will blink and a warning chime will

sound until the problem is solved.

Refrain from driving when the

warning message is displayed.

If this occurs, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

OMQ4HQ010018L

OMQ4HQ010013L

OMQ4050306L

Hybrid system overviewDriving the hybrid vehicle

Check Hybrid system. Do not start

engine

This message is displayed when the

hybrid battery power (SOC) level is

low. A warning chime will sound until

the problem is solved. Refrain from

driving when the warning message

is displayed.

If this occurs, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Stop safely and check power supply

This message is displayed when a

failure occurs in the power supply

system.

If this occurs, park the vehicle in a

safe location and tow your vehicle

to the nearest authorized Kia dealer

and have the vehicle inspected.

Check Virtual Engine Sound System

This message is displayed when

there is a problem with the Virtual

Engine Sound System (VESS).

If this occurs, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

OMQ4HQ010015L

OMQ4HQ010016L

OMQ4HQ010012L

Hybrid system overview

101

Driving the hybrid vehicle

Refill inverter coolant

This message is displayed when the

inverter coolant is nearly empty.

You should refill the inverter cool

ant.

Park with engine On to charge bat

tery

This message is displayed when the

hybrid battery power (SOC) level is

low.

If this occurs, park the vehicle in a

safe location and wait until the

hybrid battery is charged.

Start engine to avoid battery dis

charge

This message is displayed to inform

the driver the 12V battery may be

discharged if the ENGINE START/

STOP button is in ON position (with

out the indicator ON).

Set the vehicle to the ready ()

mode to prevent the 12V battery

from being discharged.

OMQ4HQ010017L

OMQ4HQ010020L

OMQ4HQ010022L

Hybrid system overviewDriving the hybrid vehicle

Energy flow

The hybrid system informs the driv

ers its energy flow in various oper

ating modes. During driving, the

current energy flow is specified in

11 modes.

Vehicle stop

The vehicle is stopped.

(No energy flow)

EV propulsion

Only the motor power is used to

drive the vehicle.

(Battery → Wheel)

Power assist

Both the motor and the engine

power are used to drive the vehicle.

(Battery & Engine → Wheel)

Engine only propulsion

Only the engine power is used to

drive the vehicle.

(Engine → Wheel)

OMQ4HQ010002L

OMQ4HQ010003L

OMQ4HQ010004L

OMQ4HQ010005L

Hybrid system overview

121

Driving the hybrid vehicle

Engine generation

When the vehicle is stopped, the

high-voltage battery is charged up

by the engine.

(Engine → Battery)

Regeneration

The high-voltage battery is charged

up by the regenerative brake sys

tem.

(Wheel → Battery)

Engine brake

The engine braking is used to decel

erate the vehicle.

(Wheel → Engine)

Power reserve

The engine is simultaneously used

to drive the vehicle and to charge up

the high-voltage battery.

(Engine → Wheel & Battery)

OMQ4HQ010006L

OMQ4HQ010030L

OMQ4HQ010007L

OMQ4HQ010008L

Hybrid system overviewDriving the hybrid vehicle

Engine generation/motor drive

The engine charges up the high-

voltage battery. The motor power is

used to drive the vehicle.

(Engine → Battery → Wheel)

Engine generation/regeneration

The engine and regenerative brake

system charges up the high-voltage

battery.

(Engine & Wheel → Battery)

Engine brake/regeneration

The engine braking is simultane

ously used to decelerate the vehicle

and to charge up the high-voltage

battery.

(Wheel → Engine & Battery)

Start engine to avoid battery dis

charge

If the engine is not turned on with

the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button in ACC or ON

for a while, the battery can be dis

charged. Please turn on the engine

to prevent 12V battery from dis

charge.

OMQ4HQ010009L

OMQ4HQ010010L

OMQ4HQ010011L

OMQ4HQ010022L

Hybrid system overview

141

Safety precautions for hybrid system

Safety precautions for hybrid

system

Hybrid vehicle components

High voltage battery system

HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit) *1

High voltage battery system *2

* 1: Located in the engine compart

ment

* 2: Located under the passenger

side seat floor

WARNING

Never touch orange colored or high

voltage labeled components, includ

ing wires, cables, and connections.

When the insulators or covers are

damaged or removed, severe injury

or death from electrocution may

occur.

WARNING

While replacing the fuses in the

engine compartment, never touch

the HPCU. The HPCU carries high

voltage. Touching the HPCU may

result in electrocution, serious

injury, or death.

WARNING

In the hybrid system, the hybrid

battery uses high voltage to oper

ate the motor and other compo

nents. This high voltage hybrid

battery system can be very danger

ous.

Never touch the hybrid system.

When you touch the hybrid battery

system, serious injury or death may

occur.

OMQ4HQ010034

OMQ4HQ010032

Hybrid system overviewSafety precautions for hybrid system

CAUTION

󳱽Be careful when loading flamma

ble liquid in the passenger side

seat floor. It could cause opera

tional and safety degradation if

the liquid leaks and flows in the

high voltage battery.

Drive motor *3

* 3: Located in the engine compart

ment

WARNING

󳱽Do not disassemble the high volt

age motor connector. The high

voltage motor connector may

contain residual high voltage.

Coming in contact with high volt

age may result in death or serious

injury.

󳱽Your vehicle's hybrid system

should only be inspected or

repaired by an authorized Kia

dealer.

WARNING

󳱽Do not disassemble or assemble

the high voltage battery system.

Doing so may result in electric

shock, causing death or serious

injury.

󳱽If you disassemble or assemble

hybrid system components

improperly, it may damage the

performance and reliability of

your vehicle.

󳱽If electrolyte comes in contact

with your body, clothes or eyes,

immediately flush with a large

quantity of fresh tap water. Have

your eyes examined by a doctor

as soon as possible.

WARNING

Never assemble or disassemble the

high voltage battery system.

󳱽If you assemble or disassemble

the high voltage battery system,

the durability and performance of

the vehicle may be damaged.

󳱽When you want to check the high

voltage battery system, have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

OMQ4HQ010033

Hybrid system overview

161

Safety precautions for hybrid system

󳱽Do not touch the high voltage

battery and high voltage cable

connected to motor (orange

color). Severe burns and electric

shock may occur. For your safety,

do not touch the cover of elec

tronic components and electronic

cable. Do not remove the cover of

electronic components and elec

tronic cable. In particular, never

touch the high voltage battery

system when the hybrid system

in operation. It may result in

death or serious injury.

WARNING

󳱽Never use the package modules

(high voltage battery, inverter

and converter) for any other pur

pose.

󳱽Do not use an unauthorized bat

tery charger to charge the high

voltage battery. Doing so may

result in death or serious injury.

󳱽Never locate the high voltage sys

tem near or in a fire.

󳱽Never drill into or strike the pack

age module. Otherwise, it may be

damaged. An electric shock may

occur, resulting in serious injury or

death.

NOTICE

󳱽When the vehicle is paint baked,

do not bake over 30 minutes in

158󳚛F (70󳚛C) or 20 minutes in

176󳚛F (80󳚛C) degree.

󳱽Do not wash the engine compart

ment, using water. Water may

cause an electric shock and dam

age the electronic components.

WARNING

This hybrid vehicle uses the hybrid

battery system inverter and con

verter to generate high voltage.

High voltage in the hybrid battery

system is very dangerous and may

cause severe burns and electric

shock. This may result in serious

injury or death.

󳱽For your safety, never touch,

replace, disassemble or remove

the hybrid battery system includ

ing components, cables and con

nectors. Severe burns or electric

shock may result in serious injury

or death when you fail to follow

this warning.

󳱽When the hybrid battery system

operates, the hybrid battery sys

tem can be hot. Always be careful

because burns or electric shock

may be caused by high voltage.

󳱽Do not spill liquid on the HPCU,

HSG, motor and fuses. If the

hybrid system components come

in contact with liquid, it may

result in electric shock.

Hybrid system overviewSafety precautions for hybrid system

Service interlock connector

WARNING

In case of emergency, cut the ser

vice interlock connector cable to iso

late the high voltage of the battery.

WARNING

Never disconnect the service inter

lock connector or cut the wire

except in an emergency situation.

Serious problems may occur, such

as the vehicle will not start.

Hybrid battery cooling duct

Inlet duct

Outlet duct

The hybrid battery cooling duct is

located below the right side of the

front seats. The cooling duct cools

down the hybrid battery. When the

hybrid battery cooling duct is

blocked, the hybrid battery may be

overheated.

Clean the cooling duct for the hybrid

battery with a dry cloth on a regular

basis.

OMQ4H070020

OMQ4AH080007

OMQ4AH080009

Hybrid system overview

181

Safety precautions for hybrid system

WARNING

󳱽Never clean the cooling duct of

the hybrid battery with a wet

cloth. If any water enters the

cooling duct of the hybrid battery,

the hybrid battery may cause an

electric shock, resulting in a seri

ous damage, an injury or a death.

󳱽The hybrid battery is composed

of lithium-ion polymer. If the

hybrid battery is improperly han

dled, it is dangerous to the envi

ronment. Also it may cause

electrical shock and severe burns,

resulting in a serious injury or a

death.

󳱽Do not spill liquid over the cooling

duct of the hybrid battery. Doing

so is very dangerous. It may cause

electric shock or serious injury.

󳱽Do not cover the cooling duct with

objects.

󳱽Do not put any objects into the

cooling duct of the hybrid battery.

Doing so may cause loss of cooling

duct volume to the hybrid bat

tery. When the cooling duct is

blocked with any objects, immedi

ately contact your Kia dealer.

󳱽Never place a container of liquid

on or near the cooling duct. If the

liquid spills, the hybrid battery

located under the floor may be

damaged.

󳱽Do not obstruct the cooling duct

with any other objects.

If an accident occurs

WARNING

󳱽For your safety, do not touch the

high voltage cables, connectors

and package modules. High volt

age components are orange in

color.

󳱽Exposed cables or wires may be

visible inside or outside of the

vehicle. Never touch the wires or

cables, because an electrical

shock, an injury, or a death may

occur.

󳱽Any gas or electrolyte leakage

from your vehicle is not only poi

sonous but also flammable. Upon

witnessing one of those, open the

windows, and remain a safe dis

tance from the vehicle out of the

road.

Immediately call an emergency

services or contact an authorized

Kia dealer and advise them that a

hybrid vehicle is involved.

󳱽When the vehicle is severely dam

aged, remain a safe distance of

49 ft. (15 m) or more between

your vehicle and other vehicles/

flammables.

Hybrid system overviewSafety precautions for hybrid system

NOTICE

If a fire occurs:

󳱽If a small scale fire occurs, use a

fire extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is

meant for electrical fires.

If it is impossible to extinguish the

fire in the early stage, remain a

safe distance from the vehicle and

immediately call your local fire

emergency responders. Also,

advise them that a hybrid vehicle

is involved.

If the fire spreads to the high

voltage battery, large amount of

water is needed to put out the

fire.

Using small amount of water or

fire extinguishers not meant for

electrical fires could cause serious

injury or death from electrical

shocks.

󳱽Upon witnessing any sparks,

gases, flames, or fuel leakage of

your vehicle, immediately call

emergency services or contact an

authorized Kia dealer. Also, advise

them that a hybrid vehicle is

involved.

WARNING

When a submersion in water occurs:

When your vehicle is flooded in

water, a high-voltage battery may

cause shock or fires. Thus, turn the

hybrid system OFF, take the key in

your possession and escape to a

safe place. Never attempt physical

contact with your flooded vehicle.

Immediately contact an authorized

Kia dealer and advise them that a

hybrid vehicle is involved.

When the hybrid vehicle shuts off

When the high voltage battery or 12

volt battery is discharged, or when

the fuel tank is empty, the hybrid

system may not operate while driv

ing. When the Hybrid system does

not operate, do the followings:

1.Gradually reduce the vehicle

speed. Pull over your vehicle off

the road in a safe area.

2.Locate the shift dial SBW in P

(Park).

3.Turn ON the hazard warning

flashers.

4.Turn OFF the vehicle, and try to

start the hybrid system again,

while depressing the brake pedal

and turning on the ENGINE

START/STOP button.

5.When the hybrid system still does

not operate, refer to "Emergency

starting" on page 7-5.

Before jump-starting the vehicle,

check the fuel level and the exact

procedure to jump start. When

the fuel level is low, do not

attempt to drive the vehicle only

with the battery power. The high

voltage battery may be dis

charged, and the hybrid system

will turn OFF.

Hybrid system overview

201

Safety precautions for hybrid system

WARNING

Vehicle accident

Never touch electric wires or cable.

If exposed electric wires or cables

are visible inside or outside of your

vehicle, an electric shock may occur.

WARNING

Putting out fire

Never use a small quantity of water

to put out a fire in your vehicle. If a

fire occurs, evacuate the car imme

diately and contact the fire depart

ment.

2Introduction

Introduction

Fuel requirements....................................................................2-2

Vehicle modifications...............................................................2-5

Vehicle break-in process.........................................................2-5

Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle..................2-6

Vehicle handling instructions..................................................2-6

Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders..............2-7

HEV powertrain.........................................................................2-8

Introduction

Fuel requirements

Introduction

Fuel requirements

Your new vehicle is designed to use

only unleaded fuel having a pump

octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87

(Research Octane Number 91) or

higher. (Do not use methanol blend-

ed fuels.)

Your new vehicle is designed to

obtain maximum performance with

UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-

mize exhaust emissions and spark

plug fouling.

Never add any fuel system cleaning

agents to the fuel tank other than

what has been specified. (Consult an

authorized Kia dealer for details.)

󳱽Tighten the cap until it clicks one

time, otherwise the Check Engine

light will illuminate.

WARNING

Refueling

󳱽Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off. Attempts

to force more fuel into the tank

can cause fuel overflow onto you

and the ground, causing a risk of

fire.

󳱽Always check that the fuel cap is

installed securely to prevent fuel

spillage, especially in the event of

an accident.

Gasoline containing alcohol and

methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and

ethanol (also known as grain alco

hol), and gasoline or gasohol con

taining methanol (also known as

wood alcohol) are being marketed

along with or instead of leaded or

unleaded gasoline.

Pursuant to Environmental Protec

tion Agency (EPA) regulations, etha

nol may be used in your vehicle.

Do not use gasohol containing more

than 15% ethanol, and do not use

gasoline or gasohol containing any

methanol. Ethanol provides less

energy than gasoline and attracts

water. Thus, it is likely to reduce

your fuel efficiency and could lower

your MPG results.

Methanol may cause drivability

problems and damage to the fuel

system, engine control system and

emission control system.

Discontinue using gasohol of any

kind if drivability problems occur.

Vehicle damage or drivability prob

lems may not be covered by the

manufacturer's warranty if they

result from the use of:

1.Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.

2.Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

3.Gasohol containing more than

15% ethanol.

IntroductionFuel requirements

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel

comprised of 85% ethanol and 15%

gasoline, and is manufactured

exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel

Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible

with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may

result in poor engine performance

and damage to your vehicle's engine

and fuel system. Kia recommends

that customers do not use fuel with

an ethanol content exceeding 15%.

NOTICE

Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty

does not cover damage to the fuel

system or any performance prob

lems caused by the use of "E85"

fuel.

NOTICE

Never use any fuel containing meth

anol. Discontinue use of any metha

nol containing products which may

inhibit proper drivability.

Other fuels

Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),

MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Man

ganese Tricarbonyl), Manganese

(Mn) contained fuel, and other

metallic additives, may cause vehicle

and engine damage or cause misfir

ing, poor acceleration, engine stall

ing, catalyst melting, clogging,

abnormal corrosion, life cycle reduc

tion, etc.

Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) may illuminate.

NOTICE

Damage to the fuel system or per

formance problems caused by the

use of these other fuels may not be

covered by your New Vehicle Limited

Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains harmful

manganese- based fuel additives

Such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadie

nyl Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia

does not recommend the use of

gasoline containing MMT. This type

of fuel can reduce vehicle perfor

mance and affect your emission

control system. The Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL) on the cluster

may come on.

Do not use methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood

alcohol) should not be used in your

vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce

vehicle performance and damage

components of the fuel system,

engine control system and emission

control system.

Introduction

Fuel requirements

Fuel Additives

Kia recommends that you use good

quality gasolines treated with

detergent additives such as TOP

TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help

prevent deposit formation in the

engine. These gasolines will help the

engine run cleaner and enhance

performance of the emission control

system.

For more information on TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline, please go to the

website (www.toptiergas.com) For

customers who do not use TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline regularly, and

have problems starting or the

engine does not run smoothly, addi

tives that you can buy separately

may be added to the gasoline.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is

not available, one bottle of additive

should be added to the fuel tank at

every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or

every engine oil change is recom

mended. Additives are available

from your authorized Kia dealer

along with information on how to

use them. Do not mix other addi

tives.

Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle

in another country, be sure to:

󳱽Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.

󳱽Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

IntroductionVehicle modifications

Vehicle modifications

This vehicle should not be modified.

Modification of your vehicle could

affect its performance, safety or

durability and may even violate gov

ernmental safety and emissions

regulations.

In addition, damage or performance

problems resulting from any modifi

cation may not be covered under

warranty.

󳱽If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle

to operate abnormally, wire dam

age, battery discharge and fire.

For your safety, do not use unau

thorized electronic devices.

Vehicle break-in process

No special break-in period is needed.

By following a few simple precau

tions for the first 4,000 miles (6,000

km) you may add to the perfor

mance, economy and life of your

vehicle.

󳱽Do not race the engine.

󳱽While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions per

minute) between 2,000 rpm and

4,000 rpm.

󳱽Do not maintain a single engine

speed for long periods of time,

either fast or slow. Varying

engine speeds is needed to prop

erly break-in the engine.

󳱽Avoid hard stops, except in emer

gencies, to allow the brakes to

seat properly.

󳱽Don't tow a trailer during the first

1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera

tion.

󳱽Fuel economy and engine perfor

mance may vary depending on

vehicle break-in process and be

stabilized after driving about

4,000 miles (6,000 km). Engines

may consume more oil during the

vehicle break-in period.

Introduction

Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle

Risk of burns when parking or

stopping vehicle

󳱽Do not park or stop the vehicle

near flammable items such as

leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such

items placed near the exhaust

system can become a fire hazard.

󳱽When an engine idles at a high

speed with the rear side of the

vehicle touching the wall, heat of

the exhaust gas can cause discol

oration or fire. Keep enough space

between the rear part of the

vehicle and the wall.

󳱽Be sure not to touch the exhaust/

catalytic systems while engine is

running or right after the engine

is turned off. There is a risk of

burns since the systems are

extremely hot.

Vehicle handling instructions

As with other vehicles of this type,

failure to operate this vehicle cor

rectly may result in loss of control,

an accident or vehicle rollover.

Specific design characteristics

(higher ground clearance, track,

etc.) give this vehicle a higher center

of gravity than other types of vehi

cles. In other words they are not

designed for cornering at the same

speeds as conventional 2-wheel

drive vehicles.

Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu

vers. Again, failure to operate this

vehicle correctly may result in loss

of control, an accident or vehicle

rollover.

Be sure to read the "Reducing the

risk of a rollover" on page 6-190.

IntroductionVehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders

Vehicle data collection and Event

Data Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with an

Event Data Recorder (EDR). The

main purpose of an EDR is to record,

in certain crash or near crash-like

situations, such as an air bag

deployment or hitting a road obsta

cle, data that will assist in under

standing how a vehicle's systems

performed. The EDR is designed to

record data related to vehicle

dynamics and safety systems for a

short period of time, typically 30

seconds or less. The EDR in this

vehicle is designed to record data

such as:

󳱽How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;

󳱽Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts were

buckled/fastened;

󳱽How far (if at all) the driver was

depressing the accelerator and/or

brake pedal; and,

󳱽How fast the vehicle was travel

ing.

These data can help provide a bet

ter understanding of the circum

stances in which crashes and

injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are

recorded by your vehicle, only if a

non-trivial crash situation occurs;

no data are recorded by the EDR

under normal driving conditions and

no personal data (e.g., name, gen

der, age, and crash location) are

recorded. However, other parties,

such as law enforcement, could

combine the EDR data with the type

of personally identifying data rou

tinely acquired during a crash inves

tigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,

special equipment is required, and

access to the vehicle or the EDR is

needed. In addition to the vehicle

manufacturer, other parties, such

as law enforcement, that have the

special equipment, can read the

information if they have access to

the vehicle or the EDR.

Introduction

HEV powertrain

By following a few simple precau

tions for the first 600 miles (1,000

km) you may increase the perfor

mance economy and life of your

vehicle.

󳱽Do not race the engine.

󳱽Avoid hard stops, except in emer

gencies, to allow the brakes to

seat properly.

3Your vehicle at a glance

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview......................................................................3-2

Interior overview.......................................................................3-5

Instrument panel overview.....................................................3-7

Engine compartment...............................................................3-9

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview

Front view

* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1.Hood 5-52

2.Headlamp 5-142, 8-69

3.Wheel and tire 7-17, 9-6

4.Outside rear view mirror 5-81

5.Panorama sunroof 5-59

6.Front windshield wiper blades 5-150, 8-32

7.Windows 5-47

8.Front ultrasonic sensors 5-136

9.Front radar6-68

10.Front view camera 6-55, 6-68

OMQ4AH010001

Your vehicle at a glanceExterior overview

11.Front fog lamp 8-70

12.Roof rack 5-200

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview

Rear view

* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1.Doors 5-20

2.Fuel filler door 5-54

3.Rear combination lamp 8-71, 8-72, 8-73

4.High mounted stop lamp 8-74

5.Liftgate 5-33, 5-36, 5-42

6.Antenna 5-201

7.Rear view camera 5-126

8.Rear ultrasonic sensors5-132, 5-136

9.Rear wiper 5-150, 8-32

10.Reversing lamp 8-73

OMQ4AH010002

Your vehicle at a glanceInterior overview

Interior overview

* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1.Inside door handle 5-23

2.Seat position memory system 5-29

3.Outside rear view mirror folding switch 5-81

4.Outside rear view mirror control switch 5-81

5.Central door lock/unlock switch 5-23

6.Power window switches 5-49

7.Power window lock button 5-51

Electronic power child safety lock button 5-26

8.Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever 5-66

9.Steering wheel 5-65

10.Instrument panel illumination control switch5-87

11.Lane Safety button 6-84

12.ESC OFF button 6-38

OMQ4AH010003

Your vehicle at a glance

Interior overview

13.Power liftgate open/close button 5-33, 5-36, 5-42

14.Hood release lever 5-52

15.Instrument panel fuse 8-51

16.Seat 4-5

17.Shift dial SBW 6-17

Your vehicle at a glanceInstrument panel overview

Instrument panel overview

* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1.Audio remote control button 5-65

2.Driver's front air bag 4-60

3.Horn 5-68

4.Driving Assist button 6-131, 6-134

5.Instrument cluster 5-85

6.Light control/turn signals lever 5-142

7.Wiper and washer control lever 5-150

8.Ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button 6-12, 6-9

9.Infotainment system 5-201

10.Hazard warning flasher switch 7-2

11.Climate control system 5-164

12.Front seat warmer and air ventilation seat button 5-183, 5-185

13.Glove box 5-180

OMQ4AH010004

Your vehicle at a glance

Instrument panel overview

14.Steering wheel heater button 5-67

15.AUTO HOLD button 6-33

16.DBC switch 6-41

17.EPB switch 6-28

18.Parking/View button 5-126, 5-128

19.Parking Safety button 5-132, 5-136

20.Wireless charging system 5-191

21.Center console storage box 5-180

22.Power outlet 5-188

23.AC Inverter 5-187

24.USB charger 5-187

25.Passenger's front air bag 4-60

Your vehicle at a glanceEngine compartment

Engine compartment

Smartstream G1.6 T-GDI HEV

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1.Electric Control Unit (ECU) 8-5

2.Engine coolant reservoir 8-22

3.Engine coolant reservoir cap 8-22

4.Inverter coolant reservoir 8-24

5.Brake fluid reservoir 8-26

6.Air cleaner 8-30

7.Engine oil dipstick 8-21

8.Engine oil filler cap 8-21

9.Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8-28

10.Fuse box 8-51

11.Inverter coolant reservoir cap 8-22

OMQ4H070021

4Safety features of your vehicle

Safety features of your vehicle

Important safety precautions................................................4-3

Seat.............................................................................................4-5

󳱽 Feature of Seat Leather........................................................4-8

󳱽 Front seat adjustment for manual seat ............................4-8

󳱽 Front seat adjustment for power seat............................4-10

󳱽 Rear seat adjustment..........................................................4-12

󳱽 Headrest (for front seat)....................................................4-18

󳱽 Headrest (for rear seat)......................................................4-21

󳱽 Seatback pocket...................................................................4-23

󳱽 Small pocket..........................................................................4-24

Seat belts.................................................................................4-24

󳱽 Seat belt restraint system.................................................4-24

󳱽 Seat belt precautions...........................................................4-33

󳱽 Care of seat belts.................................................................4-35

Child Restraint System (CRS)...............................................4-36

󳱽 Children always in the rear.................................................4-36

󳱽 Selecting a CRS.....................................................................4-37

󳱽 Installing a CRS......................................................................4-39

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System.......4-46

󳱽 How does the air bag system operate.............................4-47

󳱽 Air bag warning and indicator............................................4-49

󳱽 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components

and functions.........................................................................4-50

󳱽 Occupant Detection System (ODS)....................................4-53

󳱽 Driver's and passenger's front air bag..............................4-60

󳱽 Side air bag............................................................................4-63

󳱽 Curtain air bag......................................................................4-64

󳱽 Air bag collision sensors......................................................4-66

4Safety features of your vehicle

󳱽 Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation

and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)....................4-67

󳱽 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) care....................4-70

󳱽 Additional safety precautions............................................4-71

󳱽 Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-

equipped vehicle....................................................................4-72

󳱽 Air bag warning labels .........................................................4-73

Safety features of your vehicleImportant safety precautions

Safety features of your vehicle

For the safety of the driver and

vehicle passengers, you should

become familiar with the vehicle's

safety features.

Important safety precautions

You will find many safety precau

tions and recommendations

throughout this section, and

throughout this manual.

The safety precautions in this sec

tion are among the most important.

Always wear your seat belt

A seat belt is your best protection in

all types of accidents. Air bags are

designed to supplement seat belts,

not replace them. So even though

your vehicle is equipped with air

bags, ALWAYS make sure you and

your passengers wear your seat

belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain all children

All children under age 13 should ride

in your vehicle properly restrained in

a rear seat, not the front seat.

Infants and small children should be

restrained in an appropriate child

restraint. Larger children should use

a booster seat with the lap/shoulder

belt until they can use the seat belt

properly without a booster seat.

Air bag hazards

While air bags can save lives, they

can also cause serious or fatal inju

ries to occupants who sit too close

to them, or who are not properly

restrained. Infants, young children,

and shorter adults are at the great

est risk of being injured by an inflat

ing air bag. Follow all instructions

and warnings in this manual.

Driver distraction

Driver distraction presents a serious

and potentially deadly danger, espe

cially for inexperienced drivers.

Safety should be the first concern

when behind the wheel and drivers

need to be aware of the wide array

of potential distractions, such as

drowsiness, reaching for objects,

eating, personal grooming, other

passengers, and using cellular

phones.

Drivers can become distracted when

they take their eyes and attention

off the road or their hands off the

wheel to focus on activities other

than driving. To reduce your risk of

distraction or getting into an acci

dent:

Safety features of your vehicle

Important safety precautions

󳱽ALWAYS set up your mobile

devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,

navigation units, etc.) when your

vehicle is parked or safely

stopped.

󳱽ONLY use your mobile device

when allowed by laws and when

conditions permit safe use.

NEVER text or email while driving.

Most states have laws prohibiting

drivers from texting. Some states

and cities also prohibit drivers

from using handheld phones.

󳱽NEVER let the use of a mobile

device distract you from driving.

You have a responsibility to your

passengers and others on the

road to always drive safely, with

your hands on the wheel as well

as your eyes and attention on the

road.

Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in

crash injuries and deaths. Generally,

the higher the speed, the greater

the risk, but serious injuries can also

occur at lower speeds. Never drive

faster than is safe for current driv

ing conditions, regardless of the

maximum speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe condition

Having a tire blowout or a mechani

cal failure can be extremely hazard

ous. To reduce the possibility of

such problems, check your tire pres

sures and conditions frequently, and

perform all regularly scheduled

maintenance.

Safety features of your vehicleSeat

Seat

* The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Front seat

1.Forward and backward

2.Seatback angle

3.Seat cushion height

4.Seat cushion tilt

5.Cushion extension (Driver's seat)

6.Lumbar support

7.Driver position memory system

8.Headrest

2nd row seat

9.Forward and backward

10.Seatback angle and folding

11.Walk-in switch/strap

12.Headrest

3rd row seat

13.Folding

14.Headrest

OMQ4AH030001

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat

WARNING

Loose objects

Loose objects in the driver's foot

area could interfere with the opera

tion of the foot pedals, possibly

causing an accident. Do not place

anything under the front seats.

WARNING

Uprighting seat

Do not press the release lever on a

manual seatback without holding

and controlling the seatback. The

seatback will spring upright, possibly

impacting you or other passengers.

WARNING

Driver responsibility for passengers

The driver must advise the passen

gers to keep the seatback in an

upright position whenever the vehi

cle is in motion. If a seat is reclined

during an accident, the restraint

system's ability to restrain the pas

senger will be greatly reduced.

WARNING

Seat cushion

Occupants should never sit on after

market seat cushions or sitting

cushions. The passenger Occupant

Detection System may not operate

properly, or the passenger's hips

may slide under the lap portion of

the seat belt during an accident or a

sudden stop.

WARNING

Driver's seat

󳱽Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. This

could result in loss of control of

your vehicle.

󳱽Do not allow anything to interfere

with the normal position of the

seatback. For example, storing

items against the seatback could

result in serious or fatal injury in a

sudden stop or collision.

ODEEV058002NR

Safety features of your vehicleSeat

󳱽Sit as far back as possible from

the steering wheel while still

maintaining comfortable control

of the your vehicle. A distance of

at least 10 in (25 cm) from your

chest to the steering wheel is rec

ommended. Failure to do so can

result in air bag inflation injuries

to the driver.

WARNING

Rear seatbacks

Always lock the rear seatback

before driving. Failure to do so could

result in passengers or objects being

thrown forward, injuring vehicle

occupants.

WARNING

Unexpected seat movement

After adjusting a manual seat,

always check that it is locked by

shifting your weight to the front

and to the back. Sudden or unex

pected movement of the driver's

seat could cause you to lose control

of the vehicle.

WARNING

Seat adjustment

󳱽Do not adjust the seat while

wearing seat belts. Moving the

seat forward will cause strong

pressure on the abdomen.

󳱽Do not place your hand near the

seat bottom or seat track while

adjusting the seat. Your hand

could get caught in the seat

mechanism.

WARNING

Luggage and cargo

Do not stack or pile luggage or cargo

higher than the seatback in the

cargo area. In an accident the cargo

could strike and injure a passenger.

If objects are large, heavy or must

be piled, they must be secured in

the cargo area.

WARNING

Cargo area

Do not allow passengers to ride in

the cargo area under any circum

stance. The cargo area is solely for

the purpose of transporting luggage

or cargo.

WARNING

Small objects

Use extreme caution when picking

up small objects trapped under the

seats or between the seat and the

center console. Your hands might be

cut or injured by the sharp edges of

the seats mechanism.

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat

CAUTION

Precautions with seat covers

Use caution when working on the

seat cover. A short circuit or discon

nection may occur, which could lead

to noise, damage the ventilation

system.

WARNING

Seat short circuit risk

Be aware of wires or air vents when

placing a seat cover or covering the

seat with plastic cover. A short cir

cuit may occur, which could lead to

fire.

Feature of Seat Leather (if

equipped)

󳱽Wrinkles may appear as a natural

result of stretching and shrinking

depending on the temperature

and humidity.

󳱽The seat cover is made of

stretchable material to improve

comfort of passengers.

󳱽The parts contacting the body are

curved and the side supporting

area is high which provides driving

comfort and stability.

CAUTION

󳱽Belts with metallic accessories,

zippers or keys inside the back

pocket may damage the seat fab

ric.

󳱽Make sure not to wet the seat. It

may change the nature of leather.

󳱽Jeans or clothes which could

bleach may contaminate the sur

face of the seat covering fabric.

NOTICE

Wrinkles or abrasions may appear

naturally from usage. It is not a

fault of product. Wrinkles or abra

sions are not covered by warranty.

Front seat adjustment for manual

seat (if equipped)

The front seat can be adjusted by

using the control levers located on

the outside of the seat cushion.

Moving forward and backward

Adjust the seat before driving, and

make sure the seat is locked

securely by trying to move forward

and backward without using the

lever. If the seat moves, it is not

locked properly.

Safety features of your vehicleSeat

To move the seat forward or back

ward:

1.Pull the seat slide adjustment

lever up and hold it.

2.Slide the seat to the position you

desire.

3.Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and

make sure the seat is locked

securely by trying to move forward

and backward without using the

lever. If the seat moves, it is not

locked properly.

Reclining seatback

To recline the seatback:

1.Lean forward slightly and lift up

the seatback recline lever.

2.Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback of the

seat to the position you desire.

3.Release the lever and make sure

the seatback is locked in place.

(The lever MUST return to its

original position for the seatback

to lock.)

WARNING

Reclining seatback

Sitting in a reclined position when

the vehicle is in motion can be dan

gerous. Even when buckled up, the

protections of your restraint sys

tem (seat belts and/or air bags) is

greatly reduced by reclining your

seatback.

Seat belts must be snug against

your hips and chest to work prop

erly. When the seatback is reclined,

the shoulder belt cannot do its job

because it will not be snug against

your chest. Instead, it will be in front

of you. During an accident, you could

be thrown into the seat belt, caus

ing neck or other injuries.

The more the seatback is reclined,

the greater chance the passenger's

hips will slide under the lap belt or

the passenger's neck will strike the

shoulder belt.

OMQ4AH030008

OMQ4AH030013

Safety features of your vehicle

104

Seat

Changing seat cushion height (for

driver's seat)

To change the height of the seat

cushion, push the lever upwards or

downwards.

󳱽To lower the seat cushion, push

down the lever several times.

󳱽To raise the seat cushion, pull up

the lever several times.

Front seat adjustment for power

seat (if equipped)

The driver's seat can be adjusted by

using the control switches located

on the outside of the seat cushion.

Before driving, adjust the seat to

the proper position so as to easily

control the steering wheel, pedals

and switches on the instrument

panel.

WARNING

Unattended children

Never leave children unattended in a

vehicle. Children might operate fea

tures of the vehicle that could injure

them.

CAUTION

Power seating adjustments

󳱽The power seating controls func

tion by electronic motor. Exces

sive operation may cause damage

to the electrical equipment.

󳱽Do not operate two or more

power seat control switches at

the same time. Doing so may

damage the power seat motor or

electrical components.

Moving forward and backward

OMQ4AH030010

OMQ4AH030012

Safety features of your vehicleSeat

To move the seat forward or back

ward:

1.Push the control switch forward

or backward to move the seat to

the desired position.

2.Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

Reclining seatback

To recline the seatback:

1.Push the control switch forward

or backward to move the seat

back to the desired angle.

2.Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

Changing seat cushion tilt and

height

To change the height of the seat:

1.Pull the front portion of the con

trol switch up to raise or press

down to lower the front part of

the seat cushion.

Pull the rear portion of the control

switch up to raise or press down

to lower the seat cushion.

2.Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

Adjusting lumbar support (if

equipped)

Type A

Type B

OMQ4AH030013

OMQ4AH030015

OMQ4AH030011

OMQ4AH030016

Safety features of your vehicle

124

Seat

The lumbar support can be adjusted

by pressing the lumbar support

switch on the side of the seat.

1.Press the front portion of the

switch to increase support, or the

rear portion of the switch, to

decrease support.

2.Release the switch once it

reaches the desired position.

Adjusting cushion extension for

driver's seat (if equipped)

1.Press the front portion of the

switch to raise the cushion exten

sion, or the rear portion of the

switch to lower it.

2.Release the switch once the cush

ion extension reaches the desired

position.

Rear seat adjustment

Forward and backward (2nd row

seat)

To move the seat forward or back

ward:

1.Pull the seat slide adjustment

lever up and hold it.

2.Slide the seat to the position you

desire.

3.Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and

make sure the seat is locked

securely by trying to move forward

and backward without using the

lever. If the seat moves, it is not

locked properly.

OMQ4AH030014

OMQ4AH030026

Safety features of your vehicleSeat

Seatback angle (2nd row seat)

To recline the seatback:

1.Pull up the seatback recline lever.

2.Hold the lever and adjust the

seatback of the seat to the posi

tion you desire.

3.Release the lever and make sure

the seatback is locked in place.

(The lever MUST return to its

original position for the seatback

to lock.)

Walk-in seat (2nd row seat)

To get in or out of the 3rd row seat:

1.Routing the seat belt webbing

through the rear seat belt guide

clip. After inserting the seat belt,

tighten the belt webbing by pull

ing it up.

2.Press the switch (1) on the top of

the 2nd row seat or press the

switch (2) on the bottom of the

2nd row seat to unlock.

Or, the 2nd row seat can be

unlocked by pulling the strap

located beneath the 2nd row seat

seatback. If the strap is located

beneath the 2nd row seatback,

there is a label attached to show

where the strap is located in.

OMQ4AH030029

OMQ4030006

OMQ4AH030034

Safety features of your vehicle

144

Seat

WARNING

Never attempt to adjust using the

2nd row seat walk-in switch or

strap while the vehicle is moving or

seat is occupied as the seat may

suddenly move and cause the pas

senger on the seat to be injured.

3.The 2nd row seatback will be

folded and push the seat to the

farthest forward position.

After getting in or out, slide the

2nd row seat to the farthest

backward position and pull the

seatback firmly backward until it

clicks into place. Make sure that

the seat is locked in place.

WARNING

Do not pull the strap when the 2nd-

row seats are occupied.

Sudden movement of the seats may

result in injury. Use the strap only

when the folding switch in the 2nd

row (in the upper part of the sec

ond-row seatback or the outer part

of the seat) does not work.

Folding the rear seat

The rear seatbacks can be folded to

facilitate carrying long items or to

increase the luggage capacity of the

vehicle.

OMQ4030090

OMQ4AH030035

Safety features of your vehicleSeat

NOTICE

Folded seatback

Do not sit on folded down seat

backs. The purpose of the fold-

down rear seatbacks is to allow you

to carry longer objects that could

not otherwise be accommodated.

󳱽Never allow a passenger to sit on

top of the folded down seatback

while the car is moving. This is not

a proper seating position since

the seat has important crash pro

tection features and seat belts

are not available in this seat con

figuration.

󳱽To reduce the risk of injury caused

by sliding cargo within the pas

senger compartment of the vehi

cle, objects carried on the folded

down seatback should not extend

higher than the top of the front

seats.

1.Insert the rear seat belt buckle in

the pocket between the rear

seatback and cushion, and insert

the rear seat belt webbing in the

guide to prevent the seat belt

from being damaged.

2nd row seat

3rd row seat

OMQ4AH030071

OMQ4030006

OMQ4AH030072

Safety features of your vehicle

164

Seat

2.Set the front seatback to the

upright position and if necessary,

slide the front seat forward.

3.Lower the rear headrests to the

lowest position.

WARNING

Objects

Objects carried on the folded down

seatback should not extend higher

than the top of the front seatbacks.

This could allow cargo to slide for

ward and cause injury or damage

during sudden stops.

4.Pull on the seatback folding lever

(for 2nd row) or strap (for 3rd

row), then fold the seat toward

the front of the vehicle. When you

return the seatback to its upright

position, always be sure it has

locked into position by pushing on

the top of the seatback.

2nd row seat

3rd row seat

5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull

the seatback backward by pulling

on the folding lever (for 2nd row)

or strap (for 3rd row).

Pull the seatback firmly until it

clicks into place.

Make sure the seatback is locked

in place.

OMQ4030003

OMQ4AH030036

OMQ4AH030037

Safety features of your vehicleSeat

2nd row seat

3rd row seat

6.Return the rear seat belt to the

proper position.

2nd row seat folding (from 3rd

row)

2nd row seat folding switch is

located on the right side of the 3rd

row seat.

The 2nd row seat back will be

folded.

If you press the left switch, left side

seat back and center seat back will

be folded.

If you press the right switch, right

side seat back will be folded.

WARNING

Do not fold the rear seatbacks down

until the driver has positioned his

seat properly. Doing so can cause

the driver to operate the vehicle out

of position and increase the risk of

bodily injury in a sudden stop or col

lision.

WARNING

Uprighting seat

When you return the seatback to its

upright position, hold the seatback

and return it slowly. If the seatback

is returned without holding it, the

back of the seat could spring for

ward, resulting in injury caused by

being struck by the seatback.

OMQ4AH030038

OMQ4AH030039

OMQ4AH030040

Safety features of your vehicle

184

Seat

WARNING

Rear seatback

To ensure maximum protection in

the event of an accident or sudden

stop, when returning the rear seat

to the upright position:

󳱽Be careful not to damage the seat

belt webbing or buckle.

󳱽Do not allow the seat belt web

bing or buckle to become pinched

or caught in the rear seat.

󳱽Ensure the seatback is completely

locked into its upright position by

pushing on the top of the seat

back.

CAUTION

Damaging rear seat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seatback,

insert the buckle between the rear

seatback and cushion. Doing so can

prevent the buckle from being dam

aged by the rear seatback.

CAUTION

Rear seat belts

When returning the rear seatbacks

to the upright position, remember

to return the rear shoulder belts to

their proper position.

WARNING

Cargo

Cargo should always be secured to

prevent it from being thrown about

the vehicle in a collision and causing

injury to the vehicle occupants. Do

not place objects in the rear seats,

since they cannot be properly

secured and may hit the front seat

occupants in a collision.

WARNING

Cargo loading

Make sure the engine is off, the

shift dial SBW is in P (Park) and the

parking brake is securely applied

whenever loading or unloading

cargo. Failure to take these steps

may allow the vehicle to move if the

shift lever is inadvertently moved to

another position.

Headrest (for front seat)

The driver's and front passenger's

seats are equipped with a headrest

for the occupant's safety and com

fort.

Safety features of your vehicleSeat

The headrest not only provides

comfort for the driver and front

passenger, but also helps protect

the head and neck in the event of a

collision.

WARNING

Headrest removal/adjustment

󳱽Do not operate the vehicle with

the headrests removed. Head

rests can provide critical neck and

head support in a crash.

󳱽Do not adjust the headrest height

while the vehicle is in motion.

Driver may lose control of the

vehicle.

CAUTION

Excessive pulling or pushing may

damage the headrest.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest:

1.Pull it up to the desired position

(1).

2.To lower the headrest, push and

hold the release button (2) on the

headrest support.

3.Lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

WARNING

Make sure the headrest locks in

position after adjusting it to prop

erly protect the occupants.

CAUTION

If you recline the seatback towards

the front with the headrest and

seat cushion raised, the headrest

may come in contact with the sun

visor or other parts of the vehicle.

OMQ4AH030108

OMQ4AH030020

Safety features of your vehicle

204

Seat

Forward and backward adjustment

The headrest may be adjusted for

ward to 3 different positions by

pulling the headrest forward to the

desired position.

To adjust the headrest to it's fur

thest backwards position, pull it fully

forward to the farthest position and

release it.

Adjust the headrest so that it prop

erly supports the head and neck.

Removing headrest

Type A

Type B

To remove the headrest:

1.Recline the seatback (2) with the

recline lever or switch (1).

2.Raise headrest as far as it can go.

3.Press the headrest release button

(3) while pulling the headrest up

(4).

ODEEV058008NR

MM_OMQ4030021

OMQ4AH030022

OMQ4AH030024

Safety features of your vehicleSeat

WARNING

Removing headrest

NEVER allow anyone to ride in a

seat with the headrest removed or

reversed. Headrests can provide

critical neck and head support in a

crash.

Reinstalling headrest

Type A

Type B

To reinstall the headrest:

1.Recline the seatback (4) with the

recline lever or switch (3).

2.Put the headrest poles (2) into

the holes while pressing the

release button (1).

3.Adjust the headrest to the appro

priate height.

WARNING

Headrest reinstallation

To reduce the risk of injury to the

head or neck, always make sure the

headrest is locked into position and

adjusted properly after reinstalling.

Headrest (for rear seat)

The rear seats are equipped with

headrests in all the seating positions

for the occupant's safety and com

fort.

The headrest not only provides

comfort for passengers, but also

helps protect the head and neck in

the event of a collision.

OMQ4AH030023

OMQ4AH030025

OMQ4AH030083

Safety features of your vehicle

224

Seat

To maximize the effectiveness in

case of accidents, the headrest

should be adjusted so the middle of

the headrest is as high as the center

of gravity of an occupant's head.

Generally, the center of gravity of

most people's heads is similar with

the height as the top of their eyes.

Also, adjust the headrest as close to

your head as possible. For this rea

son, the use of a cushion that holds

the body away from the seatback is

not recommended.

Adjusting the height up and down

(2nd row seat)

To raise the headrest, pull it up to

the desired position (1). To lower

the headrest, push and hold the

release button (3) on the headrest

support and lower the headrest to

the desired position (2).

Removal (2nd row seat)

To remove the headrest, raise it as

far as it can go then press the

release button (1) while pulling the

headrest up (2).

To reinstall the headrest, put the

headrest poles (3) into the holes

while pressing the release button

(1). Then adjust it to the appropri

ate height.

WARNING

Make sure the headrest locks in

position after adjusting it to prop

erly protect the occupants.

OMQ4AH030031

OMQ4AH030032

Safety features of your vehicleSeat

3rd row headrest

The headrest will fold down auto

matically when folding the seatback.

To fold the headrest manually, pull

the strap.

To unfold the headrest, raise the

headrest manually.

Always be sure the headrest has

locked into position after you return

the seatback.

Armrest

To use the armrest, pull it forward

from the seatback.

Adjustable armrest is located on

each side of 2nd row seatback. To

use the armrest, pull it forward

from the seatback and adjust to

desired angle. Pull it backward to

relocate the armrest.

Seatback pocket (if equipped)

There is a double pocket (1) in the

front seat back for storing simple

books or atlases, and USB charger

(2) (if equipped) for rear passen

gers.

OMQ4AH030106

OMQ4AH030107

OMQ4AH030088

Safety features of your vehicle

244

Seat belts

WARNING

Seatback pockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objects in

the seatback pockets. In an accident

they could come loose from the

pocket and injure vehicle occupants.

Small pocket

There is a small pocket in the 2nd

row seat cushion for storing simple

objects.

Seat belts

Seat belts are designed to bear upon

the bony structure of the body, and

should be worn low across the front

of the pelvis, chest and shoulders.

Seat belt restraint system

For maximum restraint system pro

tection, the seat belts must always

be used whenever the vehicle is

moving.

󳱽A properly positioned shoulder

belt should be positioned midway

over your shoulder, across your

collarbone.

󳱽Never allow children to ride in the

front passenger seat. See "Child

Restraint System (CRS)" on page

4-36 for further discussion.

WARNING

Twisted seat belt

Make sure your seat belt is not

twisted when worn. A twisted seat

belt may not properly protect you in

an accident and could even cut into

your body.

OMQ4030027

OMQ4AH030089

Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts

WARNING

Shoulder belt

󳱽Never wear the shoulder belt

under your arm or behind your

back. An improperly positioned

shoulder belt cannot protect the

occupant in the event of a crash.

󳱽Always wear both the shoulder

portion and lap portion of the lap/

shoulder belt.

WARNING

Damaged seat belt

Any damage in webbing or hardware

may lead to serious injury or death

in a crash. For your safety, replace

the entire seat belt assembly when

any part of the webbing or hard

ware is damaged.

Seat belts are designed to bear upon

the bony structure of the body, and

should be worn low across the front

of the pelvis, chest and shoulders,

as applicable; wearing the lap sec

tion of the belt across the abdomi

nal area must be avoided.

Seat belts should be adjusted as

firmly as possible, consistent with

comfort, to provide the protection

for which they have been designed.

A slack belt will greatly reduce the

protection afforded to the wearer.

Care should be taken to avoid con

tamination of the webbing with pol

ishes, oils and chemicals, and

particularly battery acid. Cleaning

may safely be carried out using mild

soap and water. The belt should be

replaced if webbing becomes frayed,

contaminated or damaged.

󳱽No modifications or additions

should be made by the user which

would either prevent the seat belt

adjusting devices from operating

to remove slack, or prevent the

seat belt assembly from being

adjusted to remove slack.

󳱽When you fasten the seat belt, be

careful not to latch the seat belt

in buckles of other seats. It is very

dangerous and you may not be

protected by the seat belt prop

erly.

󳱽Do not unfasten the seat belt and

do not fasten and unfasten the

seat belt repeatedly while driving.

This could result in loss of control,

and an accident causing death,

serious injury, or property dam

age.

󳱽When fastening the seat belt,

make sure that the seat belt does

not pass over objects that are

hard or can break easily.

Safety features of your vehicle

264

Seat belts

WARNING

Seat belt buckle

Do not allow foreign material (gum,

crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to

obstruct the seat belt buckle. This

may prevent the seat belt from fas

tening securely.

Seat belt warning

The seat belt warning light and

warning chime operate under the

following conditions.

Driver's seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat

belt warning light will illuminate for

approximately 6 seconds each time

you turn the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button ON

regardless of belt fastening. If the

seatbelt is not fastened, the warn

ing chime will sound for about 6

seconds.

If you start to drive without the

seat belt fastened over approxi

mately 5 mph (9 km/h) and less

than approximately 12 mph (20 km/

h), the corresponding warning light

will illuminate. The warning light will

turn off when the vehicle speed

drops below approximately 5 mph

(9 km/h).

If you start to drive without the

seat belt fastened or you unfasten

the seat belt when you drive

approximately 12 mph (20 km/h)

and faster, the warning light will

blink and warning chime will sound

for approximately 100 seconds.

When the seat belt is unfastened

during driving, the warning light will

illuminate when the speed is under

approximately 12 mph (20 km/h).

When the speed is approximately 12

mph (20 km/h) and faster, the

warning light will blink and warning

chime will sound for approximately

100 seconds.

Front passenger's seat belt warn

ing

As a reminder to the front passen

ger, the seat belt warning light will

illuminate for approximately 6 sec

onds each time you turn the ignition

switch or ENGINE START/STOP but

ton ON regardless of belt fastening.

If you start to drive without the

passenger seat belt fastened when

you drive over approximately 5 mph

(9 km/h) and less than approxi

mately 12 mph (20 km/h), the cor

responding warning light will

illuminate. The warning light will

turn off when the vehicle speed

Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts

drops approximately below 5 mph

(9 km/h).

If you start to drive without the

passenger seat belt fastened or you

unfasten the seat belt when you

drive approximately 12 mph (20 km/

h) and faster, the warning light will

blink and warning chime will sound

for approximately 100 seconds.

When the passenger seat belt is

unfastened during driving, the

warning light will illuminate when

the speed is approximately under 12

mph (20 km/h). When the speed is

approximately 12 mph (20 km/h)

and faster, the warning light will

blink and warning chime will sound

for approximately 100 seconds.

NOTICE

󳱽Even if the front passenger seat

is not occupied, the seat belt

warning light will illuminate for

approximately 6 seconds.

󳱽The front passenger's seat belt

warning may operate when lug

gage is placed on the front pas

senger seat.

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system

with emergency locking retractor

Fastening the seat belt

󳱽To fasten your seat belt, pull it

out of the retractor and insert the

metal tab (1) into the buckle (2).

There will be an audible "click"

when the tab locks into the

buckle.

The seat belt automatically adjusts

to the proper length only after the

lap belt portion is adjusted manually

so that it fits snugly around your

hips. If you lean forward in a slow,

easy motion, the belt will extend

and let you move around. If there is

a sudden stop or impact, however,

the belt will lock into position. It will

also lock if you try to lean forward

too quickly.

ODEEV058025NR

Safety features of your vehicle

284

Seat belts

WARNING

You should place the lap belt portion

as low as possible and snugly across

your hips. If the lap belt is located

too high on your waist, it may

increase the chance of injury in the

event of a collision.

The arm closest to the seat belt

buckle should be over the belt while

the other arm should be under the

belt as shown in the illustration.

Never wear the seat belt under the

arm closest to the door.

The seat belt automatically adjusts

to the proper length only after the

lap belt portion is adjusted manually

so that it fits snugly around your

hips. If you lean forward in a slow,

easy motion, the belt will extend

and let you move around. If there is

a sudden stop or impact, however,

the belt will lock into position. It will

also lock if you try to lean forward

too quickly.

NOTICE

If you are not able to pull out the

seat belt from the retractor, firmly

pull the belt out and release it. Then

you will be able to pull the belt out

smoothly.

Releasing the seat belt

󳱽Press the release button (1) in the

locking buckle.

When it is released, the belt should

automatically draw back into the

retractor.

If this does not happen, check the

belt to be sure it is not twisted, then

try again.

Adjusting the height of shoulder

belt

You can adjust the height of the

shoulder belt anchor to one of 4

positions for maximum comfort and

safety.

ODEEV058026NR

ODEEV058078NR

Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts

The height of the adjusting seat belt

should not be too close to your neck.

You will not be getting the most

effective protection. The shoulder

portion should be adjusted so that it

lies across your chest and midway

over your shoulder near the door

and not your neck.

To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height

adjuster into an appropriate posi

tion.

󳱽To raise the height adjuster, pull it

up (1).

󳱽To lower it, push it down (3) while

pressing the height adjuster but

ton (2).

Release the button to lock the

anchor into position. Try sliding the

height adjuster to make sure that it

has locked into position.

Improperly positioned seat belts can

cause serious injuries in an accident.

WARNING

Shoulder belt positioning

Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appropri

ate height. Never position the shoul

der belt across your neck or face.

Improperly positioned seat belts can

cause serious injuries in an accident.

WARNING

Seat belt replacement

Replace your seat belts after being

in an accident. Failure to replace

seat belts after an accident could

leave you with damaged seat belts

that will not provide protection in

the event of another collision.

The seat belt should be locked into

the buckle on each seat cushion to

be properly fastened.

ODEEV058027NR

OMQ4AH030070

Safety features of your vehicle

304

Seat belts

1.Rear right seat belt fastening

buckle

2.Rear left seat belt fastening

buckle

WARNING

Prior to fastening the rear seat

belts, ensure the latch matches the

seat belt buckle. Forcefully fasten

ing the left or right seat belt to the

center buckle can result in an

improper fastening scenario that

will not protect you in an accident.

Stowing the rear seat belt

The rear seat belt buckles can be

stowed in the pocket between the

rear seatback and cushion when not

in use.

2nd row seat

3rd row seat

1.Route the seat belt webbing

through the rear seat belt guides.

It will help keep the belts from

being trapped behind or under the

seats.

2.After inserting the seat belt,

tighten the belt webbing by pull

ing it up.

CAUTION

When pulling out to wear the seat

belt, the tongue should be slowly

pulled out of the seat belt guide so

that the seat belt guide does not

come off the trim.

OMQ4AH030071

OMQ4AH030072

Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts

Pre-tensioner seat belt

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's

and front passenger's pre-tensioner

seat belts.

The purpose of the pre-tensioner is

to make sure that the seat belts fit

tightly against the occupant's body

in certain collisions.

The pre-tensioner seat belts may

be activated in crashes where the

collision is severe enough.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

if the occupant tries to lean forward

too quickly, the seat belt retractor

will lock into position. In certain

frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner

will activate and pull the seat belt

into tighter contact against the

occupant's body.

If the system senses excessive ten

sion on the driver or passenger's

seat belt when the pre-tensioner

system activates, the load limiter

inside the retractor pre-tensioner

will release some of the pressure on

the affected seat belt.

WARNING

For your safety, be sure that the

belt webbing is not loose or twisted

and always sit properly on your

seat.

NOTICE

The pre-tensioner may activate not

only in a frontal collision but also in a

side collision, if the vehicle is

equipped with a side or curtain air

bag.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system

consists mainly of the following

components. Their locations are

shown in the illustration:

1.SRS air bag warning light

2.Front retractor pre-tensioner

assembly

3.SRS control module

OON038092NR

OON039121NR

Safety features of your vehicle

324

Seat belts

WARNING

Skin irritation

Wash all exposed skin areas thor

oughly after an accident in which

the pre-tensioner seat belts were

activated. The fine dust from the

pre-tensioner activation may cause

skin irritation and should not be

inhaled for prolonged periods.

NOTICE

󳱽Both the driver's and front pas

senger's seat belt pre-tensioner

systems may be activated not

only in certain frontal collisions,

but also in certain side collisions

or rollovers, if the vehicle is

equipped with a side or curtain air

bag.

󳱽Because the sensor that activates

the SRS air bag is connected with

the pre-tensioner seat belt, the

SRS air bag warning light on

the instrument panel will illumi

nate for approximately 3~6 sec

onds after the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button has

been turned to the ON position,

and then it should turn off.

󳱽If the pre-tensioner seat belt sys

tem is not working properly, this

warning light will illuminate even

if there is not a malfunction with

the SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag

warning light does not illuminate

when the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button has

been turned to the ON position, or

if it remains illuminated after illu

minating for approximately 3 ~ 6

seconds, or if it illuminates while

the vehicle is being driven, have an

authorized Kia dealer inspect the

pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS

air bag system as soon as possi

ble.

NOTICE

Do not attempt to service or repair

the pre-tensioner seat belt system

in any manner. Do not attempt to

inspect or replace the pre-ten

sioner seat belts yourself. This must

be done by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Hot pre-tensioner

Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat

belt assemblies for several minutes

after they have been activated.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt

mechanism fires during a collision

the pre-tensioner becomes hot and

can burn you.

Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After activa

tion, pre-tensioner seat belts must

be replaced. If the pre-tensioner

Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts

must be replaced, contact an autho

rized Kia dealer.

Seat belt precautions

Take the following precautions

when using seat belts.

Infant or small child

All 50 states have child restraint

laws. You should be aware of the

specific requirements in your state.

Child and/or infant seats must be

properly placed and installed in the

rear seat. For more information

about the use of these restraints,

refer to "Child Restraint System

(CRS)" on page 4-36.

NOTICE

Small children are best protected

from injury in an accident when

properly restrained in the rear seat

by a Child Restraint System that

meets the requirements of the Fed

eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards

(FMVSS). Before buying any Child

Restraint System, make sure that it

has a label certifying that it meets

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan

dard 213. The restraint must be

appropriate for your child's height

and weight. Check the label on the

child restraint for this information.

Refer to "Child Restraint System

(CRS)" on page 4-36.

Larger children

Children who are too large for Child

Restraint System should always

occupy the rear seat and use the

available lap/shoulder belts. The lap

portion should be fastened and snug

on the hips as low as possible. Check

periodically to insure that the belt

fits. A child's squirming could put the

belt out of position. Children are

given the most safety in the event

of an accident when they are

restrained by a proper restraint

system in the rear seat. If a larger

child (over age 13) must be seated

in the front seat, the child should be

securely restrained by the available

lap/shoulder belt and the seat

should be placed in the rearmost

position. Children age 13 and under

should be restrained securely in the

rear seat. NEVER place a child age

13 and under in the front seat.

NEVER place a rear facing child seat

in the front seat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly

touches the child's neck or face, try

placing the child closer to the center

of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt

still touches their face or neck they

need to be returned to a Child

Restraint System.

Safety features of your vehicle

344

Seat belts

WARNING

Small children

Do not allow small children to ride in

the vehicle without an appropriate

Child Restraint System. If the shoul

der belt comes in contact with your

child's neck or face, your child is too

small to ride in the vehicle. In a

crash, the seat belt will inflict injury

to your child's neck, throat and face.

Restraint of pregnant women

Pregnant women should wear lap/

shoulder belt assemblies whenever

possible according to specific rec

ommendations by their doctors. The

lap portion of the belt should be

worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS

POSSIBLE.

WARNING

Pregnant women

Pregnant women must never place

the lap portion of the seat belt

above or on the abdomen where the

fetus is located. The force of the

seat belt during a collision will crush

the fetus.

Injured person

A seat belt should be used when an

injured person is being transported.

When this is necessary, you should

consult a physician for recommen

dations.

One person per belt

Two people (including children)

should never attempt to use a single

seat belt. This could increase the

severity of injuries in case of an

accident.

Do not lie down

To reduce the chance of injuries in

the event of an accident and to

achieve maximum effectiveness of

the restraint system, all passengers

should be sitting up and the front

and rear seats should be in an

upright position when the vehicle is

moving. A seat belt cannot provide

proper protection if the person is

lying down in the rear seat or if the

front and rear seats are in a reclined

position.

Safety features of your vehicleSeat belts

Care of seat belts

Seat belt systems should never be

disassembled or modified. In addi

tion, care should be taken to assure

that seat belts and belt hardware

are not damaged by seat hinges,

doors or other abuse.

WARNING

Pinched seat belt

Make sure that the webbing and/or

buckle does not get caught or

pinched in the rear seat when

returning the rear seatback to its

upright position. A caught or pinched

webbing/buckle may become dam

aged and could fail during a collision

or sudden stop.

WARNING

Seatbelts can become hot in a vehi

cle that has been closed up in sunny

weather. Please handle with care, as

they could burn infants and children,

if used abruptly.

Periodic inspection

All seat belts should be inspected

periodically for wear or damage of

any kind. Any damaged parts should

be replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and

dry. If belts become dirty, they can

be cleaned by using a mild soap

solution and warm water. Bleach,

dye, strong detergents or abrasives

should not be used because they

may damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts

The entire in-use seat belt assem

bly or assemblies should be replaced

if the vehicle has been involved in an

accident. This should be done even if

no damage is visible. Additional

questions concerning seat belt

operation should be directed to an

authorized Kia dealer.

Safety features of your vehicle

364

Child Restraint System (CRS)

Infants and younger children must

be restrained in an appropriate

rear-facing or forward-facing Child

Restraint System (CRS) that has

first been properly secured to the

rear seat of the vehicle.

Children always in the rear

Children under age 13 must always

ride in the rear seats and must

always be properly restrained to

minimize the risk of injury in an

accident, sudden stop or sudden

maneuver.

WARNING

Restraint Location

Never install a child or infant seat on

the front passenger's seat. A child

riding in the front passenger seat

can be forcefully struck by an inflat

ing airbag and get seriously injured.

WARNING

Hot Child Restraint

A Child Restraint System can

become very hot if it is left in a

closed vehicle on a sunny day. Be

sure to check the seat cover, buckles

and latches before placing a child in

the restraint system.

According to accident statistics,

children are safer when properly

restrained in the rear seats than in

the front seat. Even with air bags,

children can be seriously injured or

killed. Children too large for a child

restraint must use the seat belts

provided.

All 50 states have child restraint

laws which require children to travel

in approved child restraint devices.

The laws governing the age or

height/weight restrictions at which

seat belts can be used instead of

child restraints differs among

states, so you should be aware of

the specific requirements in your

state, and where you are traveling.

The CRS must be properly placed

and installed in the rear seat. You

must use a commercially available

CRS that meets the requirements of

the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS).

A CRS is generally designed to be

secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt

portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by

a LATCH system in the rear seats of

the vehicle.

Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)

Child Restraint System (CRS)

Infants and younger children must

be restrained in an appropriate

rear-facing or forward-facing CRS

that has first been properly secured

to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read

and comply with the instructions for

installation and use provided by the

manufacturer of the CRS.

Child Restraint Installation

An improperly secured child

restraint can increase the risk of

serious injury or death in an acci

dent. Always take the following pre

cautions when using a Child

Restraint System:

󳱽Always follow the Child Restraint

System manufacturer's instruc

tions for installation and use.

󳱽Always properly restrain your

child in the child restraint.

󳱽If the vehicle head restraint pre

vents proper installation of a child

seat (as described in the Child

Restraint System manual), the

head restraint of the respective

seating position shall be read

justed or entirely removed.

󳱽Do not use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"

over a seatback as it may not

provide adequate protection in an

accident.

󳱽A child restraint in the center

seating position may also contact

or push up against the safety belt

buckles, which can damage the

buckles and make them unusable

or unsafe. Always check that the

child restraint does not contact

any of the safety belt buckles.

Check the placement of the child

restraint regularly to make sure

that it has not shifted and come

into contact with any of the

safety belt buckles.

NOTICE

After an accident, have a Kia dealer

check the Child Restraint System,

seat belts, tether anchors and lower

anchors.

Selecting a CRS

When selecting a CRS for your child,

always:

󳱽Make sure the CRS has a label

certifying that it meets applicable

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS 213).

󳱽Select a child restraint based on

your child's height and weight.

The required label or the instruc

tions for use typically provide this

information.

󳱽Select a child restraint that fits

the vehicle seating position where

it will be used.

󳱽Read and comply with the warn

ings and instructions for installa

tion and use provided with the

CRS.

Safety features of your vehicle

384

Child Restraint System (CRS)

󳱽The American Academy of Pedi

atrics provides helpful fit and

safety information about child

restraints at www.healthychil

dren.org.

WARNING

Holding children

Never hold a child in your arms or

lap when riding in a vehicle. The vio

lent forces created during a crash

will tear the child from your arms

and throw the child against the car's

interior. Always use a Child Restraint

System which is appropriate for

your child's height and weight.

WARNING

Unattended children

Never leave children unattended in a

vehicle. The car can heat up very

quickly, resulting in injuries to the

child in the vehicle.

WARNING

Seat belt use

Do not use one seat belt for two

occupants at the same time. This

will eliminate any safety benefit

provided by the seat belt to the

occupants.

CRS types

There are three main types of the

CRS: rear-facing seats, forward-

facing seats, and booster seats.

They are classified according to the

child's age, height and weight.

Rear-facing child seats

A rear-facing child seat provides

restraint with the seating surface

against the back of the child. The

harness system holds the child in

place, and in an accident, acts to

keep the child positioned in the seat

and reduces the stress to the neck

and spinal cord.

All children under age one must

always ride in a rear-facing infant

child restraint.

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats

typically have higher height and

weight limits for the rear-facing

position, allowing you to keep your

child rear-facing for a longer period

of time.

Continue to use a rear-facing child

seat for as long as your child will fit

within the height and weight limits

OMQ4AH030102

Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)

allowed by the child seat manufac

turer. It's the best way to keep

them safe. Once your child has out

grown the rear-facing child

restraint, your child is ready for a

forward-facing child restraint with a

harness.

Forward-facing child restraints

A forward-facing child seat provides

restraint for the child's body with a

harness. Keep children in a forward-

facing child seat with a harness until

they reach the top height or weight

limit allowed by your child

restraint's manufacturer.

Once your child outgrows the for

ward-facing child restraint, your

child is ready for a booster seat.

Booster seats

A booster seat is a restraint

designed to improve the fit of the

vehicle's seat belt system. A booster

seat positions the seat belt so that

it fits properly over the lap of your

child.

Keep your child in a booster seat

until they are big enough to sit in

the seat without a booster and still

have the seat belt fit properly. For a

seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt

must lie snugly across the upper

thighs, not the stomach. The shoul

der belt should lie snug across the

shoulder and chest and not across

the neck or face. Children under age

13 must always ride in the rear

seats and must always be properly

restrained to minimize the risk of

injury.

Installing a CRS

After selecting a proper child seat

for your child, check to make sure it

fits properly in your vehicle.

Follow the instructions provided by

the manufacturer when installing

the child seat. Note these general

steps when installing the seat to

your vehicle:

󳱽Properly secure the child restraint

to the vehicle. All child restraints

must be secured to the vehicle

with the lap part of a lap/shoulder

belt or with the LATCH system.

󳱽Make sure the child restraint is

firmly secured. After installing a

child restraint to the vehicle, push

and pull the seat forward and

from side-to-side to verify that it

is securely attached to the seat. A

child restraint secured with a seat

belt should be installed as firmly

as possible. However, some side-

to-side movement can be

expected.

OMQ4AH030103

Safety features of your vehicle

404

Child Restraint System (CRS)

󳱽Secure the child in the child

restraint. Make sure the child is

properly strapped in the child

restraint according to the manu

facturer instructions.

Lower Anchors and Tether for Chil

dren (LATCH) system

The LATCH system holds a child

restraint during driving and in an

accident. This system is designed to

make installation of the child

restraint easier and reduce the pos

sibility of improperly installing your

child restraint. The LATCH system

uses anchors in the vehicle and

attachments on the child restraint.

The LATCH system eliminates the

need to use seat belts to secure the

child restraint to the rear seats.

Lower anchors are metal bars built

into the vehicle. There are two lower

anchors for each LATCH seating

position that will accommodate a

child restraint with lower attach

ments.

To use the LATCH system in your

vehicle, you must have a child

restraint with LATCH attachments.

The child seat manufacturer will

provide you with instructions on

how to use the child seat with its

attachments for the LATCH lower

anchors.

LATCH anchors have been provided

in the left and right outboard rear

seating positions. Their locations are

shown in the illustration. There are

no LATCH anchors provided for the

center rear seating position.

WARNING

LATCH Lower Anchors

Never attempt to attach a LATCH

equipped seat in the center seating

position. LATCH lower anchors are

only to be used in the left and right

rear outboard seating positions. You

may damage the anchors or the

anchors may fail and break in a colli

sion if the seat is in the center seat

ing position.

The lower anchor position indicator

symbols are located on the left and

right rear seatbacks to identify the

position of the lower anchors in

your vehicle (see arrows in illustra

tion).

OMQ4AH030043

Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)

1.Lower Anchor position indicator

2.Lower Anchor

The LATCH anchors are located

between the seatback and the seat

cushion of the rear seat left and

right outboard seating positions.

To use the lower anchor, push the

upper portion of the lower anchor

cover.

Securing a child restraint with the

LATCH anchors system

To install a LATCH-compatible child

restraint in either of the rear out

board seating positions:

1.Move the seat belt buckle away

from the lower anchors. Other

wise, the webbing or buckle can

be damaged by the latch anchor,

which can make them become

unusable or unsafe.

2.Move any other objects away

from the anchors that could pre

vent a secure connection between

the child restraint and the lower

anchors.

3.Place the child restraint on the

vehicle seat, then attach the seat

to the lower anchors according to

the instructions provided by the

child restraint manufacturer.

4.Follow the child restraint instruc

tions for properly adjusting and

tightening the lower attach

ments on the child restraint to

the lower anchors.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using the LATCH system:

󳱽Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with your

Child Restraint System.

󳱽To prevent the child from reaching

and taking hold of the unused

seat belts, buckle all unused rear

seat belts before the child is

placed into the vehicle. Lock each

unused seatbelt following the

instructions in the "automatic

locking mode" subsection, and

place the webbing behind the child

seat or against an unused seat

back. Children can be strangled if

a shoulder belt becomes wrapped

around their neck and the seat

belt tightens.

󳱽NEVER attach more than one child

restraint to a single anchor. This

could cause the anchor or attach

ment to come loose or break.

OMQ4AH030044

Safety features of your vehicle

424

Child Restraint System (CRS)

󳱽Always have the LATCH system

inspected by your authorized Kia

dealer after an accident. An acci

dent can damage the LATCH sys

tem and may not properly secure

the child restraint.

NOTICE

The recommended maximum

weight for the LATCH system is 65

lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper

child restraint, consider that the

maximum total weight of the child

plus the child restraint should be

less than 65 lbs. (30 kg).

As a guide, the MAX child restraint

weight should be determined by the

following calculation:

Child Restraint Weight = 65 - (child's

total weight in lbs.)

Securing a child restraint seat with

"Tether Anchor" system

First secure the child restraint with

the LATCH lower anchors or the

seat belt. If the child restraint man

ufacturer recommends that the top

tether strap be attached, attach

and tighten the top tether strap to

the top tether strap anchor.

Child Restraint hook holders are

located on the seat back.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when installing the tether strap:

󳱽Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with your

Child Restraint System.

󳱽NEVER attach more than one child

restraint to a single tether anchor.

This could cause the anchor or

attachment to come loose or

break.

󳱽Do not attach the tether strap to

anything other than the correct

tether anchor. It may not work

properly if attached to something

else.

󳱽Do not use the tether anchors for

adult seat belts or harnesses, or

for attaching other items or

equipment to the vehicle.

󳱽Always fasten the seat belts

behind the child restraint seat

when they are not used to secure

the child seat. Failure to do so

may result in child strangulation.

OMQ4AH030042

Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)

To install the tether anchor:

1.Route the Child Restraint System

seat strap over the seatback.

For vehicles with adjustable head

rest, route the tether strap under

the headrest and between the

headrest posts, otherwise route

the tether strap over the top of

the seatback.

2.Connect the top-tether to the

top-tether anchorage, then

tighten the top-tether according

to the instructions of your Child

Restraint System's manufacturer

to firmly attach the Child

Restraint System to the seat.

3.Check that the child restraint is

securely attached to the seat by

pushing and pulling the seat for

ward and from side-to-side.

Securing a child restraint with a

lap/shoulder belt

When not using the LATCH system,

all child restraints must be secured

to a vehicle rear seat with the lap

part of a lap/shoulder belt.

Automatic locking mode

All passenger seat belts move freely

under normal conditions and only

lock under extreme or emergency

conditions (emergency locking

mode). So, in order to secure a child

restraint, you must manually pull

the seat belt all the way out to shift

the retractor to the "automatic

locking" mode.

The "automatic locking" mode will

help prevent the normal movement

of the child in the vehicle from caus

ing the seat belt to loosen and com

promise the CRS.

OMQ4AH030104

OMQ4AH030105

Safety features of your vehicle

444

Child Restraint System (CRS)

To install a CRS on the rear seats, do

the following:

1.Place the CRS on a rear seat and

route the lap/shoulder belt

around or through the child

restraint, following the restraint

manufacturer's instructions.

Be sure the seat belt webbing is

not twisted.

2.Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

into the buckle. Listen for the dis

tinct "click" sound.

Position the release button so

that it is easy to access in case of

an emergency.

3.Pull the shoulder portion of the

seat belt all the way out. When

the shoulder portion of the seat

belt is fully extended, it will shift

the retractor to the "automatic

locking" (child restraint) mode.

4.Slowly allow the shoulder portion

of the seat belt to retract and lis

ten for an audible "clicking" or

"ratcheting" sound. This indicates

that the retractor is in the "auto

matic locking" mode. If no distinct

sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and

5.Remove as much slack from the

belt as possible by pushing down

on the CRS while feeding the

shoulder belt back into the

retractor.

ODEEV058042NR

ODEEV058043NR

ODEEV058044NR

Safety features of your vehicleChild Restraint System (CRS)

6.Push and pull on the CRS to con

firm that the seat belt is holding it

firmly in place. If it is not, release

the seat belt and repeat steps 2

through 6.

7.Double check that the retractor is

in the "automatic locking" mode

by attempting to pull more of the

seat belt out of the retractor. If

you cannot, the retractor is in the

"automatic locking" mode.

If your CRS manufacturer instructs

or recommends you to use a tether

anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,

refer to "Securing a child restraint

seat with "Tether Anchor" system"

on page 4-42 for more information.

NOTICE

When the seat belt is allowed to

retract to its fully stowed position,

the retractor will automatically

switch from the "automatic locking"

mode to the emergency lock mode

for normal adult usage.

WARNING

Auto lock mode

Set the retractor to Automatic Lock

mode when installing any Child

Restraint System. If the retractor is

not in the automatic locking mode,

the child restraint can move when

your vehicle turns or stops sud

denly. A child can be seriously

injured or killed if the child restraint

is not properly anchored in the car.

To remove the child restraint, press

the release button on the buckle

and then pull the lap/shoulder belt

out of the restraint and allow the

seat belt to retract fully.

Safety features of your vehicle

464

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1.Passenger's front air bag

2.Driver's front air bag

3.Side air bag

4.Curtain air bag

5.Driver's knee air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear

the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury

in the event of a collision or rollover.

OMQ4AH030069

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

How does the air bag system oper

ate

󳱽Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when

the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP Button is in the ON

Position and it can be activated

within about 3 minutes after igni

tion off.

󳱽The appropriate air bags inflate

instantly in the event of a serious

frontal collision or side collision in

order to help protect the occu

pants from serious physical

injury.

󳱽There is no single speed at which

the air bags will inflate. Generally,

air bags are designed to inflate

based upon the severity of a colli

sion and its direction, etc. Several

factors determine whether the

sensors produce an electronic

deployment/inflation signal.

󳱽Air bags will not deploy in every

crash or collision situations. Air

bag deployment depends on a

number of factors including vehi

cle speed, angles of impact, and,

the density and stiffness of the

vehicles or objects which your

vehicle hits in the collision. The

determining factors are not lim

ited to those mentioned above.

󳱽The front air bags will completely

inflate and deflate in an instant. It

is virtually impossible for you to

see the air bags inflate during an

accident. It is much more likely

that you will simply see the

deflated air bags hanging out of

their storage compartments after

the collision.

󳱽In addition to inflating in serious

side collisions, side and/or curtain

air bags will inflate if the sensing

system detects a rollover.

󳱽When a rollover is detected, side

and/or curtain airbags will remain

inflated longer. This helps provide

protection from ejection, espe

cially when used in conjunction

with the seat belts.

󳱽In order to help provide protec

tion, the air bags must inflate

rapidly. The airbag inflates

extremely fast between the

occupant and the vehicle struc

tures before the occupant

impacts the vehicle structures.

This speed of inflation reduces

the risk of serious or life-threat

ening injuries and is thus a neces

sary part of the air bag design.

However, airbag inflation can also

cause injuries which can include

facial abrasions, bruises and bro

ken bones. This is because the

rapid inflation also causes the air

bags to expand with a great deal

of force.

Safety features of your vehicle

484

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

󳱽There are even circumstances

under which contact with the

steering wheel or passenger air

bag can cause fatal injuries, espe

cially if the occupant is positioned

excessively close to the steering

wheel or passenger air bag.

WARNING

Airbag inflation

Sit as far back as possible from the

steering wheel while still maintain

ing comfortable control of the vehi

cle. A distance of at least 10 in (25

cm) from your chest to the steering

wheel is recommended. Failure to do

so can result in airbag inflation inju

ries to the driver.

Noise and smoke

When inflated, the air bags make a

loud noise and leave smoke and

powder in the air inside the vehicle.

This is normal and is a result of the

ignition of the air bag inflator. After

the air bag inflates, you may feel

substantial discomfort in breathing

due to the contact of your chest

with both the seat belt and the air

bag, as well as from breathing the

smoke and powder. Open your doors

and/or windows as soon as possible

after impact in order to reduce dis

comfort and prevent prolonged

exposure to the smoke and powder.

Though smoke and powder are non

toxic, it may cause irritation to the

skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If

this is the case, wash and rinse with

cold water immediately and consult

a doctor if the symptom persists.

WARNING

Hot components

Do not touch the air bag storage

area's internal components immedi

ately after airbag inflation. The air

bag related parts in the steering

wheel, instrument panel and the

roof rails above the front and rear

doors are very hot. Hot components

can result in burn injuries.

WARNING

Do not install or place any accesso

ries near air bag deployment areas,

such as the instrument panel, win

dows, pillars, and roof rails.

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

Do not install a child restraint on

the front passenger's seat

Never place a rear-facing child

restraint in the front passenger's

seat.

If the air bag deploys, it would

impact the rear-facing child

restraint, causing serious or fatal

injury.

In addition, do not place front-facing

child restraints in the front passen

ger's seat. If the front passenger air

bag inflates, it could cause serious

or fatal injuries to the child.

WARNING

Air bag deployment

When children are seated in the rear

outboard seats of a vehicle equipped

with side and/or curtain air bags,

install the Child Restraint System as

far away from the door side as pos

sible. Inflation of the side and/or

curtain air bags could impact the

child.

Air bag warning and indicator

Air bag warning light

The purpose of air bag warning light

in your instrument panel is to alert

you of a potential problem with

your air bag system, which could

include your side and/or curtain air

bags used for rollover protection.

If the air bag warning light is illumi

nated for more than 6 seconds after

the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button has been

turned to the ON position, or if it

illuminates during vehicle operation,

an SRS component may not be

functioning properly and you should

have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

If any of the following conditions

occur, this indicates a malfunction in

the air bag system. Have an autho

rized Kia dealer inspect the air bag

system as soon as possible.

󳱽The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP button to

the ON position.

󳱽The light stays on after illuminat

ing for approximately 3 ~ 6 sec

onds.

󳱽The light comes on while the vehi

cle is in motion.

ODEEV058046NR

Safety features of your vehicle

504

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

󳱽The light blinks when the ignition

switch or ENGINE START/STOP

button to the ON position.

Supplemental Restraint System

(SRS) components and functions

* The actual position of SRS compo

nents may differ from the illus

tration.

The SRS consists of the following

components:

1.Driver's front air bag module

2.Passenger's front air bag module

3.Side air bag modules

4.Curtain air bag modules

5.Retractor pre-tensioner assem

blies

6.Air bag warning light

7.SRS control module (SRSCM)/roll

over sensor

8.Front impact sensors

9.Side impact sensors

10.Side pressure sensors

11.Occupant Detection System

12.Front driver/passenger's seat

belt buckle sensor

The SRSCM continually monitors all

elements while the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP Button is in

the ON Position or approximately

within 3 minutes after ignition off to

determine if a frontal, near-frontal

impact or side impact is severe

enough to require air bag deploy

ment or pre-tensioner seat belt

deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on the

instrument panel will illuminate for

about 3 ~ 6 seconds after the igni

tion switch or ENGINE START/STOP

button is turned to the ON position,

after which the air bag warning light

should go out.

WARNING

If any of the following conditions

occurs, this indicates a malfunction

of the SRS. In this case, have the

system inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

󳱽The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.

󳱽The light stays on after illuminat

ing for approximately 6 seconds.

󳱽The light comes on while the vehi

cle is in motion.

󳱽The light blinks when the ignition

switch or ENGINE START/STOP

button is in ON position.

OMQ4AH030068

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

Driver's front air bag (1)

The air bag modules are located

both in the center of the steering

wheel and in the front passenger's

panel above the glove box. When the

SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe

impact to the front of the vehicle, it

will automatically deploy the front

air bags.

Driver's front air bag (2)

Upon deployment, tear seams

molded directly into the pad covers

will separate under pressure from

the expansion of the air bags. Fur

ther opening of the covers then

allows full inflation of the air bags.

Driver's front air bag (3)

A fully inflated air bag, in combina

tion with a properly worn seat belt,

slows the driver's or the passenger's

forward motion, reducing the risk of

head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bag

immediately starts deflating,

enabling the driver to maintain for

ward visibility and the ability to

steer or operate other controls.

Passenger's front air bag

OMQ4A030341

OMQ4A030342

OMQ4A030340

ODEEV058051NR

Safety features of your vehicle

524

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

WARNING

Air bag obstructions

Do not install or place any accesso

ries on the steering wheel, instru

ment panel, or on the front

passenger's panel above the glove

box in a vehicle. Such objects may

become dangerous projectiles if the

air bag deploys.

WARNING

Flying objects

Do not place any objects (an

umbrella, bag, etc.) between the

front door and the front seat. Such

objects may become dangerous

projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

󳱽If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a fine

dust released in the vehicle. These

conditions are normal and are not

hazardous - the air bags are

packed in this fine powder. The

dust generated during air bag

deployment may cause skin or

eye irritation as well as aggravate

asthma for some persons. Always

wash all exposed skin areas thor

oughly with cold water and a mild

soap after an accident in which

the air bags were deployed.

󳱽The SRS can function only when

the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button is in the ON

Position or approximately within 3

minutes after ignition off. The

SRS is not working properly if any

of the following situations occur :

-the SRS airbag warning light

does not illuminate

-the SRS airbag warning light

remains on continuously after

illuminating for about 3~6 sec

onds when the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP button

is turned to the ON position or

after the vehicle is in ready

mode

-the SRS airbag warning light

comes on while driving

If this occurs, have your vehicle

immediately inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE

Before you replace a fuse or discon

nect a battery terminal, turn the

ignition switch or ENGINE START/

STOP button to the OFF position.

Never remove or replace the air bag

related fuse(s) when the ignition

switch or ENGINE START/STOP but

ton is ON position. Failure to heed

this warning will cause the SRS air

bag warning light to illuminate.

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

Occupant Detection System (ODS)

Your vehicle is equipped with an

Occupant Detection System (ODS) in

the front passenger's seat.

The ODS is designed to detect the

presence of a properly-seated front

passenger and determine if the

passenger's front air bag should be

enabled (may inflate) or not. Only

the front passenger front air bag is

controlled by the ODS.

Do not put anything in front of the

passenger air bag () indicator.

Main components of the ODS

󳱽A detection device is located

within the front passenger seat

cushion.

󳱽An electronic system determines

whether the passenger air bag

systems should be activated or

deactivated.

󳱽An indicator light located on the

overhead console which illumi

nates the words PASSENGER AIR

BAG () indicates the front pas

senger air bag system is deacti

vated.

󳱽The overhead console air bag

warning light is interconnected

with the ODS.

If the front passenger seat is occu

pied by a person that the system

determines to be of appropriate

size, and he/she sits properly (sit

ting upright with the seatback in an

upright position, centered on the

seat cushion with their seat belt on,

legs comfortably extended and their

feet on the floor), the PASSENGER

AIR BAG () indicator will turn off

and the front passenger's air bag

will be able to inflate, if necessary,

in frontal crashes.

You will find the PASSENGER AIR

BAG () indicator on the overhead

console. This system detects the

conditions 1~4 in the following table

and activates or deactivates the

front passenger air bag based on

these conditions.

Always be sure that you and all

vehicle occupants are seated and

restrained properly (sitting upright

with the seat in an upright position,

centered on the seat cushion, with

the person's legs comfortably

extended, feet on the floor, and

wearing the safety belt properly)

OSP2N039002

Safety features of your vehicle

544

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

for the most effective protection by

the air bag and the safety belt.

The ODS may not function properly

if the passenger takes actions which

can defeat the detection system.

These include:

󳱽Failing to sit in an upright position.

󳱽Leaning against the door or cen

ter console.

󳱽Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.

󳱽Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locations

which reduce the passenger

weight on the front seat.

󳱽Improperly wearing the safety

belt.

󳱽Reclining the seatback.

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

Conditions and operation of the front passenger ODS

* 1. The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller

adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her

as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.

* 2. Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger

child who has outgrown a CRS sits in the front passenger seat, the system

may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or

sitting position.

* 3. Never install a CRS on the front passenger seat.

* 4. The PASSENGER AIR BAG () indicator may turn on or off when a child

above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without a CRS) sits in the front

passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

Condition detected by the

occupant classification sys

tem

Indicator/Warning lightDevices

"PASSENGER

AIR BAG OFF"

indicator light

SRS warning

light

Front passenger

air bag

1. Adult

OffOffActivated

2. Child Restraint System

(CRS) with child under 12

months old

*2*3*4

OnOffDeactivated

3. UnoccupiedOnOffDeactivated

4. Malfunction in the systemOffOnActivated

Safety features of your vehicle

564

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

WARNING

󳱽Do not install a child restraint seat

in the passenger seat when the

seat is heavily soaked with any

type of liquid.

󳱽Do not alter or remodel the Occu

pant Detection System (ODS).

This may damage the system and

prevent its proper function in a

collision.

NOTICE

󳱽Do not use car seat cushions that

cover up the surface of the seat

and aftermarket manufactured

passenger seat heaters.

󳱽After conducting car interior

cleaning using steam or deter

gent, the seat should be dried

properly. Afterward, check for

normal operation of the PASSEN

GER AIR BAG "OFF" and air bag

warning lights.

󳱽Any service related to the pas

senger seat and the ODS must be

done at an authorized Kia dealer

ship.

󳱽After the passenger seat has

been removed or installed for

repair purposes, check for normal

operation of the PASSENGER AIR

BAG () and air bag warning

lights with a person seated or not

seated in the passenger seat.

NOTICE

When the PASSENGER AIR BAG ()

symbol is illuminated, the passenger

air bag system will not operate. The

passenger air bag system will oper

ate when necessary if the symbol is

not illuminated.

NOTICE

Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. Don't place any

thing on or attach anything such as

a blanket, front seat cover or after

market seat heater to the front

passenger seat. This can adversely

affect the Occupant Detection Sys

tem.

WARNING

Occupant Detection System

Riding in an improper position

adversely affects the Occupant

Detection System and may result in

the deactivation of the front pas

senger airbag. It is important for the

driver to instruct the passenger as

to the proper seating instructions as

contained in this manual.

󳱽Do not place a heavy load in the

front passenger seatback pocket

or on the front passenger seat.

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

󳱽Do not place feet on the front

passenger seatback.

󳱽Never sit with hips shifted

towards the front of the seat.

󳱽Never excessively recline the

front passenger seatback.

󳱽Never place feet on the dash

board.

󳱽Never lean on the door or center

console.

󳱽Never sit on one side of the front

passenger seat.

ODEEV058055NR

ODEEV058056NR

ODEEV058057NR

ODEEV058002NR

ODEEV058059NR

ODEEV058060NR

Safety features of your vehicle

584

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

󳱽Do not use car seat accessories

such as thick blankets and cush

ions which cover up the car seat

surface.

󳱽Do not sit on the passenger seat

wearing heavily padded clothes

such as ski wear and hip protec

tor.

󳱽Do not place electronic devices

such as laptops, DVD player, or

conductive materials such as

water bottles on the passenger

seat.

󳱽Do not use electronic devices such

as laptops and satellite radios

which use inverter chargers.

󳱽Wet passenger seat:

Do not spill liquid in the passenger

seat. Spilled liquid on the passen

ger seat may cause the air bag

warning light to illuminate or mal

function. If any liquid is spilled,

make sure the seat has been

completely dried before driving

the vehicle.

Proper position

When an adult is seated in the front

passenger seat, if the PASSENGER

AIR BAG () indicator is on, change

the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button to the OFF

ODEEV058061NR

ODL3039048

ODL3039049

ODEEV058064NR

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

position and ask the passenger to

sit properly (sitting upright with the

seatback in an upright position, cen

tered on the seat cushion with their

seat belt on, legs comfortably

extended and their feet on the

floor). Restart the vehicle and have

the person remain in that position.

This will allow the system to detect

the person and to enable the pas

senger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ()

indicator is still on, ask the passen

ger to move to the rear seat.

WARNING

PASSENGER AIR BAG () light

Do not allow an adult passenger to

ride in the front seat when the PAS

SENGER AIR BAG () indicator is

illuminated, because the air bag will

not deploy in the event of a crash.

The driver must instruct the pas

senger to reposition himself in the

seat. Failure to properly position

yourself may lead to air bag deacti

vation resulting in air bag non-

deployment in a collision. If the PAS

SENGER AIR BAG () indicator

remains illuminated after the pas

senger repositions themselves

properly and the car is restarted, it

is recommended that passenger

move to the rear seat because the

passenger's front air bag will not

deploy.

NOTICE

The PASSENGER AIR BAG () indi

cator does not illuminate if the front

passenger seat is occupied, the

occupant detection sensor will then

classify the front passenger after

several more seconds Also, if the

ENGINE START/STOP button is

turned to the ON position when

about 3 minutes have elapsed since

the vehicle is in OFF position.

󳱽Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the Occupant

Detection System, never install a

Child Restraint System in the

front passenger's seat. A deploy

ing air bag can forcefully strike a

child resulting in serious injuries or

death.

Any child age 13 and under should

ride in the rear seat. Children too

large for child restraints should use

the available lap/shoulder belts. No

matter what type of crash, children

of all ages are safer when

restrained in the rear seat.

If the ODS is not working properly,

the Supplemental Restraint System

(SRS) air bag warning light on the

instrument panel will illuminate

because the passenger's front air

Safety features of your vehicle

604

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

bag is connected with the ODS. If

there is a malfunction of the ODS

the PASSENGER AIRBAG () indi

cator will not illuminate. In this case,

the passenger's front airbag will

inflate in frontal impact crashes

even if there is no occupant in the

front passenger seat.

Driver's and passenger's front air

bag

Your vehicle is equipped with an

advanced supplemental restraint

(air bag) system and lap/shoulder

belts at both the driver and passen

ger seating position.

Driver's front air bag

Driver's knee air bag

Passenger's front air bag

The indication of the system's pres

ence are the letters "AIR BAG"

located on the air bag pad cover on

the steering wheel and the passen

ger's side front panel pad above the

glove box.

The Supplemental Restraint System

(SRS) consists of air bags installed

under the pad covers in the center

of the steering wheel and the pas

senger's side front panel above the

glove box.

OMQ4030045

OMQ4AH030109

OMQ4030046

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

The purpose of the SRS is to provide

the vehicle's driver and/or the front

passenger with additional protec

tion than that offered by the seat

belt system alone in case of a fron

tal impact of sufficient severity. The

SRS uses sensors to gather infor

mation about the driver's and front

passenger's seat belt usage and

impact severity.

The seat belt buckle sensor deter

mines if the front passenger's seat

belt is fastened.

These sensors provide the ability to

control the SRS deployment based

on whether or not the seat belts are

fastened, and how severe the

impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability

to control the air bag inflation with

two levels. A first stage level is pro

vided for moderate-severity

impacts. A second stage level is pro

vided for more severe impacts.

According to the impact severity

and seat belt usage, the SRS Control

Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag

inflation. Failure to properly wear

seat belts can increase the risk or

severity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped

with an Occupant Detection System

(ODS) in the front passenger's seat.

The ODS detects the presence of a

passenger in the front passenger's

seat and will turn off the front pas

senger's air bag under certain condi

tions. For more detail, see "Occupant

Detection System (ODS)" on page 4-

53.

WARNING

Modification to the seat structure is

more likely to cause the air bag to

deploy at a different level than

should be provided.

Manufacturers are required by gov

ernment regulations to provide a

contact point concerning modifica

tions to the vehicle for persons with

disabilities, which modifications may

affect the vehicle's advanced air bag

system. That contact is Kia's toll-

free Customer Assistance center at

1-800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does

not endorse nor will it support any

changes to any part or structure of

the vehicle that could affect the

advanced air bag system, including

the ODS.

Safety features of your vehicle

624

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

WARNING

Replacement/modifications

The front passenger seat, dash

board or door should not be replaced

except by an authorized Kia dealer

using original Kia parts designed for

this vehicle and model. Any other

such replacement or modification

could adversely affect the operation

of the Occupant Detection System

and your advanced air bags.

Advanced air bags are combined

with pre-tensioner seat belts to

help provide enhanced occupant

protection in frontal crashes. Front

air bags are not intended to deploy

in collisions in which sufficient pro

tection can be provided by the seat

belt.

NOTICE

Air bags can only be used once 󳱮

have an authorized Kia dealer

replace the air bag immediately

after deployment.

Front air bags are not intended to

deploy in side-impact, rear-impact

or rollover crashes. However, when

frontal deployment threshold is sat

isfied at side-impact, front air bags

may deploy. In addition, front air

bags will not deploy in frontal

crashes below the deployment

threshold.

WARNING

SRS wiring

Do not tamper with or disconnect

SRS wiring or other components of

the SRS system. Doing so could

result in injury, due to accidental

deployment of the air bags or by

rendering the SRS inoperative.

WARNING

No attaching objects

No objects (such as crash pad cover,

cellular phone holder, cup holder,

perfume or stickers) should be

placed over or near the air bag mod

ules on the steering wheel, instru

ment panel, windshield glass, and

the front passenger's panel above

the glove box. Such objects could

cause harm if the vehicle is in a

crash severe enough to cause the

air bags to deploy.

Do not place any objects over the air

bag or between the air bag and

yourself.

Additionally, never place or insert

any object into any small opening

near side airbag labels attached to

the vehicle seats.

When the air bag deploys, the object

may affect the deployment and

result in unexpected accident or

bodily harm.

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

Side air bag

Your vehicle is equipped with a side

air bag in each front seat.

* The actual air bags in the vehicle

may differ from the illustration.

The purpose of the air bag is to pro

vide the vehicle's driver and/or the

front passenger with additional pro

tection than that offered by the

seat belt alone.

󳱽The side air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side-impact

collisions, depending on the crash

severity of impact.

󳱽The side air bags may deploy on

the side of the impact or on both

sides.

󳱽The side and/or curtain air bags

on both sides of the vehicle will

deploy if a rollover or possible

rollover is detected.

󳱽The side air bags are not designed

to deploy in all side impact or roll

over situations.

WARNING

Unexpected deployment

Avoid impact to the side impact air

bag sensor when the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP button is

ON to prevent unexpected deploy

ment of the side air bag.

󳱽The side air bag is supplemental

to the driver's and the passen

ger's seat belt systems and is not

a substitute for them. Therefore

your seat belts must be worn at

all times while the vehicle is in

operation.

󳱽For best protection from the side

air bag system and to avoid being

injured by the deploying side air

bag, both front seat occupants

should sit in an upright position

with the seat belt properly fas

tened. The driver's hands should

be placed on the steering wheel at

the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The

passenger's arms and hands

should be placed on their laps.

OMQ4AH030074

OMQ4AH030049

Safety features of your vehicle

644

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

WARNING

Deployment

Do not install any accessories

including seat covers, on the side or

near the side air bag as this may

affect the deployment of the side

air bags.

󳱽If the seat or seat cover is dam

aged, have the vehicle checked

and repaired by an authorized Kia

dealer. Inform the dealer that

your vehicle is equipped with side

air bags and an Occupant Detec

tion System (ODS).

WARNING

Flying objects

Do not place any objects (an

umbrella, bag, etc.) between the

front door and the front seat. Such

objects may become dangerous

projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

WARNING

No attaching objects

󳱽Do not place any objects over the

air bag or between the air bag and

yourself. Also, do not attach any

objects around the area the air

bag inflates such as the door, side

door glass, front and rear pillar.

󳱽Do not put any objects between

the side airbag label and seat

cushion. It could cause harm if the

vehicle is in a crash severe enough

to cause the air bags to deploy.

󳱽Never place or insert any object

into any small opening near side

airbag labels attached to the vehi

cle seats. When the air bag

deploys, the object may affect

the deployment and result in

unexpected accident or bodily

harm.

󳱽Do not install any accessories on

the side or near the side air bags.

Curtain air bag

Curtain air bags are located along

both sides of the roof rails above

the front and rear doors.

OMQ4030077

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

* The actual air bags in the vehicle

may differ from the illustration.

They are designed to help protect

occupants in certain side impacts

and to help prevent them from

ejecting out of the vehicle as a result

of a rollover, especially when the

seat belts are also in use.

󳱽The curtain air bags are designed

to deploy during certain side

impact collisions, depending on

the severity of impact. However,

when side deployment threshold

is satisfied at front-impact, side

air bags may deploy.

󳱽The curtain air bags may deploy

on the side of the impact or on

both sides.

󳱽Also, the curtain air bags on both

sides of the vehicle will deploy in

certain rollover situations.

󳱽The curtain air bags are not

designed to deploy in all side

impact or rollover situations.

Do not allow the passengers to lean

their heads or bodies against the

doors, put their arms on the doors,

stretch their arms out of the win

dow or place objects between the

doors and passengers when they

are seated on seats equipped with

side impact and/or curtain air bags.

NOTICE

Never try to open or repair any

components of the side and curtain

air bag system. This should only be

done by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

No attaching objects

󳱽Do not place any objects over the

air bag. Also, do not attach any

objects around the area the air

bag inflates such as the door, side

door glass, front and rear pillar,

roof side rail.

󳱽Do not hang hard, breakable, or

heavy objects on the coat hooks

for safety reasons.

OMQ4AH030076

Safety features of your vehicle

664

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

Air bag collision sensors

* The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.

1.Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module/rollover sensor

2.Front impact sensor

3.Side pressure sensors (front door)

4.Side impact sensor (B-pillar)

5.Side impact sensor (C-pillar)

OMQ4AH030002

12345

OMQ4AH030051

OMQ4030052

OMQ4030053

OMQ4030080

OMQ4AH030054

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

WARNING

Air bag sensors

󳱽Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where air

bags or sensors are installed.

This may cause unexpected air

bag deployment, which could

result in serious personal injury or

death.

󳱽If the installation location or angle

of the sensors is altered in any

way, the air bags may deploy

when they should not or they

may not deploy when they

should.

Therefore, do not try to perform

maintenance on or around the air

bag sensors. Have the vehicle

checked and repaired by an

authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽Do not arbitrarily touch the front

impact sensor. When the angle of

the sensor is changed, the air bag

system may malfunction.

Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changed due

to the deformation of the front

bumper, front end module, body or

front doors where side collision sen

sors are installed. Have the vehicle

checked and repaired by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

Installing bumper guards (or side

step or running board) or replacing a

bumper (or front door module) with

non-genuine parts may adversely

affect your vehicle's collision and air

bag deployment performance.

Why didn't my air bag go off in a

collision? (Inflation and non-infla

tion conditions of the air bag)

There are many types of accidents

in which the air bag would not be

expected to provide additional pro

tection.

These include rear impacts, second

or third collisions in multiple impact

accidents, as well as low speed

impacts.

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to

inflate in a frontal collision depend

ing on several factors, including the

severity of impact of the front colli

sion.

OMQ4H030003

Safety features of your vehicle

684

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

Side and curtain air bags

* The actual air bags in the vehicle

may differ from the illustration.

Side and/or curtain air bags are

designed to inflate when an impact

is detected by side collision sensors

depending on several factors,

including the severity of impact

resulting from a side impact colli

sion.

Also, the side and curtain air bags

are designed to inflate when a roll

over is detected by a rollover sensor.

Although the front air bags (driver's

and front passenger's air bags) are

primarily designed to inflate in fron

tal collisions, they may inflate in

other types of collisions if the front

impact sensors detect a sufficient

frontal force in another type of

impact.

Similarly, although side and curtain

air bags are designed to inflate in

certain side impact collisions, they

may inflate in other types of colli

sions where a side force is detected

by the sensors. For instance, side air

bag and/or curtain air bags may

inflate if rollover sensors indicate

the possibility of a rollover occurring

(even if none actually occurs) or in

other situations, including when the

vehicle is tilted while being towed.

Even if side and/or curtain air bags

do not provide impact protection in

a rollover, they will deploy to pre

vent ejection of occupants, espe

cially those who are restrained with

seat belts.

If the vehicle chassis is impacted by

bumps or objects on unimproved

roads, the air bags may deploy.

Drive carefully on unimproved roads

or on surfaces not designed for

vehicle traffic to prevent unintended

air bag deployment.

OMQ4H030004

OMQ4AH030078

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

Air bag non-inflation conditions

󳱽Air bags may not deploy in certain

low-speed collisions where the air

bag would not add any benefit

beyond the protection already

offered by the seat belts.

󳱽Front air bags are not designed to

inflate in rear collisions, because

occupants are moved backward

by the force of the impact. In this

case, inflated air bags would not

be able to provide any additional

benefit.

󳱽Front airbags may not inflate in

side impact collisions, because

passengers move in the direction

of the collision. Thus, in side

impacts, frontal airbag deploy

ment would not provide additional

occupant protection.

󳱽In an angled collision, the force of

impact may direct the occupants

in a direction where the air bags

would not be able to provide any

additional benefit, and thus the

sensors may not deploy any air

bags.

󳱽

󳱽Just before impact, drivers often

brake heavily. Such heavy braking

lowers the front portion of the

vehicle causing it to "ride" under a

vehicle with a higher ground

OMQ4H030005

OMQ4H030006

OMQ4H030007

OMQ4030060

Safety features of your vehicle

704

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

clearance. Air bags may not

inflate in this "under-ride" situa

tion because deceleration forces

that are detected by sensors may

be significantly reduced by such

"under-ride" collisions.

󳱽Front air bags may not inflate in

all rollover accidents when the

SRS Control Module (SRSCM) indi

cates that the front air bag

deployment would not provide

additional occupant protection.

󳱽Airbags may not inflate if the

vehicle collides with an object such

as a utility pole or tree. This is

because the point of impact is

concentrated in one area and the

full force of the impact is not

delivered to the sensors.

Supplemental Restraint System

(SRS) care

The Supplemental Restraint System

(SRS) is virtually maintenance-free

and so there are no parts you can

safely service by yourself.

If the SRS air bag warning light does

not illuminate, or continuously

remains on, have your vehicle

immediately inspected by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

Any work on the SRS, such as

removing, installing, repairing, or

any work on the steering wheel, the

front passenger's panel, front seats

and roof rails must be performed by

an authorized Kia dealer. Improper

handling of the SRS may result in

serious personal injury.

OMQ4H030008

OMQ4030061

OMQ4H030009

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

For cleaning the air bag pad covers,

use only a soft, dry cloth or one

which has been moistened with

plain water. Solvents or cleaners

could adversely affect the air bag

covers and proper deployment of

the system.

If components of the air bag system

must be discarded, or if the vehicle

must be scrapped, certain safety

precautions must be observed. An

authorized Kia dealer knows these

precautions and can give you the

necessary information. Failure to

follow these precautions and proce

dures could increase the risk of

bodily injury.

WARNING

Tampering with SRS

Do not tamper with or disconnect

SRS wiring or other components of

the SRS system. Doing so could

result in the accidental inflation of

the air bag or render the SRS inop

erative.

WARNING

Towing vehicle

Always have the ignition off and

wait for 3 minutes when your vehi

cle is being towed. The side air bags

may inflate if the vehicle is tilted

such as when being towed because

of the rollover sensors in the vehicle.

Additional safety precautions

󳱽Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-

down back seat. All occupants

should sit upright, fully back in

their seats with their seat belts

on and their feet on the floor.

󳱽Passengers should not move out

of or change seats while the vehi

cle is moving. A passenger who is

not wearing a seat belt during a

crash or emergency stop can be

thrown against the inside of the

vehicle, against other occupants,

or out of the vehicle.

󳱽Each seat belt is designed to

restrain one occupant. If more

than one person uses the same

seat belt, they could be seriously

injured or killed in a collision.

󳱽Do not use any accessories on

seat belts. Devices claiming to

improve occupant comfort or

reposition the seat belt can

reduce the protection provided by

the seat belt and increase the

chance of serious injury in a crash.

󳱽Passengers should not place hard

or sharp objects between them

selves and the air bags. Carrying

hard or sharp objects on your lap

or in your mouth can result in

injuries if an air bag inflates.

Safety features of your vehicle

724

Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

󳱽Keep occupants away from the

air bag covers. All occupants

should sit upright, fully back in

their seats with their seat belts

on and their feet on the floor. If

occupants are too close to the air

bag covers, they could be injured

if the air bags inflate.

󳱽Do not attach or place objects on

or near the air bag covers. Any

object attached to or placed on

the front or side air bag covers

could interfere with the proper

operation of the air bags.

󳱽Do not modify the front

seats.Modification of the front

seats could interfere with the

operation of the supplemental

restraint system sensing compo

nents or side air bags.

󳱽Do not place items under the

front seats. Placing items under

the front seats could interfere

with the operation of the supple

mental restraint system sensing

components and wiring har

nesses.

󳱽Never hold an infant or child on

your lap. The infant or child could

be seriously injured or killed in the

event of a crash. All infants and

children should be properly

restrained in appropriate child

safety seats or seat belts in the

rear seat.

WARNING

󳱽Sitting improperly or out of posi

tion can cause occupants to be

shifted too close to a deploying air

bag, strike the interior structure

or be thrown from the vehicle

resulting in serious injury or

death.

󳱽Always sit upright with the seat

back in an upright position, cen

tered on the seat cushion with

your seat belt on, legs comfort

ably extended and your feet on

the floor.

Adding equipment to or modifying

your air bag-equipped vehicle

If you modify your vehicle by chang

ing your vehicle's frame, bumper

system, front end or side sheet

metal or ride height, this may affect

the operation of your vehicle's air

bag system.

Safety features of your vehicleAir bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System

Air bag warning labels

Air bag warning labels, some

required by the U.S. National High

way Traffic Safety Administration

(NHTSA), are attached to the sun

visor to alert the driver and passen

gers of potential risks of the air bag

system.

OMQ4AH030100

OMQ4AH030101

5Features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Keys............................................................................................5-7

󳱽 Remote key.............................................................................5-7

󳱽 Smart key..............................................................................5-10

󳱽 Battery replacement...........................................................5-13

Immobilizer system................................................................5-15

󳱽 Folding key immobilizer system........................................5-15

󳱽 Smart key immobilizer system..........................................5-16

Theft-alarm system..............................................................5-17

󳱽 Armed stage..........................................................................5-17

󳱽 Theft-alarm stage...............................................................5-19

󳱽 Disarmed stage.....................................................................5-19

Door locks.................................................................................5-20

󳱽 With the smart key..............................................................5-20

󳱽 With the mechanical key.....................................................5-21

󳱽 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle..................5-23

󳱽 Door lock/unlock features...................................................5-25

󳱽 Electronic child safety lock system...................................5-26

󳱽 In case of an emergency.....................................................5-27

󳱽 Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System..................................5-27

Driver Position Memory System..........................................5-29

󳱽 Storing memory positions..................................................5-30

󳱽 Recalling memory positions ...............................................5-31

󳱽 Driver position memory system reset.............................5-31

󳱽 Easy access function...........................................................5-32

Liftgate.....................................................................................5-33

󳱽 Opening the liftgate.............................................................5-33

󳱽 Closing the liftgate...............................................................5-34

󳱽 Emergency liftgate safety release....................................5-34

5Features of your vehicle

Power liftgate..........................................................................5-36

󳱽 Opening the liftgate.............................................................5-38

󳱽 Closing the liftgate...............................................................5-39

󳱽 Power liftgate non-opening conditions............................5-39

󳱽 How to reset the power liftgate........................................5-41

󳱽 Power liftgate speed adjustment......................................5-41

󳱽 Power liftgate opening height user setting.....................5-41

Smart Liftgate with Auto Open............................................5-42

󳱽 How to use the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open.............5-42

󳱽 How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate with Auto

Open function using the smart key...................................5-44

󳱽 Detecting area.......................................................................5-45

Windows...................................................................................5-47

󳱽 Window opening and closing...............................................5-49

󳱽 Power window lock button.................................................5-51

Hood..........................................................................................5-52

󳱽 Opening the hood.................................................................5-52

󳱽 Hood open warning..............................................................5-53

󳱽 Closing the hood...................................................................5-53

Fuel filler door.........................................................................5-54

󳱽 Opening the fuel filler door.................................................5-54

󳱽 Closing the fuel filler door...................................................5-55

Panorama sunroof..................................................................5-59

󳱽 Sunroof open warning.........................................................5-60

󳱽 Sunshade................................................................................5-61

󳱽 Sliding the sunroof...............................................................5-61

󳱽 Tilting the sunroof................................................................5-62

󳱽 Closing the sunroof..............................................................5-62

󳱽 Resetting the sunroof.........................................................5-64

5Features of your vehicle

Steering wheel........................................................................5-65

󳱽 Electric power steering (EPS).............................................5-65

󳱽 Tilt & telescopic steering wheel.........................................5-66

󳱽 Heated steering wheel........................................................5-67

󳱽 Horn........................................................................................5-68

Mirrors......................................................................................5-69

󳱽 Inside rear view mirror........................................................5-69

󳱽 Outside rear view mirror.....................................................5-81

Instrument cluster..................................................................5-85

󳱽 Full LCD cluster.....................................................................5-86

󳱽 Adjusting instrument cluster illumination........................5-87

󳱽 Gauges....................................................................................5-88

󳱽 Transmission shift indicator...............................................5-93

LCD display...............................................................................5-95

󳱽 LCD display modes...............................................................5-96

LCD displays...........................................................................5-105

󳱽 Trip information (trip computer).....................................5-105

󳱽 Service mode.......................................................................5-108

󳱽 Driving info display.............................................................5-108

󳱽 LCD display messages.......................................................5-109

Warning and indicator lights...............................................5-113

󳱽 Warning lights.....................................................................5-113

󳱽 Indicator lights....................................................................5-120

Head-Up Display (HUD)........................................................5-124

󳱽 Head-Up Display Information...........................................5-125

󳱽 Head-Up Display Setting...................................................5-125

Rear View Monitor (RVM)....................................................5-126

󳱽 Function settings................................................................5-127

5Features of your vehicle

󳱽 Function operation............................................................5-127

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations............................................. 5-128

Surround View Monitor (SVM)........................................... 5-128

󳱽 Function settings............................................................... 5-130

󳱽 Function operation............................................................5-130

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations............................................. 5-131

Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW).......................5-132

󳱽 Function settings............................................................... 5-132

󳱽 Function operation............................................................5-133

󳱽 Malfunction and precautions...........................................5-133

Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)......5-136

󳱽 Function settings............................................................... 5-138

󳱽 Function operation............................................................5-138

󳱽 Malfunction and precautions...........................................5-141

Lighting..................................................................................5-142

󳱽 Battery saver function..................................................... 5-142

󳱽 Headlamp delay function................................................. 5-142

󳱽 Daytime Running Light (DRL)..........................................5-143

󳱽 Lighting control..................................................................5-143

󳱽 Operating high beam .......................................................5-145

󳱽 Operating turn signals and lane change signals...........5-145

󳱽 Operating front fog light .................................................5-146

󳱽 High Beam Assist (HBA)...................................................5-147

Wipers and washers............................................................ 5-150

󳱽 Auto control........................................................................5-151

󳱽 Operating windshield washers........................................ 5-153

󳱽 Operating rear window wiper and washer switch.......5-154

Welcome system.................................................................. 5-155

Interior lights........................................................................5-156

5Features of your vehicle

󳱽 Automatic turn off function.............................................5-156

󳱽 Map lamp.............................................................................5-156

󳱽 Room lamp ..........................................................................5-157

󳱽 Luggage room lamp...........................................................5-157

󳱽 Vanity mirror lamp.............................................................5-158

󳱽 Glove box lamp....................................................................5-159

Climate control system.......................................................5-159

󳱽 System operation...............................................................5-159

󳱽 Climate control air filter....................................................5-161

󳱽 Air conditioning refrigerant label.....................................5-162

󳱽 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant

and compressor lubricant .................................................5-162

Automatic climate control system....................................5-164

󳱽 Heating and air conditioning automatically...................5-166

󳱽 Heating and air conditioning manually...........................5-168

Windshield defrosting and defogging...............................5-175

󳱽 Defogging inside windshield.............................................5-176

󳱽 Defrosting outside windshield..........................................5-176

󳱽 Auto defogging system.....................................................5-176

󳱽 Defroster.............................................................................5-178

󳱽 Defogging logic ...................................................................5-179

Storage compartment.........................................................5-180

󳱽 Center console storage.....................................................5-180

󳱽 Glove box..............................................................................5-180

Interior features...................................................................5-181

󳱽 Ambient light.......................................................................5-181

󳱽 Cup holder............................................................................5-182

󳱽 Seat warmer.......................................................................5-183

󳱽 Air ventilation seat.............................................................5-185

5Features of your vehicle

󳱽 Sun visor.............................................................................. 5-186

󳱽 USB charger........................................................................ 5-187

󳱽 Power outlet....................................................................... 5-188

󳱽 AC Inverter.......................................................................... 5-189

󳱽 Wireless smart phone charging system........................ 5-191

󳱽 Coat hook............................................................................5-194

󳱽 Side curtain.........................................................................5-195

󳱽 Floor mat anchors.............................................................5-196

󳱽 Luggage net holder...........................................................5-196

󳱽 Cargo security screen....................................................... 5-197

󳱽 Luggage board................................................................... 5-198

󳱽 Luggage tray...................................................................... 5-199

󳱽 Luggage side tray..............................................................5-199

Exterior features.................................................................5-200

󳱽 Roof rack............................................................................. 5-200

Infotainment system.......................................................... 5-201

󳱽 Audio system.....................................................................5-201

Declaration of Conformity.................................................. 5-206

Features of your vehicleKeys

Features of your vehicle

Keys

Record your key number

The key code num

ber is stamped on

the key code tag

attached to the key set. Should you

lose your keys, this number will

enable an authorized Kia dealer to

duplicate the keys easily. Remove

the key code tag and store it in a

safe place. Also, record the key code

number and keep it in a safe and

handy place, but not in the vehicle.

WARNING

Aftermarket keys

Use only Kia original parts for the

ignition key in your vehicle. If an

aftermarket key is used, the ignition

switch may not return to ON after

START. If this happens, the starter

will continue to operate causing

possible fire due to excessive cur

rent in the wiring.

Remote key

With a remote key, you can lock or

unlock the door and liftgate.

Lock (1)

All doors are locked if the lock but

ton is pressed. If all doors are closed,

the hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once to

indicate that all doors are locked.

Also, if the lock button is pressed

once more within 4 seconds, the

hazard warning lights will blink and

the chime will sound once to confirm

that the door is locked.

However, if any door remains open,

the hazard warning lights (and/or

the chime) will not operate. But if all

doors are closed after the lock but

ton is pressed, the hazard warning

lights will blink once.

OSP2N049053

Features of your vehicle

Keys

Unlock (2)

The driver's door is unlocked if the

unlock button is pressed once. The

hazard warning lights will blink twice

to indicate that the driver's door is

unlocked.

All doors are unlocked if the unlock

button is pressed once more within

4 seconds. The hazard warning

lights will blink and the chime will

sound twice again to indicate that all

doors are unlocked. After pressing

this button, the doors will lock auto

matically unless you open any door

within 30 seconds.

If you attempt to lock or unlock the

door by pressing the door lock/

unlock button in any of the following

states, the door will not be locked or

unlocked.

󳱽When you want to lock or unlock

the door in the ACC or ON state.

󳱽When you want to lock a door in a

car with one or more doors open.

Depending on the vehicle, the driver

can turn off or set the 2-press

unlock setting function.

NOTICE

If the remote key is inoperative due

to exposure to water or liquids, it

will not be covered by your manu

facturer's vehicle warranty.

Panic alarm (3)

The horn sounds and the hazard

warning lights blink for about 30

seconds if this button is pressed for

more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the

horn and lights, press any button on

the transmitter.

Mechanical key

If the remote key does not operate

normally, you can lock or unlock the

door by using the mechanical key.

To unfold the key, press the release

button then the key will unfold

automatically.

To fold the key, fold the key manu

ally while pressing the release but

ton.

OSP2N049045

Features of your vehicleKeys

CAUTION

Key button operation

Do not fold the key without pressing

the release button. This may dam

age the key.

Transmitter precautions

The transmitter will not work if any

of the following occurs:

󳱽The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.

󳱽You exceed the operating dis

tance limit. (about 33 ft [10 m].)

󳱽The battery in the transmitter is

weak.

󳱽Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.

󳱽The weather is extremely cold.

󳱽The remote key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta

tion or an airport which can inter

fere with normal operation of the

transmitter.

When the transmitter does not

work properly, open and close the

door with the ignition key. If you

have a problem with the remote

key, contact an authorized Kia

dealer.

󳱽If the transmitter is in close prox

imity to your cell phone or smart

phone, the signal from the trans

mitter could be blocked by normal

operation of your cell phone or

smart phone. This is especially

important when the phone is

active such as making calls,

receiving calls, text messaging,

and/or sending/receiving emails.

Avoid placing the remote key and

your cell phone or smart phone in

the same pants or jacket pocket

and maintain adequate distance

between the two devices.

CAUTION

Transmitter

Keep the transmitter away from

water or any liquid as, it can become

damaged and not function properly.

NOTICE

If the remote key is inoperative due

to exposure to water or liquids, it

will not be covered by your manu

facturer's vehicle warranty.

Features of your vehicle

105

Keys

Smart key (if equipped)

With a smart key, you can lock or

unlock a door and even start the

engine without inserting the key.

Lock (1)

All doors are locked if the lock but

ton is pressed. If all doors are closed,

the hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once to

indicate that all doors are locked.

Also, if the lock button is pressed

once more within 4 seconds, the

hazard warning lights will blink and

the chime will sound once to confirm

that the door is locked.

However, if any door remains open,

the hazard warning lights (and/or

the chime) will not operate. But if all

doors are closed after the lock but

ton is pressed, the hazard warning

lights will blink once.

Unlock (2)

The driver's door is unlocked if the

unlock button is pressed once. The

hazard warning lights will blink twice

to indicate that the driver's door is

unlocked.

All doors are unlocked if the unlock

button is pressed once more within

4 seconds. The hazard warning

lights will blink and the chime will

sound twice again to indicate that all

doors are unlocked. After pressing

this button, the doors will lock auto

matically unless you open any door

within 30 seconds.

If you attempt to lock or unlock the

door by pressing the door lock/

unlock button in any of the following

states, the door will not be locked or

unlocked.

󳱽When you want to lock or unlock

the door in the ACC or ON state.

󳱽When you want to lock a door in a

car with one or more doors open.

Depending on the vehicle, the driver

can turn off or set the 2-press

unlock setting function.

NOTICE

If the smart key is inoperative due

to exposure to water or liquids, it

will not be covered by your manu

facturer's vehicle warranty.

OSP2049002

Features of your vehicleKeys

Liftgate unlock/open (3)

The liftgate is unlocked or opened (if

equipped) if the button is pressed

for more than 1 second.

Panic alarm (4)

The horn sounds and the hazard

warning lights blink for about 30

seconds if this button is pressed for

more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the

horn and lights, press any button on

the transmitter.

Remote start (5)

You can start the vehicle using the

remote start button (5) of the

smart key.

To start the vehicle remotely:

󳱽Lock the doors by pressing the

door lock button (1) within 32 ft

(10 m) distance from the vehicle.

󳱽Press the remote start button for

over 2 seconds within 4 seconds

after locking the doors.

Press the remote start button once

to turn off the vehicle.

If no further action for operating/

driving the vehicle is taken, the vehi

cle will be turned off 10 minutes

after starting the vehicle remotely.

Start-up

You can start the vehicle without

inserting the key.

* For more information, refer to

"ENGINE START/STOP button (if

equipped)" on page 6-12.

Mechanical key

If the smart key does not operate

normally, you can lock or unlock the

door by using the mechanical key.

To remove the mechanical key,

press and hold the release button

(1) and remove the mechanical key

(2).

To reinstall the mechanical key, put

the key into the hole and push it

until a "click" sound is heard.

OSK3048400NR

Features of your vehicle

125

Keys

WARNING

Smart key

Never leave the keys in your vehicle

with unsupervised children. Leaving

children unattended in a vehicle with

a manual ignition key or a smart key

is dangerous.

Children copy adults and they could

place the key in the ignition switch

or press the start button. The key

would enable children to operate

power windows or other controls, or

even make the vehicle move, which

could result in serious bodily injury

or death.

Smart key precautions

The smart key may not work if any

of the following occur:

󳱽The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta

tion or an airport which can inter

fere with normal operation of the

smart key.

󳱽The smart key is near a mobile

two-way radio system or a cellu

lar phone.

󳱽Another vehicle's smart key is

being operated close to your vehi

cle.

When the smart key does not work

correctly, open and close the door

with the mechanical key and contact

an authorized Kia dealer.

If the smart key is in close proximity

to your cell phone or smart phone,

the signal from the smart key could

be blocked by normal operation of

your cell phone or smart phone. This

is especially important when the

phone is active, such as when mak

ing calls, receiving calls, text mes

saging, and/or sending/receiving

emails. Avoid placing the smart key

and your cell phone or smart phone

in the same pants or jacket pocket

and maintain adequate distance

between the two devices.

NOTICE

Loss of the smart key

A maximum of 2 smart keys can be

registered to a single vehicle.

If you happen to lose your smart

key, you will not be able to start the

vehicle. You should immediately

take the vehicle and remaining key

to your authorized Kia dealer (tow

the vehicle, if necessary) to protect

it from potential theft.

Features of your vehicleKeys

CAUTION

Transmitter

Keep the transmitter away from

water or any liquid, as it can become

damaged and not function properly.

NOTICE

If the smart key is inoperative due

to exposure to water or liquids, it

will not be covered by your manu

facturer's vehicle warranty.

NOTICE

To prevent the electronic key from

becoming damaged by magnetic

fields, do not leave it near the fol

lowing electrical appliances:

󳱽TVs

󳱽Personal computers

󳱽Cellular phones, cordless phones

and battery chargers

󳱽Table lamps

󳱽Induction cookers

NOTICE

If you have to leave the vehicle's key

with a parking attendant, remove

the mechanical key for your own

use and provide the attendant with

the electronic key only.

NOTICE

When bringing a smart key onto an

airplane, make sure you do not

press any button on the key while

inside the cabin. If you are carrying

the key in your bag etc., make sure

that the buttons cannot be pressed

accidentally. If you press a button,

the key may emit radio waves that

could interfere with the operation of

the aircraft.

Battery replacement

The remote key or smart key uses a

3 volt lithium battery which will nor

mally last for several years.

If you are unsure how to use or

replace the battery, contact an

authorized Kia dealer.

1.Detach mechanical key from your

smart key.

2.Pry open the key cover.

OSK3048402NR

Features of your vehicle

145

Keys

3.Replace the smart key cover with

a new battery. (CR2032) When

replacing the battery, make sure

the battery position is correct.

4.Install the battery in the reverse

order of removal.

For remote key or smart key

replacement, visit an authorized Kia

dealer.

The remote key or smart key is

designed to give you years of trou

ble-free use, however it can mal

function if exposed to moisture or

static electricity. If you are unsure

how to use or replace the battery,

contact an authorized Kia dealer.

Using the wrong battery can cause

the remote key or smart key to

malfunction. Be sure to use the cor

rect battery.

An inappropriately dis

posed battery can be

harmful to the environ

ment and human health. Dispose

the battery according to your local

law(s) or regulation.

CAUTION

Remote key/Smart key damage

The remote key or smart key can

malfunction if dropped, exposed to

moisture, static electricity, heat or

direct sunlight.

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1.This device may not cause harm

ful interference, and

2.This device must accept any

interference received, including

interference that may cause

undesired operation.

NOTICE

Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the equipment. If the smart key is

inoperative due to changes or modi

fications not expressly approved by

the party responsible for compli

ance, it will not be covered by your

manufacturer's vehicle warranty.

Features of your vehicleImmobilizer system

Immobilizer system (if

equipped)

Folding key immobilizer system

Your immobilizer system is com

prised of a small transponder in the

ignition key and electronic devices

inside the vehicle.

With the immobilizer system, when

ever you insert your ignition key

into the ignition switch and turn it

to ON, it checks and determines and

verifies that the ignition key is valid.

If the key is determined to be valid,

the engine will start.

If the key is determined to be

invalid, the engine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys

tem:

Insert the ignition key into the key

cylinder and turn it to the ON posi

tion.

To activate the immobilizer sys

tem:

Turn the ignition key to the OFF

position. The immobilizer system

activates automatically. Without a

valid ignition key for your vehicle,

the engine will not start.

Your Immobilizer password is a cus

tomer unique password and should

be kept confidential. Do not leave

this number anywhere in your vehi

cle.

NOTICE

Keep each key separately in order to

avoid a starting malfunction.

NOTICE

In order to prevent theft of your

vehicle, do not leave spare keys

anywhere in your vehicle. Your

immobilizer password is a customer

unique password should be kept

confidential. Do not leave this num

ber anywhere in your vehicle.

NOTICE

󳱽Do not put metal accessories near

the ignition switch.

󳱽Metal accessories may interrupt

the transponder signal and may

prevent the engine from being

started.

NOTICE

If you need additional keys or lose

your keys, consult an authorized Kia

dealer.

Features of your vehicle

165

Immobilizer system

CAUTION

Immobilizer damage

Do not expose your immobilizer

system to moisture, static electric

ity or rough handling. This may

damage your immobilizer.

CAUTION

Immobilizer alterations

Do not change, alter or adjust the

immobilizer system because it could

cause the immobilizer system to

malfunction.

Smart key immobilizer system

The immobilizer system protects

your vehicle from theft. If an

improperly coded key (or other

device) is used, the vehicle's power

system is disabled.

When the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton is placed in the ON position, the

immobilizer system indicator should

come on briefly, then go off. If the

indicator starts to blink, the system

does not recognize the coding of the

key.

Place the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the OFF position, then place

the ENGINE START/STOP button in

the ON position again.

If the system repeatedly does not

recognize the coding of the key,

contact your Kia dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this system

or add other devices to it. Electrical

problems could result that may

make your vehicle inoperable.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys

tem

Change the ENGINE START/STOP

button to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer system

Change the ENGINE START/STOP

button to the OFF position. The

immobilizer system activates auto

matically. Without a valid smart key

for your vehicle, the engine will not

start.

NOTICE

When starting the vehicle, do not

use the key with other immobilizer

keys around. Otherwise, the vehicle

may not start or may stop soon

after it starts. Keep each key sepa

rate in order to avoid a starting

malfunction.

Features of your vehicleTheft-alarm system

NOTICE

If you need additional keys or lose

your keys, contact an authorized Kia

dealer.

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1.This device may not cause harm

ful interference, and

2.This device must accept any

interference received, including

interference that may cause

undesired operation.

NOTICE

Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the equipment. If the smart key is

inoperative due to changes or modi

fications not expressly approved by

the party responsible for compli

ance, it will not be covered by your

manufacturer's vehicle warranty.

Theft-alarm system

This system is designed to provide

protection from unauthorized entry

into the vehicle.

This system is operated in three

stages:

󳱽Armed stage

󳱽Theft-alarm stage

󳱽Disarmed stage

If triggered, the system provides an

audible alarm with blinking of the

hazard warning lights.

Armed stage

Using the remote key

Park the vehicle and stop the

engine. Arm the system as

described below.

1.Turn off the engine and remove

the ignition key from the ignition

switch.

2.Make sure that all doors (and lift

gate) and the engine hood are

closed and latched.

Features of your vehicle

185

Theft-alarm system

3.Lock the doors by pressing the

lock button on the folding key.

After completion of the steps above,

the hazard warning lights will blink

once to indicate that the system is

armed.

If any door (and liftgate) or engine

hood remains open, the hazard

warning lights won't operate and

theft-alarm will not arm. After this,

if all doors (and liftgate) and engine

hood are closed, the hazard warning

lights blink once.

Using the smart key

Park the vehicle and stop the

engine. Arm the system as

described below.

1.Turn off the engine.

2.Make sure that all doors, the hood

and liftgate are closed and

latched.

3.Lock the doors by pressing the

button of the front outside door

handle with the smart key in your

possession. After completion of

the steps above, the hazard

warning lights will operate once to

indicate that the system is

armed. If any door (or liftgate) or

hood remains open, the hazard

warning lights and the chime will

not operate and the theft-alarm

will not arm. If all doors and lift

gate and hood are closed after

the lock button is pressed, the

hazard warning lights blink once.

The system can also be armed by

locking the doors with the key

from the front doors; however,

the hazard warning lights will not

blink using this method.

4.Lock the doors by pressing the

lock button on the smart key.

After completion of the steps

above, the hazard warning lights

will operate once to indicate that

the system is armed.

NOTICE

The theft-alarm system can be

deactivated by an authorized Kia

dealer.

If you want this feature, consult an

authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE

Do not arm the system until all pas

sengers have left the vehicle. If the

system is armed while a passen

ger(s) remains in the vehicle, the

alarm may be activated when the

remaining passenger(s) leaves the

vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or

hood is opened within 30 seconds

after the system enters the armed

stage, the system will be disarmed

to prevent unnecessary alarm.

Features of your vehicleTheft-alarm system

Theft-alarm stage

The alarm will be activated if any of

the following occurs while the sys

tem is armed.

󳱽A front or rear door is opened

without using the smart key.

󳱽The liftgate is opened without

using the smart key.

󳱽The hood is opened.

The horn will sound and the hazard

warning lights will blink continuously

for approximately 27 seconds, and

repeat the horn 3 times unless the

system is disarmed. To turn off the

system, unlock the doors with the

folding key or smart key.

Disarmed stage

The system will be disarmed when:

Remote key

󳱽The door unlock button is

pressed.

󳱽The engine is started. (within 3

seconds)

󳱽The ignition switch is in the "ON"

position for 30 seconds or more.

Smart key

󳱽The door unlock button is

pressed.

󳱽The button of the front outside

door is pressed while carrying the

smart key.

󳱽The engine is started. (within 3

seconds)

After pressing the unlock button,

the hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound twice (in

smart key) to indicate that the sys

tem is disarmed.

After pressing the unlock button, if

any door (or liftgate) is not opened

within 30 seconds, the system will

be rearmed.

NOTICE

󳱽Avoid trying to start the engine

while the alarm is activated. The

vehicle starting motor is disabled

during the theft-alarm stage.

If the system is not disarmed with

the folding key, insert the key

into the ignition switch (if

equipped), turn the ignition switch

to the ON position and wait for 30

seconds. Then the system will be

disarmed.

󳱽If you lose your keys, consult your

authorized Kia dealer.

Features of your vehicle

205

Door locks

CAUTION

Adjusting alarm system

Do not change, alter or adjust the

theft alarm system in your vehicle.

Improper installation of the alarm

system could damage the vehicle or

cause the system to malfunction.

NOTICE

Malfunctions caused by improper

alterations, adjustments or modifi

cations to the theft-alarm system

are not covered by your vehicle

manufacturer warranty.

Door locks

Know how to use the door lock so

that you can lock or unlock the door

if necessary.

With the smart key

Carrying the smart key, you may

lock and unlock the vehicle doors

(and liftgate). Also, you may start

the engine. Refer to the following

for more details.

Locking

Pressing the button of the front

driver side door handles with all

doors closed and any door unlocked,

locks all the doors. If all doors and

engine hood are closed, the hazard

warning lights will blink once to indi

cate that all doors are locked.

The button will only operate when

the smart key is within 28~40 in

(0.7~1 m) from the driver side door

handle. If you want to make sure

that a door has locked or not, you

OMQ4040522

Features of your vehicleDoor locks

should pull the driver side door han

dle.

Even though you press the driver

side door handle buttons, the doors

will not lock and the chime will

sound for 3 seconds if any of fol

lowing occur:

󳱽The smart key is in the vehicle.

󳱽The ENGINE START/STOP button

is in the ACC or ON position.

󳱽Any door except the liftgate is

open.

Unlocking

Pressing the button of the front

driver side door handles with all

doors closed and locked, unlocks all

the doors. The hazard warning

lights blink twice to indicate that all

doors are unlocked.

The button will only operate when

the smart key is within 28~40 in

(0.7~1 m) from the front driver side

door handle.

When the smart key is recognized in

the area of 28~40 in (0.7~1 m) from

the front driver side door handle,

other people can also open the door

without possession of the smart

key.

After pressing the button, the doors

will lock automatically unless you

open any door within 30 seconds.

With the mechanical key

1.Pull out the door handle.

2.Press the lever (1) located inside

the bottom part of the cover with

a key or flat-head screwdriver.

3.Push out the cover (2) while

pressing the lever.

4.Turn the key toward the rear of

the vehicle to unlock and toward

the front of the vehicle to lock

(only the driver's door can be

locked/unlocked).

󳱽Doors can also be locked and

unlocked with the transmitter.

󳱽Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the

door handle.

󳱽When closing the door, push the

door by hand. Make sure the

doors are closed securely.

NOTICE

󳱽When locking the door with a

mechanical key, be aware that

only the driver's door can be

locked/unlocked.

OMQ4AH040543

Features of your vehicle

225

Door locks

󳱽To lock all doors, operate the cen

tral lock switch inside the vehicle.

Open the car door using the inner

handle, then close the door and

lock the driver's door with a

mechanical key.

󳱽Refer to "Operating door locks

from inside the vehicle" on page

5-23 to lock from inside the vehi

cle.

NOTICE

Be careful not to lose or scratch the

cover when removing it.

When the key cover freezes and

does not open, tap it lightly or indi

rectly warm (hand temperature,

etc.) it up.

Do not apply excessive force to the

door and door handle. It may be

damaged.

NOTICE

󳱽In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not

work properly due to freezing

conditions.

󳱽If the door is locked/unlocked

multiple times in rapid succession

with either the vehicle key or door

lock switch, the system may stop

operating temporarily in order to

protect the circuit and prevent

damage to system components.

WARNING

󳱽Securely close your door before

you begin driving. Failure to fully

close your door may cause it to

open during vehicle operation.

󳱽Keep your body out of the way of

the closing door to prevent inju

ries.

WARNING

If any passengers must remain in

the vehicle while it is very hot or cold

outside, there is risk of injuries or

danger to life. Do not lock the vehi

cle from the outside when there are

passengers in the vehicle.

CAUTION

Do not unnecessarily open and close

the door repeatedly or with exces

sive force. Such action can damage

the vehicle door.

NOTICE

Always place the ENGINE START/

STOP button in the OFF position,

engage the parking brake, close all

windows, and lock all doors when

leaving your vehicle unattended.

Features of your vehicleDoor locks

󳱽To lock a door without the key,

push the central door lock button

(2) when the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button is in

the OFF position and close the

door (3).

󳱽If you lock the door with the cen

tral door lock button (2), all vehi

cle doors will lock automatically.

NOTICE

Always remove the ignition key,

engage the parking brake, close all

windows, and lock all doors when

leaving your vehicle unattended.

Operating door locks from inside

the vehicle

You can operate door locks with the

door lock handle or central door lock

switch.

With the door handle

󳱽Front door

If the inner door handle is pulled

when the door is locked, the door

will unlock and open.

󳱽Rear door

If the inner door handle is pulled

once when the door is locked, the

door will unlock.

If the inner door handle is pulled

once more, the door will open.

OMQ4H040019

OMQ4040006

Features of your vehicle

245

Door locks

Door lock malfunction

If a power door lock ever fails to

function while you are in the vehicle,

try one or more of the following

techniques to exit:

󳱽Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic and

manual) while simultaneously

pulling on the door handle.

󳱽Operate the other door locks and

handles, front and rear.

󳱽Lower a front window and use the

key to unlock the door from out

side.

󳱽Move to the cargo area and open

the liftgate.

WARNING

Do not pull the inner door handle of

driver's (or passenger's) door while

the vehicle is moving.

With central door lock switch

Driver side

Passenger side

1.Door Lock

2.Door Unlock

3.Doors indicating light

Operate by pressing the central

door lock switch.

󳱽To lock all vehicle doors, press the

central door lock switch (1) of

driver and passenger side.

󳱽To unlock all vehicle doors, press

central door unlock switch (2) of

driver and passenger side.

When all vehicle doors are locked,

the indicating lights (3) on the

driver's door and passenger's door

will turn on. If any door is unlocked,

it would go off.

If the key is in the ignition switch (or

if the smart key is in the vehicle)

and any door is opened, the doors

will not lock even though the central

door lock switch is pressed.

OMQ4AH040416

OMQ4AH040418

Features of your vehicleDoor locks

WARNING

Doors

󳱽The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehicle

is in motion to prevent accidental

opening of the door. Locked doors

will also discourage potential

intruders when the vehicle stops

or slows down.

󳱽Be careful when opening doors

and watch for vehicles, motorcy

cles, bicycles or pedestrians

approaching the vehicle in the

path of the door. Opening a door

when something is approaching

can cause damage or injury.

NOTICE

Unlocked vehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked can

invite theft or possible harm to you

or others from someone hiding in

your vehicle while you are gone.

Always remove the ignition key,

engage the parking brake, close all

windows and lock all doors when

leaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING

Unattended children/animals

Never leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle. An

enclosed vehicle can become

extremely hot, causing death or

severe injury to unattended chil

dren or animals who cannot escape

the vehicle.

Door lock/unlock features

The vehicle is equipped with door

lock/unlock features for the safety

and convenience of passengers.

Impact sensing door unlock system

All doors will automatically unlock

when an impact causes the air bags

to deploy.

Speed sensing door lock system

All doors will automatically lock

after the vehicle speed exceeds 15

km/h.

You can activate or deactivate the

auto door lock/unlock features in

the vehicle. Refer to "User settings

mode" on page 5-98.

Features of your vehicle

265

Door locks

Electronic child safety lock system

If you push the electronic child

safety lock switch and the indicator

illuminates, rear passengers cannot

open the rear door from inside the

vehicle.

To cancel the electronic child safety

lock, push the electronic child safety

lock switch one more time and then

the indicator turns off.

Safe Exit Assist is operated when

the electronic child safety lock is

activated and SEA is selected in the

cluster. However, SEA does not

automatically activate the electronic

child safety lock system.

The electronic child safety lock is

always on when the ENGINE START/

STOP button is in the ON or ignition

ON state and for approximately 3

minutes after the engine is turned

off.

If your vehicle is equipped with the

Electronic child safety lock, the

Child-protector rear door locks,

which are manually operated, are

not provided.

If electronic child safety lock is acti

vated, rear passenger cannot open

or close the rear window also. For

more details, refer to "Windows" on

page 5-47.

CAUTION

If the Electronic child safety lock is

not operated when pushing the

Electronic child safety lock switch,

the message is displayed and the

alarm will sound.

If this occurs, have the system

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OMQ4AH040008

OMQ4040107L

Features of your vehicleDoor locks

In case of an emergency

If the electrical power door lock

switch is not operating (e.g., dead

car battery) the only way to lock the

door(s) is with the mechanical key

from the outside key hole.

Doors without an outside key hole

can be locked as follows:

1.Open the door.

2.Insert the key into the emergency

door lock hole and turn the key to

the lock position as shown.

3.Close the door securely.

NOTICE

If the electrical power to door lock

switch is not operating (e.g., dead

car battery) and the liftgate is

closed, you will not be able to open

the liftgate until power is restored.

Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System

(if equipped)

The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) is

provided to help prevent exiting the

vehicle with a rear passenger left in

the vehicle.

1st alert

When you open the front door after

opening and closing the rear door

and turning off the engine, the

"Check rear seats" warning message

appears on the cluster.

2nd alert

󳱽After the 1st alert, the 2nd alert

operates when any movement is

detected in the rear seat after

the driver's door is closed and all

the doors are locked. The horn will

activate for about 25 seconds. If

the system continues to detect a

movement the alert operates up

to 8 times.

󳱽Unlock the door with the remote

key or smart key to stop the

alert.

󳱽The system detects movement in

the vehicle for 24 hours after the

door is locked.

The 2nd alert is activated only after

the prior activation of the 1st alert.

OMQ4040020R

Features of your vehicle

285

Door locks

Operation

You can activate or deactivate the

ROA from the User Settings mode in

the cluster LCD display.

The option can be found under the

following menu:

1.Press the MODE button () sev

eral times on the steering wheel

until 'User Settings' menu appears

on the LCD.

2.Select 'Convenience → Rear Occu

pant Alert' with the MOVE switch

(/) and the OK button on the

steering wheel.

If your vehicle is equipped with the

infotainment system, the option can

be found under the following menu:

1.Press the SETUP button of the

infotainment system.

2.Press 'Vehicle → Convenience →

Rear Occupant Alert' on the info

tainment system screen.

CAUTION

󳱽Make sure that all the windows

are closed. If the window is open,

the alert may activate by the

sensor detecting an unintended

movement (e.g., wind or bugs).

󳱽If you do not want to use the Rear

Occupant Alert (ROA) system,

press OK button on the steering

wheel when the 1st alert is dis

played on the cluster. Doing so will

deactivate the 2nd alert once.

󳱽If boxes or objects are stacked in

the vehicle, the system may not

detect the obstacle. Also, the

warning may generate if the box

or object falls off.

󳱽The sensor may not operate nor

mally if the senor is obscured by

foreign substances.

󳱽The alert may activate if move

ment in the driver or passenger

seat is detected.

󳱽The alert may activate with the

doors locked due to car wash or

surrounding vibration or noise.

󳱽Inside movement detection is

stopped under remote start sta

tus.

OMQ4AH040553

Features of your vehicleDriver Position Memory System

WARNING

󳱽Even if your vehicle is equipped

with the Rear Occupant Alert

(ROA) system, always make sure

you check the rear seat before

you get off the vehicle.

The alert may not operate if:

-The movement does not con

tinue for a certain period of

time or the movement is small.

-If a child sits on a vehicle seat

without a child car seat.

-The rear passenger is covered

with an obstacle such as a blan

ket.

-Also, always be cautious of the

passenger's safety as the

detection function and 2nd

alert may not operate depend

ing on the surrounding environ

ment and certain conditions.

WARNING

The door lock system may not work

if the electrical system is compro

mised. Accordingly, please train chil

dren passengers regarding how to

open the car door manually before

an emergency situation arises. That

way, they would be able to open the

door manually in the event an

emergency situation arises.

Driver Position Memory System

(if equipped)

The Driver Position Memory System

is provided to store and recall the

following memory settings with a

simple button operation.

󳱽Driver's seat position

󳱽Outside rear view mirror position

󳱽Instrument panel illumination

intensity

󳱽Head Up Display (HUD) position

and brightness (if equipped)

WARNING

Never attempt to operate the driver

position memory system while the

vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of control,

and an accident causing death, seri

ous injury, or property damage.

OMQ4040004

Features of your vehicle

305

Driver Position Memory System

NOTICE

󳱽If the battery is disconnected, the

memory settings will be erased.

󳱽If the Driver Position Memory

System does not operate nor

mally, have the system checked

by an authorized Kia dealer.

Storing memory positions

1.The ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button is in the ON

position.

2.Adjust the driver's seat position,

outside rear view mirror position

and instrument panel illumination

intensity to the desired position.

3.Press the SET button. The system

will beep once and notify you

"Press button to save settings"on

the LCD display.

4.Press one of the memory buttons

(1 or 2) within 4 seconds. The

system will beep twice when the

memory has been successfully

stored.

5."Settings 1 (or 2) saved" will

appear on the LCD display.

Features of your vehicleDriver Position Memory System

Recalling memory positions

1.The ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button is in the ON

position.

2.Press the desired memory but

ton (1 or 2). The system will beep

once, and then the driver's seat

position, outside rear view mirror

position, instrument panel illumi

nation intensity and head-up dis

play height/brightness will

automatically adjust to the stored

positions.

3."Settings 1 (or 2) applied" will

appear on the LCD display.

󳱽While recalling the "1" memory

position, pressing the SET or 1

button temporarily stops the

adjustment of the recalled mem

ory position. Pressing the 2 but

ton recalls the "2" memory

position.

󳱽While recalling the "2" memory

position, pressing the SET or 2

button temporarily stops the

adjustment of the recalled mem

ory position. Pressing the 1 but

ton recalls the "1" memory

position.

󳱽While recalling the stored posi

tions, pressing one of the control

buttons for the driver's seat, out

side rear view mirror, or instru

ment panel illumination will cause

the movement of that component

to stop and move in the direction

that the control button is pressed.

Driver position memory system

reset

If the Driver position memory sys

tem does not work properly, initial

ize the system as follows.

How to initialize:

1.Stop the vehicle and open the

driver's door with the ignition

switch or ENGINE START/STOP

button in the ON position and the

vehicle shifted to P (Park).

2.Pull the driver's seat forward as

far as possible and have the seat

back upright as much as possible

using the driver's seat forward/

backward adjustment and seat

back angle (recline) switches.

3.Push the SET button and seat

forward movement switch for 2

seconds simultaneously.

Initialization in the process:

1.Initialization begins as the alarm

sounds.

2.The seat and seatback will auto

matically move backwards. The

alarm sound will continue while

the system is in operation.

3.Initialization will be complete

after the seat and seatback move

to the center with an alarm

sound. If, however, cases as fol

lows occur, the initialization pro

cess will come to a stop and the

alarm sound will stop as well.

Features of your vehicle

325

Driver Position Memory System

󳱽When pushing driving position

memory system button

󳱽When pushing driver's seat height

adjustment switch

󳱽When shifting from P (Park) to

other positions

󳱽When driving speed exceeds 3

km/h

󳱽When the driver's door is closed

Easy access function

The system will move the driver's

seat automatically as follows:

Without smart key system

󳱽It will move the driver's seat rear

ward when the ignition key is

removed and the driver's door is

opened.

󳱽It will move the driver's seat for

ward when the ignition switch is

in the ACC or ON position.

With smart key system

󳱽It will move the driver's seat rear

ward when the ENGINE START/

STOP button is in the OFF position

and the driver's door is opened.

󳱽It will move the driver's seat for

ward when the vehicle is turned

ON or the driver's door is closed

with the smart key with you.

You can activate or deactivate the

Easy Access Function from the User

Settings Mode on the LCD display.

For more details, refer to "LCD dis

play" on page 5-95. If your vehicle is

equipped with additional navigation,

please refer to the infotainment

system manual separately supplied.

NOTICE

Upward/downward movement of

the seat may not work when pas

sengers get on/off the vehicle in

order to prevent foot injuries in cer

tain places.

Features of your vehicleLiftgate

Liftgate

WARNING

Exhaust fumes

If you drive with the liftgate open,

you will draw dangerous exhaust

fumes into your vehicle which can

cause serious injury or death to

vehicle occupants.

If you must drive with the liftgate

open, keep the air vents and all win

dows open so that additional out

side air comes into the vehicle.

WARNING

Rear cargo area

Occupants should never ride in the

rear cargo area where no restraints

are available. To avoid injury in the

event of an accident or sudden

stops, occupants should always be

properly restrained.

Opening the liftgate

󳱽The liftgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or

unlocked with the transmitter (or

smart key) or central door lock

switch.

󳱽Only the liftgate is unlocked if the

liftgate unlock button on the

transmitter or smart key is

pressed for approximately 1 sec

ond.

󳱽If unlocked, the liftgate can be

opened by pressing the handle

and pulling it up.

󳱽Once the liftgate is opened and

then closed, the liftgate locks

automatically. (All doors must be

locked.)

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not work

properly due to freezing conditions.

OMQ4AH040009

Features of your vehicle

345

Liftgate

WARNING

The liftgate swings upward. Make

sure no objects or people are near

the rear of the vehicle when opening

the liftgate.

CAUTION

Make certain that you close the lift

gate before driving your vehicle.

Possible damage may occur to the

liftgate gas lifters and attached

hardware if the liftgate is not closed

prior to driving.

Closing the liftgate

󳱽To close the liftgate, lower and

push down the liftgate firmly.

Make sure that the liftgate is

securely latched.

WARNING

Make sure your hands, feet and

other parts of your body are safely

out of the way before closing the

liftgate.

WARNING

Exhaust fumes

The liftgate lid should be always

kept completely closed while the

vehicle is in motion. If it is left open

or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases

may enter the car and serious ill

ness or death may result.

CAUTION

Make sure nothing is near the lift

gate latch and striker while closing

the liftgate. It may damage the lift

gate's latch.

Emergency liftgate safety release

Your vehicle is equipped with the

emergency liftgate safety release

lever located on the bottom of the

liftgate. When someone is inadver

tently locked in the luggage com

partment.

OMQ4040486L

Features of your vehicleLiftgate

The liftgate can be opened by doing

as follows:

1.Input the mechanical key into the

hole.

2.Push the mechanical key to the

right (1).

3.Push up the liftgate.

WARNING

󳱽You and your passengers must be

aware of the location of the

Emergency Liftgate Safety

Release lever in this vehicle and

how to open the liftgate in case

you are accidentally locked in the

liftgate.

󳱽NEVER allow anyone to occupy

the liftgate of the vehicle at any

time. If the liftgate is partially or

totally latched and the person is

unable to get out, serious injury

or death could occur due to lack of

ventilation, exhaust fumes and

rapid heat build-up, or because of

exposure to cold weather condi

tions. The liftgate is also a highly

dangerous location in the event of

a crash because it is not a pro

tected occupant space but is a

part of the vehicle's crush zone.

󳱽Your vehicle should be kept locked

and the Smart Key should be kept

out of the reach of children. Par

ents should teach their children

about the dangers of playing in

liftgates.

󳱽Use the release lever for emer

gencies only.

WARNING

󳱽No one should be allowed to

occupy the cargo area of the vehi

cle at any time. The cargo area is

a very dangerous location in the

event of a crash.

󳱽Use the release lever for emer

gencies only. Use with extreme

caution, especially while the vehi

cle is in motion.

CAUTION

Make sure there are no people or

objects around the liftgate before

opening or closing the liftgate. Wait

until the liftgate is open fully and

stopped before loading or unloading

cargo from the vehicle.

OMQ4H040014

Features of your vehicle

365

Power liftgate

WARNING

Do not grasp the part supporting

the liftgate (gas lifter), as this may

cause serious injury.

Power liftgate (if equipped)

1.Power liftgate open/close button

2.Power liftgate handle switch

3.Power liftgate close button

OMQ4040401

OMQ4050262

OMQ4AH040561

OMQ4H050031

Features of your vehiclePower liftgate

4.Power liftgate lock button

5.Power liftgate open/close button

NOTICE

If ignition switch is ON position, the

power liftgate can operate when

the gear is in P (Park).

NOTICE

Do not put heavy stuffs on the

power liftgate when you operate

the power liftgate. Additional

weight on liftgate could cause dam

ages to the system.

WARNING

Never leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle. Children

or animals might operate the power

liftgate that could result in injury to

themselves or others, or damage

the vehicle.

WARNING

Make sure that there are no people

or objects in the path of the power

liftgate (or smart liftgate) prior to

use. Serious injury, damage to the

vehicle or damage to surrounding

objects may result if contact with

the power liftgate (or smart lift

gate) occurs.

OMQ4H050032

OMQ4040436

OMQ4AH040488

Features of your vehicle

385

Power liftgate

CAUTION

Do not close or open the power lift

gate manually. This may cause

damage to the power liftgate. If it is

necessary to close or open the

power liftgate manually when the

battery is discharged or discon

nected, do not apply excessive

force.

WARNING

Make sure there are no people or

objects around the liftgate before

opening or closing the power lift

gate. Wait until the liftgate is open

fully and stopped before loading or

unloading cargo from the vehicle.

Opening the liftgate

The power liftgate will open auto

matically by doing one of the fol

lowings:

󳱽Press the power liftgate open

button for approximately one

second.

󳱽For emergency stop while power

liftgate operating, press the

power liftgate open/close button

shortly.

󳱽Press the liftgate handle switch

carrying the smart key with you.

OMQ4040436

OMQ4050262

OMQ4AH040561

Features of your vehiclePower liftgate

Closing the liftgate

The power liftgate will close auto

matically by doing one of the fol

lowing:

󳱽Press the power liftgate close

button for approximately one

second when the liftgate is

opened.

The liftgate will close and lock

automatically.

󳱽For emergency stop while power

liftgate operating, press the

power liftgate open/close button

shortly.

󳱽Press the power liftgate close

button when the liftgate is

opened.

The liftgate will close automati

cally.

󳱽Press the power liftgate lock but

ton when the liftgate is opened.

The liftgate will close and doors

will lock automatically.

Power liftgate non-opening condi

tions

The power liftgate will not open

automatically, when the vehicle is

moving more than 2 mph (3 km/h).

WARNING

The chime will sound continuously if

you drive over 2 mph (3 km/h) with

the liftgate opened. Stop your vehi

cle immediately at a safe place and

check if your liftgate is opened.

CAUTION

Do not operate the power liftgate

more than 5 times continuously.

It may damage the power liftgate

system. If the spindle is strained

OMQ4050262

OMQ4H050031

OMQ4H050032

Features of your vehicle

405

Power liftgate

due to continuous operation, the

chime will sound 3 times and the

power liftgate will not operate. At

this time, stop operating the liftgate

and leave it for more than 1 minute.

NOTICE

󳱽The power liftgate can be oper

ated when the engine is not run

ning. However the power liftgate

operation consumes large

amounts of vehicle electric power.

To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not operate it

excessively e.g.: more than

approximately 10 times repeat

edly.

󳱽To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the

power liftgate in the open posi

tion for a long time.

󳱽Do not modify or repair any part

of the power liftgate by yourself,

visit an authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽When jacking up the vehicle to

change a tire or repair the vehicle,

do not operate the power liftgate.

This could cause the power lift

gate to operate improperly.

󳱽In cold and wet climates, the

power liftgate may not work

properly due to freezing condi

tions.

Automatic reversal

During power opening and closing if

the power liftgate is blocked by an

object or part of the body, the

power liftgate will detect the resis

tance.

󳱽If the resistance is detected while

opening the liftgate, it will stop

and move in the opposite direc

tion.

󳱽If the resistance is detected while

closing the liftgate, it will stop and

move in the opposite direction.

However, if the resistance is weak

such as from an object that is thin

or soft, or the liftgate is near the

latched position, the automatic stop

and reversal may not detect the

resistance. If the automatic reversal

feature operates continuously more

than twice during opening or closing

operation, the power liftgate may

stop at that position. At this time,

close the liftgate manually and

operate the liftgate automatically

again.

NOTICE

󳱽Never intentionally place any

object or part of your body in the

path of the power liftgate to

make sure the automatic reversal

operates.

Features of your vehiclePower liftgate

󳱽Never operate power liftgate

attached with any heavy objects

(ex. bicycles). It could damage the

power liftgate.

How to reset the power liftgate

If the battery has been discharged

or disconnected, or if the related

fuse has been replaced or discon

nected, for the power liftgate to

operate normally, reset the power

liftgate as follow:

1.Make sure the gear is shifted to P

(Park) position.

2.While Pressing the liftgate close

button, press the liftgate handle

switch for more than 3 seconds.

(the buzzer will sound)

3.Close the liftgate using the but

ton.

If the power liftgate does not work

properly after the above procedure,

have the system checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE

If the power liftgate does not oper

ate normally, check again if the gear

is in the correct position.

Power liftgate speed adjustment

To adjust the power liftgate speed,

go to 'User Settings → Door →

Power liftgate speed → Normal/

Fast' on the LCD display.

󳱽If power liftgate function turns

off or liftgate is not fully closed,

you can not adjust the power lift

gate speed.

󳱽Initial speed of Power liftgate is

set as "Fast".

For more details, refer to"LCD dis

play" on page 5-95.

Power liftgate opening height user

setting

The driver may set the height of a

fully opened liftgate by following

the below instruction.

The liftgate opening height can be

adjusted within the instrument

cluster settings or the infotainment

system.

OMQ4AH050343

Features of your vehicle

425

Smart Liftgate with Auto Open

Go to 'User Settings → Door →

Power Liftgate Opening Height →

Level 1/Level 2/Level 3/Full Open/

User Height Setting' in order to

adjust your vehicle's liftgate height.

1.Adjust the liftgate to the pre

ferred height.

2.Press the power liftgate close

button for approximately 3 sec

onds.

3.After the beep sound appears, the

setup is finished.

When the vehicle is first delivered,

the initial setting for 'User Height

Setting' is set to 'Full Open'.

The liftgate will open to the height

the driver has set up.

Smart Liftgate with Auto Open

(if equipped)

On a vehicle equipped with a smart

key, the liftgate can be opened

using the Smart Liftgate with Auto

Open system.

How to use the Smart Liftgate with

Auto Open

The liftgate can be opened with no-

touch activation satisfying all the

conditions below.

󳱽After 15 seconds when all doors

are closed and locked

󳱽Positioned in the detecting area

for more than 3 seconds.

OMQ4AH040011

Features of your vehicleSmart Liftgate with Auto Open

NOTICE

The Smart Liftgate with Auto Open

does not operate when:

󳱽The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and is continu

ously detected.

󳱽The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and 60 in (1.5

m) from the front door handles.

(for vehicles equipped with Wel

come Light)

󳱽A door is not locked or closed.

󳱽The smart key is in the vehicle.

1.Setting

To activate the Smart Liftgate

with Auto Open, go to User Set

tings Mode and select Smart Lift

gate on the LCD display.

For more details, refer to "LCD

display" on page 5-95.

2.Detect and Alert

If you are positioned in the

detecting area (20~40 in [50~100

cm] behind the vehicle) carrying a

smart key, the hazard warning

lights will blink and chime will

sound to alert you the smart key

has been detected and the lift

gate will open.

NOTICE

Do not approach the detecting area

if you do not want the liftgate to

open. If you have unintentionally

entered the detecting area and the

hazard warning lights and chime

starts to operate, leave the detect

ing area with the smart key. The

liftgate will stay closed.

3.Automatic opening

The hazard warning lights will

blink and chime will sound 6 times

and then the liftgate will open.

OMQ4AH040013

OMQ4AH040014

Features of your vehicle

445

Smart Liftgate with Auto Open

WARNING

󳱽Make sure you close the liftgate

before driving your vehicle.

󳱽Make sure there are no people or

objects around the liftgate before

opening or closing the liftgate.

󳱽Make sure objects in the liftgate

do not come out when opening

the liftgate on a slope. It may

cause serious injury.

󳱽Make sure to deactivate the

Smart Liftgate with Auto Open

when washing your vehicle. Oth

erwise, the liftgate may open

inadvertently.

󳱽The key should be kept out of

reach of children. Children may

inadvertently open the Smart

Liftgate with Auto Open while

playing around the rear area of

the vehicle.

CAUTION

Liftgate lift

Make certain that you close the lift

gate before driving your vehicle.

Possible damage may occur to the

liftgate gas lifters and attached

hardware if the liftgate is not closed

prior to driving.

How to deactivate the Smart Lift

gate with Auto Open function using

the smart key

1.Door lock

2.Door unlock

3.Liftgate open

4.Panic button

5.Remote start

If you press any button of the smart

key during the Detect and Alert

stage, the Smart Liftgate with Auto

Open function will be deactivated.

Make sure to be aware of how to

deactivate the Smart Liftgate with

Auto Open function for emergency

situations.

OSP2049002

Features of your vehicleSmart Liftgate with Auto Open

NOTICE

󳱽If you press the door unlock but

ton (2), the Smart Liftgate with

Auto Open function will be deacti

vated temporarily. But, if you do

not open any door for 30 seconds,

the Smart Liftgate with Auto

Open function will be activated

again.

󳱽If you press the liftgate open but

ton (3) for more than 1 second,

the liftgate opens.

󳱽If you press the door lock button

(1) or liftgate open button (3)

when the Smart Liftgate with

Auto Open function is not in the

Detect and Alert stage, the Smart

Liftgate with Auto Open function

will not be deactivated.

󳱽In case you have deactivated the

Smart Liftgate with Auto Open

function by pressing the smart

key button and opened a door, the

Smart Liftgate with Auto Open

function can be activated again by

closing and locking all doors.

Detecting area

󳱽The Smart Liftgate with Auto

Open operates with a welcome

alert if the smart key is detected

within 20~40 in (50~100 cm) from

the liftgate.

󳱽The alert stops at once if the

smart key is positioned outside

the detecting area during the

Detect and Alert stage.

OMQ4AH040015

Features of your vehicle

465

Smart Liftgate with Auto Open

NOTICE

󳱽The Smart Liftgate with Auto

Open function will not work if any

of the following occurs:

-The smart key is close to a

radio transmitter such as a

radio station or an airport

which can interfere with normal

operation of the transmitter.

-The smart key is near a mobile

two way radio system or a cel

lular phone.

-Another vehicle's smart key is

being operated close to your

vehicle.

󳱽The detecting range may

decrease or increase when :

-One side of the tire is raised to

replace a tire or to inspect the

vehicle.

-The vehicle is slantingly parked

on a slope or unpaved road, etc.

Features of your vehicleWindows

Windows

The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be

operated by a switch.

1.Driver's door power window switch

2.Front passenger's door power window switch

3.Rear door (left) power window switch

4.Rear door (right) power window switch

5.Window opening and closing

6.Automatic power window up*/down*

7.Power window lock switch

*: if equipped

OMQ4AH040016

Features of your vehicle

485

Windows

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, power win

dows may not work properly due to

freezing conditions.

The ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button must be in the

ON position for power windows to

operate.

Each door has a power window

switch that controls the door's win

dow. The driver has a power window

lock button which can block the

operation of rear passenger win

dows. The power windows can be

operated for approximately 3 min

utes after ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button turned to the

ACC or LOCK position. However, if

the front doors are opened, the

power windows cannot be operated

even within the 3 minutes period.

The driver's door has a master

power window switch that controls

all the windows in the vehicle.

If the window cannot be closed

because it is blocked by objects,

remove the objects and close the

window.

NOTICE

While driving with the rear windows

down or with the sunroof (if

equipped) in an open (or partially

open position), your vehicle may

demonstrate a wind buffeting or

pulsation noise. This noise is a nor

mal occurrence and can be reduced

or eliminated by taking the following

actions. If the noise occurs with one

or both of the rear windows down,

partially lower both front windows

approximately 1 in (2.5 cm) If you

experience the noise with the sun

roof open, slightly reduce the size of

the sunroof opening.

CAUTION

Do not install any accessories in the

vehicle that extend into the open

window area. Such objects will

impact the proper function of the

Automatic reversal "jam protection"

feature.

NOTICE

If you press the one-touch window

button for micro adjustment, the

glass will go down to a specific loca

tion to improve your convenience.

Features of your vehicleWindows

Window opening and closing

You can open and close windows

using the power window switch.

Type A (if equipped)

To open or close a window, press

down or pull up the front portion of

the corresponding switch to the

first detent position (5).

Type B - Auto up/down window (if

equipped)

Pressing or pulling up the power

window switch momentarily to the

second detent position (6) com

pletely lowers or raises the window

even when the switch is released. To

stop the window at the desired

position while the window is in oper

ation, pull up or press down and

release the switch.

To reset the power windows

If the power window does not oper

ate normally, the automatic power

window system must be reset as

follows:

1.Turn the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button to the ON

position.

2.Close the window and continue

pulling up the power window

switch for at least 1 second after

the window is completely closed.

Automatic reversal (if equipped)

OMQ4040444

OMQ4040445

ODEEV068020NR

Features of your vehicle

505

Windows

If the upward movement of the

window is blocked by an object or

part of the body, the window will

detect the resistance and will stop

upward movement. The window will

then lower approximately 11.8 in

(30 cm) to allow the object to be

cleared.

If the window detects the resistance

while the power window switch is

pulled up continuously, the window

will stop upward movement then

lower approximately 1 in (2.5 cm).

And if the power window switch is

pulled up continuously again within

5 seconds after the window is low

ered by the automatic window

reversal feature, the automatic win

dow reversal will not operate.

NOTICE

The automatic reverse feature for

the window is only active when the

"auto up" feature is used by fully

pulling up the switch. The automatic

reverse feature will not operate if

the window is raised using the half

way position on the power window

switch.

WARNING

Always check for obstructions

before raising any window to avoid

injuries or vehicle damage. If an

object less than 0.16 in (4 mm) in

diameter is caught between the

window glass and the upper window

channel, the automatic reverse win

dow may not detect the resistance

and will not stop and reverse direc

tion.

WARNING

The automatic reverse feature

doesn't activate while resetting the

power window system. Make sure

body parts or other objects are

safely out of the way before closing

the windows to avoid injuries.

CAUTION

Do not install any accessories in the

vehicle that extend into the open

window area. Such objects could

prevent the automatic reverse fea

ture from functioning.

Features of your vehicleWindows

Power window lock button

The driver can disable the power

window switches on the rear pas

sengers' doors by pressing the

power window lock button to the

lock position (pressed).

When the power window lock button

is pressed:

󳱽The driver's master control can

operate all passengers' power

windows.

󳱽The front passenger's control can

operate the front passenger's

power window.

󳱽The rear passengers' control can

not operate the rear passenger's

power window.

* If the power window lock switch is

operated (indicator turns on), rear

passenger cannot open the rear

door (if equipped with the Elec

tronic Child Safety Lock System).

For more details, refer to "Elec

tronic child safety lock system" on

page 5-26.

CAUTION

󳱽To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do not

open or close two windows or

more at the same time. This will

also ensure the longevity of the

fuse.

󳱽Never try to operate the main

switch on the driver's door and

the individual door window switch

in opposite directions at the same

time. If this is done, the window

will stop and cannot be opened or

closed.

WARNING

Windows

󳱽NEVER leave the keys in your

vehicle with unsupervised chil

dren, when the engine is running.

󳱽NEVER leave any child unattended

in the vehicle. Even very young

children may inadvertently cause

the vehicle to move, entangle

themselves in the windows, or

otherwise injure themselves or

others.

󳱽Always double check to make sure

all arms, hands, head and other

obstructions are safely out of the

way before closing a window.

OMQ4AH040017

Features of your vehicle

525

Hood

󳱽Do not allow children play with the

power windows. Keep the driver's

door power window lock button in

the LOCK position (pressed). SERI

OUS INJURY can result from unin

tentional window operation by

the child.

󳱽Do not extend heads or any limbs

outside the window while the

vehicle is in motion.

Hood

The hood serves as a cover for the

engine compartment.

Open the hood if maintenance

works needs to be performed in the

engine compartment or if you need

to look at the compartment.

Opening the hood

1.Pull the release lever to unlatch

the hood. The hood should pop

open slightly.

2.Go to the front of the vehicle,

raise the hood slightly, push the

secondary latch (1) to the left and

lift the hood (2).

OMQ4040018

OMQ4040446

Features of your vehicleHood

Hood open warning

The hood warning message will

appear on the LCD display when

hood is open.

The warning chime will operate

when the vehicle is being driven at

or above 2 mph (3 km/h) with the

hood open.

Closing the hood

1.Before closing the hood, check the

following:

󳱽All filler caps in the engine com

partment must be correctly

installed.

󳱽Gloves, rags or any other com

bustible material must be

removed from the engine com

partment.

2.Lower the hood until it is about 30

cm above the closed position and

let it drop. Make sure that it locks

into place.

3.Check that the hood has engaged

properly.

󳱽If the hood can be raise slightly,

it is not properly engaged.

󳱽Open it again and close it with a

little more force.

CAUTION

Hood obstruction

Before closing the hood, ensure that

all obstructions are removed from

the hood opening. Closing the hood

with an obstruction present in the

hood opening may result in severe

personal injury or properly damage.

WARNING

Fire risk

Do not leave gloves, rags or any

other combustible material in the

motor compartment. Doing so may

cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING

Unsecured hood

Always double check to be sure that

the hood is firmly latched before

driving away. If it is not latched, the

hood could fly open while the vehicle

is being driven, causing a total loss

of visibility, which may result in an

accident.

OMQ4040110

Features of your vehicle

545

Fuel filler door

The vehicle's fuel filler door must be

opened and closed by hand from

outside the vehicle.

Opening the fuel filler door

1.Turn the engine off.

2.Ensure the all doors are unlocked.

3.Press the rear center edge of the

fuel filler door.

4.Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to

fully open.

5.To remove the fuel tank cap (2),

turn it counterclockwise. You may

hear a hissing noise as the pres

sure inside the tank equalizes.

6.Place the cap on the fuel filler

door.

NOTICE

The fuel filler door will unlock when

all doors are unlocked.

To unlock fuel filler door:

󳱽Press the unlock button on your

smart key.

󳱽Press the central door unlock but

ton on armrest trim of driver's

door. The fuel filler door will lock

when all doors are locked.

To lock fuel filler door:

󳱽Press the lock button on your

smart key.

󳱽Press the central door lock button

on armrest trim of driver's door.

* All doors will automatically lock

after the vehicle speed exceeds 9

mph (15 km/h). Fuel door is also

locked when vehicle speed exceeds

9 mph (15 km/h).

OMQ4AH040562

OMQ4040023

Features of your vehicleFuel filler door

NOTICE

Before refueling, be sure to check

what type of fuel is used for your

vehicle.

If you put diesel fuel into a gasoline-

powered vehicle, it may affect the

fuel system and cause serious dam

age to the vehicle.

NOTICE

If the fuel filler door does not open

because ice has formed around it,

tap lightly or push on the door to

break the ice and release the door.

Do not pry on the door. If necessary,

spray around the door with an

approved de-icer fluid (do not use

radiator anti-freeze) or move the

vehicle to a warm place and allow

the ice to melt.

Closing the fuel filler door

1.To install the fuel tank cap, turn it

clockwise until it "Clicks".

2.Close the fuel filler door by press

ing rear center edge of the fuel

filler door.

NOTICE

Make the vehicle door to LOCK posi

tion when the fuel filler door is com

pletely closed in order to lock the

fuel filler door.

If the fuel filler door is not com

pletely closed, the fuel filler door will

not be locked.

WARNING

Refueling

Always remove the fuel cap care

fully and slowly. If the cap is venting

fuel or if you hear a hissing sound,

wait until the condition stops before

completely removing the cap.

If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can

cover your clothes or skin and sub

ject you to the risk of fire and burns.

NOTICE

When refueling on unlevel ground,

the fuel gauge may not point to the

F position. It is not a malfunction. If

you move your vehicle to a level

ground, the fuel gauge will move to

the full position.

NOTICE

Tighten the cap until it clicks one

time, otherwise, the engine warn

ing indicator light will illuminate.

Features of your vehicle

565

Fuel filler door

CAUTION

Keep the door into LOCK position

when the vehicle is being washed

(i.e. high pressure washer, auto

matic car washer, etc.)

WARNING

Always tighten your fuel cap before

you leave the fuel station. Failure to

securely install your fuel cap can

lead to fuel spillage in an accident

and increase fire risk.

WARNING

Fire/explosion risk

Read and follow all warnings posted

at the gas station facility. Failure to

follow all warnings will result in

severe personal injury, severe burns

or death due to fire or explosion.

WARNING

Static electricity

󳱽Before touching the fuel nozzle,

you should eliminate potentially

dangerous static electricity dis

charge by touching another metal

part of the vehicle, a safe distance

away from the fuel filler neck,

nozzle, or other gas source.

󳱽Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refueling

since you can generate static

electricity by touching, rubbing or

sliding against any item or fabric

(polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)

capable of producing static elec

tricity. Static electricity discharge

can ignite fuel vapors resulting in

rapid burning. If you must reenter

the vehicle, you should once again

eliminate potentially dangerous

static electricity discharge by

touching a metal part of the vehi

cle, away from the fuel filler neck,

nozzle or other gasoline source.

WARNING

Portable fuel container

When using an approved portable

fuel container, be sure to place the

container on the ground prior to

refueling. Static electricity discharge

from the container can ignite fuel

vapors causing a fire. Once refueling

has begun, contact with the vehicle

should be maintained until the filling

is complete. Use only approved por

table plastic fuel containers

designed to carry and store gaso

line.

Features of your vehicleFuel filler door

WARNING

Cell phone fires

Do not use cellular phones while

refueling. Electric current and/or

electronic interference from cellular

phones can potentially ignite fuel

vapors causing a fire.

WARNING

Refueling & Vehicle fires

When refueling, always shut the

engine off. Sparks produced by elec

trical components related to the

engine can ignite fuel vapors causing

a fire. Once refueling is complete,

check to make sure the filler cap and

filler door are securely closed,

before starting the engine.

WARNING

Smoking

DO NOT use matches or a lighter

and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit

cigarette in your vehicle while at a

gas station especially during refuel

ing. Automotive fuel is highly flam

mable and can, when ignited, result

in fire.

Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to "Fuel requirements" on

page 2-2.

If the fuel filler cap requires replace

ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or

the equivalent specified for your

vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap

can result in a serious malfunction

of the fuel system or emission con

trol system.

CAUTION

Exterior paint

Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur

faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel

spilled on painted surfaces may

damage the paint.

WARNING

󳱽Do not allow anyone that has not

discharged static electricity from

their body to come close to an

open fuel tank.

󳱽Do not inhale vaporized fuel.

WARNING

Risk of injury from fuel

Fuels are poisonous and harmful to

your health.

󳱽Fuel contains substances that are

harmful if inhaled.

󳱽Do not swallow fuel or let it come

into contact with skin, eyes or

clothing.

󳱽Do not inhale fuel vapors.

󳱽Keep children away from fuel.

Features of your vehicle

585

Fuel filler door

If you or other people come into

contact with fuel, observe the fol

lowing:

󳱽Immediately rinse fuel off your

skin with soap and water.

󳱽If fuel comes into contact with

your eyes, immediately rinse

them thoroughly with clean

water. Seek medical attention

immediately.

󳱽If you swallow fuel, seek medical

attention immediately. Do not

induce vomiting.

󳱽Change immediately out of cloth

ing that has come into contact

with fuel.

NOTICE

Damage caused by the wrong fuel

Fuel that does not conform to the

required quality can lead to

increased wear as well as damage to

the engine and exhaust system.

Only use the fuel recommended.

NOTICE

Damage caused by the wrong fuel

Vehicles with a gasoline engine:

Even small amounts of the wrong

fuel could result in damage to the

fuel system, the engine and the

emission control system.

NOTICE

Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles

with a gasoline engine.

NOTICE

Do not switch on the ignition if you

accidentally refuel with the wrong

fuel. Otherwise, fuel can enter the

fuel system.

Even small amounts of the wrong

fuel could result in damage to the

fuel system and the engine. Have

the system serviced by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

NOTICE

Do not overfill the fuel tank

Do not overfill the fuel tank; other

wise fuel may spill, causing harm to

the environment and damaging the

vehicle.

Features of your vehiclePanorama sunroof

Panorama sunroof (if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with a

sunroof, you can slide or tilt your

sunroof with the sunroof control

lever located on the overhead con

sole.

The sunroof can only be opened,

closed, or tilted when the ignition

switch or ENGINE START/STOP but

ton is in the ON position.

The sunroof is operable for 3 min

utes, after the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button is

placed in the OFF or ACC position.

However, if the front doors are

opened, the sunroof cannot be

operated even within 3 minutes.

NOTICE

󳱽In cold and wet climates, the sun

roof may not work properly due

to freezing conditions.

󳱽After the vehicle is washed or in a

rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any

water that is on the sunroof

before operating it.

CAUTION

Sunroof motor damage

To prevent damage to the sunroof,

periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.

If you try to open the sunroof when

the temperature is below freezing

or when the sunroof is covered with

snow or ice, the glass or the motor

could be damaged.

NOTICE

In order to prevent accidental oper

ation of the sunroof, especially by a

child, do not let a child operate the

sunroof.

CAUTION

Sunroof control lever

Do not continue to press the sun

roof control lever after the sunroof

is fully opened, closed, or tilted.

Damage to the motor or system

components could occur.

ODL3A040507

Features of your vehicle

605

Panorama sunroof

WARNING

Sunroof operation

When closing the sunroof, make

sure there are no body parts in the

movement range of the sliding roof.

Parts of the body could become

trapped or crushed.

WARNING

Never adjust the sunroof or sun

shade while driving. This could result

in loss of control and an accident

that may cause death, serious

injury, or property damage.

CAUTION

Make sure the sunroof is fully closed

when leaving your vehicle. If the

sunroof is opened, rain or snow may

leak through the sunroof and wet

the interior as well as increase the

risk of theft.

WARNING

Do not extend any luggage outside

the sunroof while driving. Such

action can increase the risk of an

accident and cause injuries during an

accident sequence.

WARNING

Roof cargo

Do not operate the sun roof while

using the roof rack to transport

cargo. This may cause the cargo to

come loose and distract the driver.

CAUTION

Do not sit on the top of the vehicle.

It may cause vehicle damage.

Sunroof open warning

󳱽If the driver turns off the engine

when the sunroof is not fully

closed, the warning chime will

sound for a few seconds and the

open sunroof warning appear on

the LCD display.

OMQ4040131

Features of your vehiclePanorama sunroof

󳱽If the driver turns off the engine

and opens the door when the

sunroof is not fully closed, the

open sunroof warning will appear

on the LCD display until the door

is closed or the sunroof is fully

closed.

Close the sunroof securely when

leaving your vehicle.

Sunshade

󳱽To open the sunshade, pull the

sunroof control lever (1) back

ward to the first detent position.

󳱽To close the sunshade when the

sunroof glass is closed, push the

sunroof control lever (1) forward

to the first detent position.

To stop the sliding at any point,

press the sunroof control lever

momentarily.

NOTICE

Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as

material characteristic are normal.

CAUTION

Automatic sunroof shade

󳱽Do not pull or push the sunshade

by hand as such action may dam

age the sunshade or cause it to

malfunction.

󳱽Close the sunroof when driving in

dusty environments. Dust may

cause a malfunction of the vehicle

system.

Sliding the sunroof

When the sunshade is closed

If you pull the sunroof control lever

(1) backward to the second detent

position, the sunshade will slide all

the way open then the sunroof

glass will slide all the way open. To

stop the sunroof movement at any

point, pull or push the sunroof con

trol lever (1) momentarily.

OMQ4040490L

ODL3049035L

Features of your vehicle

625

Panorama sunroof

When the sunshade is opened

If you pull the sunroof control lever

backward, the sunroof glass will

slide all the way open. To stop the

sunroof movement at any point, pull

or push the sunroof control lever

momentarily.

NOTICE

Only the front glass of the pan

orama sunroof opens and closes.

Tilting the sunroof

When the sunshade is closed

If you push the sunroof control lever

upward, the sunshade will slide open

then the sunroof glass will tilt.

To stop the sunroof movement at

any point, pull or push the sunroof

control lever momentarily.

When the sunshade is opened

If you push the sunroof control lever

upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.

To stop the sunroof movement at

any point, pull or push the sunroof

control lever momentarily.

WARNING

Sunroof

Do not extend the face, neck, arms

or body outside through the sunroof

opening while driving or operating

the sunroof.

CAUTION

Sunroof operation

When closing the sunroof, make

sure there are no body parts in the

movement range of the sliding roof.

Parts of the body could become

trapped or crushed

Closing the sunroof

OMQ4040491L

ODL3049037L

Features of your vehiclePanorama sunroof

To close the sunroof glass only

Push the sunroof control lever (1)

forward to the first detent position.

To close the sunroof glass with the

sunshade

Push the sunroof control lever (1)

forward to the second detent posi

tion.

The sunroof glass will close then the

sunshade close automatically.

To stop the sunroof movement at

any point, push the sunroof control

lever (1) momentarily.

CAUTION

Do not leave the engine running and

the key in your vehicle with unsu

pervised children. Unattended chil

dren could operate the sunroof,

which could result in serious injury.

Automatic reversal

If an object or part of the body is

detected while the sunroof glass or

sunshade is closing automatically, it

will reverse the direction, and then

stop.

The auto reverse function does not

work if a tiny obstacle is between

the sliding glass or sunshade and

the sunroof sash. You should always

check that all passengers and

objects are away from the sunroof

before closing it.

NOTICE

Small objects that can get caught

between the sunroof glass and the

front glass channel may not be

detected by the automatic reverse

system. In this case, the sunroof

glass will not detect the object and

will not reverse direction.

WARNING

󳱽Make sure heads, other body

parts or other objects are safely

out of the way before closing the

sunroof to avoid injuries or vehicle

damage.

󳱽To avoid serious injury or death,

do not extend your head, arms or

body outside the sunroof while

driving.

󳱽Improper operation of the sun

roof, especially by a child, may

OCDW049449

Features of your vehicle

645

Panorama sunroof

lead to an accident. Never leave a

child unattended in the vehicle.

NOTICE

󳱽Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the sunroof

guide rail or between the sunroof

and roof panel, which can make a

noise.

Resetting the sunroof

The sunroof may need to be reset if

the following conditions occur:

󳱽The battery is discharged or dis

connected or the sunroof fuse has

been replaced or disconnected

󳱽The sunroof control lever is not

operating correctly

Reset the sunroof as described

below:

1.Start the engine.

2.Close the sunshade and sunroof

completely if opened.

3.Release the sunroof control lever.

4.Push the sunroof control lever

forward in the closing direction

(about 10 seconds) until the sun

shade slightly moves. Then,

release the lever.

5.Push the sunroof control lever

forward in the closing direction,

until the sunroof operates as fol

lows again, then release the lever.

󳱽Sunshade Open → Glass Slide

Open→ Glass Slide Close →

Sunshade Close

6.When this is complete, the sun

roof system has been reset and

one touch open and close should

be restored.

NOTICE

󳱽If the Resetting the sunroof pro

cedure is not correctly followed,

the sunroof may not operate

properly.

NOTICE

󳱽If the sunroof does not reset

when the vehicle battery is dis

connected or discharged, or

related fuse is blown, the sunroof

may not operate normally.

ODL3A040471

Features of your vehicleSteering wheel

Steering wheel

The steering wheel of this vehicle is

equipped with the Electric Power

Steering (EPS) system.

Electric power steering (EPS)

Power steering uses the motor to

assist you in steering the vehicle.

If the engine is off or if the power

steering system becomes inopera

tive, the vehicle may still be steered,

but it will require increased steering

effort.

The EPS is controlled by the power

steering control unit which senses

the steering wheel torque and vehi

cle speed to command the motor.

The steering effort becomes

heavier as the vehicle's speed

increases and becomes lighter as

the vehicle's speed decreases for

better control of the steering wheel.

Should you notice any change in the

effort required to steer during nor

mal vehicle operation, have the sys

tem checked by an authorized Kia

dealer.

NOTICE

The following symptoms may occur

during normal vehicle operation:

󳱽When the ENGINE START/STOP

button is the ON position, the

steering wheel enters normal

operation mode after diagnosing

the Electric Power Steering sys

tem (for about 3 seconds).

󳱽A click noise may be heard from

the EPS relay after turning the

ENGINE START/STOP button is

turned to the ON or OFF position.

󳱽If the steering wheel is operated

when the vehicle is not in motion

or driven at a low speed, you may

hear some noise.

󳱽If the Electric Power Steering sys

tem does not operate normally,

the warning light will illuminate or

blink on the instrument cluster. If

the power assistance of steering

fails, you will need to use more

force to steer.

󳱽Operating the steering wheel at

lower temperatures may require

more force and accompany noise.

However, when the temperature

increases, it returns to normal.

Features of your vehicle

665

Steering wheel

󳱽Take your vehicle to an authorized

Kia dealer and have the vehicle

checked as soon as possible.

󳱽When the charging system warn

ing light comes on due to the low

voltage (when the alternator or

battery does not operate nor

mally or malfunctions), the steer

ing wheel may require increased

steering effort.

CAUTION

When you continuously operate the

steering wheel, the overcurrent

protection device is activated and it

requires more force to operate the

steering wheel. However, this

doesn't indicate a malfunction, and

it works for your safety and will

return to normal after some time.

CAUTION

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)

system does not work or an error

occurs, the warning light on the

instrument panel may be turned on

or blink and it may require more

force to operate the steering wheel.

In this case, please hold the steering

wheel more tightly than usual and

operate with greater force. And

then immediately pull your vehicle

over to a safe place and have your

vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

Tilt & telescopic steering wheel

A tilt and telescopic steering wheel

allows you to adjust the steering

wheel before you drive. You can also

raise it to give your legs more room

when you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be posi

tioned so that it is comfortable for

you to drive, while permitting you to

see the instrument panel warning

lights and gauges.

WARNING

Steering wheel adjustment

Never adjust the angle and height of

the steering wheel while driving. You

may lose steering control.

Adjusting steering wheel angle and

height

OMQ4040028

Features of your vehicleSteering wheel

1.To change the steering wheel

angle, pull down the lock release

lever (1).

2.Adjust the steering wheel to the

desired angle (2) and height (3).

Move the steering wheel, so it

points toward your chest, not

toward your face. Make sure you

can see the instrument panel

warning lights and gauges. After

adjusting, pull up the lock.

3.Pull up the lock-release lever to

lock the steering wheel in place.

Push the steering wheel both up

and down to be certain it is locked

in position.

4.Be sure to adjust the steering

wheel to the desired position

before driving.

NOTICE

After adjustment, sometimes the

lock-release lever may not lock the

steering wheel.

It is not a malfunction. This occurs

when two gears engage. In this

case, adjust the steering wheel

again and then lock the steering

wheel.

Heated steering wheel (if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in the ON

Position or the ENGINE START/STOP

button is in the ON position, press

ing the heated steering wheel but

ton warms the steering wheel. The

indicator on the button will illumi

nate.

To turn the heated steering wheel

off, press the button once again.

The indicator on the button will turn

off.

󳱽The heated steering wheel

defaults to the OFF position

whenever the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button is in

the ON position.

NOTICE

The heated steering wheel will turn

off automatically approximately 30

minutes after the heated steering

wheel is turned on.

CAUTION

󳱽Do not install any type of grip

cover for the steering wheel, it

may impair the function of the

heated steering wheel system.

OMQ4AH040029

Features of your vehicle

685

Steering wheel

󳱽When cleaning the heated steer

ing wheel, do not use an organic

solvent such as paint thinner,

benzene, alcohol and gasoline.

Doing so may damage the surface

of the steering wheel.

󳱽If the surface of the steering

wheel is damaged by a sharp

object, damage to the heated

steering wheel components could

occur.

WARNING

If the steering wheel becomes too

warm, turn the system off. The

heated steering wheel may cause

burns even at low temperatures,

especially if used for long periods of

time.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on

your steering wheel (see illustra

tion).

The horn will operate only when this

area is pressed. Check the horn reg

ularly to be sure it operates prop

erly.

NOTICE

To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on

your steering wheel (see illustra

tion). The horn will operate only

when this area is pressed.

CAUTION

󳱽Do not strike the horn severely to

operate it, or hit it with your fist.

Do not press on the horn with a

sharp-pointed object.

OMQ4040030

Features of your vehicleMirrors

Mirrors

This vehicle is equipped with inside

and outside rear view mirrors to

provide views of objects behind the

vehicle.

Inside rear view mirror

Adjust the rear view mirror so that

the center view through the rear

window is seen. Make this adjust

ment before you start driving.

Do not place objects in the rear seat

or cargo area which would interfere

with your vision out the rear win

dow.

WARNING

Mirror adjustment

Do not adjust the rear view mirror

while the vehicle is moving. This

could result in loss of control.

NOTICE

Do not modify the inside mirror in

any manner, including installing a

wide mirror. Doing so could result in

injury during an accident or deploy

ment of the air bag.

CAUTION

Cleaning mirror

When cleaning the mirror, use a

paper towel or similar material

dampened with glass cleaner. Do not

spray glass cleaner directly on the

mirror. It may cause the liquid

cleaner to enter the mirror housing.

Day/night rear view mirror (if

equipped)

(A): Day, (B): Night

Make this adjustment before you

start driving and while the day/night

lever is in the day position (1).

Pull the day/night lever toward you

(2) to reduce the glare from the

headlamps of the vehicles behind

you during night driving.

Remember that you lose some rear

view clarity in the night position.

OMQ4AH040496

Features of your vehicle

705

Mirrors

Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if

equipped)

The electric rear view mirror auto

matically controls the glare from

the headlamps of the vehicles

behind you in nighttime or low light

driving conditions.

For Telematics button function:

1.Virtual assist button

2.UVO (Voice local search) button

3.Roadside assist button

The sensor mounted in the mirror

senses the light level around the

vehicle, and automatically controls

the headlamp glare from the vehi

cles behind you.

When the engine is running, the

glare is automatically controlled by

the sensor mounted in the rear view

mirror.

Electric Chromic mirror (ECM) with

HomeLink󳚙 system (if equipped)

1.HomeLink Channel 1

2.HomeLink Channel 2

3.HomeLink Channel 3

4.Garage Door Opener Status Indi

cator: Closing or Closed

5.HomeLink Operation Indicator

6.Garage Door Opener Status Indi

cator: Opening or Opened

7.HomeLink User Interface Indicator

Your vehicle may be equipped with a

Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror

with an Integrated HomeLink󳚙

Wireless Control System.

During nighttime driving, this fea

ture will automatically detect and

reduce rear view mirror glare. The

HomeLink󳚙 Universal Transceiver

allows you to activate your garage

door(s), electric gate, home lighting,

etc.

OMQ4AH040492

OMQ4AH040544

Features of your vehicleMirrors

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision

Safety™ (NVS󳚙) Mirror (if

equipped)

The NVS󳚙 Mirror automatically

reduces glare by monitoring light

levels in the front and the rear of

the vehicle. Any objects that

obstruct the light sensor will

degrade the automatic dimming

control feature.

For more information regarding

NVS󳚙 mirrors and other applica

tions, please refer to the Gentex

website: www.gentex.com

Your mirror will automatically dim

upon detecting glare from the vehi

cles traveling behind you.

The mirror defaults to the ON posi

tion each time the vehicle is started.

Integrated HomeLink󳚙 Wireless

Control System

The HomeLink󳚙 Wireless Control

System provides a convenient way

to replace up to three handheld

radio-frequency (RF) transmitters

used to activate compatible devices

such as gate operators, garage door

openers, entry door locks, security

systems, and home lighting.

NOTICE

Considering the Home Security

when the vehicle is parked outside

the garage, the HomeLink󳚙 will

ONLY work while the vehicle is in the

ACC or ON position.

CAUTION

Before programming HomeLink to a

garage door opener or gate opera

tor, make sure that people and

objects are out of the way of the

device to prevent potential harm or

damage. When programming a

garage door opener, it is advised to

park outside of the garage.

Do not use HomeLink with any

garage door opener that lacks

safety stop and reverse features as

required by U.S. federal safety

standards (this includes any garage

door opener model manufactured

before April 1, 1982). A garage door

that cannot detect an object signal

ing the door to stop and reverse -

does not meet current U.S. federal

safety standards. For more infor

mation, contact HomeLink at

www.homelink.com, or call Home

Link customer support at 1-800-

355-3515.

Features of your vehicle

725

Mirrors

It is also recommended that a new

battery be replaced in the hand-

held transmitter of the device being

trained to HomeLink for quicker

training and accurate transmission

of the radio frequency.

1. Programming HomeLink󳚙

The following steps show how to

program HomeLink. If you have any

questions or are having difficulty

programming your HomeLink but

tons, refer to the HomeLink website

or call the HomeLink customer sup

port toll-free number. Do this,

before going back to the dealer who

sold you the car.

󳱽Visit the HomeLink website at:

www.homelink.com. Then at the

top of the page, choose your

vehicle make. Then watch the You

Tube video, and/or access addi

tional website information.

󳱽If you choose to access the web

site via your cell phone, scan the

QR code.

󳱽Or, call HomeLink customer sup

port at 1-800-355-3515

(Please have the vehicle make/

model AND the opener device

make/model readily available.)

1) Programming Preparation

1.When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park the

vehicle outside of the garage.

2.It is recommended that a new

battery be placed in the hand-

held transmitter of the device

being programmed to HomeLink

for quicker training and accurate

transmission of the radio-fre

quency signal.

3.Place the ignition switch to the

ACC (Accessory) position for pro

gramming of HomeLink.

2) Programming a New HomeLink󳚙

Button

1.Press and release the HomeLink

button (1), (2) or (3), you would

like to program. The HomeLink

indicator light (7) will flash orange

slowly (if not, perform the steps

of "Erasing HomeLink Buttons"

section, and start over).

OMQ4AH040545

Features of your vehicleMirrors

2.Position the garage door opener

remote 1 - 3 inches (2 - 8 cm)

away from the HomeLink but

tons.

3.While the HomeLink indicator light

(7) is flashing orange, press and

hold the hand-held remote but

ton. Continue pressing the hand-

held remote button until the

HomeLink indicator light (7) light

changes from orange to green.

You may now release the hand-

held remote button.

4.Wait until your garage door

comes to a complete stop,

regardless of position, before pro

ceeding to the next steps.

5.Press and release the HomeLink

button you are programming and

observe the indicator light.

󳱽If the indicator light remains

solid green, your device should

operate when the HomeLink

button is pressed. At this point,

if your device operates, pro

gramming is complete.

󳱽If the indicator light rapidly

flashes green, firmly press, hold

for two seconds and release the

HomeLink button up to three

times in a row slowly to com

plete the programming process.

Do not press the HomeLink but

ton rapidly. At this point if your

device operates, programming

is complete. If the device does

not operate, continue with step

6.At the garage door opener motor,

(security gate motor, etc.) locate

the "Learn", "Smart", "Set" or

"Program" button. This can usu

ally be found where the hanging

antenna wire is attached to the

motor-head unit (see the device's

manual to identify this button).

The name and color of the button

may vary by manufacturer.

OMQ4AH040546

OMQ4AH040547

Features of your vehicle

745

Mirrors

* A ladder and/or second person

may simplify the following

steps.

7.Firmly press and release the

"Learn" ,"Smart", "Set" or "Pro

gram"" button. You now have up

to 30 seconds in which to com

plete the next step.

8.Return to the vehicle and firmly

press, hold for two seconds and

release, the HomeLink button up

to three times in a row slowly. Do

not press the HomeLink button

rapidly. As soon as you see the

garage door start to move, stop

pressing any buttons until a few

seconds after the garage door

has come to a complete stop,

regardless of position. At this

point programming is complete

and your device should operate

when the HomeLink button is

pressed and released.

3) Two-Way Communication Pro

gramming (For select garage door

openers)

If your garage door opener has the

'myQ' logo on its side, your opener

has Two-Way Communication capa

bility. HomeLink has the capability

to establish Two-Way Communica

tion with your garage door opener.

HomeLink can receive and display

"closing" or "opening" status mes

sages from compatible garage door

openers. At any time, HomeLink can

also recall and display the last

recorded status communicated by

the garage door opener to indicate

your garage door being "closed" or

"opened".

To check if your garage door opener

is compatible with this feature,

refer to www.homelink.com/com

patible/Two-way-Communication. If

your garage door opener has this

functionality, AND the Two-Way

Communication indicators (4), (6) in

the mirror appear while the garage

door is opening/closing, then no fur

ther steps are needed. Two-Way

Communication Programming is

already complete. However, if your

garage door opener has this func

tionality, AND the Two-Way Com

munication indicators (4), (6) in the

mirror DO NOT appear while the

garage door is opening/closing, use

the following instructions to enable

this functionality.

ODL3A040504

Features of your vehicleMirrors

1.In your vehicle, press and hold the

programmed HomeLink button

for 2 seconds, then release. Con

firm that the garage door is mov

ing. AFTER it stops, you will have

one minute to complete the fol

lowing steps:

* A ladder and/or second person

may simplify the following

steps.

2.On your garage door opener in

your garage, locate the "Learn"

button (usually near where the

hanging antenna wire is attached

to the garage door opener). If

there is difficulty locating this

button, refer to the device's

owner's manual.

3.Press and release the "Learn"

button.

4.A light on your garage door

opener may flash, and your Two-

Way Communication indicators

(4), (6) in your vehicle may flash,

confirming completion of the pro

cess.

5.Return to the vehicle and firmly

press and release the pro

grammed HomeLink button to

activate your garage door. The

Two-Way Communication indica

tors (4), (6) flash in orange when

the door is moving. Do not make

any additional button presses

until AFTER the garage door has

come to a complete stop.

6.Your Two-Way Communication

programming is now complete.

NOTICE

If your garage door opener has

Two-Way Communication function

ality, it is possible for HomeLink to

stop functioning the garage door

shortly after initial programming, if

the Two-Way Communication Pro

gramming wasn't properly com

pleted. This usually happens after

the first 10 times a programmed

HomeLink button is pressed. If you

experience this, completing the

"Programming a New HomeLink

Button" and "Two-Way Communica

tion Programming" will restore door

operation.

4) Canadian Programming

Canadian radio-frequency laws

require transmitter remote signals

to "time-out" (or quit) after a couple

seconds of transmission, which may

not be long enough for HomeLink to

pick up the signal during program

ming.

If you live in Canada or you are hav

ing difficulties programming a gate

operator or garage door opener by

using the programming procedures,

replace "Programming a New

HomeLink Button" step 3 with the

following:

Features of your vehicle

765

Mirrors

While the HomeLink indicator light

(7) is flashing orange, press and

release ("cycle") your device's hand-

held remote every two seconds until

the HomeLink indicator light (7)

changes from orange to green. You

may now release the hand-held

remote button. Then proceed with

"Programming a New HomeLink

Button" step 4.

2. Operating HomeLink󳚙

1) Operating HomeLink󳚙

1.Press and release the desired

programmed HomeLink button (1,

2 or 3).

NOTICE

The HomeLink indicator (7) should

light green, solid or flashing, and

your programmed device should

operate.

If your device does not operate, the

HomeLink programming was not

successful, and you'll need to repro

gram the button.

2) Two-Way Communication Dis

play Behavior

1.Press and release one of the pro

grammed HomeLink buttons (1, 2

or 3)

2.The indicator (4) and (6) operates

as below, if your garage door

opener has Two-Way Communi

cation functionality.

OMQ4AH040546

OMQ4AH040549

OMQ4AH040548

Features of your vehicleMirrors

󳱽If the indicator (4) flashes in

Orange, it indicates that the

garage door is "Closing".

󳱽The indicator (4) turns solid

green once the garage door has

closed.

󳱽If the indicator (6) flashes in

Orange, it indicates that the

garage door is "Opening".

󳱽The indicator (6) turns solid

green once the garage door has

fully opened.

󳱽If the indicator (4) or (6) does

not turn to green, it indicates

that the last status of garage

door was not received properly.

The HomeLink mirror tries to

receive the last known status of

the garage door for a few sec

onds.

3) Recalling Garage Door Status

HomeLink mirror with Two-Way

Communication provides a way to

view the last stored message from

the garage door opener. In order to

recall the last known status of the

last activated device, press the but

tons "1 and 2" OR "2 and 3" simulta

neously.

󳱽If the indicator (4) appears solid

Green, it indicates that the last

activated device was "closed"

properly.

󳱽If the indicator (6) appears solid

Green, it indicates that the last

activated device was "open" prop

erly.

3. Erasing HomeLink󳚙 Buttons

1) Erasing and Reprogramming a

Single HomeLink󳚙 Button:

1.Press and hold the desired Home

Link button you want to re-pro

gram. DO NOT release the button.

2.The HomeLink indicator light (7)

will illuminate solid green. Release

the button as soon as the Home

Link indicator light (7) begins to

flash orange, usually about 20

seconds.

3.Proceed with the steps in the

"Programming a New HomeLink

Button" section.

NOTICE

If you do not complete the re-pro

gramming of a new device to the

button, it will revert to the previ

ously stored programming

Features of your vehicle

785

Mirrors

2) The following instructions will

erase ALL HomeLink󳚙 program

ming from ALL buttons:

1.Press and hold the buttons (1)

and (3) simultaneously

2.The HomeLink indicator light (7)

will illuminate solid Orange for

about 10 seconds

3.Release the buttons once the

HomeLink indicator light (7)

changes to Green and flashes

rapidly

4.Now all three HomeLink buttons

(1), (2) and (3) are cleared of any

programming

Information

HomeLink and the HomeLink House

logo are registered trademarks of

Gentex Corporation.

The myQ logo is a registered trade

mark of The Chamberlain Group, Inc

FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)

This device complies with FCC rules

part 15 and Innovation, Science, and

Economic Development Canada

RSS-210. Operation is subject to the

following two conditions: (1) This

device may not cause harmful inter

ference, and (2) This device must

accept any interference that may

be received including interference

that may cause undesired opera

tion. WARNING: The transmitter has

been tested and complies with FCC

and ISED rules. Changes or modifi

cations not expressly approved by

the party responsible for compliance

could void the user's authority to

operate the device.

This equipment complies with FCC

and ISED radiation exposure limits

set forth for an uncontrolled envi

ronment. End Users must follow the

specific operating instructions for

satisfying RF exposure compliance.

This transmitter must be at least 20

cm from the user and must not be

co-located or operating in conjunc

tion with any other antenna or

transmitter.

OMQ4AH040550

Features of your vehicleMirrors

FCC (󳚴tats-Unis) et ISED (Canada)

Cet appareil est conforme aux

r󳛓glements de la FCC, section 15, et

au CNR-210 d'Innovation, Sciences

et D󳛔veloppement 󳛔conomique Can

ada. Le fonctionnement est assu

jetti aux deux conditions suivantes:

(1) cet appareil ne doit pas causer

d'interf󳛔rences nuisibles et (2) cet

appareil doit accepter toute inter

f󳛔rence re󳛒ue, y compris celle qui

pourrait entra󳛙ner un dys

fonctionnement. MISE EN GARDE:

L'󳛔metteur a subi des tests et est

conforme aux r󳛓glements de la FCC

et d'ISDE. Les changements ou

modifications non approuv󳛔s explic

itement par la partie responsable de

la conformit󳛔 pourraient rendre

caduque l'autorisation de l'utilisa

teur de se servir du dispositif.

Cet appareil est conforme aux lim

ites d'exposition aux radiations de la

FCC et d'ISDE 󳛔tablies pour un envi

ronnement non contr󳛟l󳛔. Les utilisa

teurs finaux doivent respecter les

instructions d'utilisation sp󳛔cifiques

pour satisfaire aux exigences de

conformit󳛔 aux expositions de RF.

L'󳛔metteur doit se trouver 󳛋 20 cm

au minimum de l'utilisateur et ne

doit pas 󳛕tre situ󳛔 au m󳛕me endroit

que tout autre 󳛔metteur ou antenne

ni fonctionner avec un autre 󳛔met

teur ou antenne.

Features of your vehicle

805

Mirrors

HomeLink 5 Programing Flow Chart

ODL3A040518

Features of your vehicleMirrors

Outside rear view mirror

Your vehicle is equipped with both

left-hand and right-hand outside

rear view mirrors.

Be sure to adjust the mirror angles

before driving.

The mirrors can be adjusted

remotely with the control levers or

remote switch, depending on the

type of mirror control installed. The

mirror heads can be folded back to

prevent damage during an auto

matic car wash or when passing

through a narrow street.

WARNING

Rear view mirrors

󳱽The outside rear view mirror is

convex. Objects seen in the mirror

are closer than they appear.

󳱽Use your interior rear view mirror

or direct observation to deter

mine the actual distance of fol

lowing vehicles when changing

lanes.

CAUTION

Do not scrape ice off the mirror

face; this may damage the surface

of the glass. If ice should restrict the

movement of the mirror, do not

force the mirror for adjustment. To

remove ice, use a deicer spray, or a

sponge or soft cloth with warm

water.

CAUTION

If the mirror is jammed with ice, do

not adjust the mirror by force. Use

an approved spray de-icer (not radi

ator antifreeze) to release the fro

zen mechanism or move the vehicle

to a warm place and allow the ice to

melt.

WARNING

Do not adjust or fold the outside

rear view mirrors while the vehicle is

moving. This could result in loss of

control, and an accident which could

cause DEATH, SERIOUS INJURY, or

property damage.

Features of your vehicle

825

Mirrors

Adjusting the outside rear view

mirrors

The electric remote control mirror

switch allows you to adjust the

position of the left and right outside

rear view mirrors.

Adjusting the rear view mirrors:

1.Move the R or L switch (1) to

select the right side mirror or the

left side mirror.

2.Press a corresponding point on

the mirror adjustment control (2)

to position the selected mirror up,

down, left or right.

CAUTION

󳱽The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust

ing angles, but the motor contin

ues to operate while the switch is

pressed. Do not press the switch

longer than necessary, the motor

may be damaged.

󳱽Do not attempt to adjust the out

side rear view mirror by hand.

Doing so may damage the parts.

Folding the outside rear view mir

ror

Manual type (if equipped)

To fold the outside rear view mirror,

grasp the housing of the mirror and

then fold it toward the rear of the

vehicle.

Electric type (if equipped)

The outside rear view mirror can be

folded or unfolded by pressing the

switch as below.

󳱽To fold the outside rear view mir

ror depress the button.

󳱽To unfold it, depress the button

again.

OMQ4AH040447

OMQ4040031

OMQ4AH040448

Features of your vehicleMirrors

CAUTION

The electric type outside rear view

mirror operates even though the

ignition switch or ENGINE START/

STOP button is in the LOCK or OFF

position. However, to prevent

unnecessary battery discharge, do

not adjust the mirrors longer than

necessary while the engine is not

running.

CAUTION

In case it is an electric type outside

rear view mirror, don't fold it by

hand. It could cause motor failure.

Reverse parking aid function (if

equipped)

When you shift the gear to the R

(Reverse) position, the outside rear

view mirror(s) will rotate down

wards to aid with driving in reverse.

The position of the outside rear

view mirror switch (1) determines

whether or not the mirrors will

move:

Left/Right: When either the L (Left)

or R (Right) switch is selected, both

outside rear view mirrors will move.

Neutral: When neither switch is

selected, the outside rear view

mirrors will not move.

The outside rear view mirrors will

automatically revert to their original

positions if any of the followings

occur:

󳱽The ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button is placed to

either the LOCK/OFF position or

the ACC position.

󳱽The gear is shifted to any position

except R (Reverse).

󳱽The remote control outside rear

view mirror switch is not selected.

Auto reverse user settings

If you cannot secure enough visibil

ity with the angles provided as fac

tory default conditions, you can

readjust and store the angles of

outside rear view mirrors.

The factory default angles of the

right and left rear view mirrors

might be set differently to improve

visibility.

OMQ4AH040032

Features of your vehicle

845

Mirrors

1.Set the shift dial SBW to P (Park

ing). Make sure that the vehicle is

stopped and the mirrors are not

working.

2.Position the lever to L (left) or R

(right) depending on the mirror

that you want to adjust.

3.Step on the brake pedal and turn

the shift dial SBW to R (Reverse).

4.When the downward movement

of the rear view mirror is finished,

adjust the mirror to the desired

angle by pressing the switches, ▼

, ▲, ◀, ▶.

5.If you change the shift dial SBW to

a position other than R (Reverse),

or change the rear view mirror

selector lever to the neutral posi

tion, and the automatic return of

the mirror is finished, the

adjusted angle will be automati

cally saved.

6.You can adjust the rear view

mirror on the other side by fol

lowing the same procedures (1-

5).

How to reset auto reverse user

settings

If you want to change the automatic

control function of rear view mirrors

to factory-default conditions, follow

the steps below.

1.Position the shift dial SBW to P

(Park). Make sure that the vehicle

is stopped and the mirror is not

working.

2.Choose the mirror to be adjusted

by positioning the lever to L (left)

or R (right).

3.Step on the brake pedal and turn

the shift dial SBW to R (Reverse).

4.When the downward movement

of the rear view mirror is finished,

press the switch ▲ to locate the

mirror in the position higher than

before (P, N or D).

(Adjust the mirror in the higher

position compared to its position

in the driving mode)

5.It is initialized when the shift dial

SBW is changed to a position

other than R (Reverse), or the

rear view mirror selector lever is

changed to the neutral position.

(Initialized position will be applied

from next operation)

6.You can initialize settings for the

mirror on the other side by fol

lowing the same procedures (1-

5).

CAUTION

We recommend following the proce

dures in an orderly manner to

change or initialize the auto revers

ing user settings.

If you move to the next step before

completing the previous one, the

changed angle may not be changed

or initialization may not work prop

erly.

Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster

Instrument cluster

Conventional cluster (Type A)

Full LCD cluster (Type B)

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1.Power gauge

2.Speedometer

3.Hybrid battery SOC gauge

4.Fuel gauge

5.LCD display (including Trip computer)

6.Warning and indicator lights

OMQ4AH040106

OMQ4AH040100

Features of your vehicle

865

Instrument cluster

Full LCD cluster (if equipped)

The full LCD type cluster provides two themes.

Type A

Type A is the basic theme of the full LCD type cluster and provides different

graphic styles depending on drive mode.

Type B (Dynamic)

Type B is set by the user and provides digital display. The background

screen changes according to the weather and time.

󳱽Weather: sunny, cloudy, rainy, or snowy (4 types)

󳱽Time: night, day, sunrise and sunset (4 types)

OMQ4AH040101

OMQ4AH040109

Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster

You can change the theme by

selecting 'Vehicle → Instrument

Cluster Setting → Theme Selection'

on the menu.

CAUTION

The information is displayed after

getting information from a weather

information provider via GPS.

Depending on conditions of GPS

reception, the information may be

different from the current weather

in your area.

If no information is received via GPS

(e.g., not subscribed to UVO service),

the weather and time will be dis

played as 'sunny' and 'night' on the

cluster.

Adjusting instrument cluster illumi

nation

The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is changed by

pressing the illumination control

button ("+" or "-") when the ignition

switch or ENGINE START/STOP but

ton is ON, or the taillamps are

turned on.

WARNING

Never adjust the instrument cluster

while driving. This could result in

loss of control and lead to an acci

dent that may cause DEATH, SERI

OUS INJURY, or property damage.

󳱽If you hold the illumination control

button ("+" or "-"), the brightness

will be changed continuously.

󳱽If the brightness reaches to the

maximum or minimum level, an

alarm will sound.

OMQ4AH040049

OMQ4AH040558

Features of your vehicle

885

Instrument cluster

Gauges

The gauges display various informa

tion such as the speed of the vehi

cle, and so on.

Speedometer

Type A

Type B

The speedometer indicates the

speed of the vehicle and is cali

brated in kilometers per hour (km/h)

and miles per hour (mph).

Power gauge

Type A

Type B

The hybrid system gauge indicates

whether the current driving condi

tion is fuel efficient or not.

󳱽CHARGE:

Shows that the energy made by

the vehicle is being converted to

electrical energy. (Regenerated

energy)

󳱽ECO:

Shows that the vehicle is being

driven in an Eco-friendly manner.

OMQ4040156L

OMQ4AH040164

OMQ4H040105

OMQ4H040103

Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster

󳱽POWER:

Shows that the vehicle is exceed

ing the Eco-friendly range.

NOTICE

According to the hybrid system

gauge area, the "EV" indicator

comes on or off.

󳱽"EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is

driven using the electric motor or

the gasoline engine is stopped.

󳱽"EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is

driven using the gasoline engine.

Hybrid battery SOC (State of

Charge) gauge

Type A

Type B

This gauge indicates the remaining

hybrid battery power. If the SOC is

near the "L (Low)" level, the vehicle

automatically operates the engine

to charge the battery.

However, if the Service Indicator

() and Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) () turn on when the SOC

gauge is near the "L (Low)" level,

visit an authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE

Never try to start the vehicle if the

fuel tank is empty. In this condition,

the engine cannot charge the high

voltage battery of the hybrid sys

tem. If you try to start the vehicle

when the fuel is empty, the high

voltage battery will become dis

charged and be damaged.

OMQ4H040107

OMQ4AH040104

Features of your vehicle

905

Instrument cluster

Fuel gauge

Type A

Type B

This gauge indicates the approxi

mate amount of fuel remaining in

the fuel tank.

NOTICE

󳱽The fuel tank capacity is given in

"Recommended lubricants and

capacities" on page 9-7.

󳱽The fuel gauge is supplemented

by a low fuel warning light, which

will illuminate when the fuel tank

is nearly empty.

󳱽On inclines or curves, the fuel

gauge pointer may fluctuate or

the low fuel warning light may

come on earlier than usual due to

the movement of fuel in the tank.

WARNING

Fuel gauge

Running out of fuel can expose vehi

cle occupants to danger.

You must stop and obtain additional

fuel as soon as possible after the

warning light comes on or when the

gauge indicator comes close to the "

E" level.

CAUTION

Avoid driving with an extremely low

fuel level. Running out of fuel could

cause the engine to misfire, which

could damage the catalytic con

verter.

NOTICE

The fuel display may not be accu

rate if the vehicle is on an incline.

OMQ4040154

ODL3A040513

Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster

Odometer

Type A

Type B

The odometer Indicates the total

distance that the vehicle has been

driven and should be used to deter

mine when periodic maintenance

should be performed.

󳱽Odometer range: 0~1,599,999 km

or 999,999 miles.

Distance to empty

Type A

Type B

󳱽The distance to empty is the esti

mated distance the vehicle can be

driven with the remaining fuel.

-Distance range: 1~9,999 km or

1~9,999 mi.

󳱽If the estimated distance is below

1 mile (1 km), the trip computer

will display "---" as distance to

empty.

OMQ4AH040113

OMQ4AH040155

OMQ4AH040115

ODL3A040112

Features of your vehicle

925

Instrument cluster

󳱽If the level of the remaining fuel is

more than three-quarters, more

than 0.8 gallons (3 liters) of fuel

must be refilled for the fuel gauge

to change. In other cases, more

than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel

must be refilled for the vehicle to

change the fuel gauge.

NOTICE

󳱽If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been

interrupted, the distance to

empty function may not operate

correctly.

󳱽The distance to empty may differ

from the actual driving distance

as it is an estimate of the avail

able driving distance.

󳱽The trip computer may not regis

ter additional fuel if less than 1.6

gallons (6 liters) of fuel are added

to the vehicle.

󳱽The fuel economy and distance to

empty may vary significantly

based on driving conditions, driv

ing habits, and condition of the

vehicle.

Outside temperature gauge

Type A

Type B

This gauge indicates the current

outside air temperatures by 1 󳚛F (1

󳚛C).

󳱽Temperature range: -40 󳚛F~140

󳚛F (-40 󳚛C~60 󳚛C)

OMQ4AH040117

ODL3A040113

Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster

The outside temperature on the

display may not change immedi

ately like a general thermometer to

prevent the driver from being inat

tentive.

To change the temperature unit

(from 󳚛C to 󳚛F or from 󳚛F to 󳚛C)

The temperature unit can be

changed by using the "User Set

tings" mode of the LCD Display.

* For more details, refer to "LCD dis

play" on page 5-95.

Transmission shift indicator

Transmission shift indicator displays

gear information depending on your

vehicle's transmission type.

Automatic transmission shift indi

cator

Type A

Type B

OMQ4040120

OMQ4AH050327

Features of your vehicle

945

Instrument cluster

This indicator displays which auto

matic transmission gear is selected.

󳱽Park: P

󳱽Reverse: R

󳱽Neutral: N

󳱽Drive: D

Manual shift mode

󳱽Shifting up: ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6

󳱽Shifting down: ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4,

▼5

Automatic transmission shift indi

cator in manual shift mode

In the Manual shift mode, this indi

cator informs which gear is desired

while driving to save fuel.

Type A

Type B

󳱽Shifting up: ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6

󳱽Shifting down: ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4,

▼5

For example

󳱽▲3: Indicates that shifting up to

the 3rd gear is desired (currently

the shift dial SBW is in the 2nd or

1st gear).

󳱽▼3: Indicates that shifting down

to the 3rd gear is desired (cur

rently the shift dial SBW is in the

4th, 5th or 6th gear).

When the system is not working

properly, the indicator is not dis

played.

OMQ4040494L

OMQ4040493L

Features of your vehicleLCD display

Shift indicator pop-up

The pop-up that indicates the cur

rent gear position is displayed in the

cluster for about 2 seconds when

shifting into other positions (P/R/N/

D).

The shift indicator pop-up function

can be activated or deactivated

from the User Settings mode in the

cluster LCD display.

LCD display

The LCD display modes can be

changed with the control buttons.

LCD Display Control

1.: MODE button for changing

modes

2./: MOVE switch for changing

items

3.OK: SELECT/RESET button for

setting or resetting the selected

item

OMQ4040034

Features of your vehicle

965

LCD display

LCD display modes

The LCD display provides 5 modes. You can switch modes by pressing the

Mode button.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are

applicable to your vehicle.

* : if equipped

NOTICE

Keep the engine running when con

figuring the display settings to pre

vent the battery from discharging.

Mode

Trip Computer

Tur n By

Tur n ( TBT )*

Driving

Assist

Information

User Settings

Master warning

Up/Down

Fuel Economy

Route

Guidance

SCC/Lane

Safety*

Speedometer

Head-up dis

play*

The Master Warning

mode displays

warning messages

related to the vehi

cle when one or

more systems is not

operating normally.

Accumulated

Info

Destination

Info

DAW

Engine Tem

perature

Driver Assis

tance

Drive InfoTPMSDoor

DRIVE MODELights

Driving StyleSound

Energy FlowConvenience

Service Inter

val

Other features

Reset

Features of your vehicleLCD display

Trip computer mode

The trip computer mode displays

information related to vehicle driv

ing parameters including fuel econ

omy, tripmeter information and

vehicle speed.

* For more details, refer to "Trip

information (trip computer)" on

page 5-105 and "Hybrid system

overview" on page 1-2.

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode

This mode displays the state of the

navigation.

Driving Assist mode

This mode displays the state of:

󳱽Smart Cruise Control

󳱽Lane Safety system

󳱽Driver Attention Warning

Information mode

This mode displays the state of:

󳱽Speedometer

󳱽Engine temperature

󳱽Tire pressure

OMQ4AH040121

OMQ4AH040122

OMQ4050296L

OMQ4040126L

Features of your vehicle

985

LCD display

Tire pressure status

This mode displays information

related to Tire Pressure.

* For more details, refer to "Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" on page 7-9.

Master warning mode

This warning light informs the driver

the following situations.

󳱽LED headlamp malfunction

󳱽Lamp malfunction

󳱽High Beam Assist malfunction (if

equipped)

At this time, a Master Warning icon

() will appear beside the User

Settings icon (), on the LCD dis

play. If the warning situation is

solved, the master warning light will

be turned off and the Master Warn

ing icon will disappear.

User settings mode

In this mode, you can change the

settings of the instrument cluster,

doors, lamps, etc.

1.Head-up display

2.Driver Assistance

3.Climate

4.ECO Vehicle

5.Lights

6.Door

7.Cluster

8.Convenience

9.Seat

10.Reset

The information provided may dif

fer depending on which functions

are applicable to your vehicle.

OMQ4HQ010031L

OMQ4040129L

Features of your vehicleLCD display

1. Head-Up Display (if equipped)

2. Driver Assistance

ItemsExplanation

Enable Head-up displayIf this item is checked, Head-Up Display will be activated.

Display Height

Adjust the height (1~20) of the HUD image on the HUD

screen.

RotationAdjust the degree (-5~+5) of the HUD rotation.

BrightnessAdjust the intensity (1~20) of the HUD brightness.

ItemsExplanation

Speed Limit

󳱽Speed Limit Offset

To select the Warning time

󳱽Speed Limit Assist/Speed Assist Warning/Off

To select the functions.

* For more details, refer to the "Intelligent Speed Limit

Assist (ISLA) (if equipped)" on page 6-116.

Warning Timing

󳱽Normal/Late

To select the warning timing

Warning Volume

󳱽High/Medium/Low/Off

To select the warning volume

Haptic Warning

󳱽Strong/Medium/Light

To select the haptic warning

Driver Attention Warning

󳱽Leading Vehicle Departure Alert

To select the function.

󳱽Inattentive Driving Warning

To select the function.

* For more details, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning

(DAW)" on page 6-122.

Forward Safety

To adjust Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.

󳱽Active Assist/Warning Only/Off

To select the functions.

* For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if equipped)" on page

6-68.

Features of your vehicle

1005

LCD display

* The information provided may differ depending on which systems are

applicable to your vehicle.

3. Climate

Lane Safety

To adjust Lane Keeping Assist.

󳱽Lane Keeping Assist/Lane Departure Warning/Off

To select the functions.

* For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)"

on page 6-84.

Blind-Spot Safety

󳱽Blind-Spot View

To activate or deactivate Blind-Spot View.

󳱽Safe Exit Assist

To activate or deactivate Safe Exit Assist.

For more details, refer to "Safe Exit Assist (SEA) (if

equipped)" on page 6-107.

󳱽Active Assist/Warning Only/Off

* For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist (BCA)" on page 6-91.

Parking Safety

󳱽Camera Settings

To adjust the camera settings.

󳱽Surround View Monitor Auto On

󳱽Parking Distance Warning Auto On

󳱽Rear Cross-Traffic Safety

To Activate or deactivate Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance Assist.

󳱽Active Assist/Warning Only/Off

* For more details, refer to "Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance Assist (RCCA) (if equipped)" on page 6-168.

ItemsExplanation

Recirculate Air

󳱽Activate upon Washer Fluid Use

To select the function.

Automatic Ventilation

󳱽Auto Dehumidify

To select the function.

Defog/Defrost Options

󳱽Auto Defog

To select the function.

* For more details, refer to "Windshield defrosting and

defogging" on page 5-175.

101

Features of your vehicleLCD display

* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are

applicable to your vehicle.

4. ECO Vehicle

* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are

applicable to your vehicle.

5. Lights

* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are

applicable to your vehicle.

ItemsExplanation

Coasting Guide

󳱽Coasting Guide

To select the function.

󳱽Sound On/Sound Off

To activate or deactivate the sound.

Start Coasting

󳱽Later/Normal/Early

To select the coasting timing.

ItemsExplanation

Ambient light*Settings of the ambient light.

One Touch Turn Signal

󳱽Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deacti

vated.

󳱽3, 5, 7 flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or

7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.

* For more details, refer to "Lighting" on page 5-142.

Headlamp Delay

If this item is checked, the headlamp delay function will be

activated.

High Beam AssistIf this item is checked, High Beam Assist will be activated.

Features of your vehicle

1025

LCD display

6. Door

* The information provided may differ depending on which systems are

applicable to your vehicle.

7. Cluster

ItemsExplanation

2 Press Unlock

If this item is checked, the two press unlock will be activated. The

driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the

door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining

doors will unlock.

Power LiftgateIf this item is checked, Power Liftgate will be activated.

Power Liftgate

Opening

Height

󳱽Level 1/Level 2/Level 3/Full Open/User Height Setting

To select the height.

* For more details, refer to "Power liftgate (if equipped)" on page 5-

36.

Smart Liftgate

To activate or deactivate the Smart Liftgate.

* For more details, refer to "Smart Liftgate with Auto Open (if

equipped)" on page 5-42.

ItemsExplanation

Service Interval

󳱽Enable Service Interval

If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be

activated.

󳱽Distance/Duration

If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust

the time and distance.

󳱽Reset

To reset the service interval function.

* If the service interval is activated and the time and dis

tance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the follow

ing situations each time the vehicle is turned on.

Energy Consumption

Reset

󳱽After Ignition/After Refueling/Off

To select the Reset timing

Content Selection

󳱽Wiper/Lights Display

If this item is checked, the Wiper/Lights Display function

will be activated.

󳱽Icy Road Warning

If this item is checked, the Icy Road Warning function will

be activated.

103

Features of your vehicleLCD display

* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are

applicable to your vehicle.

8. Convenience

* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are

applicable to your vehicle.

Welcome Sound

If this item is checked, the welcome sound function will be

activated.

Theme Selection

󳱽Theme A/Theme B/Theme C

If this item is checked, the cluster will use the selected

theme.

ItemsExplanation

Seat Easy Access

󳱽Off/Normal/Extended

To select the seat movement

Rear Occupant Alert

If this item is checked, the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) dis

play will be activated.

Welcome Mirror/Light

󳱽On Door Unlock/On Driver Approach

To select the welcome mirror/light function.

Wireless Charging Sys

tem

If this item is checked, the wireless charging function will

be activated.

Auto Rear Wiper (in R)

If this item is checked, the Auto Rear Wiper will be acti

vated when the front wiper is On and the gear is selected

in (R) (Reverse).

Vehicle Auto-Shut Off

󳱽60 min/30 min: To set the vehicle auto-shut off timer

󳱽Disable: The vehicle auto-shut off function will be can

celed.

* For more details, refer to "Vehicle Auto Shut-off system

(if equipped)" on page 6-48.

Features of your vehicle

1045

LCD display

9. Seat

* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are

applicable to your vehicle.

10. Reset

ItemsExplanation

Heated/Ventilated Fea

tures

󳱽Auto. Controls That Use Climate Control Settings

-Steering Wheel Warmer

-Seat Warmer/Ventilation

If this item is checked, the automatic climate function will

be activated.

ItemsExplanation

Reset

You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All

menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory set

tings, except language and service interval.

105

Features of your vehicleLCD displays

LCD displays

LCD displays show the following

information to drivers.

󳱽Trip information

󳱽LCD modes

󳱽Warning messages

Trip information (trip computer)

The trip computer is a microcom

puter- controlled driver information

system that displays information

related to driving.

NOTICE

Some driving information stored in

the trip computer resets if the bat

tery is disconnected.

Trip Modes

To change the trip mode, toggle the

switch (/) on the steering

wheel.

OMQ4AH040563

Features of your vehicle

1065

LCD displays

Fuel economy

Average Fuel Economy (1)

󳱽The average fuel economy is cal

culated by the total driving dis

tance and fuel consumption since

the last average fuel economy

resets.

-Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 99.9

mpg or km/L, L/100 km

󳱽The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and auto

matically.

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economy

manually, press the OK button on

the steering wheel for more than 1

second when the average fuel econ

omy is displayed.

Automatic reset

To make the average fuel economy

be reset automatically whenever

refueling, select the "Fuel economy

auto reset" mode in User Setting

menu of the LCD Windows (Refer to

"User settings mode" on page 5-98).

󳱽OFF - You may set to default

manually by using the trip switch

reset button.

󳱽After ignition - The vehicle will

automatically set to default once

4 hours pass after the Ignition is

in OFF.

󳱽After refueling - After refueling

more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters)

and driving over 1 mph (1 km/h),

the vehicle will reset to default

automatically.

NOTICE

The average fuel economy is not

displayed for more accurate calcula

tion if the vehicle does not drive

more than 10 seconds or 0.03 mi

(50 m) since the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button is

turned to ON.

OMQ4AH040503

107

Features of your vehicleLCD displays

Instant Fuel Economy (2)

󳱽This mode displays the instant

fuel economy during the last few

seconds when the vehicle speed is

more than 6.2 mph (10 km/h).

-Fuel economy range:

0.0~30 km/L, L/100 km or

0.0~50.0 mpg

Accumulated driving information

mode

This display shows the accumulated

trip distance, the average fuel effi

ciency, and the total driving time.

󳱽Accumulated information is calcu

lated after the vehicle has run for

more than 0.19 miles (300 m).

󳱽If you press "OK" button for more

than 1 second after the Cumula

tive Information is displayed, the

information will be reset.

󳱽If the engine is running, even

when the vehicle is not in motion,

the information will be accumu

lated.

Drive info display

This display shows the trip distance

(1), the average fuel efficiency (2),

and the total driving time (3) infor

mation once per one ignition cycle.

󳱽Fuel efficiency is calculated after

the vehicle has run for more than

0.19 miles (300 m).

󳱽The Driving Information will be

reset 4 hours after ignition has

been turned off. So, when the

vehicle ignition is turned on within

4 hours, the information will not

be reset.

󳱽If the engine is running, even

when the vehicle is not in motion,

the information will be accumu

lated.

NOTICE

The vehicle must be driven for a

minimum of 0.19 miles (300 m)

since the last ignition cycle before

the average accumulated driving

information is recalculated.

OMQ4AH040138

OMQ4AH040139

Features of your vehicle

1085

LCD displays

Service mode

This mode reminds you of scheduled

maintenance information.

Service Interval

It calculates and displays when you

need a scheduled maintenance ser

vice (mileage or days).

If the remaining mileage or time

reaches 900 miles (1,500 km) or 30

days, "Service interval" message is

displayed for several seconds each

time you set the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP Button to the

ON position.

Service required

If you do not have your vehicle ser

viced according to the already

inputted service interval, "Service

required" message is displayed for

several seconds each time you set

the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP Button to the ON posi

tion.

To reset the service interval to the

mileage and days you inputted

before:

󳱽Press the OK button (Reset) for

more than 1 second.

NOTICE

If any of the following conditions

occurs, the mileage and days may

be incorrect.

󳱽The battery cable is disconnected.

󳱽The battery is discharged.

Driving info display

At the end of each driving cycle, the

Driving Info message is displayed.

This display shows the trip distance

(1), the average fuel efficiency (2),

and the total driving time (3).

This information is displayed for a

few seconds when you turn off the

vehicle, and then goes off automati

cally. The information is calculated

for each time the vehicle is turned

on.

OMQ4AH040127

OMQ4AH040139

109

Features of your vehicleLCD displays

NOTICE

󳱽If sunroof open warning is dis

played in the cluster, the Driving

Information message may not be

displayed.

LCD display messages

Door, hood, liftgate, sunroof open

󳱽This warning is displayed indicat

ing which door, the hood, the lift

gate or the sunroof is open.

Low pressure warning display

This warning message is displayed if

the tire pressure is low. The corre

sponding tire on the vehicle will be

illuminated.

* For more details, refer to "Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" on page 7-9.

Lights mode

This indicator displays which exte

rior light is selected using the light

ing control.

You can activate or deactivate

Wiper/Lights Display function from

the User Settings mode in the clus

ter LCD display.

OMQ4040130

OMQ4040126L

OMQ4AH040161

Features of your vehicle

1105

LCD displays

Wiper mode

This indicator displays which wiper

speed is selected using the wiper

control.

You can activate or deactivate

Wiper/Lights Display function from

the User Settings mode in the clus

ter LCD display.

Low washer fluid

This warning message is displayed if

the washer fluid level in the reser

voir is nearly empty.

Have the washer fluid reservoir

refilled.

Icy road warning

This warning is to warn the driver

the road may be icy.

When the following conditions occur,

the warning light (including outside

temperature gauge) blinks 5 times

and then illuminates, and also warn

ing chime sounds once.

󳱽The temperature on the outside

temperature gauge is below

approximately 40 󳚛F (4 󳚛C).

NOTICE

If the icy road warning appears

while driving, you should drive more

attentively and safely refraining

from over-speeding, rapid accelera

tion, sudden braking or sharp turn

ing, etc.

OMQ4AH040162

OMQ4H040108L

OMQ4040163L

111

Features of your vehicleLCD displays

Engine has overheated

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates when the engine coolant

temperature is above 248 󳚛F (120

󳚛C). This mean that the engine is

overheated and may be damaged.

* If your vehicle is overheated, refer

to "If the engine overheats" on

page 7-8.

Low key battery (for smart key

system)

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates if the battery of the smart

key is discharged when the

ENGINE START/STOP Button

changes to the OFF position.

Press START button while turning

wheel (for smart key system)

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates if the steering wheel does

not unlock normally when the

ENGINE START/STOP Button is

pressed.

󳱽It means that you should press

the ENGINE START/STOP Button

while turning the steering wheel

right and left.

Steering wheel unlocked (for smart

key system)

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates if the steering wheel does

not lock when the ENGINE START/

STOP Button changes to the OFF

position.

Check steering wheel lock system

(for smart key system)

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates if the steering wheel does

not lock normally when the

ENGINE START/STOP Button

changes to the OFF position.

Key not in vehicle (for smart key

system)

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates if the smart key is not in

the vehicle when you press the

ENGINE START/STOP Button.

󳱽It means that you should always

have the smart key with you.

Key not detected (for smart key

system)

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates if the smart key is not

detected when you press the

ENGINE START/STOP Button.

Shift to P or N to start engine (for

smart key system)

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates if you try to start the

engine with the gear not in the P

(Park) or N (Neutral) position.

Press brake pedal to start engine

(for smart key system)

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates if the ENGINE START/STOP

Button changes to the ACC posi

tion twice by pressing the button

Features of your vehicle

1125

LCD displays

repeatedly without depressing

the brake pedal.

󳱽It means that you should depress

the brake pedal to start the

engine.

Battery discharging due to external

electrical devices

The vehicle can detect self-dis

charge of the battery due to over-

current that is generated by unau

thorized electrical devices such as

dashboard camera (dash cam)

mounting during parking.

If the warning continues even after

external electrical devices are

removed, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Press start button again (for smart

key system)

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates if you can not operate the

ENGINE START/STOP Button

when there is a problem with the

ENGINE START/STOP Button sys

tem.

󳱽It means that you could start the

engine by pressing the ENGINE

START/STOP button once more.

󳱽If the warning illuminates each

time you press the ENGINE

START/STOP Button, have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

Press start button with key (for

smart key system)

󳱽This warning message illumi

nates if you press the ENGINE

START/STOP Button while the

warning message "Key not

detected" is illuminating.

󳱽At this time, the immobilizer indi

cator light blinks.

Check BCW system (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with Blind spot

Collision Warning. In this case, have

the vehicle inspected by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

113

Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights

Warning and indicator lights

The warning light and indicator light

indicate a situation where the driver

should be careful and whether the

various functions are activated.

Warning lights

The warning light indicates situa

tions that require the driver to pay

attention.

NOTICE

Warning lights

Make sure that all warning lights are

OFF after starting the engine. If any

light is still ON, this indicates a situ

ation that needs attention.

Air bag warning light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP Button to

the ON position.

-It illuminates for approximately

3 ~ 6 seconds and then goes off.

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Seat belt warning light

This warning light informs the

driver that the seat belt is not fas

tened.

* For more details, refer to "Seat

belts" on page 4-24.

Parking brake & brake fluid warning

light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP Button to

the ON position.

-It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds

-It remains on if the parking

brake is applied.

󳱽When the parking brake is applied.

󳱽When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.

-If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake

released, it indicates the brake

fluid level in reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reser

voir is low:

1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

Features of your vehicle

1145

Warning and indicator lights

2.With the engine stopped, check

the brake fluid level immediately

and add fluid as required (For

more details, refer to "Brake fluid"

on page 8-26). Then check all

brake components for fluid leaks.

If any leak on the brake system is

still found, the warning light

remains on, or the brakes do not

operate properly, do not drive the

vehicle.

In this case, have your vehicle

towed to an authorized Kia dealer

and inspected.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-

diagonal braking systems. This

means you still have braking on two

wheels even if one of the dual sys

tems should fail.

With only one of the dual systems

working, more than normal pedal

travel and greater pedal pressure

are required to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as

short a distance with only a portion

of the brake system working.

If the brakes fail while you are driv

ing, shift to a lower gear for addi

tional engine braking and stop the

vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

NOTICE

Parking brake & brake fluid warning

light

Driving the vehicle with a warning

light ON is dangerous. If the parking

brake & brake fluid warninglight illu

minates with the parking brake

released, it indicates that the brake

fluid level is low.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

warning light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP button to

the ON position.

-It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off.

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

the ABS (The normal braking sys

tem will still be operational with

out the assistance of the anti-

lock brake system).

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

115

Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights

Electronic Brake Force Distribution

(EBD) system warning light

These two warning lights illuminate

at the same time while driving:

󳱽When the ABS and regular brake

system are not working, have

your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Electronic Brake Force Distribution

(EBD) system warning light

When both ABS and parking brake &

brake fluid warning lights are on, the

brake system will not work normally

and you may experience an unex

pected and dangerous situation

during sudden braking.

In this case, avoid high speed driving

and abrupt braking.

Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer as soon as

possible.

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)

warning light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP button to

the ON position.

-It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off.

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

the EPB.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

NOTICE

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)

warning light

The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)

warning light may illuminate when

the Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

indicator light comes on to indicate

that the ESC is not working properly

(This does not indicate malfunction

of the EPB).

Electric Power Steering (EPS)

warning light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP Button to

the ON position.

-This indicator light comes on

after the ignition key is turned

to the ON position and then

goes out after approximately 3

seconds.

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

the EPS.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

(3%

Features of your vehicle

1165

Warning and indicator lights

Charging System warning light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP button to

the ON position.

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

either the alternator or electrical

charging system.

If there is a malfunction with either

the alternator or electrical charging

system:

1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2.Turn the engine off and check the

alternator drive belt for looseness

or breakage.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽When you set the ignition switch

or the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton to the ON position.

-The malfunction indicator light

illuminates for about 3 seconds

and then goes off.

󳱽Whenever there is a malfunction

with either the emission control

system or the engine or the vehi

cle powertrain.

If this occurs, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

CAUTION

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

Driving with the Malfunction Indica

tor Lamp (MIL) on may cause dam

age to the emission control systems

which could effect drivability and/or

fuel economy.

CAUTION

If the oil pressure lowers due to

insufficient engine oil, etc., the

engine oil pressure warning light

turns on and an enhanced engine

protection system that limits the

engine's power is activated. After

that, engine warning light turns on if

driving repeatedly and continuously.

CAUTION

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic

converter damage is possible which

could result in loss of engine power.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

117

Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP Button to

the ON position.

-It remains on until the engine is

started.

󳱽When the engine oil pressure is

low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:

󳱽If the oil pressure lowers due to

insufficient engine oil, etc., the

engine oil pressure warning light

turns on and an enhanced engine

protection system that limits the

engine's power is activated.

󳱽If this warning light turns on while

driving, drive carefully to the side

of the road and stop the vehicle,

check the engine oil level (For

more details, refer to "Engine oil

and filter" on page 8-16) and add

if insufficient.

󳱽If the engine oil isn't insufficient,

or if the warning light does not

turn off even after adding, visit an

authorized Kia dealer. Driving with

the warning light on may cause

engine failure.

* When oil pressure is restored to an

optimal level, the oil pressure

warning light and the protection

system that limits engine power

will turn off. Even if the oil pres

sure returns to normal, check the

engine once again in a safe place.

CAUTION

Engine overheating

Do not continue driving with the

engine overheated. Otherwise, the

engine may be damaged.

CAUTION

Engine damage

If the engine is not stopped immedi

ately after the engine oil pressure

warning light is illuminated and

stays on while the engine is running,

serious engine damage may result.

CAUTION

Engine oil pressure warning light

󳱽If the warning light stays on while

the engine is running, it indicates

that there may be serious engine

damage or malfunction. In this

case,

1.Stop the vehicle as soon as it is

safe to do so.

2.Turn off the engine and check

the oil level. If the oil level is low,

fill the engine oil to the proper

level.

3.Start the engine again. If the

warning light stays on after the

engine is started, turn the

engine off immediately. In this

case, have the vehicle inspected

by an authorized Kia dealer.

Features of your vehicle

1185

Warning and indicator lights

Ready indicator

This indicator illuminates:

When the vehicle is ready to be

driven.

󳱽ON: Normal driving is possible.

󳱽OFF: Normal driving is not possi

ble, or a problem has occurred.

EV mode indicator

This indicator illuminates:

When the vehicle is driven by the

electric motor.

󳱽"EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is

driven using the electric motor or

the gasoline engine is stopped.

󳱽"EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is

driven using the gasoline engine.

Service warning light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽When you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP button to

the ON position.

-The service warning light illumi

nates for approximately 3 sec

onds and then turns off when

all checks have been performed.

󳱽When there is a problem with the

hybrid vehicle control system or

hardware.

When the warning light illuminates

while driving, or does not go OFF

after starting the vehicle, have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

Regenerative brake warning light

(yellow)

This warning light illuminates:

When the regenerative brake does

not operate and the brake does not

perform well. This causes the Brake

Warning light (red) and Regenera

tive Brake Warning Light (yellow) to

illuminate simultaneously.

If this occurs, drive safely and have

your vehicle inspected by an autho

rized Kia dealer. The operation of

the brake pedal may be more diffi

cult than normal and the braking

distance may increase.

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light illuminates:

When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

If the fuel tank is nearly empty:

Add fuel as soon as possible.

CAUTION

Low fuel level

Driving with the low fuel level warn

ing light on or with the fuel level

below "E" can cause the engine to

misfire and damage the catalytic

converter.

119

Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights

Master warning light

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽This warning light informs the

driver the following situations

-LED headlamp malfunction (if

equipped)

-Lamp malfunction

-High Beam Assist malfunction

(if equipped)

To identify the details of the warn

ing look at the LCD display.

If the warning situation is solved,

the master warning light will turn

off.

Low tire pressure warning light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP button to

the ON position.

-It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off.

󳱽When one or more of your tires

are significantly under inflated.

(The location of the underinflated

tires are displayed on the LCD dis

play).

* For more details, refer to "Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" on page 7-9.

This warning light remains on after

blinking for approximately 60 sec

onds or repeats blinking on and off

at the intervals of approximately 3

seconds:

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

the TPMS.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

* For more details, refer to "Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" on page 7-9.

WARNING

Low tire pressure

󳱽Significantly low tire pressure

makes the vehicle unstable and

can contribute to loss of vehicle

control and increased braking dis

tances.

󳱽Continued driving or low pressure

tires will cause the tires to over

heat and fail.

WARNING

Safe stopping

󳱽The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damage

caused by external factors.

󳱽If you notice any vehicle instabil

ity, immediately take your foot

off the accelerator pedal, apply

the brakes gradually with light

force, and slowly move to a safe

position off the road.

Features of your vehicle

1205

Warning and indicator lights

LED headlamp warning light

This warning light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ENGINE START/

STOP button to the ON position.

-It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off.

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

the LED headlamp.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

This warning light blinks:

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

a LED headlamp related part.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

CAUTION

LED headlamp warning light

Continuous driving with the LED

headlamp warning light on or blink

ing can reduce LED headlamp (low

beam) life.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) warning light (if

equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Indicator lights

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP Button to

the ON position.

-It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off.

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

the ESC system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

While the ESC is operating.

* For more details, refer to "Elec

tronic Parking Brake (EPB)" on

page 6-28.

121

Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

OFF indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽Once you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP Button to

the ON position.

-It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off.

󳱽When you deactivate the ESC

system by pressing the ESC OFF

button.

* For more details, refer to "Elec

tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys

tem" on page 6-38.

AUTO HOLD indicator light (AUTO

HOLD)

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽White When you activate the auto

hold system by pressing the

AUTO HOLD button.

󳱽Green When you stop the vehicle

completely by depressing the

brake pedal with the auto hold

system activated.

󳱽Yellow When there is a malfunc

tion with the auto hold system. In

this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

* For more details, refer to "AUTO

HOLD" on page 6-33.

Immobilizer indicator light (without

smart key) (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽When the vehicle detects the

immobilizer in your key properly

while the ignition switch is ON.

-At this time, you can start the

engine.

-The indicator light goes off

after starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks:

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

the immobilizer system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Immobilizer indicator light (with

smart key)

This indicator light illuminates for

up to 30 seconds:

󳱽When the vehicle detects the

smart key in the vehicle properly

while the ignition switch is ACC or

ON.

-At this time, you can start the

engine.

-The indicator light goes off

after starting the engine.

Features of your vehicle

1225

Warning and indicator lights

This indicator light blinks for a few

seconds:

󳱽When the smart key is not in the

vehicle.

-At this time, you can not start

the engine.

This indicator light illuminates for 2

seconds and goes off:

󳱽When the vehicle can not detect

the smart key which is in the

vehicle while the ENGINE START/

STOP Button is ON.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

󳱽When the battery of the smart

key is weak.

-At this time, you can not start

the engine. However, you can

start the engine if you press

the ENGINE START/STOP But

ton with the smart key. (For

more details, refer to "Immobi

lizer system (if equipped)" on

page 5-15).

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

the immobilizer system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Turn signal indicator light

This indicator light blinks:

󳱽When you turn the turn signal

light on.

If any of the following occurs, there

may a malfunction with the turn

signal system. In this case, have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

󳱽The indicator light does not blink

but illuminates.

󳱽The indicator light blinks more

rapidly.

󳱽The indicator light does not illumi

nate at all.

Low beam indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽When the headlamps are on.

High beam indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽When the headlamps are on and

in the high beam position.

󳱽When the turn signal lever is

pulled into the Flash-to-Pass

position.

123

Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights

High Beam Assist indicator light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽When the high beam is on with

the light switch in the AUTO light

position.

󳱽If your vehicle detects oncoming

or preceding vehicles, High Beam

Assist will switch the high beam

to low beam automatically.

* For more details, refer to "High

Beam Assist (HBA)" on page 5-

147.

Light ON indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽When the taillamps or headlamps

are on.

Front fog indicator light (if

equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽When the front fog lights are on.

Lane Keeping Assist indicator

(if equipped)

LKA indicator will illuminate when

you turn Lane Keeping Assist on by

pressing Lane Safety button.

If there is a problem with the sys

tem, the yellow LKA indicator will

illuminate.

* For more details, refer to "Lane

Keeping Assist (LKA)" on page 6-

84.

Cruise Control indicator light (if

equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽When the cruise control system is

enabled.

* For more details, refer to "Cruise

Control (CC) (if equipped)" on page

6-131.

Downhill Brake Control (DBC) indi

cator light

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽When you set the ignition switch

or ENGINE START/STOP Button to

the ON position.

-It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off.

󳱽When you activate the system by

pressing the DBC button.

This indicator light blinks:

󳱽When the DBC is operating.

This indicator light illuminates yel

low:

󳱽When there is a malfunction with

the DBC system.

If this occurs, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Features of your vehicle

1245

Head-Up Display (HUD)

* For more details, refer to "Downhill

Brake Control (DBC)" on page 6-

41.

SPORT Mode indicator light

This indicator light illuminates :

󳱽When you select "SPORT" mode

as drive mode.

For more details, refer to "Drive

mode integrated control system" on

page 6-50.

ECO Mode indicator light

This indicator light illuminates:

󳱽When you select "ECO" mode as

drive mode.

For more details, refer to "Drive

mode integrated control system" on

page 6-50.

Head-Up Display (HUD) (if

equipped)

The Head-Up Display is a transpar

ent display that projects an image

of certain information from the

instrument cluster and navigation

system on the windshield glass.

󳱽The head up display image on the

HUD screen may be invisible

when:

-Sitting posture is bad.

-Wearing a polarized sunglasses.

-There is an object on the cover

of the head up display.

-Driving on a wet road.

-An inadequate lighting is turned

on inside the vehicle.

-Any light comes from the out

side.

-Wearing an inadequate glasses

to your eyesight.

󳱽If the head up display image is not

shown well, adjust the height,

rotation or illumination of the

head up display in the LCD display.

OMQ4AH040038

125

Features of your vehicleHead-Up Display (HUD)

󳱽When the Head-Up Display needs

inspection or repair, have your

vehicle inspected or repaired by

an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Head-Up Display

󳱽Do not make the front windshield

glass have window tint or other

types of metallic coating. Other

wise, the Head-Up Display image

may be invisible.

󳱽Do not place any accessories on

the crash pad or attach any

objects on the windshield glass.

󳱽As Blind-Spot Collision Warning is

a supplemental device for your

safe driving, it may be dangerous

to rely on only the BCW informa

tion of the Head-Up Display

image when changing the lane.

Always pay attention to drive

safely.

Head-Up Display Information

1.Turn By Turn navigation informa

tion (if equipped)

2.Road signs

3.Speedometer

4.SCC setting speed information (if

equipped)

5.SCC vehicle distance information

(if equipped)

6.Lane Safety information (if

equipped)

7.Blind-Spot Safety information (if

equipped)

8.Warning lights (Low fuel)

9.AV mode information

10.Lane Following Assist informa

tion (if equipped)

11.Highway Driving Assist informa

tion (if equipped)

12.Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control information (if equipped)

NOTICE

Road Signs and Turn By Turn navi

gation information are available

depending on the region.

Head-Up Display Setting

On the LCD display, you can change

the head up display settings as fol

lows.

1.Display height

2.Rotation

3.Brightness

4.Content selection

* For more details, refer to "LCD dis

play modes" on page 5-96.

OMQ4A040449MX

Features of your vehicle

1265

Rear View Monitor (RVM)

Rear View Monitor (RVM) (if

equipped)

Rear View Monitor will show the

area behind the vehicle to assist you

when parking or backing up.

WARNING

The outside rear view camera does

not cover the complete area behind

the vehicle. The driver should

always check the rear area directly

through the rear view mirror and

side view mirrors before parking or

backing up.

Detecting sensor

Rear view camera

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

WARNING

The image shown on the screen

may differ from the actual distance

of the object. Make sure to directly

check the vehicle's surroundings for

safety.

CAUTION

Always keep the rear view camera

lens clean. If the lens is covered with

foreign material, it may adversely

affect camera performance and

Rear View Monitor may not operate

normally.

OMQ4AH040564

OMQ4040040L

OMQ4AH040489

127

Features of your vehicleRear View Monitor (RVM)

Function settings

Setting

󳱽You can change Rear View Moni

tor settings by pressing the setup

icon「」 on the screen while

the function is operating, or select

'Driver Assistance → Parking

Safety → Camera Settings' from

the Settings menu while the

ENGINE START/STOP button is in

the ON position.

Parking/View button

Press the Parking/View button (1)

to turn Rear View Monitor on or off.

Function operation

Rear view with parking guidance

The function will operate when the

following conditions are satisfied:

󳱽ENGINE START/STOP button in

the ON position

󳱽The gear is changed to R

(Reverse) and the back up light

turns on

Maintaining rear view

󳱽When parking, the rear view will

maintain showing on the screen if

the following conditions are satis

fied:

-The gear is changed from R

(Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D

(Drive)

-Vehicle speed is below 6 mph

(10 km/h)

󳱽The rear view will turn off when

vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10

km/h).

OMQ4AH050163

OMQ4H040004

Features of your vehicle

1285

Surround View Monitor (SVM)

Rear top view

When you touch the icon (1), the top

view is displayed on the screen and

shows the distance from the vehicle

in the back of your vehicle while

parking.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Rear View Monitor is not

working properly, or the screen

flickers, or the camera image does

not display normally, have the func

tion be inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

Limitations

When the vehicle is stopped for a

long time in winter or when the

vehicle is parked in an indoor parking

lot, the exhaust fumes may tempo

rarily blur the image.

Surround View Monitor (SVM) (if

equipped)

Surround View Monitor will assist in

parking by allowing the driver to see

around the vehicle.

WARNING

ALWAYS look around your vehicle to

make sure there are no objects or

obstacles before moving the vehicle.

What you see on the screen may

differ from the actual vehicle's loca

tion.

OMQ4AH040467

OMQ4H040004

OMQ4AH040468

129

Features of your vehicleSurround View Monitor (SVM)

CAUTION

Surround View Monitor is designed

to be used on a flat surface. There

fore, if used on roads with different

heights such as curbs and speed

bumps, the image in the screen may

not look correct.

Detecting sensor

SVM-front view camera, SVM-side view

camera (under the outside rear view

mirror)

SVM-rear view camera

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensors.

WARNING

The image shown on the screen

may differ from the actual distance

of the object. Make sure to directly

check the vehicle's surroundings for

safety.

CAUTION

Always keep the camera lens clean.

If the lens is covered with foreign

material, it may adversely affect

camera performance and Surround

View Monitor may not operate nor

mally.

OMQ4H040010

OMQ4AH040565

Features of your vehicle

1305

Surround View Monitor (SVM)

Function settings

Setting

󳱽You can change Surround View

Monitor settings by pressing the

setup icon「」 on the screen

while the function is operating.

Parking/View button

Press the Parking/View button (1)

to turn Rear View Monitor on or off.

Press the button again to turn off

the function.

Function operation

Parking assist view

Operating Conditions

󳱽The function will operate when

the following conditions are satis

fied:

-The gear is changed to R

(Reverse)

-The gear is changed from R

(Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D

(Drive) when vehicle speed is

below 9 mph (15 km/h)

-Parking/View button is pressed

with the gear in D (Drive) or N

(Neutral) when vehicle speed is

below 9 mph (15 km/h)

-Parking/View button is pressed

with the gear in P (Parking)

-Parking Distance Warning

warns the driver when the gear

is in D (Drive)

However, 'Driver Assistance →

Parking Safety → Surround

View Monitor Auto On' must be

selected from the Settings

menu.

󳱽An indicator on the screen

appears when:

-The liftgate is opened

-The driver or front passenger

door is opened

-The outside rear view mirror is

folded

󳱽Driving rear view operates

regardless of vehicle speed when

OMQ4AH040450

OMQ4H040004

131

Features of your vehicleSurround View Monitor (SVM)

the gear is in D (Drive) or N (Neu

tral). Refer to "Driving rear view"

in the following pages.

󳱽Other view modes can be selected

by touching the view icons on the

Surround View Monitor screen.

Off Conditions

󳱽Parking/View button is repressed.

󳱽When vehicle speed is above 9

mph (15 km/h), Surround View

Monitor will turn off and the

screen will change back to the

previous infotainment system

screen.

󳱽When the gear is in R (Reverse),

Surround View Monitor will turn

ON regardless of vehicle speed or

button status. However, if vehicle

speed is above 9 mph (15 km/h)

with the gear in D (Drive), the

function will turn off.

󳱽One of the infotainment system

buttons is pressed without the

gear in R (Reverse). The screen

will change back to the previous

infotainment system screen.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Surround View Monitor is not

working properly, or the screen

flickers, or the camera image does

not display normally, have the func

tion be inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

Limitations

When the vehicle is stopped for a

long time in winter or when the

vehicle is parked in an indoor parking

lot, the exhaust fumes may tempo

rarily blur the image.

Features of your vehicle

1325

Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)

Reverse Parking Distance Warn

ing (PDW) (if equipped)

Reverse Parking Distance Warning

will warn the driver if an obstacle is

detected when the vehicle is backing

up at low speeds.

Detecting sensor

Rear ultrasonic sensors

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensors.

Function settings

Turning On/Off

󳱽Press the Parking Safety ()

button to turn on Reverse Parking

Distance Warning. Press the but

ton again to turn off the system.

󳱽With the Engine Start/Stop but

ton in the ON position, if 'Driver

Assistance → Parking Safety →

Parking Distance Warning Auto

On' is selected from the Settings

menu, the Parking Safety ()

button indicator light will illumi

nate. The function will operate

when vehicle speed is below 6

mph (10 km/h).

If vehicle speed is above 6 mph

(10 km/h), the function will not

warn the driver even though

objects are detected.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

warning volume to 'High', 'Medium',,

'Low' or 'Off' for Reverse Parking

Distance Warning.

However, even if 'Off' is selected,

the system's Warning Volume will

OMQ4AH040566

OMQ4AH050335

133

Features of your vehicleReverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)

not turn off but the volume will

sound as 'Low'.

If you change the warning volume,

the warning volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

Function operation

Operating conditions

󳱽This function will activate when

backing up with the ENGINE

START/STOP button ON.

󳱽The function displays a warning

on the instrument cluster or info

tainment system and the warning

sound is generated when an

obstacle is detected.

󳱽When more than two objects are

sensed at the same time, the

closest one will be recognized

first.

Types of warning sound and indica

tor

The detecting range may decrease

when:

󳱽The sensor is covered with foreign

matter such as snow or water

(The sensing range will return to

normal when removed.)

󳱽The weather is extremely hot or

cold

The following objects may not be

recognized by the sensor:

󳱽Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles

󳱽Objects, which tend to absorb

sensor frequency, such as clothes,

spongy material or snow

󳱽Objects smaller than 40 in (100

cm) in length and narrower than 6

in (14 cm) in diameter

Malfunction and precautions

Malfunction

Reverse Parking Distance Warning

has a self-diagnosis function that

can determine whether the ultra

sonic sensor is working properly.

After starting the engine, a beep will

sound when the gear is shifted to R

(Reverse) to indicate the system is

operating normally.

However, if one or more of the fol

lowing occurs, first check whether

the ultrasonic senior is damaged or

whether the function is in a non-

operating condition. If it still does

Types of warning soundIndicator

When an object is 24 in~47 in (60

cm~120 cm) from the rear bumper:

Buzzer beeps intermittently

When an object is 12 in~24 in (30

cm~60 cm) from the rear bumper:

Buzzer beeps more frequently.

When an object is within 12 in (30

cm) of the rear bumper: Buzzer

beeps continuously.

Features of your vehicle

1345

Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)

not work properly, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

󳱽The audible warning does not

sound.

󳱽The buzzer sounds intermittently.

󳱽The 'Parking sensor error or

blockage' warning message

appears on the cluster.

NOTICE

󳱽Reverse Parking Distance Warning

is a supplemental function. The

operation of the function can be

affected by several factors

(including environmental condi

tions). It is the responsibility of

the driver to always check the

front and rear views before and

while parking.

󳱽Always look around your vehicle

to make sure there are no objects

or obstacles before moving the

vehicle in any direction to prevent

a collision.

󳱽Your new vehicle warranty does

not cover any accidents or dam

age to the vehicle or injuries to its

occupants related to a Reverse

Parking Distance Warning.

󳱽Pay close attention when driving

near objects, pedestrians, and

especially children. Some objects

may not be detected by the ultra

sonic sensors, due to the objects

distance, size or material, all of

which can limit the effectiveness

of the sensor.

󳱽Reverse Parking Distance Warning

may not operate normally when:

-Moisture is frozen to the sensor

(It will operate normally when

the frozen moisture melts)

-Sensor is covered with foreign

matter, such as snow or water

(It will operate normally when

the material is removed or the

sensor is no longer blocked.)

-The weather is extremely hot

or cold

-The sensor is pushed, scratched

or struck with any hard and

sharp objects that could dam

age the surface.

-High pressure water is directly

applied to ultrasonic sensor.

-Heavy rain or water spray is

present.

-The sensor is covered with

snow.

-Affected by another vehicle's

sensors

-Water flows on the surface of

the sensor

OMQ4AH040510

135

Features of your vehicleReverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)

-Driving on uneven road surfaces

such as unpaved roads, gravel,

bumps, or gradient.

-Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones present near the sen

sor.

-Installing the license plate dif

ferently from the original loca

tion

-Accessories, such as license

plate molding or sticker, are

installed on the sensor area.

-The vehicle bumper height or

sensor installation has been

modified.

󳱽The following objects may not be

recognized by the sensor:

-Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.

-Undetectable objects smaller

than 40 in (100 cm) and nar

rower than 5.5 in (14 cm) in

diameter.

-Objects, which tend to absorb

sensor frequency such as

clothes, spongy material or

snow.

󳱽If it does not work properly, have

your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Precautions

󳱽Reverse Parking Distance Warning

may malfunction if the vehicle

bumper height or sensor installa

tion has been modified or dam

aged. Any non-factory installed

equipment or accessories may

also interfere with the sensor

performance.

󳱽When the sensor is frozen or cov

ered with snow, dirt, or water, the

sensor may be inoperative until

the material is removed using a

soft cloth.

󳱽Do not push, scratch or strike the

ultrasonic sensor. Sensor damage

could occur.

󳱽Do not spray the ultrasonic sen

sors or its surrounding area

directly with a high pressure

washer.

NOTICE

Make sure that high pressure is not

directly applied to the surface of the

ultrasonic sensor while using use

high-pressure car washes.

This system can only sense objects

within the range and location of the

sensors; It can not detect objects in

other areas where sensors are not

installed. Also, small or slim objects,

such as poles or objects located

between sensors may not be

detected by the sensors.

Always visually check behind the

vehicle when backing up.

Be sure to inform any drivers of the

vehicle that may be unfamiliar with

the system regarding the systems

capabilities and limitations.

Features of your vehicle

1365

Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning

(PDW)

WARNING

Pay close attention when the vehicle

is driven close to objects on the

road, particularly pedestrians, and

especially children. Be aware that

some objects may not be detected

by the sensors, due to the object's

distance, size or material, all of

which can limit the effectiveness of

the sensor. Always perform a visual

inspection to make sure the vehicle

is clear of all obstructions before

moving the vehicle in any direction.

Forward/Reverse Parking Dis

tance Warning (PDW) (if

equipped)

Forward/Reverse Parking Distance

Warning will warn the driver if an

obstacle is detected when the vehi

cle is moving forward or backward

at low speeds.

Detecting sensor

Front ultrasonic sensors

Rear ultrasonic sensors

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

OMQ4H040007

OMQ4AH040566

137

Features of your vehicleForward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning

(PDW)

CAUTION

Take the following precautions to

maintain optimal performance of

the detecting sensor:

󳱽Never disassemble the detecting

sensor or sensor assembly, or

apply any impact on it.

󳱽If the detecting sensors have

been replaced or repaired, have

the vehicle be inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽Forward/Reverse Parking Dis

tance Warning may not operate

normally when:

-Moisture is frozen to the sensor

-Sensor is covered with foreign

material, such as snow or water

(The function will operate nor

mally when such foreign mate

rial are removed.)

󳱽Forward/Reverse Parking Dis

tance Warning may malfunction

when:

-Driving on uneven road, gravel

roads or bushes

-Objects that generates ultra

sonic waves such as vehicle

horns, loud motorcycle engine

sound or truck air brakes are

near the sensor

-Heavy rain or water spray is

present

-Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are present near the

sensor

-The sensor is covered with

snow

-Affected by another vehicle's

sensors

-Water flows on the surface of

the sensor

-Installing the license plate dif

ferently from the original loca

tion

󳱽Detecting range may decrease

when:

-Sensor is covered with foreign

material, such as snow or water

(The function will operate nor

mally when such foreign mate

rial are removed.)

-The weather is extremely hot

or cold

󳱽The following objects may not be

detected:

-Sharp or slim objects, such as

ropes, chains or small poles.

-Objects, which tend to absorb

sensor frequency, such as

clothes, spongy material or

snow.

-Objects smaller than 40 inches

(100 cm) in length and nar

rower than 6 inches (14 cm) in

diameter.

Features of your vehicle

1385

Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning

(PDW)

Function settings

Turning On/Off

󳱽Press the Parking Safety ()

button to turn on Forward/

Reverse Parking Distance Warn

ing. Press the button again to

turn off the system.

󳱽With the Engine Start/Stop but

ton in the ON position, if 'Driver

Assistance → Parking Safety →

Parking Distance Warning Auto

On' is selected from the Settings

menu, the Parking Safety ()

button indicator light will illumi

nate. The system will operate

when vehicle speed is below 6

mph (10 km/h).

If vehicle speed is above 6 mph

(10 km/h), the system will not

warn the driver even though

objects are detected.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

warning volume to 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Forward/Reverse

Parking Distance Warning.

However, even if 'Off' is selected,

the system's Warning Volume will

not turn off but the volume will

sound as 'Low'.

If you change the warning volume,

the warning volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

Function operation

Operating conditions

󳱽When the Parking Safety ()

button is pressed while the engine

running, the button indicator light

will illuminate and will operate

when the vehicle moves forward

or backward.

󳱽When the button is off (button

indicator light off), if you shift the

gear to R (Reverse), the function

will automatically turn on.

OMQ4AH050335

OMQ4AH040407

139

Features of your vehicleForward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning

(PDW)

󳱽Forward/Reverse Parking Dis

tance Warning may not operate

properly at speeds above 3 mph

(5 km/h). If vehicle speed is above

6 mph (10 km/h), the function will

not warn the driver, and if vehicle

speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h),

the function will turn off (button

indicator light off).

󳱽If equipped with Reverse Parking

Collision-Avoidance Assist or

Remote Smart Parking Assist,

Forward/Reverse Parking Dis

tance Warning will turn off (but

ton indicator light off) when

vehicle speed is above 18 mph (30

km/h).

󳱽Although you drive below 12 mph

(20 km/h) again, the function will

not turn on. If necessary, press

the Parking Safety () button.

󳱽When an obstacle is detected, it is

displayed on the cluster and info

tainment system screen.

󳱽When more than two objects are

detected at the same time, the

closest one will be warned with an

audible warning.

Features of your vehicle

1405

Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning

(PDW)

Types of warning sound and indicator

󳱽The corresponding indicator will illuminate whenever each ultrasonic

senor detects a object in its sensing range.

󳱽Only the front ultrasonic sensors warn the driver when moving forward.

The rear and front sensors warn the driver when moving backward. How

ever, the object must be within 24 inches (60 cm) from the front-side

sensors to operate.

󳱽If an object is within 12 inches (30 cm) from the ultrasonic sensors, the

sensors may not detect the object, or a sensor out of the detecting range

may warn the driver.

󳱽Distance warning may not occur sequentially depending on vehicle speed

or obstacle shape.

󳱽Indicators and warning sounds may differ from the illustration when

obstacles are located in the center of the sensor, obstacles are located in

close proximity to the vehicle, or in various circumstances.

󳱽The shape of the indicator in the illustration may differ from the actual

vehicle.

Distance from

object

Warning indicator

Warning sound

Driving forwardDriving backward

24~40 in.

(60~100 cm)

Front-Buzzer beeps intermittently

24~48 in.

(60~120 cm)

Rear-Buzzer beeps intermittently

12~24 in. (30

~60 cm)

Front

Beeps more frequently

Rear-

within 12 in.

(30 cm)

Front

Beeps continuously

Rear-

141

Features of your vehicleForward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning

(PDW)

Malfunction and precautions

Malfunction

Forward/Reverse Parking Distance

Warning has a self-diagnosis func

tion that can determine whether

the ultrasonic sensor is working

properly. After starting the engine,

a beep will sound when the gear is

shifted to R (Reverse) to indicate

the function is operating normally.

However, if one or more of the fol

lowing occurs, first check whether

the ultrasonic senior is damaged or

whether the function is in a non-

operating condition. If it still does

not work properly, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

󳱽The audible warning does not

sound.

󳱽The buzzer sounds intermittently.

󳱽The 'Parking sensor error or

blockage' warning message

appears on the cluster.

Precautions

󳱽Forward/Reverse Parking Dis

tance Warning may malfunction if

the vehicle bumper height or

ultrasonic sensor installation has

been modified or damaged. Any

non-factory installed equipment

or accessories may also interfere

with the sensor performance.

󳱽When the ultrasonic sensor is fro

zen or stained with snow, dirt, or

water, the sensor may be not

operate until the stains are

removed using a soft cloth.

󳱽Do not push, scratch or strike the

ultrasonic sensor. Sensor damage

could occur.

󳱽Do not spray the ultrasonic sen

sors or its surrounding area

directly with a high pressure

washer.

OMQ4AH040557

Features of your vehicle

1425

Lighting

This vehicle is equipped with a vari

ety of lights to illuminate the inte

rior and exterior of the vehicle.

CAUTION

To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the head

lamp and interior light on for a pro

longed time while the engine is not

running.

Battery saver function

The purpose of this feature is to

prevent the battery from being dis

charged if the lights are left in the

ON position. The system automati

cally shuts off the position lamp 30

seconds after the vehicle is turned

off and the driver's door is opened

and closed.

With this feature, the position lamp

will turn off automatically if the

driver parks on the side of the road

at night and opens the driver's side

door.

If necessary, to keep the position

lamp on when the vehicle is turned

off, perform the following:

1.Open the driver-side door.

2.Turn the position lamp OFF and

ON again using the light switch on

the steering column.

Headlamp delay function

If you place the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button in the

ACC or OFF position with the head

lamps ON, the headlamps (and/or

position lamps) remain on for about

5 minutes. However, with the engine

off if the driver's door is opened and

closed, the headlamps (and/or posi

tion lamps) are turned off after 15

seconds.

The headlamps (and/or position

lamps) can be turned off by press

ing the lock button on the remote

key or smart key twice or turning

the light switch to the OFF or AUTO

position. However, if you turn the

light switch to the AUTO position

when it is dark outside, the head

lamps will not be turned off.

You can activate or deactivate the

Headlamp Delay function from the

User Settings Mode in the LCD dis

play. For more details, refer to "LCD

display modes" on page 5-96. If

your vehicle is equipped with addi

tional navigation, please refer to the

infotainment system manual sepa

rately supplied.

143

Features of your vehicleLighting

NOTICE

If the driver exits the vehicle

through another door besides the

driver door, the battery saver func

tion does not operate and the head

lamp delay function does not turn

OFF automatically.

This may cause the battery to dis

charge. To avoid battery discharge,

turn OFF the headlamps manually

from the headlamp switch before

exiting the vehicle.

Daytime Running Light (DRL)

The Daytime Running Light (DRL)

can make it easier for others to see

the front of your vehicle during the

day.

The DRL can be helpful in many dif

ferent driving conditions, and it is

especially helpful after dawn and

before sunset.

The DRL will turn the dedicated

lamp OFF when:

󳱽Position & Taillamp switch is on.

󳱽The vehicle is off.

󳱽The front fog light is on. (if

equipped)

󳱽Engaging the parking brake.

Lighting control

The light switch has a headlamp and

a position lamp position.

To operate the lights, turn the knob

at the end of the control lever to

one of the following positions:

1.OFF position

2.Auto light position

3.Position & Taillamp

4.Headlamp position

Position & Taillamp

OMQ4AH040051

OMQ4AH040055

Features of your vehicle

1445

Lighting

When the light switch is in the posi

tion lamp position, the front position

lamp, taillamp, and the license plate

lamp will turn ON.

Headlamp (Low Beam)

When the light switch is in the head

lamp position, headlamp (low beam),

tail, license light will turn ON.

NOTICE

The ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button must be in the

ON position to turn on the head

lamps.

Auto light

When the light switch is in the AUTO

light position, the taillamps and

headlamps will turn ON or OFF auto

matically depending on the amount

of light outside the vehicle.

CAUTION

󳱽Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on the instru

ment panel as this will ensure

better auto-light system control.

󳱽Don't clean the sensor using a

window cleaner, the cleaner may

leave a light film which could

interfere with sensor operation.

󳱽If your vehicle has window tint or

other types of metallic coating on

the front windshield, the Auto

light system may not work prop

erly.

OMQ4AH040053

OMQ4AH040052

145

Features of your vehicleLighting

Operating high beam

To turn on the high beam headlamp:

󳱽Push the lever away from you.

The lever will return to its original

position.

The high beam indicator will light

when the headlamp high beams

are switched on.

WARNING

High beams

Do not use high beam when there

are other vehicles in front of or

approaching your vehicle. Using high

beam could obstruct the other

driver's vision.

To flash the headlamps:

󳱽Pull the lever towards you.

It will return to the normal (low

beam) position when released.

The headlamp switch does not

need to be on to use this flashing

feature.

Operating turn signals and lane

change signals

The ENGINE START/STOP button

must be on for the turn signals to

function.

OMQ4AH040056

OMQ4AH040054

OMQ4AH040057

Features of your vehicle

1465

Lighting

To turn on the turn signals:

󳱽Move the lever up or down (A).

The green arrow indicators on the

instrument panel indicate which

turn signal is operating.

They will self-cancel after a turn

is completed. If the indicator con

tinues to flash after a turn, man

ually return the lever to the OFF

position.

To signal a lane change:

󳱽Move the turn signal lever slightly

and hold it in position (B).

The lever will return to the OFF

position when released.

If an indicator stays on and does not

flash or if it flashes abnormally, one

of the turn signal bulbs may be

burned out and will require replace

ment.

One-touch lane change function

To activate a one-touch lane change

function, move the turn signal lever

slightly and then release it. The lane

change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7

times.

You can activate or deactivate the

One Touch Turn Signal function or

choose the number of blinking (3, 5,

or 7) by selecting "User Settings →

Lights → One Touch Turn signal".

NOTICE

If an indicator flash is abnormally

quick or slow, a bulb may be burned

out or have a poor electrical connec

tion in the circuit. The bulb may

require replacement.

Operating front fog light (if

equipped)

Fog lights are designed to provide

improved visibility when visibility is

poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.

The fog lights will turn on when the

fog light switch (1) is turned to the

on position after the headlamp is

turned on.

To turn off the fog lights:

󳱽Turn the fog light switch (1) to

the ON position.

OMQ4AH040058

147

Features of your vehicleLighting

CAUTION

When in operation, the fog lights

consume large amounts of vehicle

electrical power. Only use the fog

lights when visibility is poor.

High Beam Assist (HBA)

High Beam Assist is a function that

automatically adjusts the headlamp

range (switches between high beam

and low beam) depending on the

brightness of detected vehicles and

certain road conditions.

Detecting sensor

Front view camera

The front view camera is used as a

detecting sensor to detect ambient

light and brightness while driving.

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

NOTICE

󳱽Always keep the front view cam

era in good condition to maintain

optimal performance of High

Beam Assist.

󳱽For more details on the precau

tions of the front view camera,

refer to"Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist (FCA) (Front view

camera only) (if equipped)" on

page 6-55.

OMQ4AH040059

OMQ4H050009

Features of your vehicle

1485

Lighting

Function setting

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Lights

→ High Beam Assist' from the Set

tings menu to turn on High Beam

Assist and deselect to turn off the

function.

WARNING

For your safety, adjust your high

beam settings only after parking

the vehicle at a safe location.

Function operation

Display and control

󳱽After selecting 'High Beam Assist'

in the Settings menu, High Beam

Assist will operate by following

the procedure below.

-Place the headlamp switch in

the AUTO position and push the

headlamp lever towards the

instrument cluster. The High

Beam Assist () indicator light

will illuminate on the cluster

and the function will be

enabled.

-When the function is enabled,

high beam will turn on when

vehicle speed is above 25 mph

(40 km/h). When vehicle speed

is below 15 mph (25 km/h), high

beam will not turn on.

-The High Beam () indicator

light will illuminate on the clus

ter when high beam is on.

󳱽When High Beam Assist is operat

ing, if the headlamp lever or

switch is used, the function oper

ates as follow:

-If the headlamp lever is pulled

towards you when the high

beam is off, the high beam will

turn on without High Beam

Assist canceled. When you let

go of the headlamp lever, the

lever will move to the middle

and the high beam will turn off.

-If the headlamp lever is pulled

towards you when the high

beam is on by High Beam

Assist, low beam will be on and

the function will turn off.

-If the headlamp switch is placed

from AUTO to another position

(headlamp/position/off), High

Beam Assist will turn off and

the corresponding lamp will

turn on.

149

Features of your vehicleLighting

󳱽When High Beam Assist is operat

ing, high beam switches to low

beam if any of the following con

ditions occur:

-When the headlamp of an

oncoming vehicle is detected.

-When the taillamp of a vehicle

in front is detected.

-When the headlamp or taillamp

of a motorcycle or a bicycle is

detected.

-When the surrounding ambient

light is bright enough that high

beams are not required.

-When streetlights or other

lights are detected.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When High Beam Assist is not work

ing properly, the 'Check High Beam

Assist (HBA) system' warning mes

sage will appear and warning light

() will illuminate on the cluster.

Have the function be inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Limitations

High Beam Assist may not work

properly in the following situations:

󳱽Light from a vehicle is not

detected because of lamp dam

age, or because it is hidden from

sight, etc.

󳱽Headlamp of a vehicle is covered

with dust, snow or water.

󳱽A vehicle's headlamps are off but

the fog lamps are on and etc.

󳱽There is a lamp that has a similar

shape as a vehicle's lamp.

󳱽Headlamps have been damaged or

not repaired properly.

󳱽Headlamps are not aimed prop

erly.

󳱽Driving on a narrow curved road,

rough road, uphill or downhill.

󳱽Vehicle in front is partially visible

on a crossroad or curved road.

󳱽There is a traffic light, reflecting

sign, flashing sign or mirror

ahead.

󳱽There is a temporary reflector or

flash ahead (construction area).

󳱽The road conditions are bad such

as being wet, iced or covered with

snow.

󳱽A vehicle suddenly appears from a

curve.

󳱽The vehicle is tilted from a flat

tire or is being towed.

󳱽Light from a vehicle is not

detected because of exhaust

fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

OMQ4HQ010031L

Features of your vehicle

1505

Wipers and washers

NOTICE

For more details on the limitations

of the front view camera, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Front view camera only) (if

equipped)" on page 6-55.

NOTICE

󳱽At times, High Beam Assist may

not work properly. The function is

for your convenience only. It is the

responsibility of the driver for

safe driving practices and always

check the road conditions for your

safety.

󳱽When High Beam Assist does not

operate normally, change the

headlamp position manually

between high beam and low

beam.

Wipers and washers

The wipers and washers remove

foreign substances from the wind

shield and rear window, helping to

maintain visibility.

A: Wiper speed control

󳱽MIST 󳱮 Single wipe

󳱽OFF 󳱮 Off

󳱽INT 󳱮 Intermittent wipe

AUTO* 󳱮 Auto control wipe

󳱽LO 󳱮 Low wiper speed

󳱽HI 󳱮 High wiper speed

OMQ4040061

OMQ4040062

151

Features of your vehicleWipers and washers

B: Intermittent control wipe time

adjustment/Auto control wipe time

adjustment*

C: Wash with brief wipes

D: Rear wiper/washer control

󳱽HI - Continuous wipe

󳱽LO - Intermittent wipe

󳱽OFF - Off

E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)

*: if equipped

Windshield wipers

Operate as follows when the ignition

switch or ENGINE START/STOP but

ton is ON.

󳱽MIST: For a single wiping cycle,

move the lever to this position

and release it. The wipers will

operate continuously if the lever

is held in this position.

󳱽OFF: Wiper is not in operation

󳱽INT: Wiper operates intermit

tently at the same wiping inter

vals. Use this mode in light rain or

mist. To vary the speed setting,

turn the speed control knob.

󳱽LO: Normal wiper speed

󳱽HI: Fast wiper speed

NOTICE

If there is heavy accumulation of

snow or ice on the windshield,

defrost the windshield for about 10

minutes, or until the snow and/or

ice is removed before using the

windshield wipers to ensure proper

operation. If you do not remove the

snow and/or ice before using the

wiper and wash-er, it may damage

the wiper and washer system.

WARNING

Do not use the washer in freezing

temperatures without first warming

the windshield with the defrosters;

the washer solution could freeze on

the windshield and obscure your

vision.

Auto control (if equipped)

OMQ4040064

Features of your vehicle

1525

Wipers and washers

The rain sensor (A) located on the

upper end of the windshield glass

senses the amount of rainfall and

controls the wiping cycle for the

proper interval. The more it rains,

the faster the wiper operates. When

the rain stops, the wiper stops.

To vary the speed setting, turn the

speed control knob (B).

If the wiper switch is set in AUTO

mode when the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button is ON,

the wiper will operate once to per

form a self-check of the system.

Set the wiper to OFF position when

the wiper is not in use.

WARNING

When the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button is ON and the

windshield wiper switch is placed in

the AUTO mode, use caution in the

following situations to avoid any

injury to the hands or other parts of

the body:

󳱽Do not touch the upper end of the

windshield glass facing the rain

sensor.

󳱽Do not wipe the upper end of the

windshield glass with a damp or

wet cloth.

󳱽Do not put pressure on the wind

shield glass.

CAUTION

󳱽When washing the vehicle, set the

wiper switch in the OFF position

to stop the auto wiper operation.

The wiper may operate and be

damaged if the switch is set in the

AUTO mode while washing the

vehicle.

󳱽Do not remove the sensor cover

located on the upper end of the

passenger side windshield glass.

Damage to system parts could

occur and may not be covered by

your vehicle warranty.

󳱽When starting the vehicle in win

ter, set the wiper switch in the

OFF position. Otherwise, wipers

may operate and ice may damage

the windshield wiper blades.

Always remove all snow and ice

and defrost the windshield prop

erly prior to operating the wind

shield wipers.

󳱽When tinting the windshield, be

careful of any fluid getting into

the sensor located in the top cen

ter of the front windshield. It may

damage the related parts.

153

Features of your vehicleWipers and washers

Operating windshield washers

1.Move the wiper speed control

switch to In OFF position.

2.Pull the lever gently toward you

to spray washer fluid on the

windshield and to run the wipers

1-3 cycles. Use this function

when the windshield is dirty. The

spray and wiper operation will

continue until you release the

lever.

If the washer does not work, check

the washer fluid level. If the fluid

level is not sufficient, you will need

to add appropriate non-abrasive

windshield washer fluid to the

washer reservoir.

The reservoir filler neck is located in

the front of the engine compart

ment on the passenger side.

CAUTION

To prevent possible damage to the

washer pump, do not operate the

washer when the fluid reservoir is

empty.

WARNING

Do not use the washer in freezing

temperatures without first warming

the windshield with the defrosters;

the washer solution could freeze on

the windshield and obscure your

vision.

CAUTION

󳱽To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do not

operate the wipers when the

windshield is dry.

󳱽To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, do not use gasoline, kero

sene, paint thinner, or other sol

vents on or near them.

󳱽To prevent damage to the wiper

arms and other components, do

not attempt to move the wipers

manually.

󳱽To prevent possible damage to

the wipers and washer system,

use anti-freezing washer fluids in

the winter season or cold

weather.

OMQ4040066

Features of your vehicle

1545

Wipers and washers

Operating rear window wiper and

washer switch

The rear window wiper and washer

switch is located at the end of the

wiper and washer switch lever.

󳱽Turn the switch to the desired

position to operate the rear wiper

and washer.

󳱽HI - Normal wiper operation

󳱽LO - Intermittent wiper opera

tion

󳱽OFF - Wiper is not in operation

󳱽Push the lever away from you to

spray rear washer fluid and to run

the rear wipers several times.

The spray and wiper operation will

continue until you release the lever.

When the front wiper is activated

and the gear is switched to R

(Reverse) position, the rear wiper

will be activated once to provide

better visibility.

OMQ4AH040495

OMQ4040067

155

Features of your vehicleWelcome system

Welcome system (if equipped)

The welcome system is a function

that illuminates the surroundings or

the interior when the driver

approaches or exits the vehicle.

Door handle lamp (if equipped)

When all the doors (and liftgate) are

closed and locked, the door handle

lamp will come on for about 15 sec

onds if any of the below is per

formed.

󳱽When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

󳱽When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

󳱽When the vehicle is approached

with the smart key in possession.

Headlamp escort function

The headlamps (and/or taillamps)

remain on for approximately 5 min

utes after the ignition key is

removed or turned to the ACC or

LOCK position. However, if the

driver's door is opened and closed,

the headlamps are turned off after

15 seconds.

The headlamps can be turned off by

pressing the lock button on the

transmitter or smart key twice or

turning off the light switch from the

headlamp or Auto light position.

Interior light

When the interior light switch is in

the DOOR position and all doors (and

liftgate) are locked and closed, the

room lamp will come on for 30 sec

onds if any of the following occurs:

󳱽With the smart key system

-When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

-When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door

lock button, the lamps will turn off

immediately.

OMQ4H040006

Features of your vehicle

1565

Interior lights

This vehicle is equipped with lights

throughout the vehicle to illuminate

the interior.

CAUTION

Do not use the interior lights for

extended periods when the engine is

not running.

It may cause battery discharge.

WARNING

Do not use the interior lights when

driving in the dark. Accidents could

happen because the view may be

obscured by interior lights.

Automatic turn off function

The interior lights automatically

turn off approximately 20 minutes

after the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton is turned off, if the lights are in

the ON position.

If your vehicle is equipped with the

theft alarm system, the interior

lights automatically turn off

approximately 5 seconds after the

system is armed.

Map lamp

Type A

Type B

󳱽Press the lens (1) to turn ON the

map lamp.

To turn the map lamp OFF press

the lens (1) again.

󳱽 (2): DOOR mode

-The map lamp and room lamp

come on when a door is opened.

The lamps go out after approx

imately 30 seconds.

OMQ4AH040087

OMQ4AH040567

157

Features of your vehicleInterior lights

-The map lamp and room lamp

come on for approximately 30

seconds when doors are

unlocked with a smart key as

long as the doors are not

opened.

-The map lamp and room lamp

will stay on for approximately

20 minutes if a door is opened

with the ENGINE START/STOP

button in the ACC or OFF posi

tion.

-The map lamp and room lamp

will stay on continuously if the

door is opened with the ENGINE

START/STOP button in the ON

position.

-The map lamp and room lamp

will go out immediately if the

ENGINE START/STOP button is

changed to the ON position or

all doors are locked.

-To turn off the DOOR mode,

press the DOOR button (2) once

again (not pressed).

󳱽 (3): Press this switch to turn

the front and rear room lamps on

and off.

NOTICE

The DOOR mode and ROOM mode

can not be selected at a time.

Room lamp (if equipped)

Personal lamp

Press the switch to turn the room

lamp on and off.

Luggage room lamp

󳱽 : The lamp will always turn on

when the liftgate is opened/

closed.

󳱽 : The lamp is on when the lift

gate is opened, and off when the

liftgate is closed.

󳱽 : The lamp will always turn off

when the liftgate is opened/

closed.

OMQ4040411

OMQ4040412

Features of your vehicle

1585

Interior lights

Type A

Type B

The luggage room lamp comes on

when the liftgate is opened.

CAUTION

The luggage room lamp comes on as

long as the liftgate opens. To pre

vent unnecessary charging system

drain, close the liftgate securely

after using the luggage room.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

Push the switch to turn the light on

or off.

󳱽: The lamp will turn on if this

button is pressed.

󳱽: The lamp will turn off if this

button is pressed.

CAUTION

Vanity mirror lamp

Always close the lid of the vanity

mirror in the off position when the

vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If

the sun visor is closed without the

lamp off, it may discharge the bat

tery or damage the sun visor.

OMQ4040410

OMQ4040409

OMQ4040092

159

Features of your vehicleClimate control system

Glove box lamp (if equipped)

The glove box lamp comes on when

the glove box is opened.

NOTICE

To prevent unnecessary charging

system drain, close the glove box

securely after using the glove box.

Climate control system

The climate control system uses

cooling and heating to help maintain

a pleasant environment inside the

vehicle.

System operation

Ventilation

1.Set the mode to the position.

2.Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

3.Set the temperature control to

the desired position.

4.Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating

1.Set the mode to the position.

2.Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

3.Set the temperature control to

the desired position.

4.Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

5.If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system

on.

󳱽If the windshield fogs up, set

the mode to the or

position.

OMQ4040417

Features of your vehicle

1605

Climate control system

Operation tips

󳱽To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle through

the ventilation system, tempo

rarily set the air intake control to

the recirculated air position. Be

sure to return the control to the

fresh air position when the irrita

tion has passed to keep fresh air

in the vehicle. This will help keep

the driver alert and comfortable.

󳱽Air for the heating/cooling system

is drawn in through the grilles just

at the base of the windshield.

Care should be taken that these

are not blocked by leaves, snow,

ice or other obstructions.

󳱽To prevent fog from forming on

the inside of the windshield:

-Set the air intake control to the

fresh air position and the fan

speed to the desired position.

-Turn on the air conditioning

system, and adjust the tem

perature control to desired

temperature.

Air conditioning (A/C)

All Kia air conditioning systems are

filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.

1.Start the vehicle. Press the A/C

button.

2.Set the mode to the position.

3.Set the air intake control to the

outside-air or recirculated air

position.

4.Adjust the fan speed control and

temperature control to maintain

maximum comfort.

CAUTION

Excessive air conditioning use

When using the air conditioning sys

tem, monitor the temperature

gauge closely while driving up hills or

in heavy traffic when outside tem

peratures are high. Air conditioning

system operation may cause vehicle

overheating. Continue to use the

blower fan but turn the air condi

tioning system off if the tempera

ture gauge indicates vehicle

overheating.

CAUTION

The air conditioning system should

only be used with the windows and

sunroof closed to prevent conden

sation inside the vehicle that may

cause damage to electrical compo

nents.

Air conditioning system operation

tips

󳱽If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot

weather, open the windows for a

short time to let the hot air inside

the vehicle escape.

161

Features of your vehicleClimate control system

󳱽To help reduce moisture inside of

the windows on rainy or humid

days, decrease the humidity

inside the vehicle by operating the

air conditioning system.

󳱽During air conditioning system

operation, you may occasionally

notice a slight change in vehicle

speed as the air conditioning

compressor cycles. This is a nor

mal characteristic of system

operation.

󳱽To ensure maximum system per

formance, the air conditioning

system should be run for a few

minutes each month.

󳱽When using the air conditioning

system, you may notice clear

water dripping (or even puddling)

on the ground under the passen

ger side of the vehicle. This is a

normal characteristic of system

operation.

󳱽Operating the air conditioning

system in the recirculated air

position provides maximum cool

ing; however, continual operation

in this mode may cause the air

inside the vehicle to become stale.

󳱽During cooling operation, you may

occasionally notice a misty air

flow because of rapid cooling and

humid air intake. This is a normal

characteristic of system opera

tion.

Climate control air filter

The climate control air filter

installed behind the glove box filters

the dust or other pollutants that

come into the vehicle from the out

side through the heating and air

conditioning system.

A: Outside air

B: Recirculated air

C: Climate control air filter

D: Blower

E: Evaporator core

F: Heater core

If dust or other pollutants accumu

late in the filter over a period of

time, the air flow from the air vents

may decrease. This leads to mois

ture accumulating on the inside of

the windshield even when the out

side (fresh) air position is selected. If

this happens, have the climate con

trol air filter replaced by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

ODEEV068230NR

Features of your vehicle

1625

Climate control system

NOTICE

󳱽Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule. If the

vehicle is being driven in severe

conditions such as dusty or rough

roads, more frequent air condi

tioner filter inspections and

changes are required.

󳱽When the air flow rate suddenly

decreases, have the system

checked by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Air conditioning refrigerant label

* The actual air conditioning refrig

erant label in the vehicle may dif

fer from the illustration.

Each symbol and specification on

the air conditioning refrigerant label

is represented below:

1.Classification of refrigerant

2.Amount of refrigerant

3.Classification of Compressor lubri

cant

4.Caution

5.Flammable Refrigerant

6.Registered technician to service

Air Conditioning system

You can find out which air condition

ing refrigerant is applied your vehi

cle at the label inside of the engine

compartment.

Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page

9-11 for more detail on the location

of air conditioning refrigerant label.

Checking the amount of air condi

tioner refrigerant and compressor

lubricant

When the amount of refrigerant is

low, the performance of the air con

ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also

has a negative impact on the air

conditioning system.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is

found, have the system inspected

by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

The oil and refrigerant in your vehi

cle's air conditioning system is

under very high pressure. If proper

service procedures are not followed,

an explosion may result. To reduce

the risk of serious injury or death,

the air conditioning system in your

vehicle should only be serviced by

trained and certified technicians.

OMQ4060046L

163

Features of your vehicleClimate control system

CAUTION

It is important that the correct type

and amount of oil and refrigerant is

used, otherwise damage to the

vehicle may occur. To prevent dam

age, the air conditioning system in

your vehicle should only be serviced

by trained and certified technicians.

WARNING

Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf*

Since the refrigerant is mildly flam

mable and operated at high pres

sure, the air conditioning system

should only be serviced by trained

and certified technicians.

It is important that the correct type

and amount of oil and refrigerant

are used. All refrigerants should be

reclaimed with proper equipment.

Venting refrigerants directly to the

atmosphere is harmful to individuals

and environment. Failure to heed

these warnings can lead to serious

injuries.

Features of your vehicle

1645

Automatic climate control system

The automatic climate control system uses cooling and heating to help

maintain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.

Type A

Type B

OMQ4H040301L

OMQ4H040300L

165

Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system

3rd row seat

1.Driver's temperature control button

2.Passenger's temperature control button

3.AUTO (automatic control) button

4.OFF button

5.Fan speed control button

6.Mode selection button

7.Front windshield defroster button

8.Rear window defroster button

9.SYNC button

10.Air intake control button

11.Air conditioning (A/C) button

12.Driver's side only HVAC button

13.Climate control display

14.3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button (if equipped)

15.3rd row air conditioning fan speed control knob (if equipped)

NOTICE

Operating the blower when the igni

tion switch or ENGINE START/STOP

button is in the ON position could

cause the battery to discharge.

Operate the blower when the engine

is running.

OMQ4H040303L

Features of your vehicle

1665

Automatic climate control system

Heating and air conditioning auto

matically

1.Press the AUTO button.

The modes, fan speeds, air intake

and air-conditioning will be con

trolled automatically by setting

the temperature.

2.Press the temperature control

button to the desired tempera

ture.

NOTICE

󳱽To turn the automatic operation

off, select any button or switch of

the following:

-Mode selection button

-Air conditioning button

-Front windshield defroster but

ton (Press the button one more

time to deselect the front

windshield defroster function.

The AUTO sign will illuminate on

the information display once

again.)

-Fan speed control knob

The selected function will be con

trolled manually while other func

tions operate automatically.

󳱽For your convenience and to

improve the effectiveness of the

climate control, use the AUTO

button and set the temperature

to 72 󳚛F (22 󳚛C).

LevelIndicatorLCD DisplayAir flow

High1~8

Medium1~7

Low1~5

OMQ4040350L

OMQ4040351L

167

Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system

NOTICE

Never place anything over the sen

sor located on the instrument panel

to ensure better control of the

heating and cooling system.

OMQ4040068

Features of your vehicle

1685

Automatic climate control system

Heating and air conditioning manually

The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing but

tons other than the AUTO button.

In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of but

tons selected.

1.Start the vehicle.

2.Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;

󳱽Heating:

󳱽Cooling:

3.Set the temperature control to the desired position.

4.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.

5.Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

OMQ4040339L

169

Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system

Press the AUTO button in order to

convert to fully automatic control of

the system.

Mode selection

The mode selection button controls

the direction of the air flow through

the ventilation system.

The air flow outlet ports are

switched in the following sequence:

Face-Level (B, D, H)

Air flow is directed toward the

upper body and face. Additionally,

each outlet can be controlled to

direct the air discharged from the

outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, H)

Air flow is directed towards the face

and the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F, H)

Most of the air flow is directed to

the floor, with a small amount of

the air being directed to the wind

shield, side window defrosters and

side air vents.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E,

F, H)

Most of the air flow is directed to

the floor and the windshield with a

small amount directed to the side

window defrosters and side air

vents.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to

the windshield with a small amount

of air directed to the side window

defrosters and side air vents.

Instrument panel vents

Front

OMQ4040319L

OMQ4040336L

Features of your vehicle

1705

Automatic climate control system

Center

Rear

You can adjust the direction of air

delivered from these vents using the

vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control

The temperature will increase to the

maximum (HI) by moving the switch

upwards.

The temperature will decrease to

the minimum (Lo) by moving the

switch downwards.

When moving the switch, the tem

perature will increase or decrease

by 0.5 󳚛F. When set to the lowest

temperature setting, the air condi

tioning will operate continuously.

NOTICE

When starting the vehicle in cold

weather using manual temperature

control, operate the system in the

following method to improve heat

ing.

󳱽Turn off or lower the blower, right

after starting the engine.

󳱽Allow the engine to warm up

during this time since the air flow

from the heater is still cold.

OMQ4040335

OMQ4040337

OMQ4040321

171

Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system

󳱽After a few minutes of engine

warm up, turn on or set the fan to

a higher level and adjust the tem

perature setting to hot.

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature equally

1.Press the "SYNC" button to adjust

the driver and passenger side

temperature equally.

The passenger side temperature

will be set to the same tempera

ture as the driver side tempera

ture.

2.Move the driver side temperature

control switch. The driver and

passenger side temperature will

be adjusted equally.

3.If you move the passenger's tem

perature control switch, the SYNC

button is off and the passenger

side temperature can be operated

individually.

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature individually

Press the "SYNC" button again to

adjust the driver and passenger side

temperature individually. The but

ton indicator will turn off.

Changing temperature scale

You can switch the temperature

mode from Centigrade to Fahren

heit as follows:

󳱽While pressing the OFF button,

press the AUTO button for 3 sec

onds or more.

The display will change from Centi

grade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahr

enheit to Centigrade. If the battery

has been discharged or discon

nected, the temperature mode dis

play will reset to Centigrade.

Controlling air intake

This is used to select the outside

(fresh) air position or recirculated air

position.

To change the air intake control

position:

󳱽Push the desired control button.

OMQ4040322

Type AType B

Features of your vehicle

1725

Automatic climate control system

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated air position

selected, air from the passenger

compartment will be drawn through

the heating system and heated or

cooled according to the function

selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh) air position

selected, air enters the vehicle from

outside and is heated or cooled

according to the function selected.

NOTICE

Prolonged operation of the heater in

the recirculated air position (without

air conditioning selected) may cause

fogging of the windshield and side

windows and the air within the pas

senger compartment may become

stale.

In addition, prolonged use of the air

conditioning with the recirculated air

position selected will result in

excessively dry air in the passenger

compartment.

WARNING

󳱽Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated air

position may allow humidity to

increase inside the vehicle which

may fog the glass and obscure

visibility.

󳱽Do not sleep in a vehicle with the

air conditioning or heating system

on. It may cause serious harm or

death due to a drop in the oxygen

level and/or body temperature.

󳱽Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated air

position can cause drowsiness or

sleepiness, and loss of vehicle

control. Set the air intake control

to the outside (fresh) air position

as much as possible while driving.

Controlling fan speed

The fan speed can be set to the

desired speed by operating the fan

speed control button.

To change the fan speed:

󳱽Press right button for higher

speed, or press left button for

lower speed.

Type AType B

173

Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system

To turn the fan speed control off:

󳱽Press the OFF button.

Air conditioning (A/C)

󳱽Press the A/C button to turn the

air conditioning system on (indi

cator light will illuminate).

󳱽Press the button again to turn the

air conditioning system off.

WARNING

Reduced visibility

Continuous use of the climate con

trol system in the recirculated air

position may allow humidity to

increase inside the vehicle, which

may fog the glass and obscure visi

bility.

WARNING

Recirculated air

Continued use of the climate control

system in the recirculated air posi

tion can cause drowsiness or sleepi

ness, and loss of vehicle control. Set

the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position as much as pos

sible while driving.

WARNING

Sleeping with A/C on

Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air

conditioning or heating on as this

may cause serious harm or death

due to a drop in the oxygen level

and/or body temperature.

OMQ4040327

OMQ4040328L

Features of your vehicle

1745

Automatic climate control system

Turning off the front air climate

control

󳱽Press the OFF button to turn off

the air climate control system.

However, you can still operate the

mode and air intake buttons as

long as the ENGINE START/STOP

button is in the ON position.

Clean air (if equipped)

When the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button is in the ON

position, the clean air function turns

on automatically.

Also, the clean air function turns off

automatically, when the ignition

switch or ENGINE START/STOP but

ton is in the OFF position.

3rd row air conditioning (if

equipped)

To turn on the 3rd row air condi

tioning control system.

1.You can operate the third row air

conditioning system from the

first row control panel. Changing

the front row's fan speed by

pressing the control button will

automatically change the third

row's fan speed as well. When the

front row air conditioning has

been turned off and you want to

stop the A/C in the third row,

press the third row air condition

ing select button one more time.

Then, the third row's A/C will also

turn off.

OMQ4040329

OMQ4H040306L

175

Features of your vehicleWindshield defrosting and defogging

2.The third row A/C system can be

separately controlled by the con

trol buttons in the third row.

When the A/C is ON or OFF, the

third row A/C control button in

the front row will turn ON or OFF,

informing the front passengers of

the situation.

3.The fan speed of the third row air

conditioning can also be sepa

rately controlled by turning the

fan speed control knob.

Windshield defrosting and

defogging

When the windshield is covered with

frost or moisture, the front view is

blurred, so you should remove the

frost and moisture.

WARNING

Windshield heating

Do not use the or position

during cooling operation in

extremely humid weather. The dif

ference between the temperature

of the outside air and the windshield

could cause the outer surface of the

windshield to fog up, causing loss of

visibility. In this case, set the mode

selection to the position and

fan speed control to the lower

speed.

󳱽For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control to the

extreme right/hot position and

the fan speed control to the high

est speed.

󳱽If warm air to the floor is desired

while defrosting or defogging, set

the mode to the floor-defrost

position.

󳱽Before driving, clear all snow and

ice from the windshield, rear win

dow, outside rear view mirrors,

and all side windows.

Features of your vehicle

1765

Windshield defrosting and defogging

󳱽Clear all snow and ice from the

hood and air inlet in the cowl grill

to improve heater and defroster

efficiency and to reduce the prob

ability of fogging up the inside of

the windshield.

Defogging inside windshield

1.Set the fan speed to the desired

position.

2.Select desired temperature.

3.Press the defroster button ().

4.The outside (fresh) air position

will be selected automatically and

the air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambi

ent temperature.

If the air conditioning and outside

(fresh) air position are not selected

automatically, adjust the corre

sponding button manually. If the

position is selected, lower fan

speed is adjusted to a higher fan

speed.

Defrosting outside windshield

1.Set the fan speed to the highest

position.

2.Set the temperature to the

extreme hot (HI) position.

3.Press the defroster button ().

4.The outside (fresh) air position

will be selected automatically and

the air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambi

ent temperature.

Auto defogging system (if

equipped)

Auto defogging helps reduce the

possibility of fogging up the inside

of the windshield by automatically

sensing the moisture on inside the

windshield.

OMQ4040342

OMQ4040343

177

Features of your vehicleWindshield defrosting and defogging

The auto defogging system

operates when the heater or

air conditioning is on.

When the Auto Defogging System

operates, the indicator will illumi

nate.

If a high amount of humidity is

detected in the vehicle, the Auto

Defogging System will be enabled.

The following steps will be per

formed automatically:

1.The A/C button will turn ON.

2.The air intake control will change

to Fresh mode under low outside

temperature.

3.The mode will be changed to

defrost to direct airflow to the

windshield.

4.The fan speed will be increased.

To cancel or reset the Auto Defog

ging System

Press the front windshield defroster

button for 3 seconds when the igni

tion switch or ENGINE START/STOP

button is in the ON position.

When the Auto Defogging System is

canceled, defrost button indicator

will blink 3 times.

When the Auto Defogging System is

reset, defrost button indicator will

blink 6 times without a signal.

NOTICE

󳱽When the air conditioning is

turned on by Auto defogging sys

tem, if you try to turn off the air

conditioning, the indicator will

blink 3 times and the air condi

tioning will not be turned off.

󳱽To maintain the effectiveness and

efficiency of the Auto Defogging

System, do not select Recircula

tion mode while the system is

operating.

󳱽When the Auto Defogging System

is operating, the fan speed

adjustment knob, the tempera

ture adjustment knob, and the air

intake control button are all dis

abled.

NOTICE

Do not remove the sensor cover

located on the upper end of the

driver side windshield glass.

Damage to system parts could

occur and may not be covered by

your vehicle warranty.

OMQ4040561BR

Features of your vehicle

1785

Windshield defrosting and defogging

Defroster

The vehicle is equipped with a

defroster for removing frost or fog

from the rear window.

CAUTION

Conductors

To prevent damage to the conduc

tors bonded to the inside surface of

the rear window, never use sharp

instruments or window cleaners

containing abrasives to clean the

window.

If you want to defrost and defog the

front windshield, refer to "Wind

shield defrosting and defogging" on

page 5-175.

Operating rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window to

remove frost, fog and thin ice from

the rear window, while the engine is

on.

If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush it

off before operating the rear

defroster.

To activate the rear window

defroster:

󳱽Press the rear window defroster

button located in the heater con

trol panel.

The indicator on the rear window

defroster button illuminates

when the defroster is ON.

The rear window defroster auto

matically turns off after approxi

mately 20 minutes or when the

ENGINE START/STOP button is

turned off.

To turn off the defroster:

󳱽Press the rear window defroster

button again.

OMQ4040332

179

Features of your vehicleWindshield defrosting and defogging

Outside mirror defroster (if

equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with the

outside mirror defrosters, they will

operate at the same time you turn

on the rear window defroster.

Defogging logic (if equipped)

To reduce the possibility of fogging

up the inside of the windshield, the

air intake or air conditioning is con

trolled automatically according to

certain conditions such as or

position.

To cancel automatic defogging logic

or return to the automatic defog

ging logic, do the following.

Canceling/returning automatic

defogging logic

1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP

button to the ON position.

2.Press the defroster button ().

3.While pressing the air conditioning

(A/C) button, press the air intake

control button at least 5 times

within 3 seconds.

The recirculation indicator blinks 3

times in 0.5 second of intervals. It

indicates that the defogging logic

is canceled or returned to the

programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged

or disconnected, it resets to the

defog logic status.

OMQ4040345L

Features of your vehicle

1805

Storage compartment

These compartments can be used to

store small items required by the

driver or passengers.

󳱽To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage

compartment.

󳱽Always keep the storage com

partment covers closed while

driving. Do not attempt to place

so many items in the storage

compartment that the storage

compartment cover cannot close

securely.

WARNING

Flammable materials

Do not store, propane cylinders or

other flammable/explosive materi

als in the vehicle. These items may

catch fire and/or explode if the vehi

cle is exposed to hot temperatures

for extended periods.

Center console storage

To open the center console storage:

󳱽Pull up the lever.

Glove box

The glove box can be locked and

unlocked with the mechanical key

(1).

To open the glove box:

󳱽Pull the handle and the glove box

will automatically open (2).

Close the glove box after use.

OMQ4AH040427

OMQ4040430

181

Features of your vehicleInterior features

WARNING

Glove box

To reduce the risk of injury in an

accident or sudden stop, always

keep the glove box door closed while

driving.

CAUTION

Do not keep food in the glove box

for a long time.

NOTICE

If the temperature control switch is

in the warm or hot position, warm

or hot air will flow into the glove

box.

Interior features

There are various features inside

the vehicle for the convenience of

the occupants.

Ambient light (if equipped)

The ambient lights are applied to

the front passenger's crash pad and

front door.

OMQ4040089

OMQ4040090

Features of your vehicle

1825

Interior features

When the headlamp light is on, the

ambient light is on at the same time

could be set in the infotainment

menu.

Refer to the infotainment manual

for details.

Cup holder

Front

Rear

3rd row seats

Cups or small beverage cans may be

placed in the cup holders.

OMQ4040423

OMQ4040424

OMQ4H040025

OMQ4040072

OMQ4040074

183

Features of your vehicleInterior features

WARNING

Hot liquids

Do not place uncovered cups with

hot liquid in the cup holder while the

vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid

spills, you may burn yourself. Such a

burn to the driver could lead to loss

of control of the vehicle.

WARNING

Keep cans or bottles out of direct

sun light and do not put them in a

vehicle that is heated up. It may

explode.

CAUTION

󳱽Keep your drinks sealed while

driving to prevent spilling your

drink. If liquid spills, it may get

into the vehicle's electrical/elec

tronic system and damage elec

trical/electronic parts.

󳱽When cleaning spilled liquids, do

not use heat to dry the cup hold

ers. This may damage the cup

holder.

Seat warmer (if equipped)

The seat warmer is provided to

warm the front seats during cold

weather.

Front seat

Rear seat

With the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button in the ON posi

tion:

󳱽Push either of the levers/switch

to warm the driver's seat or the

front passenger's seat.

OMQ4H040027

OMQ4AH040083

Features of your vehicle

1845

Interior features

During mild weather or under condi

tions where the operation of the

seat warmer is not needed, keep

the levers/switch in the "OFF" posi

tion.

The seat warmer defaults to the

OFF position whenever the ENGINE

START/STOP button is in the ON

position.

Temperature control (Manual)

󳱽Each time you press the levers/

switch, the temperature setting

of the seat will change as follows:

-Front seat

-Rear seat

Temperature control (Automatic)

The seat warmer starts to auto

matically control the seat tempera

ture in order to prevent low-

temperature burns after being

manually turned ON.

You may manually press the button

to increase the seat temperature.

However, it soon returns to the

automatic mode again.

󳱽When pressing the levers/switch

for more than 1.5 seconds with

the seat warmer operating, the

seat warmer will turn OFF.

NOTICE

With the seat warmer levers/switch

in the ON position, the heating sys

tem in the seat turns off or on

automatically depending on the seat

temperature.

CAUTION

󳱽When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alcohol

and gasoline. Doing so may dam

age the surface of the heater or

seats.

󳱽To prevent overheating the seat

warmer, do not place anything on

the seats that insulates against

heat, such as blankets, cushions

or seat covers while the seat

warmer is in operation.

185

Features of your vehicleInterior features

󳱽Do not place heavy or sharp

objects on seats equipped with

seat warmers. Damage to the

seat warming components could

occur.

󳱽Do not change the seat cover. It

may damage the seat warmer or

air ventilation system.

WARNING

Seat warmer burns

Passengers should use extreme

caution when using seat warmers

due to the possibility of excess

heating or burns. The seat warmer

may cause burns even at low tem

peratures, especially if used for long

periods of time. In particular, the

driver must exercise extreme care

for the following types of passen

gers:

1.Infants, children, elderly or handi

capped persons, or hospital out

patients

2.Persons with sensitive skin or

those that burn easily

3.Fatigued individuals

4.Intoxicated individuals

5.Individuals taking medication that

can cause drowsiness or sleepi

ness (sleeping pills, cold tablets,

etc.)

Air ventilation seat (if equipped)

The temperature setting of the seat

changes according to the levers

position.

󳱽To ventilate your seat cushion,

push the levers.

Each time you push the levers,

the airflow will change as follows:

The seat warmer (with air ventila

tion) defaults to the OFF position

whenever the ENGINE START/STOP

button is turned on.

NOTICE

This function is designed to auto

matically change the temperature

setting of the seat (High -> Low) to

maintain maximum comfort inside

in case the engine is stopped by ISG

(Idle Stop and Go) system (if

equipped).

OMQ4H040028

Features of your vehicle

1865

Interior features

CAUTION

Seat damage

󳱽When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alcohol

and gasoline. Doing so may dam

age the air ventilation seat.

󳱽Do not place heavy or sharp

objects on the seat. Those things

may damage the air ventilation

seat.

󳱽Be careful not to spill liquid such

as water or beverages on the

seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe

the seat with a dry towel. Before

using the air ventilation seat, dry

the seat completely.

Sun visor

Use the sun visor to shield direct

light through the front or side win

dows.

󳱽To use the sun visor, pull it down

ward.

󳱽To use the sun visor for the side

window, pull it downward, unsnap

it from the bracket (1) and swing

it to the side (2). You can slide the

sun visor if necessary (3) (if

equipped).

󳱽To use the vanity mirror, pull

down the visor and slide the mir

ror cover (4).

Press the ON button () to turn

on the lamp inside the sun visor

when using a mirror. Before

returning the sun visor to the

original position, be sure to press

the OFF button () to turn it off.

The ticket holder (5) is provided

for holding a tollgate ticket.

WARNING

For your safety, do not block your

view when using the sun visor.

NOTICE

Do not put several tickets in the

ticket holder at one time. This could

cause damage to the ticket holder.

OMQ4040075

187

Features of your vehicleInterior features

USB charger (if equipped)

The USB car charger allows drivers

to charge their digital devices like

smart phone, and PC tablets.

Front

Rear

Seat (if equipped)

3rd row (if equipped)

Connect the cable to the USB port,

charging will begin.

The USB car charger is available

with either the ACC state or the

ignition on. But we recommend you

to connect the USB port and digital

devices with the engine starting.

See the display screen of the device

to check its charging process com

pletion. Your smartphone or table

PC could get heated up while

charging. This is no reason to worry,

as it doesn't impact life or functions

of the device. For the safety reason,

OMQ4H040026

OMQ4AH040080

OMQ4040081

OMQ4040422

Features of your vehicle

1885

Interior features

charging can be stopped if the bat

tery gets heated up to a certain

point of temperature that the

devices can be negatively affected.

Charging some digital devices is not

available or requires special dedi

cated adapters if their charging

methods don't fit the way the USB

car charger works. Quick Charge 2.0

is available on the smart phone or

the table PC equipped with fast

charging capabilities. The applicable

is as follows: (https://www.qual

comm.com/documents/quick-

charge-device-list)

The smart phone or PC tablet with

out fast charging is charged at a

regular speed.

Rated output:

󳱽Digital devices with fast charging:

-9.0 V, 1.67 A

󳱽Digital devices with normal

charging:

-5.0 V, 2.1 A

CAUTION

󳱽Use the USB car charger with the

ignition on. Otherwise, Vehicle

battery can be discharged.

󳱽Use the official USB cable of the

manufacturer of the digital device

to be charged.

󳱽Make sure that any foreign object,

drinks, and water do not come

into contact with the USB car

charger. Water or foreign object

can damage the USB charger.

󳱽Do not use the device those cur

rent consumption exceeds 2.1 A.

󳱽If the charger is connected incor

rectly, it can cause serious dam

age on the devices. Please note

that damages due to incorrect

usage are not covered by war

ranty service.

Power outlet (if equipped)

The power outlet is designed to

provide power for mobile tele

phones or other devices designed to

operate with vehicle electrical sys

tems.

2nd row

OMQ4AH040076

189

Features of your vehicleInterior features

3rd row

The devices should draw less than

15 amps with the vehicle on.

WARNING

󳱽Use the power outlet only when

the vehicle is on and remove the

accessory plug after use. Using

the accessory plug for prolonged

periods of time with the vehicle

off could cause the battery to

discharge.

󳱽Only use 12 V electric accessories

which are less than 15 A in elec

tric capacity.

󳱽Adjust the air-conditioner or

heater to the lowest operating

level when using the power outlet.

󳱽Close the cover when not in use.

󳱽Some electronic devices can cause

electronic interference when

plugged into a vehicle's power

outlet. These devices may cause

excessive audio static and mal

functions in other electronic sys

tems or devices used in your

vehicle.

󳱽Push the plug in as far as it will

go. If good contact is not made,

the plug may overheat and the

fuse may open.

󳱽Plug in battery equipped elec

tronic devices with reverse cur

rent protection. The current from

the battery may flow into the

vehicle's electrical/electronic sys

tem and cause system malfunc

tion.

WARNING

Electric shock

Do not put a finger or a foreign

object (pen, etc.) into a power outlet

and do not touch with a wet hand.

You may get an electric shock.

AC Inverter (if equipped)

The AC inverter supplies 115V/

150W electric power to operate

electric accessories or equipments.

OMQ4AH040078

OMQ4AH040077

Features of your vehicle

1905

Interior features

󳱽Rated Voltage: AC 115V

󳱽Maximum electric power: 150W

󳱽In order to avoid an electrical sys

tem failure, electric shock, etc., be

sure to read owner's manual

before use.

󳱽Be sure to close the cover except

the time of use.

WARNING

To reduce a risk of serious or fatal

injuries:

󳱽Do not use a heated electric

device such as a coffee pot,

toaster, heater, iron, etc.

󳱽Do not insert foreign objects into

the outlet and do not touch the

outlet as you may get shocked.

󳱽Do not let children touch the AC

inverter.

NOTICE

󳱽To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not use the AC

inverter while the engine is not

running.

󳱽When not using the AC inverter,

make sure to close the AC inverter

cover.

󳱽After using an electric accessory

or equipment, pull the plug out.

Leaving the accessory or equip

ment plugged in for a long time

may cause battery discharge.

󳱽Do not use an electric accessory

or equipment the power con

sumption of which is greater than

150W (115V).

󳱽Some electric accessories or

equipments can cause electronic

interference. It may cause exces

sive audio noise and malfunctions

in other electric systems or

devices in the vehicle.

󳱽Do not use broken electric acces

sories or equipments, which may

damage the AC inverter and elec

trical systems of the vehicle.

󳱽Do not use two or more electric

accessories or equipments at the

same time. It may cause damage

to the electrical systems of the

vehicle.

󳱽When the input voltage is lower,

outlet LED will blink and the AC

inverter will turn off automati

cally. If the input voltage goes up

to normal, the AC inverter will

turn on again.

191

Features of your vehicleInterior features

Wireless smart phone charging

system (if equipped)

A wireless smart phone charging

system is located in front of the

center console.

[A]: Indicator, [B]: Charging pad

Firmly close all doors, and the igni

tion switch or ENGINE START/STOP

button is ON. To start wireless

charging, place the smart phone

equipped with wireless charging

function on the wireless charging

pad.

For best wireless charging results,

place the smart phone on the center

of the charging pad.

The wireless charging system is

designed for one smart phone

equipped with QI only. Please refer

to the smart phone accessory cover

or the smart phone manufacturer

homepage to check whether your

smart phone supports QI function.

WARNING

If any metallic object such as coins is

located between the wireless

charging system and the smart

phone, the charging may be dis

rupted. Also, the metallic object may

heat up.

Wireless smart phone charging

1.Remove any object on the smart

phone charging pad including the

smart key. If there is any foreign

object on the pad other than a

smart phone, the wireless

charging function may not oper

ate properly.

2.Place the smart phone on the

center of the wireless charging

pad.

3.The indicator light will change to

orange once the wireless charging

begins. After the charging is com

plete, the orange light will change

to green.

4.You can choose to turn the wire

less charging function to either

ON or OFF by selecting the USM

on the instrument cluster. (Please

refer to "Instrument cluster" on

page 5-85 for details).

OMQ4H040029

Features of your vehicle

1925

Interior features

If the wireless charging does not

work, gently move your smart

phone around the pad until the

charging indicator light turns yellow.

Depending on the smart phone, the

charging indicator light may not

turn green even after the charging

is complete.

If the wireless charging is not func

tioning properly, the orange light

will blink and flash for ten seconds

then turn off. In such cases, remove

the smart phone from the pad and

replace it on the pad again, or dou

ble check the charging status.

If you leave the smart phone on the

charging pad when the vehicle igni

tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert

you through warning messages and

sound (applicable for vehicles with

voice guidance function) after the

'Good bye' function on the instru

ment cluster ends.

For some manufacturers' smart

phones, the system may not warn

you even though the smart phone is

left on the wireless charging unit.

This is due to the particular charac

teristic of the smart phone and not

a malfunction of the wireless

charging.

WARNING

Distracted driving

Driving while distracted can result in

a loss of vehicle control that may

lead to an accident, severe bodily

injury, and/or death. The driver's

primary responsibility is in the safe

and legal operation of a vehicle, and

use of any handheld devices, other

equipment, or vehicle systems

which take the driver's eyes, atten

tion and focus away from the safe

operation of a vehicle, or which are

not permissible by law, should never

be used during the operation of the

vehicle.

CAUTION

Liquid in wireless charging system

To prevent liquid from damaging the

wireless smart phone charging sys

tem in your vehicle, be sure not to

spill liquid over the charging system.

193

Features of your vehicleInterior features

CAUTION

Metal in wireless charging system

If any metallic object such as a coin

is located between the wireless

charging system and the smart

phone, the charging may be dis

rupted. Also, the metallic object may

heat up and potentially damage the

charging system. If there is any

metallic object between the smart

phone and the charging pad, imme

diately remove the smart phone.

Remove the metallic object after it

has cooled down.

CAUTION

󳱽When the interior temperature of

the wireless charging system

rises above a set temperature,

the wireless charging will cease to

function. After the interior tem

perature drops below the thresh

old, the wireless charging function

will resume.

󳱽The wireless charging may not

function properly when there is a

heavy accessory cover on the

smart phone.

󳱽The wireless charging will stop

when using the wireless smart

key search function to prevent

radio wave disruption.

󳱽The wireless charging will stop

when the smart key is moved out

of the vehicle with the vehicle in

ON.

󳱽The wireless charging will stop

when any of the doors are opened

(applicable for vehicles equipped

with smart keys).

󳱽The wireless charging will stop

when the vehicle is turned OFF.

󳱽The wireless charging will stop

when the smart phone is not in

complete contact with the wire

less charging pad.

󳱽Items equipped with magnetic

components such as credit card,

telephone card, bankbook or any

transportation ticket may

become damaged during wireless

charging.

󳱽Place the smart phone on the

center of the charge pad for best

results. The smart phone may not

charge when placed near the rim

of the charging pad. When the

smart phone does get charged, it

may heat up excessively.

󳱽For smart phones without built-in

wireless charging system, an

appropriate accessory has to be

equipped in order to use the vehi

cle's wireless charging system.

󳱽Certain smart phones may display

messages on a weak current. This

is due to the particular character

istics of that smart phone, and

does not imply a malfunction of

the wireless charging function.

Features of your vehicle

1945

Interior features

󳱽The indicator light of some manu

facturers' smart phones may still

be orange after the smart phone

is fully charged. This is due to the

particular characteristic of the

smart phone and not a malfunc

tion of the wireless charging.

󳱽When any smart phone without a

wireless charging function or a

metallic object is placed on the

charging pad, a small noise may

sound. This small noise is due to

the vehicle discerning compatibil

ity of the object placed on the

charging pad. It does not affect

your vehicle or the smart phone in

any way.

󳱽The wireless cellular phone

charging system may not support

certain cellular phones, which are

not verified for the Qi specifica

tion ( ).

󳱽When placing your smart phone

on the charging pad, position the

phone in the middle of the pad for

maximum efficiency.

If your smart phone is off to the

side, the charging speed may slow

down, and in some cases, your

phone may experience higher

heat conduction.

󳱽When charging some smart

phones with a self-protection

feature, the wireless charging

speed may decrease, and the

charging may stop.

󳱽A smart phone that supports the

wireless charging can only be

charged wireless.

󳱽The wireless charging pad has an

internal cooling system which can

create noise to keep your phone

cool while it charges.

This device complies with part 15

of the FCC Rules

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1.This device may not cause harm

ful interference.

2.This device must accept any

interference received, including

interference that may cause

undesired operation.

Coat hook

A Coat hook is next to the rear grab

handle.

* This actual feature may differ

from the illustration.

OMQ4040086

195

Features of your vehicleInterior features

CAUTION

Hanging clothing

Do not hang heavy clothes, since

they may damage the hook.

WARNING

Do not hang other objects such as

hangers or hard objects except

clothes. Also, do not put heavy,

sharp or breakable objects in the

clothing's pockets. In an accident or

when the curtain air bag is inflated,

it may cause vehicle damage or

body injury.

Side curtain (if equipped)

To use the side curtain:

1.Lift the curtain by the hook (1).

2.Hang the curtain on both sides of

the hook.

NOTICE

󳱽Always hang both sides of the

curtain on the hook. This could

cause damage to the side curtain

if only one side of the curtains is

hooked.

󳱽Do not let any foreign materials

get in between the vehicle and

side curtain. The side curtain may

not be lifted up.

OMQ4040469

OMQ4040421

Features of your vehicle

1965

Interior features

Floor mat anchors (if equipped)

When using a floor mat on the front

floor carpet, make sure it attaches

to the floor mat anchors in your

vehicle. This keeps the floor mat

from sliding forward.

WARNING

After market floor mat

Do not install after market floor

mats that are not capable of being

securely attached to the vehicle's

floor mat anchors.

Unsecured floor mats can interfere

with pedal operation.

The following must be observed

when installing ANY floor mat to the

vehicle.

󳱽Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle's

floor mat anchor(s) before driv

ing the vehicle.

󳱽Do not use ANY floor mat that

cannot be firmly attached to the

vehicle's floor mat anchors.

󳱽Do not stack floor mats on top of

one another (e.g., all-weather

rubber mat on top of a carpeted

floor mat). Only a single floor mat

should be installed in each posi

tion.

Luggage net holder

To keep items from shifting in the

cargo area, you can use the 4 hold

ers located in the cargo area to

attach the luggage net (if equipped),

or you can fold the luggage net into

half and attach it upwards by using

the additional 2 holders located on

each side.

OMQ4AH040472

OMQ4AH040462

197

Features of your vehicleInterior features

If necessary, contact an authorized

Kia dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the goods or

the vehicle, be careful when carrying

fragile or bulky objects in the lug

gage compartment.

WARNING

DO NOT over-stretch the luggage

net and ALWAYS keep your face and

body out of the luggage net's recoil

path. Failure to comply with these

instructions may result in severe

facial injuries. DO NOT use the lug

gage net when the strap has visible

signs of wear or damage.

Cargo security screen (if equipped)

Use the cargo security screen to

hide items stored in the cargo area.

NOTICE

Since the cargo security screen may

be damaged or malformed, do not

put luggage on it when it is used.

WARNING

󳱽Do not place objects on the cargo

security screen. Such objects may

move around inside the vehicle

and possibly injure vehicle occu

pants during an accident or when

braking.

󳱽Never allow anyone to ride in the

luggage compartment. It is

designed for luggage only.

󳱽Maintain the balance of the vehi

cle and locate the weight as for

ward as possible.

OMQ4AH040413

OMQ4AH040473

Features of your vehicle

1985

Interior features

To use the cargo security screen

1.Pull the cargo security screen

towards the rear of the vehicle by

the handle (1).

2.Insert the guide pin into the guide

(2).

NOTICE

Pull out the cargo security screen

using the handle in the center to

prevent the guide pin from falling

out of the guide.

When the cargo security screen is

not in use:

1.Pull the cargo security screen

backward and up to release it

from the guides.

2.The cargo security screen will

automatically slide back in.

NOTICE

The cargo security screen may not

automatically slide back in if the

cargo security screen is not fully

pulled out. Fully pull it out and then

let go.

To remove the cargo security

screen

1.Push the guide pin in the direction

as shown in the picture below.

2.While pushing the guide pin, pull

out the cargo security screen.

3.Keep the cargo security screen in

the guide pin above the tray.

Luggage board

The battery and the tools are

located beneath the luggage board

for easy access.

OMQ4A040561

OMQ4A040475

199

Features of your vehicleInterior features

1.Grasp the handle on the top of

the cover and lift it.

2.Fold the rear part of luggage

board frontward.

3.Lift up upward luggage board

frontward (Luggage board)

Luggage tray (if equipped)

You can place a first aid kit, a reflec

tor triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in

the box for easy access.

󳱽Grasp the handle on the top of

the cover and lift it.

Luggage side tray (if equipped)

The luggage side tray can be used

for storing small items.

󳱽To open the cover, pull up the

handle and lift the cover.

OMQ4AH040476

OMQ4PH040509L

OMQ4AH040484

Features of your vehicle

2005

Exterior features

Roof rack

If the vehicle has a roof rack, you

can load cargo on top of your vehi

cle.

Crossbars and fixing components

needed to install the roof rack on

your vehicle may be obtained from

an authorized Kia dealer or other

qualified shop.

NOTICE

󳱽The crossbars (if equipped) should

be placed in the proper load car

rying positions prior to placing

items onto the roof rack.

󳱽If the vehicle is equipped with a

sunroof, be sure not to position

cargo onto the roof rack in such a

way that it could interfere with

sunroof operation.

󳱽When the roof rack is not being

used to carry cargo, the crossbars

may need to be repositioned if

wind noise is detected.

CAUTION

󳱽When carrying cargo on the roof

rack, take the necessary precau

tions to make sure the cargo does

not damage the roof of the vehi

cle.

󳱽When carrying large objects on

the roof rack, make sure they do

not exceed the overall roof length

or width.

󳱽When you are carrying cargo on

the roof rack, do not operate the

sunroof. (if equipped)

WARNING

󳱽The following specification is the

maximum weight that can be

loaded onto the roof rack. Distrib

ute the load as evenly as possible

across the crossbars (if equipped)

and roof rack and secure the load

firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage in

excess of the specified weight

limit on the roof rack may dam

age your vehicle.

OMQ4AH040093

ROOF RACK

220 lbs. (100 kg)

EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

201

Features of your vehicleInfotainment system

󳱽The vehicle center of gravity will

be higher when items are loaded

onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden

starts, braking, sharp turns,

abrupt maneuvers or high speeds

that may result in loss of vehicle

control or rollover resulting in an

accident.

󳱽Always drive slowly and turn cor

ners carefully when carrying

items on the roof rack. Severe

wind updrafts, caused by passing

vehicles or natural causes, can

cause sudden upward pressure on

items loaded on the roof rack.

This is especially true when car

rying large, flat items such as

wood panels or mattresses. This

could cause the items to fall off

the roof rack and cause damage

to your vehicle or others around

you.

󳱽To prevent damage or loss of

cargo while driving, check fre

quently before or while driving to

make sure the items on the roof

rack are securely fastened.

Infotainment system

Audio system

NOTICE

If you install an aftermarket HID

headlamp, your vehicle's audio and

electronic device may malfunction.

* If your vehicle is equipped with

infotainment system, refer to a

separately supplied manual for

detailed information.

Antenna

Type A

OMQ4AH040094

Features of your vehicle

2025

Infotainment system

Type B

1.Shark fin antenna (Type A, if

equipped)

The shark fin antenna receives

data transmitted from base sta

tions and satellites (e.g. AM/FM,

GPS, Sirius XM, LTE) and also

transmits to base stations (e.g.

LTE).

2.Pole antenna (Type B, if equipped)

The pole antenna receives data

transmitted from base stations

and satellites (e.g. AM/FM, GPS).

NOTICE

󳱽Avoid adding metallic coatings

such as Ni, Cd, etc. These can

degrade the receiving AM and FM

broadcast signals.

USB port

You can use an USB port to plug in

an USB.

CAUTION

Depending on the size, length, or

shape of the USB stick, if you forci

bly close the tray cover, the USB

device may be damaged or

deformed or the cover may not

reopen as the device is stuck.

When the stick is stuck, forcibly

opening the cover can also cause

damage to the device.

If the USB stick does not fit into the

space, do not close the cover and try

another USB stick with different

specifications.

OMQ4AH050329

OMQ4AH040096

203

Features of your vehicleInfotainment system

How vehicle radio works

FM reception

AM and FM radio signals are broad

cast from transmitter towers

located around your city. They are

intercepted by the radio antenna on

your vehicle. This signal is then pro

cessed by the radio and sent to your

vehicle speakers.

However, in some cases the signal

coming to your vehicle may not be

strong and clear.

This can be due to factors, such as

the distance from the radio station,

closeness of other strong radio sta

tions or the presence of buildings,

bridges or other large obstructions

in the area.

AM reception

AM broadcasts can be received at

greater distances than FM broad

casts. This is because AM radio

waves are transmitted at low fre

quencies. These long distance, low

frequency radio waves can follow

the curvature of the earth rather

than traveling straight. In addition,

they curve around obstructions

resulting in better signal coverage.

FM radio station

FM broadcasts are transmitted at

high frequencies and do not bend to

follow the earth's surface. Because

ODEEV068216NR

ODEEV068217NR

ODEEV068219NR

Features of your vehicle

2045

Infotainment system

of this, FM broadcasts generally

begin to fade within short distances

from the station. Also, FM signals

are easily affected by buildings,

mountains, and obstructions. This

can lead to undesirable or unpleas

ant listening conditions which might

lead you to believe a problem exists

with your radio.

The following conditions are normal

and do not indicate radio trouble:

󳱽Fading - As your vehicle moves

away from the radio station, the

signal will weaken and sound will

begin to fade. When this occurs,

we suggest that you select

another station with a stronger

signal.

󳱽Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals

or large obstructions between the

transmitter and your radio can

disturb the signal causing static or

fluttering noises to occur. Reduc

ing the treble level may lessen

this effect until the disturbance

clears.

󳱽Station Swapping - As an FM sig

nal weakens, another more pow

erful signal near the same

frequency may begin to play. This

is because your radio is designed

to lock onto the clearest signal. If

this occurs, select another station

with a stronger signal.

󳱽Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio

signals being received from sev

eral directions can cause distor

tion or fluttering. This can be

caused by a direct and reflected

signal from the same station, or

by signals from two stations with

close frequencies. If this occurs,

select another station until the

condition has passed.

OSK3048403NR

ODEEV068220NR

205

Features of your vehicleInfotainment system

Using a cellular phone or a two-

way radio

When a cellular phone is used inside

the vehicle, noise may be produced

from the audio system. This does

not mean that something is wrong

with the audio equipment. In such a

case, try to operate mobile devices

as far from the audio equipment as

possible.

When using a communication sys

tem such as a cellular phone or a

radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa

rate external antenna must be fit

ted. When a cellular phone or a radio

set is used with only the internal

antenna, it may interfere with the

vehicle's electrical system and

adversely affect the safe operation

of the vehicle.

WARNING

Cell phone use

Do not use a cellular phone while

driving. Stop at a safe location to

use a cellular phone.

WARNING

Distracted driving

Driving while distracted can result in

a loss of vehicle control that may

lead to an accident, severe bodily

injury, or death. The driver's pri

mary responsibility is the safe and

legal operation of the vehicle, and

the use of any handheld devices,

other equipment, or vehicle systems

that take the driver's eyes, atten

tion, and focus away from the safe

operation of the vehicle, or that are

not permissible by law, should never

be used during the operation of the

vehicle.

Features of your vehicle

2065

Declaration of Conformity

FCC

This equipment has been tested and

found to comply with the limits for a

Class B digital device, pursuant to

part 15 of the FCC Rules. These lim

its are designed to provide reason

able protection against harmful

interference in a residential installa

tion.

This equipment generates, uses and

can radiate radio frequency energy

and, if not installed and used in

accordance with the instructions,

may cause harmful interference to

radio communications. However,

there is no guarantee that interfer

ence will not occur in a particular

installation. If this equipment does

cause harmful interference to radio

or television reception, which can be

determined by turning the equip

ment off and on, the user is encour

aged to try to correct the

interference by one or more of the

following measures:

󳱽Reorient or relocate the receiving

antenna.

󳱽Increase the separation between

the equipment and receiver.

󳱽Connect the equipment into an

outlet on a circuit different from

that to which the receiver is con

nected.

󳱽Consult the dealer or an experi

enced radio/TV technician for

help.

CAUTION

Any changes or modifications to this

device that is not explicitly approved

by the manufacturer could void your

authority to operate this equip

ment.

This device complies with part 15 of

the FCC Rules. Operation is subject

to the following two conditions:

1.This device may not cause harm

ful interference.

2.This device must accept any

interference received, including

interference that may cause

undesired operation.

This equipment complies with FCC

radiation exposure limits set forth

for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed

and operated with minimum 8 in (20

cm) between the and your body.

This transmitter must not be collo

cated or operating in conjunction

with any other antenna or trans

mitter unless authorized to do so by

the FCC.

6Driving your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. ........................6-6

Before driving............................................................................6-7

Key positions.............................................................................6-9

󳱽 Illuminated ignition switch....................................................6-9

󳱽 Ignition switch position..........................................................6-9

󳱽 Starting the engine..............................................................6-10

ENGINE START/STOP button................................................6-12

󳱽 Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button.........................6-12

󳱽 ENGINE START/STOP button position...............................6-12

󳱽 Starting the engine..............................................................6-14

Automatic transmission (Dial SBW) ....................................6-17

󳱽 Automatic transmission operation ...................................6-17

󳱽 Transmission position..........................................................6-17

󳱽 Good driving practices.........................................................6-23

󳱽 Paddle shifter........................................................................6-25

Brake system..........................................................................6-26

󳱽 Power brakes........................................................................6-26

󳱽 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)..........................................6-28

󳱽 AUTO HOLD............................................................................6-33

󳱽 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)...........................................6-36

󳱽 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system........................6-38

󳱽 Downhill Brake Control (DBC).............................................6-41

󳱽 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)...........................................6-44

󳱽 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) system.................6-44

󳱽 Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) system................................6-46

󳱽 Brake Assist System (BAS).................................................6-46

󳱽 Good braking practices........................................................6-47

6Driving your vehicle

Vehicle Auto Shut-off system..............................................6-48

󳱽 Prerequisite for activation..................................................6-48

󳱽 Setting Shut-off Time.........................................................6-49

󳱽 Resetting the time...............................................................6-49

󳱽 Canceling the Vehicle Auto Shut-off system ..................6-49

Drive mode integrated control system...............................6-50

󳱽 Drive mode.............................................................................6-50

󳱽 Smart shift on trip computer.............................................6-54

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

(Front view camera only)......................................................6-55

󳱽 Function settings..................................................................6-56

󳱽 Function operation...............................................................6-58

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

(Sensor fusion)........................................................................6-68

󳱽 Function settings..................................................................6-70

󳱽 Function operation...............................................................6-72

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA).....................................................6-84

󳱽 Function settings..................................................................6-85

󳱽 Function operation...............................................................6-86

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations................................................6-88

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)......................6-91

󳱽 Function settings..................................................................6-93

󳱽 Function operation...............................................................6-95

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations................................................6-99

Safe Exit Warning (SEW) ....................................................6-103

󳱽 Function settings............................................................... 6-104

󳱽 Function operation............................................................6-106

6Driving your vehicle

Safe Exit Assist (SEA)..........................................................6-107

󳱽 Function settings................................................................6-108

󳱽 Function operation.............................................................6-110

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations..............................................6-112

Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)....................................6-113

󳱽 Function operation.............................................................6-113

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)..................................6-116

󳱽 Function settings................................................................6-117

󳱽 Function operation.............................................................6-118

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations..............................................6-120

Driver Attention Warning (DAW)........................................6-122

󳱽 Function settings................................................................6-123

󳱽 Function operation.............................................................6-124

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations..............................................6-127

Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM).........................................6-129

󳱽 Function settings................................................................6-130

󳱽 Function operation.............................................................6-131

󳱽 Malfunction..........................................................................6-131

Cruise Control (CC)................................................................6-131

󳱽 Function operation.............................................................6-131

Smart Cruise Control (SCC).................................................6-134

󳱽 Function settings................................................................6-135

󳱽 Function operation.............................................................6-139

󳱽 Function display and control............................................6-140

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations..............................................6-145

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)..............6-151

󳱽 Function settings................................................................6-151

󳱽 Function operation.............................................................6-152

6Driving your vehicle

󳱽 Limitations.......................................................................... 6-154

Lane Following Assist (LFA)................................................6-157

󳱽 Function settings............................................................... 6-158

󳱽 Function operation............................................................6-159

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations............................................. 6-161

Highway Driving Assist (HDA)............................................ 6-162

󳱽 Function settings............................................................... 6-163

󳱽 Function operation............................................................6-164

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations............................................. 6-166

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)..6-168

󳱽 Function settings............................................................... 6-169

󳱽 Function operation............................................................6-171

󳱽 Function malfunction and limitations............................6-175

Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)......... 6-179

󳱽 Function settings............................................................... 6-180

󳱽 Function operation............................................................6-182

󳱽 Malfunction and limitations............................................. 6-183

Economical operation.......................................................... 6-187

Declaration of conformity.................................................. 6-188

Special driving conditions ................................................... 6-190

Winter driving....................................................................... 6-195

Trailer towing.......................................................................6-199

󳱽 Hitches................................................................................. 6-201

󳱽 Safety chains......................................................................6-201

󳱽 Trailer brakes.....................................................................6-201

󳱽 Driving with a trailer.........................................................6-202

󳱽 Maintenance when trailer towing................................... 6-205

󳱽 If you do decide to pull a trailer......................................6-205

6Driving your vehicle

Vehicle load limit...................................................................6-208

󳱽 Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit󳱯.................6-209

󳱽 Certification label ...............................................................6-211

Vehicle weight.......................................................................6-212

󳱽 Base curb weight................................................................6-212

󳱽 Vehicle curb weight............................................................6-212

󳱽 Cargo weight.......................................................................6-212

󳱽 GAW (Gross axle weight)...................................................6-213

󳱽 GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)....................................6-213

󳱽 GVW (Gross vehicle weight).............................................6-213

󳱽 GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)...............................6-213

Overloading............................................................................6-213

Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system

does not leak.

The exhaust system should be

checked whenever the vehicle is

raised to change the oil or for any

other purpose.

If you hear a change in the sound of

the exhaust or if you drive over

something that strikes the under

neath side of the vehicle, have the

exhaust system checked as soon as

possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Engine exhaust

Do not inhale exhaust fumes or

leave your engine running in an

enclosed area for a prolonged time.

Exhaust fumes contain carbon mon

oxide, a colorless and odorless gas

that can cause unconsciousness and

death by asphyxiation.

WARNING

Open liftgate

Do not drive with the liftgate open.

Poisonous exhaust gases can enter

the passenger compartment. If you

must drive with the liftgate open

proceed as follows:

1.Close all windows.

2.Open side vents.

3.Set the air intake control at

"Fresh", the air flow control at

"Floor" or "Face", and the fan at

the highest speed.

Driving your vehicleBefore driving

Before driving

Before getting into the vehicle, you

should examine the vehicle and its

surroundings. After getting into the

vehicle, you should check a number

of things before driving.

Before entering vehicle

󳱽Be sure that all windows, outside

mirror(s), and outside lights are

clean.

󳱽Check the condition of the tires.

󳱽Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.

󳱽Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back

up.

Necessary inspections

Fluid levels, such as engine oil,

engine coolant, brake fluid, and

washer fluid should be checked on a

regular basis, at the exact interval

depending on the fluid. Further

details are provided in "Mainte

nance" on page 8-5.

WARNING

Distracted driving

Focus on the road while driving. The

driver's primary responsibility is in

the safe and legal operation of the

vehicle. Use of any hand-held

devices, other equipment or vehicle

systems that distract the driver

should not be used during vehicle

operation.

Before starting

󳱽Close and lock all doors.

󳱽Position the seat so that all con

trols are easily reached.

󳱽Buckle your seat belt.

󳱽Adjust the inside and outside rear

view mirrors.

󳱽Be sure that all lights work.

󳱽Check all gauges.

󳱽Check the operation of warning

lights when the ENGINE START/

STOP button is turned to the ON

position.

󳱽Release the parking brake and

make sure the brake warning light

is not on.

For safe operation, be sure you are

familiar with your vehicle and its

equipment.

WARNING

When you intend to park or stop the

vehicle with the engine on, be care

ful not to depress the accelerator

pedal for a long period of time. It

may overheat the engine or exhaust

system and cause fire.

Driving your vehicle

Before driving

WARNING

Check surroundings

Always check the surrounding areas

near your vehicle for people, espe

cially children, before putting a vehi

cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

WARNING

Loose objects

Securely store items in your vehicle.

When you make a sudden stop or

turn the steering wheel rapidly,

loose objects may drop on the floor

and it could interfere with the oper

ation of the foot pedals, possibly

causing an accident.

WARNING

Driving under the influence

Do not drive while under the influ

ence of alcohol, drugs, or other

impairing substances. Drinking and

driving is dangerous. Even a small

amount of alcohol will affect your

reflexes, perceptions and judgment.

Driving while under the influence of

drugs or other impairing substances

is as dangerous as or more danger

ous than driving drunk.

WARNING

Proper footwear

Always wear appropriate shoes

when operating your vehicle.

Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski

boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere

with your ability to use the brake

and accelerator pedals.

Driving your vehicleKey positions

Key positions (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with four

different ignition positions.

Illuminated ignition switch

Whenever a front door is opened,

the ignition switch will illuminate for

your convenience, provided the igni

tion switch is not in the ON position.

The light will go off immediately

when the ignition switch is turned

on. It will also go off after about 30

seconds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch position

Your vehicle is equipped with four

different ignition positions.

LOCK (1)

The ignition key can be removed

only in the LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory) (2)

The electrical accessories are oper

ative. If difficulty is experienced

turning the ignition switch to the

ACC position, turn the key while

turning the steering wheel right and

left to release the tension.

ON (3)

The warning lights can be checked

before the engine is started. This is

the normal running position after

the engine is started.

Do not leave the ignition switch ON

if the engine is not running to pre

vent battery discharge.

OMQ4050264L

OSK3058160NR

Driving your vehicle

106

Key positions

START (4)

Turn the ignition switch to the

START position to start the engine.

The engine will crank until you

release the key; then it returns to

the ON position. The brake warning

light can be checked in this position.

WARNING

Ignition switch

Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is

moving. This would result in loss of

directional control and braking func

tion, which could cause an accident.

NOTICE

If you leave the ignition switch to

the ACC or ON position for a long

time, the battery may discharge.

WARNING

Key holder

Do not attach small purses, multiple

keys, or any other heavy accesso

ries to the driver's key chain used to

start the vehicle. This may cause

the driver to accidentally make the

key inserted in the vehicle to change

the ignition position to the ACC posi

tion while the vehicle is moving

thereby increasing the risk of an

accident and causing the deactiva

tion of several safety features.

WARNING

Leaving the vehicle

To avoid unexpected or sudden

vehicle movement, never leave your

vehicle if the gear is not locked in

the P (Park) position and the parking

brake is fully engaged. Before leav

ing the driver's seat, always make

sure the gear is shifted to P (Park)

position, set the parking brake fully

and shut the engine off.

Starting the engine

1.Make sure the parking brake is

applied.

2.Make sure the gear is shifted to P

(Park) position. Depress the brake

pedal fully.

3.Turn the ignition switch to START

and hold it there until the engine

starts (a maximum of 10 sec

onds), then release the key.

It should be started without

depressing the accelerator pedal.

4.Do not wait for the engine to

warm up while the vehicle

remains stationary. Start driving

at moderate engine speeds.

(Steep accelerating and deceler

ating should be avoided.)

Driving your vehicleKey positions

Starting and stopping the engine

for turbocharger intercooler

1.Do not race or accelerate the

engine immediately after start

ing.

If the engine is cold, idle for sev

eral seconds before sufficient

lubrication is ensured in the tur

bocharger unit.

2.After high speed or extended

driving, requiring a heavy engine

load, idle the engine about 1 min

ute before turning it off.

This idle time will allow the turbo

charger to cool prior to shutting

the engine off.

WARNING

Steering wheel

Never reach for any controls

through the steering wheel while

the vehicle is in motion. The pres

ence of your hand or arm in this

area could cause a loss of vehicle

control.

If the engine stalls while you are in

motion, do not attempt to move the

shift dial SBW to the P (Park) posi

tion. If traffic and road conditions

permit, you may put the shift dial

SBW in the N (Neutral) position

while the vehicle is still moving and

turn the ignition switch to the

START position in an attempt to

restart the engine.

CAUTION

Starter

Do not engage the starter for more

than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls

or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 sec

onds before reengaging the starter.

Improper use of the starter may

damage it.

Driving your vehicle

126

ENGINE START/STOP button

ENGINE START/STOP button (if

equipped)

Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP

button

The light will go off after about 30

seconds when the door is closed. It

will also go off immediately when

the theft-alarm system is armed.

ENGINE START/STOP button posi

tion

Your vehicle is equipped with four

different ignition positions.

OFF

To turn off the engine (START/RUN

position) or vehicle power (ON posi

tion), press the ENGINE START/

STOP button with the gear in the P

(Park) position. When you press the

ENGINE START/STOP button with

out the gear in the P (Park) position,

the ENGINE START/STOP button will

not change to the OFF position but

to the ACC position.

Anti-theft steering column lock (if

equipped)

The steering wheel locks when the

ENGINE START/STOP button is in

the OFF position to protect you

against theft.

It locks when the door is opened.

If the steering wheel is not locked

properly when you open the driver's

door, the warning chime will sound.

Try locking the steering wheel again.

If the problem is not solved, have

the system checked by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

In addition, if the ENGINE START/

STOP button is in the OFF position

after the driver's door is opened, the

steering wheel will not lock and the

warning chime will sound. In such a

situation, close the door. Then the

steering wheel will lock and the

warning chime will stop.

NOTICE

If the steering wheel doesn't unlock

properly, the ENGINE START/STOP

button will not work. Press the

ENGINE START/STOP button while

turning the steering wheel right and

left to release the tension.

OMQ4050016

Driving your vehicleENGINE START/STOP button

NOTICE

You are able to turn off the engine

(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),

only when the vehicle is not in

motion.

CAUTION

In an emergency situation while the

vehicle is in motion, you are able to

turn the engine off and to the ACC

position by pressing the ENGINE

START/STOP button for more than 2

seconds or 3 times repeatedly

within 3 seconds.

If the vehicle is still moving, to

restart the vehicle:

󳱽Press the ENGINE START/STOP

button when vehicle speed is 3

mph (5 km/h) or over.

ACC (Accessory)

Press the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton while it is in the OFF position

without depressing the brake pedal.

The steering wheel unlocks and

electrical accessories are opera

tional.

If the ENGINE START/STOP button is

in the ACC position for more than 1

hour, the button is turned off auto

matically to prevent battery dis

charge.

Press the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton while it is in the ACC position

without depressing the brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checked

before the engine is started. Do not

leave the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position for a long

time. The battery may discharge,

because the engine is not running.

NOTICE

If you leave the ENGINE START/

STOP button in the ACC or ON posi

tion for a long time, the battery will

discharge.

OMQ4050294L

Driving your vehicle

146

ENGINE START/STOP button

START/RUN

To start the engine, depress the

brake pedal and press the ENGINE

START/STOP button with the gear in

the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) posi

tion. For your safety, start the

engine with the gear in the P (Park)

position.

NOTICE

If you press the ENGINE START/

STOP button without pressing the

brake pedal, the engine will not start

and the ENGINE START/STOP button

changes as follow:

OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC

WARNING

󳱽Never press the ENGINE START/

STOP button while the vehicle is in

motion. This would result in loss

of directional control and braking

function, which could cause an

accident.

󳱽Before leaving the driver's seat,

always make sure the gear is

shifted to P (Park) position, set

the parking brake fully and shut

the engine off. Unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement may

occur if these precautions are not

taken.

󳱽Never reach for the ENGINE

START/STOP button or any other

controls through the steering

wheel while the vehicle is in

motion. The presence of your

hand or arm in the area could

cause loss of vehicle control, an

accident and serious bodily injury

or death.

󳱽Do not place any movable objects

around the driver's seat as they

may move while driving, interfere

with the driver and lead to an

accident.

Starting the engine

WARNING

󳱽Do not start the vehicle with the

accelerator pedal engaged. The

vehicle can move and lead to an

accident.

󳱽Wait until the engine rpm is nor

mal. The vehicle may suddenly

move if the brake pedal is

released when the rpm is high.

Starting the engine with smart key

At the time that the vehicle doors

are opened or when the ENGINE

START/STOP button is pressed the

vehicle will check for the smart key.

Driving your vehicleENGINE START/STOP button

If the smart key is not in the vehicle,

the "" indicator and a message

"Key is not in the vehicle" will appear

on the instrument cluster and LCD

window. And if all doors are closed,

the chime will sound for 5 seconds.

The indicator or warning will turn

off while the vehicle is moving.

Always have the smart key with

you.

WARNING

The engine will start, only when the

smart key is in the vehicle. Never

allow children or any person who is

unfamiliar with the vehicle touch the

ENGINE START/STOP button or

related parts. Pushing the ENGINE

START/STOP button while the smart

key is in the vehicle may result in

unintended engine activation and/or

unintended vehicle movement.

CAUTION

If the engine stalls while the vehicle

is in motion, do not attempt to

move the gear to the P (Park) posi

tion. If the traffic and road condi

tions permit, you may put the gear

in the N (Neutral) position while the

vehicle is still moving and press the

ENGINE START/STOP button in an

attempt to restart the engine.

NOTICE

󳱽If the battery is weak or the

smart key does not work cor

rectly, you can start the engine by

pressing the ENGINE START/STOP

button with the smart key.

When you press the ENGINE

START/STOP button directly with

the smart key, the smart key

should contact the button at a

right angle.

󳱽When the stop lamp fuse is blown,

you cannot start the engine nor

mally.

Replace the fuse with a new one.

If it is not possible, you can start

the engine by pressing the

ENGINE START/STOP button for

10 seconds while it is in the ACC

position. The engine can start

without pressing the brake pedal.

But for your safety always press

the brake pedal before starting

the engine.

OMQ4050018L

Driving your vehicle

166

ENGINE START/STOP button

CAUTION

󳱽Do not press the ENGINE START/

STOP button for more than 10

seconds except when the stop

lamp fuse is blown.

󳱽Do not turn the ignition switch to

the START position with the

engine running. It may damage

the starter.

CAUTION

Do not press the ENGINE START/

STOP button for more than 10 sec

onds, except when the stop lamp

fuse is blown.

Starting the engine

1.Carry the smart key or leave it

inside the vehicle.

2.Make sure the parking brake is

firmly applied.

3.Make sure the gear is shifted to P

(Park) position. Depress the brake

pedal fully.

4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP

button.

It should be started without

depressing the accelerator pedal.

5.Do not wait for the engine to

warm up while the vehicle

remains stationary. Start driving

at moderate engine speeds.

(Steep accelerating and deceler

ating should be avoided.)

Starting and stopping the engine

for turbocharger intercooler

1.Do not race or accelerate the

engine immediately after start

ing.

If the engine is cold, idle for sev

eral seconds before sufficient

lubrication is ensured in the tur

bocharger unit.

2.After high speed or extended

driving, requiring a heavy engine

load, idle the engine about 1 min

ute before turning it off.

This idle time will allow the turbo

charger to cool prior to shutting

the engine off.

CAUTION

Do not turn the engine off immedi

ately after it has been subjected to

a heavy load. Doing so may cause

severe damage to the engine or tur

bocharger unit.

Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission (Dial SBW)

Automatic transmission (Dial

SBW)

The automatic transmission has 6

forward speeds and one reverse

speed. The individual speeds are

selected automatically, depending

on the balance between the fuel

economy and the power.

Automatic transmission operation

Select transmission positions by

turning the shift dial SBW.

WARNING

Automatic transmission

To reduce the risk of serious injury

or death:

󳱽ALWAYS check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for peo

ple, especially children, before

shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or

R (Reverse).

󳱽Before leaving the driver's seat,

always make sure the gear is in

the P (Park) position, then set the

parking brake, and place the

ENGINE START/STOP button in

the OFF position. Unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement can

occur if these precautions are not

followed.

For your safety, always depress the

brake pedal while shifting to

another gear.

Transmission position

Type A

OMQ4050043

OMQ4040120

Driving your vehicle

186

Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)

Type B

The indicator in the instrument

cluster displays the transmission

position when the ENGINE START/

STOP button is in the ON position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into P (Park).

To shift the gear from R (Reverse),

N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to P (Park),

press the [P] button.

If you turn off the vehicle in D

(Drive), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse),

the gear automatically shifts to P

(Park).

With the vehicle on, the gear auto

matically shifts to P (Park) if you

open the driver's door when the

gear is in N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or

D (Drive) and the following condi

tions are met:

󳱽The brake/accelerator pedal is not

depressed.

󳱽The seat belt is unfastened.

󳱽The vehicle speed is below 1 mph

(2 km/h).

When the vehicle is over a certain

speed, the gear does not shift to P

(Park) when the P button is pressed.

WARNING

󳱽Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion may cause

you to lose control of the vehicle.

󳱽After the vehicle has stopped,

always make sure the gear is in P

(Park), apply the parking brake,

and turn the vehicle off.

󳱽Do not use the P (Park) position in

place of the parking brake.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle

backward.

To shift to R (Reverse), turn the

shift dial SBW to the [R] position

while depressing the brake pedal.

OMQ4AH050327

Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission (Dial SBW)

CAUTION

Shifting

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into or out of R

(Reverse); you may damage the

transmission if you shift into R

(Reverse) while the vehicle is in

motion, except on "Rocking the

vehicle" ("Rocking the vehicle" on

page 6-191).

N (Neutral)

The wheels and gear are not

engaged.

To shift to N (Neutral), turn the shift

dial SBW to the [N] position while

depressing the brake pedal.

Always depress the brake pedal

when you are shifting from N (Neu

tral) to another gear.

In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts

to turn off the vehicle, the vehicle is

turned OFF and shifted to the P

(Park) position automatically.

Stay in N (Neutral) position when

vehicle is Off

If you want to keep the N (Neutral)

position after the vehicle is OFF, do

the following.

1.Deactivate the AUTO HOLD and

release the parking brake when

the ENGINE START/STOP button

is ON.

2.Turn the shift dial SBW to the N

(Neutral) position by depressing

the brake pedal. If the message

("Press and hold OK button to

stay in Neutral when vehicle is

Off") appears on the cluster LCD

display, press and hold the OK

button on the steering wheel for

more than 1 second. After the

message is disappeared, the vehi

cle will keep the N position when

the vehicle is off.

OMQ4050044

OMQ4AH050328

Driving your vehicle

206

Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)

3.Turn off the engine after the

message ("Vehicle will stay in (N).

Change gear to cancel") appears

on the cluster LCD display.

In this situation, if you unfasten the

driver's seat belt and open the

driver's door within 3 minutes, the

gear shifts to P (Park) position and

the ENGINE START/STOP button is

turned off.

When the battery is discharged:

You cannot shift the shift dial SBW,

when the battery is discharged.

In emergencies, do the following to

move the shift dial SBW to N (Neu

tral) on a level ground.

1.Connect the battery cables from

another vehicle or from a another

battery to the jump-starting ter

minals inside the engine compart

ment. For more details, refer to

"Jump-starting" on page 7-5.

2.Release the parking brake with

the ENGINE START/STOP button

in the ON position.

3.Shift the gear to the N (Neutral)

position. If you want to keep the N

position after the vehicle is off,

disconnect the battery from vehi

cle or refer to "Stay in N (Neutral)

position when vehicle is Off" on

page 6-19.

CAUTION

󳱽Always park the vehicle in

"P"(Park) for safety and engage

the parking brake. If left in "N",

the vehicle may move and cause

serious damage and injury.

󳱽After the ENGINE START/STOP

button has been turned off, the

electronic parking brake cannot

be disengaged.

󳱽For EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)

equipped vehicles with AUTO

HOLD function used while driving,

if the ignition button has been

turned "OFF", the electronic park

ing brake will be engaged auto

matically. Therefore, AUTO HOLD

function should be turned off

before the ignition button is

turned off.

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.

To shift to D (Drive), move the shift

dial SBW to the D (Drive) position

while depressing the brake pedal.

In D (Drive), if the driver attempts to

turn off the vehicle, the vehicle is

turned OFF and shifted to the P

(Park) position automatically.

Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission (Dial SBW)

Shift-lock system

For your safety, your vehicle has a

shift-lock system which prevents

shifting the gear from P (Park) or N

(Neutral) into R (Reverse) or D

(Drive) unless the brake pedal is

depressed.

To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral)

into R (Reverse) or D (Drive), from R

(Reverse) into D (Drive) or from D

(Drive) into R (Reverse):

1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2.Start the vehicle or place the

ENGINE START/STOP button in

the ON position.

3.Turn the shift dial SBW to the R

(Reverse) or D (Drive) position.

LCD display messages

If a message appears on the LCD

display, refer to the next section for

the appropriate steps to take.

Shifting conditions not met

The message appears on the LCD

display in the following conditions:

󳱽When driving speed is too fast to

shift the gear. Decrease the vehi

cle speed or slow down before

shifting the gear.

Press brake pedal to change gear

The message appears on the LCD

display, when the brake pedal is not

depressed while shifting the gear.

Depress the brake pedal and then

shift the gear.

Shift to P after stopping

OMQ4050004L

OMQ4050007L

OMQ4050011L

Driving your vehicle

226

Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)

The message appears on the LCD

display when the gear is shifted to P

(Park) while the vehicle is moving.

Stop the vehicle before shifting to P

(Park).

Gear already selected

The message appears on the LCD

display when the P gear is selected

again or the gear is overheated.

PARK malfunction. Engage parking

brake when parking vehicle

The message is displayed when

there is a problem with function

engaging P (Park) position.

Immediately have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Check P button

The message appears on the LCD

display when there is problem with

the P button.

Immediately have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

OMQ4050005L

OMQ4050012L

OMQ4050014L

Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission (Dial SBW)

Check shift dial SBW

The message appears on the LCD

display when there is problem with

the shift dial SBW.

Immediately have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer

Rotary shifter stuck

The message appears on the LCD

display when the shift dial SBW is

continuously stuck or there is prob

lem with the shift dial SBW.

Make sure that there is no object

around the shift dial SBW. If the

problem persists, immediately have

the vehicle inspected by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

When the battery (12 V) is dis

charged

You cannot shift the gear when the

battery is discharged.

Jump start your vehicle (refer to

"Jump-starting" on page 7-5) or

contact an authorized Kia dealer.

Good driving practices

󳱽Never move the shift dial SBW

from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to

any other position with the accel

erator pedal depressed.

󳱽Never move the shift dial SBW

into P (Park) when the vehicle is in

motion.

󳱽Be sure the vehicle is completely

stopped before you attempt to

shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

󳱽Never take the vehicle out of gear

and coast down a hill. This may be

extremely hazardous. Always

leave the vehicle in gear when

moving.

OMQ4050013L

OMQ4050015L

Driving your vehicle

246

Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)

󳱽Do not "ride" the brakes. This can

cause them to overheat and mal

function. Instead, when you are

driving down a long hill, slow down

and shift to a lower gear. When

you do this, engine braking will

help slow down the vehicle.

󳱽Slow down before shifting to a

lower gear. Otherwise, the lower

gear may not be engaged.

󳱽Always use the parking brake. Do

not depend on placing the trans

mission in P (Park) to keep the

vehicle from moving.

󳱽Exercise extreme caution when

driving on a slippery surface. Be

especially careful when braking,

accelerating or shifting gears. On

a slippery surface, an abrupt

change in vehicle speed can cause

the drive wheels to lose traction

and the vehicle to go out of con

trol.

󳱽Optimum vehicle performance

and economy is obtained by

smoothly depressing and releas

ing the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

󳱽When driving uphill or downhill,

always shift to D (Drive) for driv

ing forward or shift to R (Reverse)

for driving backwards, and check

the gear position indicated on the

cluster before driving. Driving in

the opposite direction of the

selected gear can lead to a dan

gerous situation by shutting off

the engine and affecting the

braking performance.

󳱽Always buckle-up! In a collision, an

unbelted occupant is significantly

more likely to be seriously injured

or killed than a properly belted

occupant.

󳱽Avoid high speeds when cornering

or turning.

󳱽Do not make quick steering wheel

movements, such as sharp lane

changes or fast, sharp turns.

󳱽The risk of a rollover is greatly

increased if you lose control of

your vehicle at highway speeds.

󳱽Losing control often occurs if two

or more wheels drop off the road

way and the driver oversteers to

reenter the roadway.

󳱽In the event your vehicle leaves

the roadway, do not steer

sharply. Instead, slow down

before pulling back into the travel

lanes.

󳱽Never exceed posted speed limits.

WARNING

If your vehicle becomes stuck in

snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may

attempt to rock the vehicle free by

moving it forward and backward. Do

not attempt this procedure if people

or objects are anywhere near the

vehicle. During the rocking operation

the vehicle may suddenly move for

ward or backward as it becomes

Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission (Dial SBW)

unstuck, causing injury or damage

to nearby people or objects.

Moving up a steep grade from a

standing start

To move up a steep grade from a

standing start:

1.Depress the brake pedal, shift the

shift dial SBW to D (Drive).

2.Select the appropriate gear

depending on load weight and

steepness of the grade, and

release the parking brake.

Depress the accelerator gradually

after releasing the service brakes.

Paddle shifter

The paddle shift function is available

when the shift dial SBW is in the D

(Drive) position.

With the shift dial SBW in the D

position

The paddle shifter will operate when

the vehicle speed is more than

10km/h.

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once

to shift up or down one gear and the

system changes from automatic

mode to manual mode.

To change back to automatic shift

mode from manual shift mode, do

one of the followings:

󳱽Pull the [+] paddle shifter for

more than one second.

The manual shift mode also changes

back to automatic shift mode in one

of following situations:

󳱽When the accelerator pedal is

gently depressed for more than

approximately 6 seconds while

driving

󳱽When the vehicle stops

NOTICE

If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle

shifters at the same time, you can

not shift the gear.

OMQ4050042

Driving your vehicle

266

Brake system

Your vehicle has power-assisted

brakes, parking brake, and various

braking systems for safe driving.

Power brakes

Your vehicle has power-assisted

brakes that adjust automatically

through normal usage.

In the event that the power-

assisted brakes lose power because

of a stalled engine or some other

reason, you can still stop your vehi

cle by applying greater force to the

brake pedal than you normally

would. The stopping distance, how

ever, will be longer.

When the engine is not running, the

reserve brake power is partially

depleted each time the brake pedal

is applied. Do not pump the brake

pedal when the power assist has

been interrupted.

Pump the brake pedal only when

necessary to maintain steering con

trol on slippery surfaces.

CAUTION

Brake pedal

Do not drive with your foot resting

on the brake pedal. This will create

abnormally high brake tempera

tures which can cause excessive

brake lining and pad wear.

WARNING

Steep hill braking

Avoid continuous application of the

brakes when descending a long or

steep hill by shifting to a lower gear.

Continuous brake application will

cause the brakes to overheat and

could result in a temporary loss of

braking performance.

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's

ability to safely slow down; the

vehicle may also pull to one side

when the brakes are applied. Apply

ing the brakes lightly will indicate

whether they have been affected in

this way. Always test your brakes in

this fashion after driving through

deep water. To dry the brakes, apply

them lightly while maintaining a

safe forward speed until brake per

formance returns to normal.

In the event of brake failure

If service brakes fail to operate

while the vehicle is in motion, you

can make an emergency stop with

the parking brake. The stopping dis

tance, however, will be much

greater than normal.

Driving your vehicleBrake system

WARNING

Parking brake

Avoid applying the parking brake to

stop the vehicle while it is moving

except in an emergency situation.

Applying the parking brake while the

vehicle is moving at normal speeds

can cause a sudden loss of control

of the vehicle. If you must use the

parking brake to stop the vehicle,

use great caution in applying the

brake.

Brake Over Accelerator

In the event the accelerator pedal

becomes stuck or entrapped, apply

steady and firm pressure to the

brake pedal to slow the vehicle and

reduce engine power.

If you experience this condition, take

the following steps:

1.Apply the brakes and bring your

vehicle to a safe stop.

2.Move the transmission to P

(Park), switch the engine off and

apply the parking brake.

3.Inspect the accelerator pedal for

any interference.

If none are found and the condition

persists, have your vehicle towed to

an authorized Kia dealer.

Disc brakes wear indicator

When your brake pads are worn and

new pads are required, you will hear

a high-pitched warning sound from

your front brakes or rear brakes.

You may hear this sound come and

go or it may occur whenever you

press the brake pedal.

Please remember that some driving

conditions or climates may cause a

brake squeal when you first apply

(or lightly apply) the brakes. This is

normal and does not indicate a

problem with your brakes.

Always replace the front or rear

brake pads as pairs.

CAUTION

Replace brake pads

Do not continue to drive with worn

brake pads. Continuing to drive with

worn brake pads can damage the

braking system and result in costly

brake repairs.

WARNING

Brake wear

Do not ignore high pitched wear

sounds from your brakes. If you

ignore this audible warning, you will

eventually lose braking perfor

mance, which could lead to a serious

accident.

Driving your vehicle

286

Brake system

NOTICE

Brake dust may accumulate on the

wheels, even under normal driving

conditions. Some dust is inevitable

as the brakes wear and contribute

to brake noise.

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)

After parking the vehicle, apply the

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) to

prevent the vehicle from being

moved by the external force.

Applying the parking brake with

EPB switch

1.Depress the brake pedal.

2.Pull up the EPB switch.

Make sure the warning light comes

on.

Also, the EPB is applied automati

cally if the Auto Hold button is on

when the vehicle is turned off. In

addition, if you pull up the EPB

switch after the vehicle is turned

off, the EPB will be applied.

WARNING

Never leave children and animals

unattended in the vehicle. If you

leave children unaccompanied in the

vehicle, they may be able to set the

vehicle in motion, for example by:

󳱽Releasing the parking brake.

󳱽Shifting the transmission out of P

(Park) position.

󳱽Starting the engine.

In addition, they may operate vehi

cle equipment.

NOTICE

On a steep incline or when pulling a

trailer, if the vehicle does not remain

at a standstill, do as follows:

1.Apply the EPB.

2.Pull up the EPB switch for more

than 3 seconds.

Do not operate the EPB while the

vehicle is moving except in an emer

gency situation.

NOTICE

A click or electric brake motor whine

sound may be heard while operating

or releasing the EPB.

OMQ4H050025

Driving your vehicleBrake system

These conditions are normal and

indicate that the EPB is functioning

properly.

Releasing the parking brake with

EPB switch

Releasing the parking brake with

EPB switch,

1.Have the ENGINE START/STOP

button in the ON position.

2.Press the brake pedal.

3.Press the EPB switch.

4.Make sure the brake warning light

goes off.

Automatic release of EPB

The EPB is released automatically

under following conditions.

󳱽Automatic transmission

1.Start the engine.

2.Fasten the driver's seat belt.

3.Close the driver's door, hood

and liftgate.

4.Press the accelerator pedal

while the gear is in R (Rear), D

(Drive) or Sports mode.

Make sure the brake warning light

goes off.

NOTICE

󳱽For your safety, you can engage

the EPB even though the ENGINE

START/STOP button is in the OFF

position, but you cannot release

it.

󳱽For your safety, press the brake

pedal and release the parking

brake manually with the EPB

switch when you drive downhill or

when backing up the vehicle.

Do not follow the above procedure

when driving on a flat level ground.

The vehicle may suddenly move for

ward.

NOTICE

If the parking brake warning light is

still on even though the EPB has

been released, have the system

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with the

EPB applied. It may cause excessive

brake pad and brake rotor wear.

OMQ4AH050026

Driving your vehicle

306

Brake system

Automatic application of EPB

The EPB is applied automatically

under following conditions.

󳱽Shift to P (Park) on a slope

󳱽Engine OFF while AUTO HOLD is

enabled

󳱽When the vehicle moves a bit in P

(Park) position

󳱽Conditions below while AUTO

HOLD is activated

-Driver's door is opened

-Hood is opened

-Liftgate is opened

-Vehicle stops for more than

approximately 10 minutes on a

steep slope

󳱽Requested by other systems

NOTICE

For Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)

equipped vehicles with AUTO HOLD

function used while driving, if the

ENGINE START/STOP button has

been turned OFF, the EPB will be

engaged automatically. Therefore,

AUTO HOLD function should be

turned off before the ENGINE

START/STOP button is turned off.

EPB warning

The EPB will display a warning mes

sage with sound under certain con

ditions.

󳱽If you try to drive off while

engaging the accelerator pedal

with the EPB applied, but the EPB

doesn't release automatically, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

󳱽If the driver's seat belt is not fas

tened and the vehicle hood,

driver's door or liftgate is opened,

a warning will sound and a mes

sage will appear.

󳱽If there is a problem with the

vehicle, a warning may sound and

a message may appear.

If the above situation occurs, press

the brake pedal and release EPB by

pressing the EPB switch.

WARNING

Parking Brake Use

󳱽Never allow a passenger to touch

the parking brake. If the parking

brake is released unintentionally,

serious injury may occur.

OMQ4AH050049

Driving your vehicleBrake system

󳱽All vehicles should always have

the parking brake fully engaged

when parked to avoid inadvertent

movement of the vehicles which

can injure occupants or pedestri

ans.

󳱽A click or electric brake motor

whine sound may be heard while

operating or releasing the EPB.

These conditions are normal and

indicate that the EPB is function

ing properly.

󳱽When leaving your keys with a

parking lot attendant or valet,

make sure to inform him/her how

to operate the EPB.

󳱽The EPB may malfunction if you

drive with the EPB applied.

󳱽When you automatically release

EPB by pressing the accelerator

pedal, press it slowly.

When the conversion from Auto

Hold to EPB is not working properly

a warning will sound and a message

will appear.

NOTICE

Engage the brake pedal when the

above message appears for the

Auto Hold and EPB may not acti

vate.

If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold

is activated because of an Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) signal, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

EPB malfunction indicator

This warning light illuminates if the

ENGINE START/STOP button is

changed to the ON position and goes

off in approximately 3 seconds if

the system is operating normally.

OMQ4050056L

OMQ4050054L

Driving your vehicle

326

Brake system

If the EPB malfunction indicator

remains on, comes on while driving,

or does not come on when the

ENGINE START/STOP button is

changed to the ON position, this

indicates that the EPB may have

malfunctioned.

If this occurs, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The EPB malfunction indicator may

illuminate when the ESC indicator

comes on to indicate that the ESC is

not working properly, but it does

not indicate a malfunction of the

EPB.

NOTICE

The EPB warning light may illumi

nate if the EPB switch operates

abnormally. Shut the engine off and

turn it on again after a few minutes.

The warning light will go off and the

EPB switch will operate normally.

However, if the EPB warning light is

still on, have the system checked by

an authorized Kia dealer.

If the parking brake warning light

does not illuminate or blinks even

though the EPB switch was pulled

up, the EPB is not applied.

If the parking brake warning light

blinks when the EPB warning light is

on, press the EPB switch, then pull it

up. Once more press it back to its

original position and pull it back up.

If the EPB warning does not go off,

have the system checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Emergency braking with the EPB

switch

If there is a problem with the brake

pedal while driving, emergency

braking is possible by pulling up and

holding the EPB switch.

Braking is possible only while you

are holding the EPB switch.

WARNING

Do not operate the Electronic Park

ing Brake (EPB) while the vehicle is

moving except in an emergency sit

uation. Applying the EPB while the

vehicle is moving at normal speeds

can cause a sudden loss of control

of the vehicle. If you must use the

EPB to stop the vehicle, use great

caution in applying the brake.

OMQ4AH050050

Driving your vehicleBrake system

NOTICE

During emergency braking by the

EPB, the parking brake warning light

will illuminate to indicate that the

system is operating.

If you notice a continuous noise or

burning smell when the EPB is used

for emergency braking, have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Kia

dealer.

When the EPB is not released

If the EPB does not release nor

mally, take your vehicle to an

authorized Kia dealer by loading the

vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and

have the system checked.

AUTO HOLD

The Auto Hold is designed to main

tain the vehicle in a standstill even

though the brake pedal is not

pressed after the driver brings the

vehicle to a complete stop by press

ing the brake pedal.

Applying Auto Hold function

1.Press the brake pedal and start

the vehicle.

2.Press the Auto Hold button. The

white AUTO HOLD indicator will

come on indicating the system is

in standby.

Before the Auto Hold will engage,

the driver's door, liftgate and

engine hood must be closed.

When coming to a complete stop by

pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO

HOLD indicator changes from white

to green indicating the AUTO HOLD

is engaged. The vehicle will remain

at a standstill even if you release

the brake pedal.

If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be

released.

If you press the accelerator pedal

with the gear in D (Drive), R

(Reverse) or Manual mode, the Auto

Hold will be released automatically

OMQ4H050027

OMQ4050052

Driving your vehicle

346

Brake system

and the vehicle will start to move.

The indicator changes from green to

white indicating the Auto Hold is in

standby and the EPB is released.

When driving off from Auto Hold by

pressing the accelerator pedal,

always check the surrounding area

near your vehicle.

Slowly press the accelerator pedal

for a smooth launch.

Canceling Auto Hold function

󳱽To cancel the Auto Hold operation,

press the Auto Hold switch. The

AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.

󳱽To cancel the Auto Hold operation

when the vehicle is at a standstill,

press the Auto Hold switch while

pressing the brake pedal.

NOTICE

󳱽The following are conditions when

the Auto Hold will not engage

(Auto Hold light will not turn

green and the Auto Hold system

remains in stand by):

-The driver's door is opened

-The engine hood is opened

-The liftgate is opened

-The gear is in P (Park)

-The EPB is applied

󳱽For your safety, the Auto Hold

automatically switches to EPB

under any of the following condi

tions (Auto Hold light remains

white and the EPB automatically

applies):

-The driver's door is opened.

-The engine hood is opened.

-The liftgate is opened

-The vehicle is in a standstill for

more than 10 minutes.

-The vehicle is standing on a

steep slope.

-The vehicle moved for a few

seconds.

In these cases, the brake warn

ing light comes on, the AUTO

HOLD indicator changes from

green to white, and a warning

sounds and a message will

appear to inform you that EPB

has been automatically

engaged. Before driving off

again, press foot brake pedal,

check the surrounding area

near your vehicle and release

parking brake manually with

the EPB switch.

󳱽If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights

up yellow, the Auto Hold is not

working properly. Take your vehi

OMQ4H050028

Driving your vehicleBrake system

cle and have the system checked

by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of an accident, do

not activate Auto Hold while driving

downhill, backing up or parking your

vehicle.

If there is a malfunction with the

driver's door, liftgate or engine hood

open detection system, the Auto

Hold may not work properly.

Take your vehicle and have the sys

tem checked by an authorized Kia

dealer.

NOTICE

A click or electric brake motor whine

sound may be heard while operating

or releasing the EPB, but these con

ditions are normal and indicate that

the EPB is functioning properly.

Warning messages

The Auto Hold function will display a

warning message with sound under

certain conditions.

When the EPB is applied from Auto

Hold, a warning will sound and a

message will appear.

When the conversion from Auto

Hold to EPB is not working properly

a warning will sound and a message

will appear.

NOTICE

When this message is displayed, the

Auto Hold and EPB may not operate.

For your safety, press the brake

pedal.

If you do not apply the brake pedal

when you release the Auto Hold by

pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

OMQ4050054L

OMQ4050055L

Driving your vehicle

366

Brake system

When you press the [AUTO HOLD]

switch, if the driver's door, liftgate

and engine hood are not closed, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear on the LCD display.

At this moment, press the [AUTO

HOLD] button after closing the

driver's door and engine hood.

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

prevents the wheels from locking.

So the vehicle remains stable and

can still be steered.

ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci

dents due to improper or dangerous

driving maneuvers. Even though

vehicle control is improved during

emergency braking, always main

tain a safe distance between you

and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds

should always be reduced during

extreme road conditions. The vehicle

should be driven at reduced speeds

in the following circumstances:

󳱽When driving on rough, gravel or

snow-covered roads

󳱽When driving with tire chains

installed

󳱽When driving on roads where the

road surface is pitted or has dif

ferent surface heights.

Driving in these conditions increases

the stopping distance for your vehi

cle.

The ABS continuously senses the

speed of the wheels. If the wheels

are going to lock, the ABS repeat

edly modulates the hydraulic brake

pressure to the wheels.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik''

sound from the brakes, or feel a

corresponding sensation in the

brake pedal. This is normal and it

means your ABS is active.

In order to obtain the maximum

benefit from your ABS in an emer

gency situation, do not attempt to

OMQ4050056L

OMQ4AH050057

Driving your vehicleBrake system

modulate your brake pressure and

do not try to pump your brakes.

Press your brake pedal as hard as

possible to allow the ABS to control

the force being delivered to the

brakes.

NOTICE

A click sound may be heard in the

vehicle compartment when the

vehicle begins to move after the

vehicle is started. These conditions

are normal and indicate that the

Anti-lock Brake System is function

ing properly.

Even with the Anti-lock Brake Sys

tem, your vehicle still requires suffi

cient stopping distance. Always

maintain a safe distance from the

vehicle in front of you.

Always slow down when cornering.

The Anti-lock Brake System cannot

prevent accidents resulting from

excessive speeds.

On loose or uneven road surfaces,

operation of the Anti-lock Brake

System may result in a longer stop

ping distance than for vehicles

equipped with a conventional brake

system.

The ABS warning light will stay on

for approximately 3 seconds after

the ENGINE START/STOP button is

ON.

During that time, the ABS will go

through self-diagnosis and the light

will go off if everything is normal. If

the light stays on, you may have a

problem with your ABS. Contact and

visit an authorized Kia dealer.

Driving your vehicle

386

Brake system

When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,

and have operated your brakes con

tinuously, the ABS will be active

continuously and the ABS warning

light may illuminate. Pull your vehi

cle over to a safe place and stop the

vehicle.

Restart the vehicle. If the ABS

warning light goes off, then your

ABS is normal. Otherwise, you may

have a problem with the ABS. Con

tact and visit an authorized Kia

dealer.

NOTICE

When you jump start your vehicle

because of a drained battery, the

vehicle may not run as smoothly

and the ABS warning light may turn

on at the same time. This happens

because of low battery voltage. It

does not mean your ABS has mal

functioned.

󳱽Do not pump your brakes!

󳱽Have the battery recharged

before driving the vehicle.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

system

The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) is designed to stabilize the

vehicle during cornering maneuvers.

ESC applies the brakes on individual

wheels and intervenes with the

vehicle management system to sta

bilize the vehicle.

ESC will not prevent accidents.

Excessive speed in turns, abrupt

maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet

surfaces can still result in serious

accidents.

Only a safe and attentive driver can

prevent accidents by avoiding

maneuvers that cause the vehicle to

lose traction. Even with ESC

installed, always follow all the nor

mal precautions for driving - includ

ing driving at safe speeds for the

conditions.

OMQ4050058

Driving your vehicleBrake system

WARNING

For maximum protection, always

wear your seat belt. No system, no

matter how advanced, can compen

sate for all driver error and/or driv

ing conditions. Always drive

responsibly.

The ESC system is an electronic

system designed to help the driver

maintain vehicle control under

adverse conditions. It is not a sub

stitute for safe driving practices.

Factors including speed, road condi

tions and driver steering input can

all affect whether ESC will be effec

tive in preventing a loss of control. It

is still your responsibility to drive

and corner at reasonable speeds

and to leave a sufficient margin of

safety.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik''

sound from the brakes, or feel a

corresponding sensation in the

brake pedal. This is normal and it

means your ESC is active.

NOTICE

A click sound may be heard in the

vehicle compartment when the

vehicle begins to move after the

vehicle is started. These conditions

are normal and indicate that the

Electronic Stability Control system is

functioning properly.

ESC operation

ESC ON condition

󳱽When the ENGINE START/STOP

button is turned ON, ESC and ESC

OFF indicator lights illuminate for

approximately 3 seconds, then

ESC is turned on.

󳱽Press the ESC OFF button for at

least half a second after turning

the vehicle ON to turn ESC off.

(ESC OFF indicator will illuminate).

To turn the ESC on, press the ESC

OFF button (ESC OFF indicator

light will go off).

󳱽When starting the vehicle, you

may hear a slight ticking sound.

This is the ESC performing an

automatic system self-check and

does not indicate a problem.

When operating

When the ESC is in operation,

the ESC indicator light blinks.

When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly, you

can feel a slight pulsation in the

vehicle. This is only the effect of

Driving your vehicle

406

Brake system

brake control and indicates nothing

unusual.

When moving out of the mud or

driving on a slippery road, pressing

the accelerator pedal may not cause

the vehicle rpm (revolutions per

minute) to increase.

ESC operation off

This vehicle has 2 kinds of ESC

off states.

If the vehicle stops when ESC

is off, ESC remains off. Upon

restarting the vehicle, the ESC will

automatically turn on again.

ESC off state 1

To turn off the traction control

function and only operate the brake

control function of the ESC, press

the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF )

for less than 3 seconds and the ESC

OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will

illuminate.

ESC off state 2

To turn off the traction control

function and the brake control func

tion of the ESC, press the ESC OFF

button (ESC OFF ) for more than

3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator light

(ESC OFF ) will illuminate and ESC

OFF warning chime will sound. At

this state, the vehicle stability con

trol function does not operate any

more.

Indicator light

ESC indicator light

ESC OFF indicator light

When ENGINE START/STOP button

is turned to ON, the indicator light

illuminates, then goes off if the ESC

system is operating normally.

OMQ4050059L

OMQ4050060L

Driving your vehicleBrake system

The ESC indicator light blinks when

ever ESC is operating or illuminates

when ESC fails to operate.

The ESC OFF indicator light comes

on when the ESC is turned off with

the button.

WARNING

Electronic Stability Control

Drive carefully even though your

vehicle has Electronic Stability Con

trol. It can only assist you in main

taining control under certain

circumstances.

ESC OFF usage

When driving

󳱽ESC should be turned on for daily

driving whenever possible.

󳱽To turn ESC off while driving,

press the ESC OFF button while

driving on a flat road surface.

WARNING

Operating ESC

Never press the ESC OFF button

while ESC is operating (ESC indicator

light blinks).

If ESC is turned off while ESC is

operating, the vehicle may slip out

of control.

NOTICE

󳱽When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the

ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light

illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it

may prevent the vehicle speed

from increasing, and result in

false diagnosis.

󳱽Turning the ESC off does not

affect ABS or brake system oper

ation.

Downhill Brake Control (DBC)

The Downhill Brake Control (DBC)

feature assists the driver to

descend down a steep hill without

having to depress the brake pedal.

The system automatically applies

the brakes to maintain the vehicle

speed 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 25 mph

(40 km/h) and allows the driver to

concentrate on steering the vehicle

down hill.

OMQ4H050029

Driving your vehicle

426

Brake system

Always turn off the DBC on normal

roads. The DBC might activate inad

vertently from the stand by mode

when driving through speed bumps

or making sharp curves.

NOTICE

The DBC defaults to the OFF posi

tion whenever the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button is

placed in the ON position.

Noise or vibration may occur from

the brakes when the DBC is acti

vated.

The rear stop light comes on when

DBC is activated.

Driving your vehicleBrake system

DBC operation

ModeIndicator lightDescription

Standby

illuminated

Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under 38

mph (60 km/h). The DBC system will turn ON and

enter the standby mode.

The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over

38 mph (60 km/h).

Activated

blinks

In the standby mode, It enters the operating mode

when the following conditions are met.

󳱽The road surface should be more than a certain

angle of inclination

󳱽The accelerator pedal must not be depressed.

󳱽The vehicle speed should be within 2.5 mph (4 km/

h) ~ 25 mph (40 km/h)

-1.5 mph (2.5 km/h) ~ 5 mph (8 km/h) in case of

backward movement

Within operating vehicle speed 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 25

mph (40 km/h), the driver can lower or raise the vehi

cle speed by stepping on the brake pedal or accelera

tor pedal.

Temporarily

deactivated

illuminated

In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deac

tivate under the following conditions:

󳱽The hill is not steep enough.

󳱽The accelerator pedal is depressed.

󳱽When the vehicle speed is in the range of 25 mph

(40 km/h) ~ 38 mph (60 km/h)

If the above conditions are not met, the DBC will auto

matically activate again.

OFF

not illuminated

The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:

󳱽The DBC button is pressed again.

󳱽When the accelerator pedal is depressed and the

vehicle speed exceeds 38 mph (60 km/h)

Driving your vehicle

446

Brake system

NOTICE

If the DBC yellow indicator light illu

minates, the system may have

overheated or have malfunctioned.

When the warning light illuminates

even though the DBC system has

cooled off, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer

as soon as possible.

NOTICE

󳱽The DBC may not deactivate on

steep inclines even though the

brake or accelerator pedal is

depressed.

󳱽The DBC does not operate when:

-The gear is in P (Park).

-The ESC is activated.

Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)

A vehicle has the tendency to roll

back on a steep hill when it starts to

go after stopping. The Hill-start

Assist Control (HAC) prevents the

vehicle from rolling back by applying

the brakes automatically for about

2 seconds.

The brakes are released when the

accelerator pedal is engaged or

after about 2 seconds.

The HAC is activated only for about

2 seconds, so when the vehicle is

starting off always engaged the

accelerator pedal.

WARNING

Maintaining brake pressure on

incline

HAC does not replace the need to

apply brakes while stopped on an

incline. While stopped, make sure

you maintain brake pressure suffi

cient to prevent your vehicle from

rolling backward and causing an

accident. Don't release the brake

pedal until you are ready to acceler

ate forward.

Vehicle Stability Management

(VSM) system

The Vehicle Stability Management

(VSM) provides further enhance

ments to vehicle stability and steer

ing responses under the following

condition:

󳱽when driving on a slippery road or

󳱽when a change in the coefficient

of friction between left and right

wheels is detected.

Driving your vehicleBrake system

WARNING

Tire/wheel size

When replacing tires and wheels,

make sure they are the same size

as the original tires and wheels

installed. Driving with varying tire or

wheel sizes may diminish any sup

plemental safety benefits of the

VSM system.

VSM operation

When the VSM is operating properly,

you can feel a slight pulsation in the

vehicle and/or abnormal steering

responses (Electric Power Steering

(EPS)). This is only the effect of

brake and EPS control and indicates

nothing unusual.

The VSM does not operate when:

󳱽Driving on a sloping road such as a

gradient or incline

󳱽Driving in reverse

󳱽ESC OFF indicator light ()

remains on the instrument cluster

󳱽EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

VSM operation off

If you press the ESC OFF button to

turn off the ESC, the VSM will also

cancel and the ESC OFF indicator

light () illuminates.

To turn on the VSM, press the but

ton again. The ESC OFF indicator

light goes out.

WARNING

Vehicle Stability Management

Drive carefully even though your

vehicle has Vehicle Stability Man

agement. It can only assist you in

maintaining control of the vehicle

under certain circumstances.

Malfunction indicator

The VSM can be deactivated even if

you don't cancel the VSM operation

by pressing the ESC OFF button. It

indicates that a malfunction has

been detected somewhere in the

Electric Power Steering system or

VSM system. If the ESC indicator

light () or EPS warning light

remains on, take your vehicle and

have the system checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

The VSM is not a substitute for safe

driving practices but a supplemen

tary function only. It is the respon

sibility of the driver to always check

the speed and the distance to the

vehicle ahead. Always hold the

steering wheel firmly while driving.

Your vehicle is designed to activate

according to the driver's intention,

even with installed VSM. Always fol

Driving your vehicle

466

Brake system

low all the normal precautions for

driving at safe speeds for the condi

tions 󳱮 including driving in clement

weather and on a slippery road.

WARNING

For maximum protection, always

wear your seat belt. No system, no

matter how advanced, can compen

sate for all driver error and/or driv

ing conditions. Always drive

responsibly.

Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) sys

tem

The Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) is

operated as a vehicle stability con

trol system. The TSA is designed to

stabilize the vehicle and trailer when

the trailer sways or oscillates. There

are various factors that make the

vehicle sway or oscillate.

Such incidents mostly happen at

high speed, but, there is also a risk

of swaying when the trailer is

affected by crosswinds, buffeting or

improper overloading.

Factors of swaying such as:

󳱽High speed

󳱽Strong crosswinds

󳱽Improper overloading

󳱽Sudden controlling of steering

wheel

󳱽Uneven road

The TSA continuously analyzes the

vehicle and trailer instability. When

the TSA detects some sway, the

brakes are applied automatically to

stabilize the vehicle. When the vehi

cle becomes stable, the TSA does

not operate.

Brake Assist System (BAS)

The BAS system is to reduce or to

avoid accident risk. It recognizes the

distance from the vehicle ahead or

the pedestrian through the sensors

(i.e. radar and camera), and, if nec

essary, warns the driver of accident

risk with the warning message or

the warning alarms.

WARNING

Brake Assist System (BAS) limita

tions

The BAS system is a supplemental

system and is not a substitute for

safe driving practices. It is the

responsibility of the driver to always

check the speed and distance to the

vehicle ahead to ensure it is safe to

use.

Driving your vehicleBrake system

NOTICE

Take the following precautions

when using the Brake Assist System

(BAS):

This system is only a supplemental

system and it is not intended to, nor

does it replace the need for extreme

care and attention of the driver. The

sensing range and objects detect

able by the sensors are limited. Pay

attention to the road conditions at

all times.

NEVER drive too fast in accordance

with the road conditions or while

cornering.

Always drive cautiously to prevent

unexpected and sudden situations

from occurring. BAS does not stop

the vehicle completely and does not

avoid collisions.

Good braking practices

Good braking practices help keep

occupants safe and extend brake

life.

󳱽Check to be sure the parking

brake is not engaged and the

parking brake indicator light is out

before driving away.

󳱽Driving through water may get

the brakes wet. They can also get

wet when the vehicle is washed.

Wet brakes can be dangerous!

Your vehicle will not stop as

quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet

brakes may cause the vehicle to

pull to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the

brakes lightly until the braking

action returns to normal, taking

care to keep the vehicle under

control at all times. If the braking

action does not return to normal,

stop as soon as it is safe to do so

and visit an authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽Don't coast down hills with the

vehicle out of gear. This is

extremely hazardous. Keep the

vehicle in gear at all times, use the

brakes to slow down, then shift to

a lower gear so that vehicle brak

ing will help you maintain a safe

speed.

󳱽Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Rest

ing your foot on the brake pedal

while driving can be dangerous

because the brakes might over

heat and lose their effectiveness.

It also increases the wear of the

brake components.

󳱽If a tire goes flat while you are

driving, apply the brakes gently

and keep the vehicle pointed

straight ahead while you slow

down. When you are moving

slowly enough for it to be safe to

do so, pull off the road and stop in

a safe place.

󳱽Be cautious when parking on a hill.

Firmly engage the parking brake

and place the shift dial SBW in P. If

your vehicle is facing downhill,

turn the front wheels into the

Driving your vehicle

486

Vehicle Auto Shut-off system

curb to help keep the vehicle from

rolling.

If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn

the front wheels away from the

curb to help keep the vehicle from

rolling. If there is no curb or if it is

required by other conditions to

keep the vehicle from rolling,

block the wheels.

󳱽Under some conditions your park

ing brake can freeze in the

engaged position. This is most

likely to happen when there is an

accumulation of snow or ice

around or near the rear brakes or

if the brakes are wet. If there is a

risk that the parking brake may

freeze, apply it only temporarily

while you put the shift dial SBW in

P (Parking) and block the rear

wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.

Then release the parking brake.

󳱽Do not hold the vehicle on an

incline with the accelerator pedal.

This can cause the transmission

to overheat. Always use the brake

pedal or parking brake.

Vehicle Auto Shut-off system (if

equipped)

The vehicle auto shut-off system is

designed to automatically shut off

the vehicle after a certain time the

driver sets to reduce fuel consump

tion and energy consumption of the

vehicle and to prevent carbon mon

oxide (CO) poisoning.

Prerequisite for activation

This system can be activated, when

the following all prerequisites are

satisfied.

󳱽The ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button is in ON posi

tion.

󳱽The vehicle is in P (Park) position.

󳱽The vehicle stops.

󳱽The vehicle speed is under 2 mph

(3 km/h).

󳱽The driver's seat belt is unfas

tened.

󳱽The door is opened.

󳱽The passenger's seat is not occu

pied.

OMQ4A050356

Driving your vehicleVehicle Auto Shut-off system

Setting Shut-off Time

The driver can set the shut-off time

on the cluster LCD display.

The option can be found under the

following menu:

󳱽Go to 'User Settings → Conve

nience → Vehicle Auto-Shut Off →

60 min./30 min./Disable' to select

the vehicle's shut-off time.

NOTICE

󳱽The default setting will be

retained until the timer is reset.

󳱽The timer will revert back to the

previous setting at the next

startup if the driver selects 'Dis

able' in the User Settings mode.

NOTICE

󳱽The default setting is 30 minutes.

Resetting the time

The system can be initialized and

restarted under the following condi

tions:

󳱽When pressing and releasing the

brake pedal.

󳱽When the accelerator pedal is

depressed.

󳱽When the driver manually resets

the timer.

󳱽When the driver manually press

the OK button on the steering

wheel.

Canceling the Vehicle Auto Shut-off

system

The system will be canceled auto

matically when:

󳱽The vehicle speed is over 2 mph (3

km/h).

󳱽The vehicle is shifted to D (Drive),

R (Reverse) or N (Neutral).

󳱽The driver's seat belt is fastened.

Driving your vehicle

506

Drive mode integrated control system

Drive mode integrated control

system

Drive mode

The drive mode may be selected

according to the driver's preference

or road condition.

NOTICE

If there is a problem with the instru

ment cluster, the drive mode will be

in ECO mode and may not change to

SMART mode or SPORT mode.

The mode changes when you toggle

the DRIVE MODE button.

󳱽ECO mode :

ECO mode helps improve fuel effi

ciency for eco-friendly driving.

󳱽SPORT mode :

SPORT mode provides sporty but

firm riding.

The drive mode will change to ECO

mode when the engine is restarted.

When changing the drive mode set

ting, the responsiveness of Smart

Cruise Control (SCC) changes. (If

equipped)

OMQ4AH050030

Drive ModeSCC Responsiveness

ECOSlow

SPORTFast

SMARTNormal

OMQ4050319L

Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system

ECO mode

When the Drive Mode is set

to ECO mode, the engine

and transmission control logic are

changed to maximize fuel efficiency.

󳱽When the ECO mode is selected

by using the DRIVE MODE button,

the ECO indicator will illuminate.

󳱽Whenever the engine is restarted,

the drive mode remains in ECO

mode.

NOTICE

Fuel efficiency depends on the

driver's driving habit and road condi

tion.

When ECO mode is activated:

󳱽The acceleration response may be

slightly reduced as the accelera

tor pedal is depressed moder

ately.

󳱽The air conditioner performance

may be limited.

󳱽The shift pattern of the auto

matic transmission may change.

󳱽The engine noise may get louder.

The above situations are normal

conditions when ECO mode is acti

vated to improve fuel efficiency.

Limitation of ECO mode operation:

If the following conditions occur

while ECO mode is operating, the

system operation is limited even

though there is no change in ECO

indicator.

󳱽When the coolant temperature is

low:

The system will be limited until

engine performance becomes

normal.

󳱽When driving up a hill:

The system will be limited to gain

power when driving uphill because

engine torque is restricted.

󳱽When the accelerator pedal is

deeply depressed for a few sec

onds:

The system will be limited, judg

ing that the driver wants to speed

up.

SPORT mode

SPORT mode manages

the driving dynamics by

automatically adjusting the steer

ing effort, the engine and transmis

sion control logic for enhanced

driver performance.

󳱽When SPORT mode is selected by

using the DRIVE MODE button, the

SPORT indicator will illuminate.

Driving your vehicle

526

Drive mode integrated control system

󳱽Whenever the engine is restarted,

the Drive Mode will revert back to

ECO mode. If SPORT mode is

desired, re-select SPORT mode

from the DRIVE MODE button.

󳱽When SPORT mode is activated:

-The engine rpm will tend to

remain raised over a certain

length of time even after

releasing the accelerator

-Upshifts are delayed when

accelerating

NOTICE

In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency

may decrease.

SMART mode

SMART mode selects

the proper driving mode

among ECO and SPORT by judging

the driver's driving habits (i.e. Eco

nomic or Aggressive (Sportive))

from the brake pedal depression or

the steering wheel operation.

󳱽Toggle the DRIVE MODE button to

select SMART mode. When

SMART mode is selected, the indi

cator illuminates on the instru

ment cluster.

󳱽SMART mode automatically con

trols the vehicle driving, such as

gear shifting patterns and engine

torque, in accordance with the

driver's driving habits.

NOTICE

󳱽When you mildly drive the vehicle

in SMART mode, the driving mode

changes to ECO mode to improve

fuel efficiency. However, the

actual fuel efficiency may differ in

accordance with your driving situ

ations (i.e. upward/downward

slope, vehicle deceleration/accel

eration).

󳱽When you dynamically drive the

vehicle in SMART mode by

abruptly decelerating or sharply

turning the driving mode changes

to SPORT mode. However, it may

adversely affect fuel economy.

Various driving situations, which

you may encounter in SMART mode

󳱽The driving mode automatically

changes to ECO mode after a cer

tain period of time, when you

gently depress the accelerator

pedal. (Your driving is categorized

to be economic.)

󳱽The driving mode automatically

changes to SMART ECO mode

after a certain period of time,

when you sharply or repetitively

depress the accelerator pedal.

󳱽The driving mode automatically

changes to SMART ECO mode

with the same driving patterns,

when the vehicle starts to drive

on an upward slope of a certain

angle. The driving mode automat

Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system

ically returns to SMART ECO

mode, when the vehicle enters a

leveled road.

󳱽The driving mode automatically

changes to SMART SPORT, when

you abruptly accelerate the vehi

cle or repetitively operate the

steering wheel. (Your driving is

categorized to be sporty.) In this

mode, your vehicle drives in a

lower gear for abrupt accelerat

ing/decelerating and increases the

engine brake performance.

󳱽You may still sense the engine

braking performance, even when

you release the accelerator pedal

in SMART SPORT mode. It is

because your vehicle remains in

lower gear over a certain period

of time for next acceleration.

Thus, it is a normal driving situa

tion, not indicating any malfunc

tion.

󳱽The driving mode automatically

changes to SMART SPORT mode

only in harsh driving situations. In

most of the normal driving situa

tions, the driving mode sets to be

in SMART ECO mode.

Active Snow Mode (ASM)

When the vehicle recognizes fre

quent wheel slips on low friction

roads, Active Snow Mode improves

driving stability by minimizing these

wheel slips.

Operating conditions

ASM is activated when all of the fol

lowing conditions are met:

󳱽Low outside ambient tempera

ture

󳱽Frequent Electronic Stability Con

trol (ESC) activation due to wheel

slip

When operating

The vehicle's acceleration response

is reduced, which is similar to

depressing the accelerator pedal

slowly.

Non-operating conditions

ASM is deactivated when one of the

following conditions or more are

met:

󳱽Increase of outside ambient tem

perature

󳱽The accelerator pedal is hardly

depressed

󳱽Driving in high speed (e.g. high

way driving)

Driving your vehicle

546

Drive mode integrated control system

Limitation of SMART mode

The SMART mode may be limited in

following situations. (The OFF indi

cator illuminates in those situa

tions.)

󳱽Cruise Control is activated:

Cruise Control system may deac

tivate the SMART mode when the

vehicle is controlled by the set

speed of Smart Cruise Control

system. (SMART mode is not

deactivated just by activating

Cruise Control system.)

󳱽The transmission oil temperature

is either extremely low or

extremely high:

The SMART mode can be active in

most of the normal driving situa

tions. However, an extremely

high/low transmission oil tem

perature may temporarily deacti

vate the SMART mode, because

the transmission condition is out

of normal operation condition.

Smart shift on trip computer (if

equipped)

Select the Trip Computer mode on

the instrument cluster LCD display

and move to the smart shift screen.

Then, the driver can see the drive

mode selected and the drive mode

which is automatically switched by

the SMART mode.

The drive mode selected by the

driver and the driving style gauge

showing the driver's driving style

are displayed on the screen.

Driver's style gauge in SMART

mode

OMQ4AH050330

OMQ4050285L

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

With the standard driving style in

the center, the left side of the

gauge is 'Econ.' and right side is

'Dynamic' style.

When the left side of the driver's

style gauge is filled up and after a

certain time passes, the SMART ECO

mode is activated automatically.

When the right side of the gauge is

filled up and sporty driving condition

is detected, the SMART SPORT

mode is activated.

To maintain the SMART ECO mode

for fuel efficiency, drive with the

left side of the gauge filled up.

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) (Front view camera

only) (if equipped)

Basic function

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

is designed to help detect and moni

tor the vehicle ahead or help detect

a pedestrian in the roadway and

warn the driver that a collision is

imminent with a warning message

and an audible warning, and if nec

essary, apply emergency braking.

OMQ4050286L

OMQ4AH050240

Driving your vehicle

566

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

Detecting sensor

Front view camera

CAUTION

Take the following precautions to

maintain optimal performance of

the detecting sensor:

󳱽Never disassemble the detecting

sensor or sensor assembly, or

apply any impact on it.

󳱽Never install any accessories or

stickers on the front windshield,

or tint the front windshield.

󳱽If the detecting sensors have

been replaced or repaired, have

the vehicle be inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽Pay extreme caution to keep the

front view camera dry.

󳱽Never place any reflective objects

(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the

dashboard. Any light reflection

may prevent the function from

functioning properly.

Function settings

Setting

Forward Safety

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select or

deselect 'Driver Assistance → For

ward Safety' from the Settings

menu to set whether or not to use

each function.

󳱽If 'Active Assist' is selected, the

function will warn the driver with

a warning message, an audible

warning and steering wheel vibra

tion depending on the collision risk

levels. Braking assist will be

applied depending on the collision

risk.

󳱽If 'Warning Only' is selected, the

function will warn the driver with

a warning message, an audible

warning and steering wheel vibra

tion depending on the collision risk

levels. Braking will not be assisted.

OMQ4H050009

OMQ4AH050344

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

󳱽If 'Off' is selected, the function will

be turned off. The()warning

light will illuminate on the cluster.

The driver can monitor Forward Col

lision-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF sta

tus from the Settings menu. If the

()warning light remains ON

when the function is ON, have the

function be inspected by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

WARNING

When the engine is restarted, For

ward Collision-Avoidance Assist will

always turn on. However, if 'Off' is

selected after the engine is

restarted, the driver should always

be aware of the surroundings and

drive safely.

CAUTION

󳱽If 'Warning Only' is selected, brak

ing is not assisted.

󳱽Steering wheel vibration can be

turned on or off. Select or dese

lect 'Driver Assistance → Haptic

Warning' from the Settings menu.

NOTICE

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

will turn off when ESC is turned off

by pressing and holding the ESC OFF

button. The()warning light will

illuminate on the cluster.

Warning timing

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Timing' from

the Settings menu to change the

initial warning activation time for

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.

When the vehicle is first delivered,

Warning Timing is set to 'Normal'. If

you change the Warning Timing, the

warning time of other Driver Assis

tance systems may change.

OMQ4AH050334

Driving your vehicle

586

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist.

However, even if 'Off' is selected,

the system's Warning Volume will

not turn off but the volume will

sound as 'Low'.

If you change the warning volume,

the Warning Volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

CAUTION

󳱽The setting of the Warning Timing

and Warning Volume applies to all

functions of Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist.

󳱽Even though 'Normal' is selected

for Warning Timing, if the front

vehicle suddenly stops, the initial

warning activation time may

seem late.

󳱽Select 'Late' for Warning Timing

when traffic is light and when

driving speed is slow.

NOTICE

If the engine is restarted, Warning

Timing and Warning Volume will

maintain the last setting.

Function operation

Basic function

Function warning and control

The basic function for Forward Colli

sion-Avoidance Assist is to warn and

control the vehicle depending on the

collision level: 'Collision Warning',

'Emergency Braking' and 'Stopping

vehicle and ending brake control'.

Collision warning

󳱽To warn the driver of a collision,

the 'Collision Warning' warning

OMQ4AH050335

OMQ4050071L

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

message will appear on the clus

ter, an audible warning will sound

and the steering wheel will

vibrate.

󳱽If a vehicle is detected in front,

the function will operate when

your vehicle speed is between

approximately 6 ~ 112 mph (10 ~

180 km/h).

󳱽If a pedestrian is detected in

front, the function will operate

when your vehicle speed is

between approximately 6 ~ 37

mph (10 ~ 60 km/h).

󳱽If 'Active Assist' is selected, brak

ing may be assisted.

Emergency braking

󳱽To warn the driver that emer

gency braking will be assisted, the

'Emergency Braking' warning

message will appear on the clus

ter, an audible warning will sound

and the steering wheel will

vibrate.

󳱽If a vehicle is detected in front,

the function will operate when

your vehicle speed is between

approximately 6 ~ 37 mph (10 ~

60 km/h).

󳱽If a pedestrian is detected in

front, the function will operate

when your vehicle speed is

between approximately 6 ~ 37

mph (10 ~ 60 km/h).

󳱽In emergency braking situation,

braking is assisted with strong

braking power by the function to

help prevent collision with the

vehicle or pedestrian.

Stopping vehicle and ending brake

control

󳱽When the vehicle is stopped due

to emergency braking, the 'Drive

carefully' warning message will

appear on the cluster.

󳱽For your safety, the driver should

depress the brake pedal immedi

ately and check the surroundings.

󳱽Brake control will end after the

vehicle is stopped by emergency

braking for approximately 2 sec

onds.

OMQ4050072L

OMQ4040504L

Driving your vehicle

606

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

WARNING

󳱽For your safety, change the Set

tings after parking the vehicle at a

safe location.

󳱽With 'Active Assist' or 'Warning

Only' selected, when ESC is turned

off by pressing and holding the

ESC OFF button, Forward Colli

sion-Avoidance Assist will turn off

automatically. In this case, the

function cannot be set from the

Settings menu and the warning

light will illuminate on the cluster

which is normal. If ESC is turned

on by pressing the ESC OFF but

ton, Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist will maintain the last set

ting.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist does not operate in all situ

ations or cannot avoid all colli

sions.

󳱽The driver should hold the

responsibility to control the vehi

cle. Do not solely depend on For

ward Collision-Avoidance Assist.

Rather, maintain a safe braking

distance, and if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to reduce

driving speed or to stop the vehi

cle.

󳱽Never deliberately operate For

ward Collision-Avoidance Assist

on people, animal, objects, etc. It

may cause serious injury or death.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not operate if the

driver depresses the brake pedal

to avoid collision.

󳱽Depending on the road and driving

conditions, Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist may warn the

driver late or may not warn the

driver.

󳱽During Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist operation, the vehicle

may stop suddenly injuring pas

sengers and shifting loose

objects. Always have the seat belt

on and keep loose objects

secured.

󳱽If any other function's warning

message is displayed or audible

warning is generated, Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist warn

ing message may not be dis

played and audible warning may

not be generated.

󳱽You may not hear the warning

sound of Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist if the surrounding is

noisy.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may turn off or may not

operate properly or may operate

unnecessarily depending on the

road conditions and the surround

ings.

NOTICE

󳱽Even if there is a problem with

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist, the vehicle's basic braking

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

performance will operate nor

mally.

󳱽During emergency braking, brak

ing control by the function will

automatically cancel when the

driver excessively depresses the

accelerator pedal or sharply

steers the vehicle.

CAUTION

Depending on the condition of the

vehicle, pedestrian in front and the

surroundings, the speed range to

operate Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may reduce. The function

may only warn the driver, or the

function may not operate.

NOTICE

In a situation collision is imminent,

braking may be assisted by Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist when

braking is insufficient by the driver.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist is not working properly, the

'Check Forward Safety system'

warning message will appear, and

the() and()warning lights

will illuminate on the cluster. Have

the function be inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Function disabled

When the front windshield where

the front view camera is located, is

covered with foreign material, such

OMQ4050074L

OMQ4050073L

Driving your vehicle

626

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

as snow or rain, it can reduce the

detecting performance and tempo

rarily limit or disable Forward Colli

sion-Avoidance Assist.

If this occurs, the 'Forward Safety

Function disabled. Camera obscured'

warning message, and the()

and()warning lights will illumi

nate on the cluster.

The function will operate normally

when snow, rain or foreign matter is

removed. Always keep it clean.

If the function does not operate

normally after obstruction (snow,

rain, or foreign material) is removed,

have the function be inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE

󳱽Even though the warning mes

sage or warning light does not

appear on the cluster, Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist may

not properly operate.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not properly operate

in an area (e.g. open terrain),

where any substance are not

detected after turning ON the

engine.

Limitations

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

may not operate normally, or the

function may operate unexpectedly

under the following circumstances:

󳱽The detecting sensor or the sur

roundings are contaminated or

damaged

󳱽The temperature around the

front view camera is high or low

󳱽The camera lens is contaminated

due to tinted, filmed or coated

windshield, damaged glass, or

stuck of foreign material (sticker,

bug, etc.) on the glass

󳱽Moisture is not removed or frozen

on the windshield

󳱽Washer fluid is continuously

sprayed, or the wiper is on

󳱽Driving in heavy rain or snow, or

thick fog

󳱽The field of view of the front view

camera is obstructed by sun glare

󳱽Street light or light from an

oncoming vehicle is reflected on

the wet road surface, such as a

puddle on the road

󳱽An object is placed on the dash

board

󳱽Your vehicle is being towed

󳱽The surrounding is very bright

󳱽The surrounding is very dark, such

as in a tunnel, etc.

󳱽The brightness changes sud

denly, for example when entering

or exiting a tunnel

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

󳱽The brightness outside is low, and

the headlamps are not on or are

not bright

󳱽Driving through steam, smoke or

shadow

󳱽Only part of the vehicle, pedes

trian is detected

󳱽The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy

truck, truck with a unusually

shaped luggage, trailer, etc.

󳱽The vehicle in front has no tailla

mps, taillamps are located unusu

ally, etc.

󳱽The brightness outside is low, and

the taillamps are not on or are not

bright

󳱽The rear of the front vehicle is

small or the vehicle does not look

normal, such as when the vehicle

is tilted, overturned, or the side of

the vehicle is visible, etc.

󳱽The front vehicle's ground clear

ance is low or high

󳱽A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly

cuts in front

󳱽The vehicle in front is detected

late

󳱽The vehicle in front is suddenly

blocked by a obstacle

󳱽The vehicle in front suddenly

changes lane or suddenly reduces

speed

󳱽The vehicle in front is bent out of

shape

󳱽The front vehicle's speed is fast or

slow

󳱽The vehicle in front steers in the

opposite direction of your vehicle

to avoid a collision

󳱽With a vehicle in front, your vehi

cle changes lane at low speed

󳱽The vehicle in front is covered

with snow

󳱽You are departing or returning to

the lane

󳱽Unstable driving

󳱽You are on a roundabout and the

vehicle in front is not detected

󳱽You are continuously driving in a

circle

󳱽The vehicle in front has an

unusual shape

󳱽The vehicle in front is driving

uphill or downhill.

󳱽The pedestrian is not fully

detected, for example, if the

pedestrian is leaning over or is not

fully walking upright

󳱽The pedestrian is wearing clothing

or equipment that makes it diffi

cult to detect as a pedestrian

Following image shows the image the

sensor recognizes as vehicle and

pedestrian.

OJA040544

Driving your vehicle

646

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

󳱽The pedestrian in front is moving

very quickly

󳱽The pedestrian in front is short or

is posing a low posture

󳱽The pedestrian in front has

impaired mobility

󳱽The pedestrian in front is moving

intersected with the driving direc

tion

󳱽There is a group of pedestrians or

a large crowd in front

󳱽The pedestrian is wearing clothing

that easily blends into the back

ground, making it difficult to

detect

󳱽The pedestrian is difficult to dis

tinguish from the similar shaped

structure in the surroundings

󳱽You are driving by a pedestrian,

traffic signs, structures, etc. near

the intersection

󳱽You are driving by a pedestrian,

traffic signs, structures, etc. near

the intersection

󳱽Driving in a parking lot

󳱽Driving through a tollgate, con

struction area, unpaved road, par

tial paved road, uneven road,

speed bumps, etc.

󳱽Driving on an incline road, curved

road, etc.

󳱽Driving through a roadside with

trees or streetlights

󳱽The adverse road conditions

cause excessive vehicle vibrations

while driving

󳱽Your vehicle height is low or high

due to heavy loads, abnormal tire

pressure, etc.

󳱽Driving through a narrow road

where trees or grass or over

grown

󳱽There is interference by electro

magnetic waves, such as driving in

an area with strong radio waves

or electrical noise

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

WARNING

󳱽Driving on a curve

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not detect other vehi

cles, pedestrians in front of you

on curved roads adversely affect

ing the performance of the sen

sors. This may result in no

warning, braking assist or steer

ing assist when necessary.

When driving on a curve, you

must maintain a safe braking dis

tance, and if necessary, steer the

vehicle and depress the brake

pedal to reduce your driving speed

in order to maintain a safe dis

tance.

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may detect a vehicle,

pedestrian in the next lane or

outside the lane when driving on a

curved road.

If this occurs, the function may

unnecessarily warn the driver and

control the brake or steering

wheel. Always check the traffic

conditions around the vehicle.

󳱽Driving on a slope

OCD059189

OCD059188

OCD059191

OCD059190

Driving your vehicle

666

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not detect other vehi

cles, pedestrians in front of you

while driving uphill or downhill

adversely affecting the perfor

mance of the sensors.

This may result in unnecessary

warning, braking assist or steer

ing assist or no warning, braking

assist or steering assist when

necessary.

Also, vehicle speed may rapidly

decrease when a vehicle or pedes

trian ahead is suddenly detected.

Always have your eyes on the

road while driving uphill or down

hill and if necessary, steer your

vehicle and depress the brake

pedal to reduce your driving speed

in order to maintain a safe dis

tance.

󳱽Changing lanes

[A]: Your vehicle

[B]: Lane changing vehicle

When a vehicle [B] moves into

your lane from an adjacent lane, it

cannot be detected by the sensor

until it is in the sensor's detection

range. Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist may not immediately

detect the vehicle when the vehi

cle changes lanes abruptly. In this

case, you must maintain a safe

braking distance, and if neces

sary, steer your vehicle and

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance.

ODL3059040

OCD059192

OADAS032SDY

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front

view camera only)

[A]: Your vehicle

[B]: Lane changing vehicle,

[C]: Same lane vehicle

When a vehicle [B] in front of you

merges out of the lane, Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist may

not immediately detect the vehi

cle [C] that is now in front of you.

In this case, you must maintain a

safe braking distance, and if nec

essary, steer your vehicle and

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance.

󳱽Detecting vehicle

If the vehicle in front of you has

cargo that extends rearward from

the cab, or when the vehicle in

front of you has higher ground

clearance, additional special

attention is required. Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist may

not be able to detect the cargo

extending from the vehicle. In

these instances, you must main

tain a safe braking distance from

the rearmost object, and if neces

sary, steer your vehicle and

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to

maintain distance.

OADAS033SDY

OMQ4H050008

Driving your vehicle

686

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor

fusion)

WARNING

󳱽When you are towing a trailer or

another vehicle, we recommend

that Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist is turned off due to safety

reasons.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may operate if objects that

are similar in shape or character

istics to vehicles and pedestrians

are detected.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist does not operate on

motorcycles, or smaller wheeled

objects, such as luggage bags,

shopping carts, or strollers that

are dragged by a pedestrian.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not operate normally

if interfered by strong electro

magnetic waves.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not operate for

approximately 15 seconds after

the vehicle is started, or the front

view camera is initialized.

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if

equipped)

Basic function

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

is designed to help detect and moni

tor the vehicle ahead or help detect

a pedestrian or cyclist in the road

way and warn the driver that a colli

sion is imminent with a warning

message and an audible warning,

and if necessary, apply emergency

braking.

Junction Turning function

OMQ4050280L

OMQ4AH050241

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

(Sensor fusion)

Junction Turning function will help

avoid a collision with an oncoming

vehicle in an adjacent lane when

turning left at a crossroad with the

turn signal on by applying emer

gency braking.

Detecting sensor

Front view camera

Front radar

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensors.

CAUTION

Take the following precautions to

maintain optimal performance of

the detecting sensor:

󳱽Never disassemble the detecting

sensor or sensor assembly, or

apply any impact on it.

󳱽Never install any accessories or

stickers on the front windshield,

or tint the front windshield.

󳱽If the detecting sensors have

been replaced or repaired, have

the vehicle be inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽Pay extreme caution to keep the

front view camera dry.

󳱽Never place any reflective objects

(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the

dashboard. Any light reflection

may prevent the function from

functioning properly.

󳱽Do not apply license plate frame

or objects, such as a bumper

sticker, film or a bumper guard,

near the front radar cover.

󳱽Always keep the front radar and

cover clean and free of dirt and

debris. Use only a soft cloth to

wash the vehicle. Do not spray

pressurized water directly on the

sensor or sensor cover.

󳱽If unnecessary force has been

applied to the radar or around the

radar, Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist may not properly

operate even though a warning

message does not appear on the

OMQ4H050009

OMQ4050077

Driving your vehicle

706

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor

fusion)

cluster. Have the vehicle be

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

󳱽Use only genuine parts to repair

or replace a damaged front radar

cover. Do not apply paint to the

front radar cover.

Function settings

Setting

Forward Safety

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select or

deselect 'Driver Assistance → For

ward Safety' from the Settings

menu to set whether or not to use

each function.

󳱽If 'Active Assist' is selected, the

function will warn the driver with

a warning message, an audible

warning and steering wheel vibra

tion depending on the collision risk

levels. Braking assist will be

applied depending on the collision

risk.

󳱽If 'Warning Only' is selected, the

function will warn the driver with

a warning message, an audible

warning and steering wheel vibra

tion depending on the collision risk

levels. Braking will not be assisted.

󳱽If 'Off' is selected, the function will

off. The()warning light will

illuminate on the cluster.

The driver can monitor Forward Col

lision-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF sta

tus from the Settings menu. If the

()warning light remains ON

when the function is ON, have the

function be inspected by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

WARNING

When the engine is restarted, For

ward Collision-Avoidance Assist will

always turn on. However, if 'Off' is

selected after the engine is

restarted, the driver should always

be aware of the surroundings and

drive safely.

OMQ4AH050344

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

(Sensor fusion)

CAUTION

󳱽If 'Warning Only' is selected, brak

ing is not assisted.

󳱽The settings for Forward Safety

include 'Basic function' and 'Junc

tion Turning'.

󳱽Steering wheel vibration can be

turned on or off. Select or dese

lect 'Driver Assistance → Haptic

Warning' from the Settings menu.

NOTICE

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

will turn off when ESC is turned off

by pressing and holding the ESC OFF

button. The()warning light will

illuminate on the cluster.

Warning timing

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Timing' from

the Settings menu to change the

initial warning activation time for

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.

When the vehicle is first delivered,

Warning Timing is set to 'Normal'.

If you change the Warning Timing,

the warning time of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist.

However, even if 'Off' is selected,

the system's Warning Volume will

not turn off but the volume will

sound as 'Low'.

If you change the warning volume,

the Warning Volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

OMQ4AH050334

OMQ4AH050335

Driving your vehicle

726

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor

fusion)

CAUTION

󳱽The setting of the Warning Timing

and Warning Volume applies to all

functions of Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist.

󳱽Even though 'Normal' is selected

for Warning Timing, if the front

vehicle suddenly stops, the initial

warning activation time may

seem late.

󳱽Select 'Late' for Warning Timing

when traffic is light and when

driving speed is slow.

NOTICE

If the engine is restarted, Warning

Timing and Warning Volume will

maintain the last setting.

Function operation

Basic function

Function warning and control

The basic function for Forward Colli

sion-Avoidance Assist is to warn and

control the vehicle depending on the

collision level: 'Collision Warning',

'Emergency Braking' and 'Stopping

vehicle and ending brake control'.

Collision warning

󳱽To warn the driver of a collision,

the 'Collision Warning' warning

message will appear on the clus

ter, an audible warning will sound

and the steering wheel will

vibrate.

󳱽If a vehicle is detected in front,

the function will operate when

your vehicle speed is between

approximately 6 ~ 112 mph (10 ~

180 km/h).

󳱽If a pedestrian or cyclist is

detected in front, the function will

operate when your vehicle speed

is between approximately 6 ~ 53

mph (10 ~ 85 km/h).

󳱽If 'Active Assist' is selected, brak

ing may be assisted.

OMQ4AH050212

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

(Sensor fusion)

Emergency braking

󳱽To warn the driver that emer

gency braking will be assisted, the

'Emergency Braking' warning

message will appear on the clus

ter, an audible warning will sound

and the steering wheel will

vibrate.

󳱽If a vehicle is detected in front,

the function will operate when

your vehicle speed is between

approximately 6 ~ 47 mph (10 ~

75 km/h).

󳱽If a pedestrian or cyclist is

detected in front, the function will

operate when your vehicle speed

is between approximately 6 ~ 40

mph (10 ~ 65 km/h).

󳱽In emergency braking situation,

braking is assisted with strong

braking power by the function to

help prevent collision with the

vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist

ahead.

Stopping vehicle and ending brake

control

󳱽When the vehicle is stopped due

to emergency braking, the 'Drive

carefully' warning message will

appear on the cluster.

For your safety, the driver should

depress the brake pedal immedi

ately and check the surroundings.

󳱽Brake control will end after the

vehicle is stopped by emergency

braking for approximately 2 sec

onds.

Junction Turning function

Function warning and control

Junction Turning function will warn

and control the vehicle depending on

the collision level: 'Collision Warning',

'Emergency Braking' and 'Stopping

vehicle and ending brake control'.

OMQ4050072L

OMQ4040504L

Driving your vehicle

746

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor

fusion)

Collision warning

󳱽To warn the driver of a collision,

the 'Collision Warning' warning

message will appear on the clus

ter, an audible warning will sound

and the steering wheel will

vibrate.

󳱽The function will operate when

your vehicle speed is between

approximately 6 ~ 19 mph (10 ~

30 km/h) and the oncoming vehi

cle speed is between approxi

mately 19 ~ 44 mph (30 ~ 70 km/

h).

󳱽If 'Active Assist' is selected, brak

ing may be assisted.

Emergency braking

󳱽To warn the driver that emer

gency braking will be assisted, the

'Emergency Braking' warning

message will appear on the clus

ter, an audible warning will sound

and the steering wheel will

vibrate.

󳱽The function will operate when

your vehicle speed is between

approximately 6 ~ 19 mph (10 ~

30 km/h) and the oncoming vehi

cle speed is between approxi

mately 19 ~ 44 mph (30 ~ 70 km/

h).

󳱽In emergency braking situation,

braking is assisted with strong

braking power by the function to

help prevent collision with the

oncoming vehicle.

OMQ4050212L

OMQ4050211L

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

(Sensor fusion)

Stopping vehicle and ending brake

control

󳱽When the vehicle is stopped due

to emergency braking, the 'Drive

carefully' warning message will

appear on the cluster.

For your safety, the driver should

depress the brake pedal immedi

ately and check the surroundings.

󳱽Brake control will end after the

vehicle is stopped by emergency

braking for approximately 2 sec

onds.

WARNING

󳱽For your safety, change the Set

tings after parking the vehicle at a

safe location.

󳱽With 'Active Assist' or 'Warning

Only' selected, when ESC is turned

off by pressing and holding the

ESC OFF button, Forward Colli

sion-Avoidance Assist will turn off

automatically. In this case, the

function cannot be set from the

Settings menu and the

warning light will illuminate on the

cluster which is normal. If ESC is

turned on by pressing the ESC

OFF button, Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist will maintain the

last setting.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist does not operate in all situ

ations or cannot avoid all colli

sions.

󳱽The driver should hold the

responsibility to control the vehi

cle. Do not solely depend on For

ward Collision-Avoidance Assist.

Rather, maintain a safe braking

distance, and if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to reduce

driving speed or to stop the vehi

cle.

󳱽Never deliberately operate For

ward Collision-Avoidance Assist

on people, animal, objects, etc. It

may cause serious injury or death.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not operate if the

driver depresses the brake pedal

to avoid collision.

󳱽Depending on the road and driving

conditions, Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist may warn the

driver late or may not warn the

driver.

󳱽During Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist operation, the vehicle

may stop suddenly injuring pas

sengers and shifting loose

objects. Always have the seat belt

OMQ4040504L

Driving your vehicle

766

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor

fusion)

on and keep loose objects

secured.

󳱽If any other function's warning

message is displayed or audible

warning is generated, Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist warn

ing message may not be dis

played and audible warning may

not be generated.

󳱽You may not hear the warning

sound of Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist if the surrounding is

noisy.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may turn off or may not

operate properly or may operate

unnecessarily depending on the

road conditions and the surround

ings.

WARNING

󳱽Even if there is a problem with

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist, the vehicle's basic braking

performance will operate nor

mally.

󳱽During emergency braking, brak

ing control by the function will

automatically cancel when the

driver excessively depresses the

accelerator pedal or sharply

steers the vehicle.

CAUTION

󳱽Depending on the condition of the

vehicle, pedestrian and cyclist in

front and the surroundings, the

speed range to operate Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist may

reduce. The function may only

warn the driver, or the function

may not operate.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist will operate under certain

conditions by judging the risk level

based on the condition of the

oncoming vehicle, driving direc

tion, speed and surroundings.

NOTICE

In a situation collision is imminent,

braking may be assisted by Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist when

braking is insufficient by the driver.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

OMQ4050074L

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

(Sensor fusion)

When Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist is not working properly, the

'Check Forward Safety system'

warning message will appear, and

the () and () warning lights

will illuminate on the cluster. Have

the function be inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Function disabled

When the front windshield where

the front view camera is located,

front radar cover, sensor is covered

with foreign material, such as snow

or rain, it can reduce the detecting

performance and temporarily limit

or disable Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist.

If this occurs the 'Forward Safety

Function disabled. Camera obscured'

or the 'Forward Safety Function dis

abled. Radar blocked' warning mes

sage, and the () and()

warning lights will illuminate on the

cluster.

The function will operate normally

when snow, rain or foreign matter is

removed. Always keep it clean.

If the function does not operate

normally after obstruction (snow,

rain, or foreign material) is removed,

have the function be inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

󳱽Even though the warning mes

sage or warning light does not

appear on the cluster, Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist may

not properly operate.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not properly operate

in an area (e.g. open terrain),

where any substance are not

detected after turning ON the

engine.

OMQ4050073L

OMQ4050079L

Driving your vehicle

786

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor

fusion)

Limitations

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

may not operate normally, or the

function may operate unexpectedly

under the following circumstances:

󳱽The detecting sensor or the sur

roundings are contaminated or

damaged

󳱽The temperature around the

front view camera is high or low

󳱽The camera lens is contaminated

due to tinted, filmed or coated

windshield, damaged glass, or

stuck of foreign material (sticker,

bug, etc.) on the glass

󳱽Moisture is not removed or frozen

on the windshield

󳱽Washer fluid is continuously

sprayed, or the wiper is on

󳱽Driving in heavy rain or snow, or

thick fog

󳱽The field of view of the front view

camera is obstructed by sun glare

󳱽Street light or light from an

oncoming vehicle is reflected on

the wet road surface, such as a

puddle on the road

󳱽An object is placed on the dash

board

󳱽Your vehicle is being towed

󳱽The surrounding is very bright

󳱽The surrounding is very dark, such

as in a tunnel, etc.

󳱽The brightness changes sud

denly, for example when entering

or exiting a tunnel

󳱽The brightness outside is low, and

the headlamps are not on or are

not bright

󳱽Driving through steam, smoke or

shadow

󳱽Only part of the vehicle, pedes

trian or cyclist is detected

󳱽The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy

truck, truck with a unusually

shaped luggage, trailer, etc.

󳱽The vehicle in front has no tailla

mps, taillamps are located unusu

ally, etc.

󳱽The brightness outside is low, and

the taillamps are not on or are not

bright

󳱽The rear of the front vehicle is

small or the vehicle does not look

normal, such as when the vehicle

is tilted, overturned, or the side of

the vehicle is visible, etc.

󳱽The front vehicle's ground clear

ance is low or high

󳱽A vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist

suddenly cuts in front

󳱽The bumper around the front

radar is impacted, damaged or

the front radar is out of position

󳱽The temperature around the

front radar is high or low

󳱽Driving through a tunnel or iron

bridge

󳱽Driving in large areas where there

are few vehicles or structures (i.e.

desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)

󳱽Driving near areas containing

metal substances, such as a con

struction zone, railroad, etc.

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

(Sensor fusion)

󳱽A material is near that reflects

very well on the front radar, such

as a guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.

󳱽The cyclist in front is on a bicycle

made of material that does not

reflect on the front radar

󳱽The vehicle in front is detected

late

󳱽The vehicle in front is suddenly

blocked by a obstacle

󳱽The vehicle in front suddenly

changes lane or suddenly reduces

speed

󳱽The vehicle in front is bent out of

shape

󳱽The front vehicle's speed is fast or

slow

󳱽The vehicle in front steers in the

opposite direction of your vehicle

to avoid a collision

󳱽With a vehicle in front, your vehi

cle changes lane at low speed

󳱽The vehicle in front is covered

with snow

󳱽You are departing or returning to

the lane

󳱽Unstable driving

󳱽You are on a roundabout and the

vehicle in front is not detected

󳱽You are continuously driving in a

circle

󳱽The vehicle in front has an

unusual shape

󳱽The vehicle in front is driving

uphill or downhill.

󳱽The pedestrian or cyclist is not

fully detected, for example, if the

pedestrian is leaning over or is not

fully walking upright

󳱽The pedestrian or cyclist is wear

ing clothing or equipment that

makes it difficult to detect as a

pedestrian or cyclist

Following image shows the image the

sensor recognizes as vehicle, pedes

trian, and cyclist.

󳱽The pedestrian or cyclist in front

is moving very quickly

󳱽The pedestrian or cyclist in front

is short or is posing a low posture

󳱽The pedestrian or cyclist in front

has impaired mobility

󳱽The pedestrian or cyclist in front

is moving intersected with the

driving direction

󳱽There is a group of pedestrians,

cyclists or a large crowd in front

󳱽The pedestrian or cyclist is wear

ing clothing that easily blends into

the background, making it difficult

to detect

OADAS044

Driving your vehicle

806

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor

fusion)

󳱽The pedestrian or cyclist is diffi

cult to distinguish from the simi

lar shaped structure in the

surroundings

󳱽You are driving by a pedestrian,

cyclist, traffic signs, structures,

etc. near the intersection

󳱽Driving in a parking lot

󳱽Driving through a tollgate, con

struction area, unpaved road, par

tial paved road, uneven road,

speed bumps, etc.

󳱽Driving on an incline road, curved

road, etc.

󳱽Driving through a roadside with

trees or streetlights

󳱽Unstable driving

󳱽The adverse road conditions

cause excessive vehicle vibrations

while driving

󳱽Your vehicle height is low or high

due to heavy loads, abnormal tire

pressure, etc.

󳱽Driving through a narrow road

where trees or grass or over

grown

󳱽There is interference by electro

magnetic waves, such as driving in

an area with strong radio waves

or electrical noise

WARNING

󳱽Driving on a curve

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not detect other vehi

cles, pedestrians or cyclists in

front of you on curved roads

ODEEV069237NR

ODEEV069238NR

ODEEV069239NR

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

(Sensor fusion)

adversely affecting the perfor

mance of the sensors. This may

result in no warning, and braking

assist when necessary.

When driving on a curve, you

must maintain a safe braking dis

tance, and if necessary, steer the

vehicle and depress the brake

pedal to reduce your driving speed

in order to maintain a safe dis

tance.

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may detect a vehicle,

pedestrian or cyclist in the next

lane or outside the lane when

driving on a curved road.

If this occurs, the function may

unnecessarily warn the driver and

control the brake. Always check

the traffic conditions around the

vehicle.

󳱽Driving on a slope

ODEEV069240NR

ODEEV069241NR

ODEEV069242NR

ODEEV069243NR

Driving your vehicle

826

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor

fusion)

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not detect other vehi

cles, pedestrians or cyclists in

front of you while driving uphill or

downhill adversely affecting the

performance of the sensors.

This may result in unnecessary

warning, braking assist or no

warning, braking assist when nec

essary.

Also, vehicle speed may rapidly

decrease when a vehicle, pedes

trian or cyclist ahead is suddenly

detected.

Always have your eyes on the

road while driving uphill or down

hill and if necessary, steer your

vehicle and depress the brake

pedal to reduce your driving speed

in order to maintain a safe dis

tance.

󳱽Changing lanes

[A]: Your vehicle

[B]: Lane changing vehicle

When a vehicle [B] moves into

your lane from an adjacent lane, it

cannot be detected by the sensor

until it is in the sensor's detection

range. Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist may not immediately

detect the vehicle when the vehi

cle changes lanes abruptly. In this

case, you must maintain a safe

braking distance, and if neces

sary, steer your vehicle and

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance.

ODEEV069244NR

ODEEV069245NR

OADAS030SDY

Driving your vehicleForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

(Sensor fusion)

[A]: Your vehicle

[B]: Lane changing vehicle

[C]: Same lane vehicle

When a vehicle [B] in front of you

merges out of the lane, Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist may

not immediately detect the vehi

cle [C] that is now in front of you.

In this case, you must maintain a

safe braking distance, and if nec

essary, steer your vehicle and

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance.

󳱽Detecting vehicle

If the vehicle in front of you has

cargo that extends rearward from

the cab, or when the vehicle in

front of you has higher ground

clearance, additional special

attention is required. Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist may

not be able to detect the cargo

extending from the vehicle. In

these instances, you must main

tain a safe braking distance from

the rearmost object, and if neces

sary, steer your vehicle and

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to

maintain distance.

OADAS033SDY

OMQ4H050038

Driving your vehicle

846

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

WARNING

󳱽When you are towing a trailer or

another vehicle, we recommend

that Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist is turned off due to safety

reasons.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may operate if objects that

are similar in shape or character

istics to vehicles, pedestrians and

cyclists are detected.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist does not operate on bicy

cles, motorcycles, or smaller

wheeled objects, such as luggage

bags, shopping carts, or strollers

that are dragged by a pedestrian

or a cyclist.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not operate normally

if interfered by strong electro

magnetic waves.

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not operate for

approximately 15 seconds after

the vehicle is started, or the front

view camera is initialized.

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

Lane Keeping Assist is designed to

help detect lane markings (or road

edges) while driving over a certain

speed. The function will warn the

driver if the vehicle leaves the lane

without using the turn signal, or will

automatically assist the driver's

steering to help prevent the vehicle

from departing the lane.

Detecting sensor

Front view camera

The front view camera is used as a

detecting sensor to detect lane

markings (or road edges).

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

OMQ4H050009

Driving your vehicleLane Keeping Assist (LKA)

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions

of the front view camera, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if equipped)"

on page 6-68.

Function settings

Setting

Lane Safety

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select or

deselect 'Driver Assistance → Lane

Safety' from the Settings menu to

set whether or not to use each

function.

󳱽If 'Lane Keeping Assist' is

selected, the function will auto

matically assist the driver's steer

ing when lane departure is

detected to help prevent the vehi

cle from moving out of its lane.

󳱽If 'Lane Departure Warning' is

selected, the function will warn

the driver with an audible warning

and steering wheel vibration

when lane departure is detected.

The driver must steer the vehicle.

󳱽If 'Off' is selected, the function will

turn off. The () indicator

light will turn off on the cluster.

WARNING

󳱽If 'Lane Departure Warning' is

selected, steering is not assisted.

󳱽Lane Keeping Assist does not con

trol the steering wheel when the

vehicle is driven in the middle of

the lane.

󳱽The driver should always be

aware of the surroundings and

steer the vehicle if 'Off' is

selected.

Turning On/Off

OMQ4AH050345

OMQ4050081

Driving your vehicle

866

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, press the

Lane Safety button located on the

instrument panel to turn on Lane

Keeping Assist. The white ()

indicator light will illuminate on the

cluster.

NOTICE

󳱽If the engine is restarted, Lane

Keeping Assist will maintain the

last setting.

󳱽When Lane Keeping Assist is

turned off with the Lane Safety

button, Lane Safety settings will

turn off.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Lane Keeping

Assist.

However, even if 'Off' is selected,

the system's Warning Volume will

not turn off but the volume will

sound as 'Low'.

If you change the Warning Volume,

the Warning Volume of other Driver

Assistance functions may be

changed.

Function operation

Function warning and control

Lane Keeping Assist will warn and

control the vehicle with Lane Depar

ture Warning and Lane Keeping

Assist.

Lane Departure Warning

Left

OMQ4AH050335

OMQ4050085

Driving your vehicleLane Keeping Assist (LKA)

Right

󳱽To warn the driver that the vehi

cle is departing from the pro

jected lane in front, the green

() indicator light will blink on

the cluster, the lane line will blink

on the cluster depending on which

direction the vehicle is veering,

and an audible warning will sound.

Also, the steering wheel will

vibrate.

󳱽The function will operate when

your vehicle speed is between

approximately 40 ~ 120 mph (60 ~

200 km/h).

Lane Keeping Assist

󳱽To warn the driver that the vehi

cle is departing from the pro

jected lane in front, the green

() indicator light will blink on

the cluster, and the steering

wheel will make adjustments to

keep vehicle inside the lane.

󳱽The function will operate when

your vehicle speed is between

approximately 40 ~ 120 mph (60 ~

200 km/h).

Hands-off warning

If the driver takes their hands off

the steering wheel for several sec

onds, the 'Keep hands on the steer

ing wheel' warning message will

appear on the cluster, and an audi

ble warning will sound in stages.

WARNING

󳱽The steering wheel may not be

assisted if the steering wheel is

held very tight or the steering

wheel is steered over a certain

degree.

󳱽Lane Keeping Assist does not

operate at all times. It is the

responsibility of the driver to

safely steer the vehicle and to

maintain the vehicle in its lane.

󳱽The hands󳱮off warning message

may appear late depending on

OMQ4050086

OMQ4050155L

Driving your vehicle

886

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

road conditions. Always have your

hands on the steering wheel while

driving.

󳱽If the steering wheel is held very

lightly, the hands󳱮off warning

message may appear because the

function may not recognize that

the driver has their hands on the

steering wheel.

󳱽If you attach objects to the steer

ing wheel, the hands-off warning

may not work properly.

NOTICE

󳱽For more details on the setting

cluster, refer to "Instrument clus

ter" on page 5-85.

󳱽When lane markings (or road

edges) are detected, the lane lines

on the cluster will change from

grey to white and the green

() indicator light will illumi

nate.

Lane undetected

Lane detected

󳱽Even though the steering is

assisted by Lane Keeping Assist,

the driver may control the steer

ing wheel.

󳱽The steering wheel may feel

heavier or lighter when the steer

ing wheel is assisted by Lane

Keeping Assist than when it is

not.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

OMQ4050296L

OMQ4050084

OMQ4050214L

Driving your vehicleLane Keeping Assist (LKA)

When Lane Keeping Assist is not

working properly, the 'Check Lane

Keeping Assist (LKA) system' warn

ing message will appear and the

yellow () indicator light will illu

minate on the cluster. If this occurs,

have the function be inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Limitations

Lane Keeping Assist may not oper

ate normally or may operate unex

pectedly under the following

circumstances:

󳱽The lane is contaminated or diffi

cult to distinguish because,

-The lane markings (or road

edge) is covered with rain,

snow, dirt, oil, etc.

-The color of the lane marking

(or road edge) is not distin

guishable from the road

-There are markings (or road

edges) on the road near the

lane or the markings (or road

edges) on the road looks similar

to the lane markings (or road

edges)

-The lane marking (or road edge)

is indistinct or damaged

-The shadow is on the lane

marking (or road edge) by a

median strip, trees, guardrail,

noise barriers, etc.

󳱽There are more than two lane

markings (or road edges) on the

road

󳱽The lane number increases or

decreases, or the lane markings

are crossing

󳱽The lane markings (or road edges)

are complicated or a structure

substitutes for the lines, such as a

construction area

󳱽There are road markings, such as

zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings

and road signs

󳱽The lane suddenly disappears,

such as at the intersection

󳱽The lane (or road width) is very

wide or narrow

󳱽There is a road edge without a

lane

󳱽There is a boundary structure in

the roadway, such as a tollgate,

sidewalk, curb, etc.

󳱽The distance to the front vehicle

is extremely short or the vehicle

in front is covering the lane mark

ing (or road edge)

󳱽The vehicle is driving to the bus

lane, or driving at the left or right

side of the bus lane

CAUTION

For more details on the limitations

of the front view camera, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if equipped)"

on page 6-68.

Driving your vehicle

906

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

NOTICE

Take the following precautions

when using Lane Keeping Assist:

󳱽The driver should hold the

responsibility to safely drive and

control the vehicle. Do not solely

rely on the function and drive

dangerously.

󳱽The operation of Lane Keeping

Assist can be canceled or not

work properly depending on road

conditions and surroundings.

Always be cautious while driving.

󳱽Refer to "Limitations" if the lane is

not detected properly.

󳱽When you are towing a trailer or

another vehicle, we recommend

that Lane Keeping Assist is turned

off due to safety reasons.

󳱽If the vehicle is driven at high

speed, the steering wheel will not

be controlled. The driver must

always follow the speed limit

when using the function.

󳱽If any other function's warning

message is displayed or audible

warning is generated, Lane Keep

ing Assist warning message may

not be displayed and audible

warning may not be generated.

󳱽You may not hear the warning

sound of Lane Keeping Assist if

the surrounding is noisy.

󳱽If you attach objects to the steer

ing wheel, steering may not be

assisted properly.

󳱽Lane Keeping Assist may not

operate for approximately 15

seconds after the vehicle is

started, or the Front view camera

is initialized.

󳱽Lane Keeping Assist will not oper

ate when:

-The turn signal or hazard war

ing flasher is turned on

-The vehicle is not driven in the

center of the lane when the

function is turned on or right

after changing a lane

-ESC (Electronic Stability Con

trol) or VSM (Vehicle Stability

Management) is activated

-The vehicle is driven on a sharp

curve

-Vehicle speed is below 34 mph

(55 km/h) or above 130 mph

(210 km/h)

-The vehicle makes sharp lane

changes

-The vehicle brakes suddenly

Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist (BCA)

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist is designed to help detect and

monitor approaching vehicles in the

driver's blind spot area and warn the

driver of a possible collision with a

warning message and audible warn

ing.

In addition, if there is a risk of colli

sion when changing lanes or driving

forward out of a parking space, the

function will help avoid collision by

applying the brake.

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist will help detect and inform

the driver that a vehicle is in the

blind spot.

CAUTION

The detecting range may vary

depending on the speed of your

vehicle. However, even if there is a

vehicle in the blind spot, the function

may not warn you when you pass

by at high speeds.

Blind-Spot Collision Assist help

detect and informs the driver that a

vehicle is approaching at high speed

from the blind spot area.

CAUTION

Warning timing may vary depending

on the speed of the vehicle

approaching at high speed.

OMQ4AH050331

OMQ4050092

Driving your vehicle

926

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

When changing lanes by detecting

the lane ahead, if the function

judges that there is a collision risk

with an approaching vehicle in the

blind spot, the function will help

avoid collision by applying the dif

ferential brake.

When you are driving forward out of

a parking space, if the system

judges that there is a collision risk

with an approaching vehicle in the

blind spot, the system will help

avoid collision by applying the brake.

NOTICE

󳱽In the following text, Blind-Spot

Collision-Avoidance Assist will be

referred as Blind-Spot Safety

system.

Detecting sensor

Front view camera

Rear corner radar

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensors.

OMQ4AH050093

OMQ4050245

OMQ4H050009

OMQ4AH050010

Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

CAUTION

Take the following precautions to

maintain optimal performance of

the detecting sensor:

󳱽Never disassemble the rear corner

radar or radar assembly, or apply

any impact on it.

󳱽If there is impact on the rear cor

ner radar or near the radar, even

though the warning message

does not appear on the cluster,

Blind-Spot Safety system may

not operate properly. Have the

function be inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽If the rear corner radars have

been replaced or repaired, Have

the vehicle be inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽Use only genuine Kia parts to

repair the rear bumper where the

rear corner radar is located.

󳱽Do not apply license plate frame

or objects, such as a bumper

sticker, film or a bumper guard

near the rear corner radar.

󳱽The function may not work prop

erly if the bumper has been

replaced, or the surroundings of

the rear corner radar has been

damaged or paint has been

applied.

󳱽If a trailer, carrier, etc. is installed,

it may adversely affect the per

formance of the rear corner radar

or the function may not operate.

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions

of the front view camera, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if equipped)"

on page 6-68.

Function settings

Setting

Blind-Spot Safety

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select or

deselect 'Driver Assistance → Blind-

Spot Safety' from the Settings

menu to set whether or not to use

each function.

󳱽If 'Active Assist' is selected, the

function will warn the driver with

a warning message, an audible

warning, steering wheel vibration

and braking assist will be applied

depending on the collision risk lev

els.

OMQ4A050340

Driving your vehicle

946

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

󳱽If 'Warning Only' is selected, the

function will warn the driver with

a warning message, an audible

warning and steering wheel vibra

tion depending on the collision risk

levels. Braking will not be assisted.

󳱽If 'Off' is selected, the function will

turn off.

When the engine is restarted with

the function off, the 'Blind-Spot

Safety System is Off' message will

appear on the cluster.

If you change the setting from 'Off'

to 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only',

the warning light on the side view

mirror will blink for approximately 3

seconds.

In addition, if the engine is turned

on, when the function is set to

'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only', the

warning light on the side view mir

ror will blink for approximately 3

seconds.

WARNING

󳱽'If 'Warning Only' is selected,

braking is not assisted.

󳱽If 'Off' is selected, the driver

should always be aware of the

surroundings and drive safely.

NOTICE

If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot

Safety system will maintain the last

setting.

Warning timing

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Timing' from

the Settings menu to change the

initial warning activation time for

Blind-Spot Safety system.

When the vehicle is first delivered,

Warning Timing is set to 'Normal. If

you change the Warning Timing, the

warning time of other Driver Assis

tance systems may change.

OMQ4050293L

OMQ4AH050334

Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Blind-Spot Safety

system.

However, when Warning Volume is

turned off, the steering wheel

vibration function will turn on if it

was turned off.

If you change the Warning Volume,

the warning volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

CAUTION

󳱽The setting of the Warning Timing

and Warning Volume applies to all

functions of the Blind-Spot

Safety system.

󳱽Even though 'Normal' is selected

for Warning Timing, if the vehicles

approaches at high speed, the ini

tial warning activation time may

seem late.

󳱽Select 'Late' for Warning Timing

when traffic is light and when

driving speed is slow.

Function operation

Function warning and control

Vehicle detection

󳱽To warn the driver a vehicle is

detected, the warning light on the

side view mirror and head-up dis

play (if equipped) will illuminate.

󳱽The function will operate when

your vehicle speed is above 12

mph (20 km/h) and the speed of

the vehicle in the blind spot area is

above 7 mph (10 km/h).

Collision warning

󳱽Collision warning will operate

when the turn signal is turned on

in the direction of the detected

vehicle.

󳱽If 'Warning Only' is selected from

the Settings menu, the collision

OMQ4AH050335

OMQ4050098

Driving your vehicle

966

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

warning will operate when your

vehicle approaches the lane the

blind spot vehicle is detected.

󳱽To warn the driver of a collision,

the warning light on the side view

mirror and head-up display (if

equipped) will blink. At the same

time, an audible warning will

sound and the steering wheel will

vibrate.

󳱽When the turn signal is turned

off, the collision warning will be

canceled and the function will

return to vehicle detection state.

NOTICE

󳱽The detecting range of the rear

corner radar is determined by a

standard road width, therefore,

on a narrow road, the function

may detect other vehicles in the

next lane and warn you. In con

trast, on a wide road, the function

may not be able to detect a vehi

cle driving in the next lane and

may not warn you.

󳱽When the hazard warning flasher

is on, the collision warning by the

turn signal will not operate.

NOTICE

If the driver's seat is on the left side,

the collision warning may occur

when you turn left. Maintain a

proper distance with the vehicles in

the left lane. If the driver's seat is on

the right side, the collision warning

may occur when you turn right.

Maintain a proper distance with the

vehicles in the right lane.

Collision-Avoidance Assist (while

driving)

󳱽To warn the driver of a collision,

the warning light on the side view

mirror will blink and a warning

message will appear on the clus

ter. At the same time, an audible

warning will sound, warning light

on the head-up display (if

equipped) will blink and the steer

ing wheel will vibrate.

󳱽The function will operate when

your vehicle speed is between 40

~ 120 mph (60 ~ 200 km/h) and

both lane markings of the driving

lane are detected.

󳱽Emergency braking will be

assisted to help prevent collision

with the vehicle in the blind spot

area.

OMQ4050281L

Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

NOTICE

󳱽Collision-Avoidance Assist will be

canceled under the following cir

cumstances:

-Your vehicle enters the next

lane by a certain distance

-Your vehicle is away from the

collision risk

-The steering wheel is sharply

steered

-The brake pedal is depressed

-Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist is operating

󳱽After Function Operation or

changing lane, you must drive to

the center of the lane. The func

tion will not operate if the vehicle

is not driven in the center of the

lane.

Collision-Avoidance Assist (while

departing)

󳱽To warn the driver of a collision,

the warning light on the side view

mirror will blink and a warning

message will appear on the clus

ter. At the same time, an audible

warning will sound, warning light

on the head-up display (if

equipped) will blink and the steer

ing wheel will vibrate.

󳱽The system will operate when

your vehicle speed is below (2

mph) 3 km/h and the speed of the

vehicle in the blind spot area is

above (3 mph) 5 km/h.

󳱽Emergency braking will be

assisted to help prevent collision

with the vehicle in the blind spot

area.

Stopping vehicle and ending brake

control

󳱽When the vehicle is stopped due

to emergency braking, the 'Drive

carefully' warning message will

appear on the cluster.

󳱽For your safety, the driver should

depress the brake pedal immedi

ately and check the surroundings.

󳱽Brake control will end after the

vehicle is stopped by emergency

OMQ4AH050311

OMQ4040504L

Driving your vehicle

986

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

braking for approximately 2 sec

onds.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using Blind-Spot Safety Sys

tem:

󳱽For your safety, change the Set

tings after parking the vehicle at a

safe location.

󳱽If any other function's warning

message is displayed or audible

warning is generated, Blind-Spot

Safety system's warning mes

sage may not be displayed and

audible warning may not be gen

erated.

󳱽You may not hear the warning

sound of Blind-Spot Safety sys

tem if the surrounding is noisy.

󳱽Blind-Spot Safety system may

not operate if the driver applies

the brake pedal to avoid collision.

󳱽When Blind-Spot Safety system is

operating, braking control by the

system will automatically cancel

when the driver excessively

depresses the accelerator pedal

or sharply steers the vehicle.

󳱽During Blind-Spot Safety system

operation, the vehicle may stop

suddenly injuring passengers and

shifting loose objects. Always

have the seat belt on and keep

loose objects secured.

󳱽Even if there is a problem with

Blind-Spot Safety system, the

vehicle's basic braking perfor

mance will operate normally.

󳱽Blind-Spot Safety system does

not operate in all situations or

cannot avoid all collisions.

󳱽Blind-Spot Safety system may

warn the driver late or may not

warn the driver depending on the

road and driving conditions.

󳱽Driver should maintain control of

the vehicle at all times. Do not

depend on Blind-Spot Safety sys

tem. Maintain a safe braking dis

tance, and if necessary, depress

the brake pedal to reduce driving

speed or to stop the vehicle.

󳱽Never operate Blind-Spot Safety

system on people, animal, objects,

etc. It may cause serious injury or

death.

WARNING

󳱽The brake control may not oper

ate properly depending on the

status of ESC (Electronic Stability

Control).

󳱽There will only be a warning

when:

-The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) warning light is on

-ESC (Electronic Stability Con

trol) is engaged in a different

function

Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Blind-Spot Safety system is

not working properly, the 'Check

Blind-Spot Safety system' warning

message will appear on the cluster,

and the function will turn off auto

matically or the function will be lim

ited. Have the function be inspected

by an authorized Kia dealer.

When the side view mirror warning

light is not working properly, the

'Check side view mirror warning

light' warning message will appear

on the cluster. Have the function be

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Function disabled

When the rear bumper around the

rear corner radar or sensor is cov

ered with foreign material, such as

snow or rain, or installing a trailer or

carrier, it can reduce the detecting

performance and temporarily limit

or disable Blind-Spot Safety sys

tem.

If this occurs, the 'Blind-Spot Safety

Function disabled. Radar blocked'

warning message will appear on the

cluster.

The function will operate normally

when such foreign material or

trailer, etc. is removed, and then the

engine is restarted.

If the function does not operate

normally after it is removed, have

the function be inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

OMQ4050229L

OMQ4050291L

OMQ4050292L

Driving your vehicle

1006

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

WARNING

󳱽Even though the warning mes

sage does not appear on the clus

ter, Blind-Spot Safety system

may not properly operate.

󳱽Blind-Spot Safety system may

not properly operate in an area

(e.g. open terrain) where any sub

stance are not detected right

after the engine is turned on, or

when the detecting sensor is

blocked with foreign material

right after the engine is turned

on.

CAUTION

Turn off Blind-Spot Safety system

to install a trailer, carrier, etc., or

remove the trailer, carrier, etc. to

use Blind-Spot Safety system.

Limitations

Blind-Spot Safety system may not

operate normally, or the function

may operate unexpectedly under

the following circumstances:

󳱽There is inclement weather, such

as heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.

󳱽The rear corner radar is covered

with snow, rain, dirt, etc.

󳱽The temperature around the rear

corner radar is high or low

󳱽Driving on a highway (or motor

way) ramp

󳱽The road pavement (or the

peripheral ground) abnormally

contains metallic components (i.e.

possibly due to subway construc

tion).

󳱽There is a fixed object near the

vehicle, such as sound barriers,

guardrails, central dividers, entry

barriers, street lamps, signs, tun

nels, walls, etc. (including double

structures)

󳱽Driving in large areas where there

are few vehicles or structures (i.e.

desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)

󳱽Driving through a narrow road

where trees or grass are over

grown

󳱽Driving in large areas where there

are few vehicles or structures (i.e.

desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)

󳱽Driving on a wet road surface,

such as a puddle on the road

󳱽The other vehicle drives very close

behind your vehicle, or the other

vehicle passes by your vehicle in

close proximity

󳱽The speed of the other vehicle is

very fast that it passes by your

vehicle in a short time

󳱽Your vehicle passes by the other

vehicle

󳱽Your vehicle changes lane

󳱽Your vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to

you and has accelerated

󳱽The vehicle in the next lane moves

two lanes away from you, or

101

Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

when the vehicle two lanes away

moves to the next lane from you

󳱽A trailer or carrier is installed

around the rear corner radar

󳱽The bumper around the rear cor

ner radar is covered with objects,

such as a bumper sticker, bumper

guard, bike rack, etc.

󳱽The bumper around the rear cor

ner radar is impacted, damaged

or the radar is out of position

󳱽Your vehicle height is low or high

due to heavy loads, abnormal tire

pressure, etc.

Blind-Spot Safety system may not

operate normally, or the function

may operate unexpectedly when

the following objects are detected:

󳱽A motorcycle or bicycle is

detected

󳱽A vehicle such as a flat trailer is

detected

󳱽A big vehicle such as a bus or

truck is detected

󳱽A moving obstacle such as a

pedestrian, animal, shopping cart

or a baby stroller is detected

󳱽A vehicle with low height such as a

sports car is detected

Braking control may not work,

driver's attention is required in the

following circumstances:

󳱽The vehicle severely vibrates

while driving over a bumpy road,

uneven road or concrete patch

󳱽Driving on a slippery surface due

to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.

󳱽The tire pressure is low or a tire is

damaged

󳱽The brake is reworked

󳱽The vehicle makes abrupt lane

changes

CAUTION

For more details on the limitations

of the front view camera, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Front view camera only) (if

equipped)" on page 6-55.

WARNING

󳱽Driving on a curve

Blind-Spot Safety system may

not operate properly when driving

on a curved road. The function

may not detect the vehicle in the

next lane.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions while driving.

OMQ4050106

Driving your vehicle

1026

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)

Blind-Spot Safety system may

not operate properly when driving

on a curved road. The function

may recognize a vehicle in the

same lane.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions while driving.

󳱽Driving where the road is merg

ing/dividing

Blind-Spot Safety system may

not operate properly when driving

where the road merges or divides.

The function may not detect the

vehicle in the next lane.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions while driving.

󳱽Driving on a slope

Blind-Spot Safety system may

not operate properly when driving

on a slope. The function may not

detect the vehicle in the next lane

or may incorrectly detect the

ground or structure.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions while driving.

󳱽Driving where the heights of the

lanes are different

Blind-Spot Safety system may

not operate properly when driving

where the heights of the lanes

are different. The function may

not detect the vehicle on a road

OMQ4050107

OMQ4050108

OMQ4H050011

OMQ4050110

103

Driving your vehicleSafe Exit Warning (SEW)

with different lane heights

(underpass joining section, grade

separated intersections, etc.).

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions while driving.

WARNING

󳱽When you are towing a trailer or

another vehicle, make sure that

you turn off Blind-Spot Safety

system.

󳱽Blind-Spot Safety system may

not operate normally if inter

fered by strong electromagnetic

waves.

󳱽Blind-Spot Safety system may

not operate for approximately 15

seconds after the vehicle is

started, or the front view camera

or rear corner radars are initial

ized.

Safe Exit Warning (SEW) (if

equipped)

After the vehicle stops, when an

approaching vehicle from the rear

area is detected as soon as a pas

senger opens a door, Safe Exit

Warning will warn the driver with a

warning message and an audible

warning to help prevent a collision.

CAUTION

Warning timing may vary depending

on the speed of the approaching

vehicle.

OMQ4040420L

Driving your vehicle

1046

Safe Exit Warning (SEW)

Detecting sensor

Rear corner radar

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

NOTICE

For more details on the precautions

of the rear corner radars, refer to

"Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist (BCA)" on page 6-91.

Function settings

Setting

Safe Exit Warning

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety →

Safe Exit Warning from the Settings

menu to turn on Safe Exit Warning

and deselect to turn off the func

tion.

WARNING

The driver should always be aware

of unexpected and sudden situa

tions from occurring. If 'Safe Exit

Assist' is deselected, the function

cannot assist you.

OMQ4AH050010

OMQ4AH050336

105

Driving your vehicleSafe Exit Warning (SEW)

NOTICE

If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit

Warning will maintain the last set

ting.

Warning timing

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Timing' from

the Settings menu to change the

initial warning activation time for

Blind-Spot Safety system.

When the vehicle is first delivered,

warning timing is set to 'Normal'. If

you change the warning timing, the

warning time of other Driver Assis

tance systems may change.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

warning volume to 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Blind-Spot Safety

system.

However, when Warning Volume is

turned off, the steering wheel

vibration function will turn on if it

was turned off.

If you change the warning volume,

the warning volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

CAUTION

󳱽The setting of the Warning Timing

and Warning Volume applies to all

functions of the Safe Exit Warn

ing.

OMQ4AH050334

OMQ4AH050335

Driving your vehicle

1066

Safe Exit Warning (SEW)

󳱽Even though 'Normal' is selected

for warning timing, if the vehicles

approaches at high speed from

the rear, the initial warning acti

vation time may seem late.

󳱽Select 'Late' for warning timing

when traffic is light and when

driving speed is slow.

NOTICE

If the engine is restarted, Warning

timing and Warning volume will

maintain the last setting.

Function operation

Function warning

Collision warning when exiting vehi

cle

󳱽When an approaching vehicle

from the rear is detected at the

moment a door is opened, the

'Watch for traffic' warning mes

sage will appear on the cluster,

and an audible warning will sound.

󳱽Safe Exit Warning will warn the

driver when your vehicle speed is

below 2 mph (3 km/h), and the

speed of the approaching vehicle

from the rear is above 3 mph (5

km/h).

NOTICE

Take the following precautions

when using Safe Exit Warning :

󳱽For your safety, change the Set

tings after parking the vehicle at a

safe location.

󳱽If any other function's warning

message is displayed or audible

warning is generated, Safe Exit

Warning warning message may

not be displayed and audible

warning may not be generated.

󳱽You may not hear the warning

sound of Safe Exit Warning if the

surrounding is noisy.

󳱽Safe Exit Warning does not oper

ate in all situations or cannot pre

vent all collisions.

OMQ4040505L

107

Driving your vehicleSafe Exit Assist (SEA)

󳱽Safe Exit Warning may warn the

driver late or may not warn the

driver depending on the road and

driving conditions. Always check

vehicle surroundings.

󳱽The driver and passengers are

responsible for accidents that

occurs while exiting the vehicle.

Always check the surroundings

before you exit the vehicle.

󳱽Never deliberately operate Safe

Exit Warning. Doing so may lead

to serious injury or death.

󳱽Safe Exit Warning does not oper

ate if there is a problem with

Blind-Spot Safety system. The

warning message of Blind-Spot

Safety system will appear when :

-Blind-Spot Safety system sen

sor or the sensor surrounding is

polluted or covered

-Blind-Spot Safety system fails

to warn passengers or falsely

warn passengers

NOTICE

After the engine is turned off, Safe

Exit Warning system operates

approximately for 3 minutes, but

turns off immediately if the doors

are locked.

Safe Exit Assist (SEA) (if

equipped)

After the vehicle stops, when an

approaching vehicle from the rear

area is detected as soon as a pas

senger opens a door, Safe Exit

Assist will warn the driver with a

warning message and an audible

warning to help prevent a collision.

In addition, when the electronic child

safety lock button is in the LOCK

position and an approaching vehicle

from the rear area is detected, the

electronic child safety lock button

will not unlock even if the driver

OMQ4040420N

OMQ4AH040008

Driving your vehicle

1086

Safe Exit Assist (SEA)

presses the button to prevent the

rear doors from opening.

CAUTION

Warning timing may vary depending

on the speed of the approaching

vehicle.

Detecting sensor

Rear corner radar

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

NOTICE

For more details on the precautions

of the rear corner radars, refer to

"Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist (BCA)" on page 6-91.

Function settings

Setting

Safe Exit Assist

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety →

Safe Exit Assist' from the Settings

menu to turn on Safe Exit Assist and

deselect to turn off the function.

WARNING

The driver should always be aware

of unexpected and sudden situa

tions from occurring. If 'Safe Exit

Assist' is deselected, the function

cannot assist you.

NOTICE

If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit

Assist will maintain the last setting.

OMQ4AH050010

OMQ4AH050336

109

Driving your vehicleSafe Exit Assist (SEA)

Warning timing

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Timing' from

the Settings menu to change the

initial warning activation time for

Blind-Spot Safety system.

When the vehicle is first delivered,

Warning Timing is set to 'Normal. If

you change the Warning Timing, the

warning time of other Driver Assis

tance systems may change.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

Warning Volume 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Blind-Spot Safety

system.

However, when Warning Volume is

turned off, the steering wheel

vibration function will turn on if it

was turned off.

If you change the Warning Volume,

the Warning Volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

CAUTION

󳱽The setting of the Warning Timing

and Warning Volume applies to all

functions of the Safe Exit Assist.

󳱽Even though 'Normal' is selected

for Warning Timing, if the vehicles

approaches at high speed from

the rear, the initial warning acti

vation time may seem late.

󳱽Select 'Late' for Warning Timing

when traffic is light and when

driving speed is slow.

OMQ4AH050334

OMQ4AH050335

Driving your vehicle

1106

Safe Exit Assist (SEA)

Function operation

Warning and control

Collision warning when exiting vehi

cle

󳱽When an approaching vehicle

from the rear is detected at the

moment a door is opened, the

'Watch for traffic' warning mes

sage will appear on the cluster,

and an audible warning will sound.

󳱽Safe Exit Assist will warn the

driver when your vehicle speed is

below 2 mph (3 km/h), and the

speed of the approaching vehicle

from the rear is above 3 mph (5

km/h).

Function linked with Electronic child

safety lock

󳱽When Electric child safety lock is

operating and an approaching

vehicle from the rear area is

detected, the rear doors cannot

be unlocked even if the driver

tries to unlock the rear doors

using the electronic child safety

lock button. The 'Check surround

ings then try again' warning mes

sage will appear on the cluster.

󳱽Safe Exit Assist will warn the

driver when vehicle speed is below

2 mph (3 km/h) and the speed of

the approaching vehicle from the

rear is above 3 mph (5 km/h).

󳱽For more details on electric child

safety lock button, refer to "Elec

tronic child safety lock system (if

equipped)" on page 4-16.

OMQ4040505L

OMQ4040506L

111

Driving your vehicleSafe Exit Assist (SEA)

CAUTION

If the driver presses the electronic

child lock button again approxi

mately within 10 seconds after the

warning message appears, Safe Exit

Assist judges that the driver has

unlocked the doors acknowledging

the rear status. The electronic child

safety lock will turn off (button indi

cator OFF) and the rear doors will

unlock. Always check the surround

ings before turning off the elec

tronic child safety lock button.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using Safe Exit Assist:

󳱽For your safety, change the Set

tings after parking the vehicle at a

safe location.

󳱽If any other function's warning

message is displayed or audible

warning is generated, Safe Exit

Assist warning message may not

be displayed and audible warning

may not be generated.

󳱽You may not hear the warning

sound of Safe Exit Assist if the

surrounding is noisy.

󳱽Safe Exit Assist does not operate

in all situations or cannot prevent

all collisions.

󳱽Safe Exit Assist may warn the

driver late or may not warn the

driver depending on the road and

driving conditions. Always check

vehicle surroundings.

󳱽The driver and passengers are

responsible for accidents that

occurs while exiting the vehicle.

Always check the surroundings

before you exit the vehicle.

󳱽Never deliberately operate Safe

Exit Assist. Doing so may lead to

serious injury or death.

󳱽Safe Exit Assist does not operate

if there is a problem with Blind-

Spot Safety system.

-The warning message of Blind-

Spot Safety system will

appears

-Blind-Spot Safety system sen

sor or the sensor surrounding is

polluted or covered

-Blind-Spot Safety system fails

to warn passengers or falsely

warn passengers

NOTICE

After the engine is turned off, Safe

Exit Assist operates approximately

for 3 minutes, but turns off imme

diately if the doors are locked.

Driving your vehicle

1126

Safe Exit Assist (SEA)

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Safe Exit Assist is not working

properly, the 'Check Blind-Spot

Safety system' warning message

will appear on the cluster, and the

function will turn off automatically

or the function will be limited. Have

the function be inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

When the rear bumper around the

rear corner radar or sensor is cov

ered with foreign matters, such as

snow or rain, or installing a trailer or

carrier, it can reduce the detecting

performance and temporarily limit

or disable Safe Exit Assist.

If this occurs, the 'Blind-Spot Safety

system disabled. Radar blocked'

warning message will appear on the

cluster.

The function will operate normally

when such foreign matters or

trailer, etc. is removed. Always keep

it clean.

If the function does not operate

normally after it is removed, have

your vehicle inspected by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

NOTICE

󳱽Even though the warning mes

sage does not appear on the clus

ter, Safe Exit Assist may not

properly operate.

󳱽Safe Exit Assist may not properly

operate in an area (e.g., open ter

rain), where any substance are

not detected after turning ON the

engine.

CAUTION

Turn off Safe Exit Assist to install a

trailer, carrier, etc., or remove the

trailer, carrier, etc. to use Safe Exit

Assist.

OMQ4050229L

OMQ4050292L

113

Driving your vehicleManual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)

Limitations

Safe Exit Assist may not operate

normally, or the function may oper

ate unexpectedly under the follow

ing circumstances:

󳱽Driving through a narrow road

where trees or grass or over

grown

󳱽Driving on a wet road surface,

such as a puddle in the road

󳱽The speed of the other vehicle is

very fast or slow

NOTICE

For more details on the precautions

of the rear corner radars, refer to

"Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist (BCA)" on page 6-91.

WARNING

󳱽Safe Exit Assist may not operate

normally if interfered by strong

electromagnetic waves.

󳱽Safe Exit Assist may not operate

for approximately 3 seconds after

the vehicle is started, or the rear

corner radars are initialized.

Manual Speed Limit Assist

(MSLA)

(1) Speed Limit indicator

(2) Set speed

You can set the speed limit when

you do not want to drive over a spe

cific speed.

If you drive over the preset speed

limit, the warning system operates

(set speed limit will blink and chime

will sound) until the vehicle speed

returns within the speed limit.

Function operation

Setting speed limit

1.Press and hold Driving Assist

() button at the desired

speed.

OMQ4AH050312

Driving your vehicle

1146

Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)

The speed limit indicator light will

illuminate on the cluster.

2.Push the + switch up or - switch

down, and release it at the

desired speed.

Move the + switch up or - switch

down and hold it. The speed will

increase or decrease to the near

est multiple of five (multiple of

ten in km/h) at first, and then

increase or decrease by 5 mph (10

km/h).

3.The set speed limit will be dis

played on the cluster.

The set speed limit will blink and

chime will sound until you return

the vehicle speed within the speed

limit.

NOTICE

󳱽When the accelerator pedal is not

depressed beyond the pressure

point, vehicle speed will maintain

within the speed limit.

OMQ4050128L

ODL3059211L

OMQ4050129L

OMQ4050130L

OMQ4AH050346

115

Driving your vehicleManual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)

Temporarily pausing the function

Push the () switch to temporar

ily pause the set speed limit. The set

speed limit will turn off but the

Speed Limit indicator will stay on.

Resuming the function

To resume Manual Speed Limit

Assist after the system was paused,

push the +, -, ()switch.

If you push the + switch up or 󳱮

switch down, vehicle speed will be

set to the current speed on the

cluster.

If you push the ()switch, vehicle

speed will resume to the preset

speed.

Turning off the function

Press the Driving Assist

()button to turn Manual

Speed Limit Assist off. The Speed

Limit indicator will go off.

Always press the Driving Assist

()button to turn Manual

Speed Limit Assist off when not in

use.

OMQ4050326L

OMQ4050205L

OMQ4050128L

Driving your vehicle

1166

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using Manual Speed Limit

Assist :

󳱽Always set the vehicle speed to

the speed limit in your country.

󳱽Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist

off when the system is not in use,

to avoid inadvertently setting a

speed. Check that the Speed Limit

indicator is off.

󳱽Manual Speed Limit Assist does

not substitute for proper and safe

driving. It is the responsibility of

the driver to always drive safely

and should always be aware of

unexpected and sudden situations

from occurring. Pay attention to

the road conditions at all times.

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist

(ISLA) (if equipped)

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses

information from the detected road

sign and navigation system to

inform the driver of the speed limit

of the current road. Also, the func

tion helps the driver to maintain

within the speed limit of the road.

NOTICE

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may

not operate properly if the system

is used in other countries.

Detecting sensor

Front view camera

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

OMQ4H050009

117

Driving your vehicleIntelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions

of the front view camera, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if equipped)"

on page 6-68.

NOTICE

If the navigation system is available,

the information from the navigation

system is used along with the road

sign information detected by the

front view camera.

Function settings

Setting

Speed limit

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select or

deselect 'Driver Assistance → Intelli

gent Speed Limit Assist' from the

Settings menu to set whether or

not to use each function.

󳱽If 'Speed Limit Assist' is selected,

the system will inform the driver

of speed limit. In addition, the

function will inform the driver to

change set speed of Manual

Speed Limit Assist and/or Smart

Cruise Control to help the driver

stay within the speed limit.

󳱽If 'Speed Limit Warning' is

selected, the function will inform

the driver of speed limit. In addi

tion, the function will warn the

driver when the vehicle is driven

faster than the speed limit.

󳱽If 'Off' is selected, the function will

turn off.

CAUTION

󳱽If 'Speed Limit Warning' is

selected, the function will not

inform the driver to adjust set

speed.

Speed limit offset

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, when 'Driver

Assistance → Speed Limit → Speed

Limit Offset' is selected, the Speed

Limit Offset can be changed. Speed

Limit Warning and Speed Limit

Assist will operate by applying the

Speed Limit Offset setting to the

detected speed limit.

WARNING

󳱽For your safety, change the Set

tings after parking the vehicle at a

safe location.

Driving your vehicle

1186

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)

󳱽Speed Limit Assist function oper

ates based on the Offset setting

added to the speed limit. If you

want to change the set speed

according to the speed limit, set

the offset to '0'.

󳱽Speed Limit Warning function

warns the driver when driving

speed exceeds the speed at which

the set Offset is added to speed

limit. If you want Speed Limit

Warning to warn you immediately

when the driving speed exceeds

the speed limit, set the offset to

'0'.

Function operation

Function warning and control

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will

warn and control the vehicle by 'Dis

playing speed limit', 'Warning over

speed' and 'Changing set speed'.

NOTICE

󳱽Function warning and control are

described based on the Offset set

to '0'. For details on Offset set

ting, refer to "Function settings"

on page 6-117.

Displaying speed limit

Speed limit information is displayed

on the instrument cluster.

NOTICE

󳱽Intelligent Speed Limit Assist pro

vides additional road sign infor

mation in addition to speed limit.

The additional road sign informa

tion provided may vary according

to country.

󳱽Additional information displayed

under the speed limit or overtak

ing restriction sign means the

conditions under which the signs

must be followed. If additional

information is not recognized, it

will be displayed as blank.

OMQ4AH050337

119

Driving your vehicleIntelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)

Changing set speed

If the speed limit of the road

changes during the operation of

Manual Speed Limit Assist or Smart

Cruise Control, an arrow in the

direction of up or down is displayed

to inform the driver that the set

speed needs to be changed. At this

time, the driver can change the set

speed according to the speed limit

by using the + or 󳱮 switch on the

steering wheel.

WARNING

󳱽If the Offset is set over '0', the set

speed will change to a higher

speed than the speed limit of the

road. If you want to drive below

the speed limit, set the Offset

under '0' or use the 󳱮 switch on

the steering wheel to lower the

set speed.

󳱽Even after changing the set speed

according to the speed limit of the

road, the vehicle can still be driven

over the speed limit. If necessary,

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed.

󳱽If the speed limit of the road is

under 20 mph (30 km/h), the set

speed change function will not

work.

󳱽Intelligent Speed Limit Assist

operates using the speed unit in

the instrument cluster set by the

driver. If the speed unit is set to a

unit other than the speed unit

used in your country, Intelligent

Speed Limit Assist may not oper

ate properly.

NOTICE

󳱽For more details on function

operation of Manual Speed Limit

Assist, refer to "Manual Speed

Limit Assist (MSLA)" on page 6-

113.

󳱽For more details on operation of

Smart Cruise Control, refer to

"Smart Cruise Control (SCC) (if

equipped)" on page 6-134.

OMQ4A050357

OMQ4A050358

Driving your vehicle

1206

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist

is not working properly, the 'Check

speed limit system' warning mes

sage will appear on the cluster. If

this occurs, have the function

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

Function disabled

When the front windshield where

the front view camera is located is

covered with foreign material, such

as snow or rain, it can reduce the

detecting performance and tempo

rarily limit or disable Intelligent

Speed Limit Assist.

If this occurs the 󳱳Speed limit sys

tem disabled. Camera obscured'

warning message will appear on the

cluster. The function will operate

normally when snow, rain or foreign

material is removed.

If the system does not operate nor

mally after it is removed, have the

function checked by an authorized

Kia dealer.

OMQ4050304L

OMQ4050305L

121

Driving your vehicleIntelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)

NOTICE

󳱽Even though the warning mes

sage or warning light does not

appear on the cluster, Intelligent

Speed Limit Assist may not oper

ate properly.

󳱽If the detecting sensor is contam

inated immediately after starting

the engine, the system may not

operate properly.

Limitations

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may

not operate normally, or the system

may operate unexpectedly under

the following circumstances :

󳱽The road sign is contaminated or

indistinguishable

- The road sign is difficult to see

due to bad weather, such as

rain, snow, fog, etc.

- The road sign is not clear or

damaged

- The road sign is partially

obscured by surrounding

objects or shadow

󳱽The road signs do not conform to

the standard

- The text or picture on the road

sign is different from the stan

dard

- The road sign is installed

between the main line and the

exit road or between diverging

roads

- A conditional road sign is not

installed with a sign located on

the road to enter or exit

-A sign is attached to another

vehicle

󳱽The brightness changes sud

denly, for example when entering

or exiting a tunnel or passing

under a bridge

󳱽Headlamps are not used or the

brightness of the headlamps are

weak at night or in the tunnel

󳱽Road signs are difficult to recog

nize due to the reflection of sun

light, street lights, or oncoming

vehicles

󳱽The field of view of the Front view

camera is obstructed by sun glare

󳱽Driving on a road that is sharply

curved or continuously curved

󳱽Driving through speed bumps, or

driving up and down or left to

right on steep inclines

󳱽The vehicle is shaking heavily

Driving your vehicle

1226

Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

WARNING

󳱽Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a

supplemental system that helps

the driver to comply with the

speed limit on the road, and may

not display the correct speed limit

or control the driving speed prop

erly.

󳱽Always set the vehicle speed to

the speed limit in your country.

CAUTION

For more details on the limitations

of the front view camera, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Front view camera only) (if

equipped)" on page 6-55.

Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

Basic function

Driver Attention Warning will help

determine the driver's attention

level by analyzing driving pattern,

driving time, etc. while vehicle is

being driven. The function will rec

ommend a break when the driver's

attention level falls below a certain

level.

Leading vehicle departure alert

function

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert

function will inform the driver when

the front vehicle departs from a

stop.

Detecting sensor

Front view camera

The front view camera is used as a

detecting sensor to detect driving

patterns and front vehicle departure

while vehicle is being driven.

OMQ4H050009

123

Driving your vehicleDriver Attention Warning (DAW)

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

CAUTION

Always keep the front view camera

in good condition to maintain opti

mal performance of Driver Atten

tion Warning.

For more details on the precautions

of the front view camera, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Front view camera only) (if

equipped)" on page 6-55.

Function settings

Setting

Driver Attention Warning

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select or

deselect 'Driver Assistance → Driver

Attention Warning' from the Set

tings menu to set whether or not to

use each function.

󳱽If 'Inattentive Driving Warning' is

selected, the function will inform

the driver the driver's attention

level and will recommend taking a

break when the level falls below a

certain level.

NOTICE

If the engine is restarted, Driver

Attention Warning will maintain the

last setting.

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert

󳱽If 'Leading Vehicle Departure

Alert' is selected, the function will

inform the driver when the front

vehicle departs from a stop.

OMQ4AH050351

OMQ4A050338

Driving your vehicle

1246

Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

Warning timing

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Timing' from

the Settings menu to change the

initial warning activation time for

Driver Attention Warning.

When the vehicle is first delivered,

Warning Timing is set to 'Normal'. If

you change the Warning Timing, the

warning time of other Driver Assis

tance systems may change.

NOTICE

If the engine is restarted, Driver

Warning Time will maintain the last

setting.

Function operation

Basic function

Function display and warning

The basic function of Driver Atten

tion Warning is to inform the driver

the 'Attention Level' and to warn

the driver 'Consider taking a break'.

Attention level

Function off

Standby

OMQ4AH050334

OMQ4050113L

OMQ4050117L

125

Driving your vehicleDriver Attention Warning (DAW)

Attentive driving

Inattentive driving

󳱽The driver can monitor his/her

driving conditions on the cluster.

-When the 'Inattentive Driving

Warning' is deselected from the

Settings menu, 'System Off' is

displayed.

-The function will operate when

vehicle speed is between 0 ~

110 mph (0 ~ 180 km/h).

-When vehicle speed is not

within the operating speed, the

message 'Standby' will be dis

played.

󳱽The driver's attention level is dis

played on the scale of 1 to 5. The

lower the level is, the more inat

tentive the driver is.

󳱽The level decreases when the

driver does not take a break for a

certain period of time.

Taking a break

󳱽The 'Consider taking a break'

message will appear on the clus

ter and an audible warning will

sound to suggest that the driver

take a break, when the driver's

attention level is below 1.

󳱽Driver Attention Warning will not

suggest a break when the total

driving time is shorter than 10

minutes or 10 minutes has not

passed after the last break was

suggested.

WARNING

For your safety, change the Set

tings after parking the vehicle at a

safe location.

OMQ4050114L

OMQ4050115L

OMQ4050116L

Driving your vehicle

1266

Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

CAUTION

󳱽Driver Attention Warning may

suggest a break depending on the

driver's driving pattern or habits,

even if the driver doesn't feel

fatigue.

󳱽Driver Attention Warning is a sup

plemental function and may not

be able to determine whether the

driver is inattentive.

󳱽The driver who feels fatigued

should take a break at a safe

location, even though there is no

break suggestion by Driver Atten

tion Warning.

CAUTION

󳱽For more details on setting the

functions in the infotainment

system, refer to the infotainment

system manual.

󳱽Driver Attention Warning will

reset the last break time to 00:00

in the following situations:

-The engine is turned off

-The driver unfastens the seat

belt and opens the driver's door.

-The vehicle is stopped for more

than 10 minutes.

󳱽When the driver resets Driver

Attention Warning, the last break

time is set to 00:00 and the

driver's attention level is set to

High.

Leading vehicle departure alert

function

When the front vehicle departs from

a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure

Alert will inform the driver by dis

playing the 'Leading vehicle is driving

away' message on the cluster and

an audible warning will sound.

WARNING

󳱽If any other function's warning

message is displayed or audible

warning is generated, Leading

Vehicle Departure Alert warning

message may not be displayed

and audible warning may not be

generated.

󳱽The driver should hold the

responsibility to safely drive and

control the vehicle.

OMQ4040507L

127

Driving your vehicleDriver Attention Warning (DAW)

CAUTION

󳱽Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is

a supplemental function and may

not alert the driver whenever the

front vehicle departs from a stop.

󳱽Always check the front of the

vehicle and road conditions before

departure.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Driver Attention Warning is

not working properly, the 'Check

Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

system' warning message will

appear on the cluster. If this occurs,

have the function be inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Limitations

Driver Attention Warning may not

work properly in the following situa

tions:

󳱽The vehicle is driven violently

󳱽The vehicle intentionally crosses

over lanes frequently

󳱽The vehicle is controlled by Driver

Assistance system, such as Lane

Keeping Assist

Leading vehicle departure alert

feature

󳱽When the vehicle cuts in

[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle

If a vehicle cuts in front of your

vehicle, Leading Departure Alert

may not operate properly.

󳱽When the vehicle ahead sharply

steers

OMQ4050118L

OMQ4050121

OMQ4050122

Driving your vehicle

1286

Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle

If the vehicle in front makes a

sharp turn, such as to turn left or

right or make a U- turn, etc.,

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert

may not operate properly.

󳱽When the vehicle ahead abruptly

departures

If the vehicle in front abruptly

departures, Leading Vehicle

Departure Alert may not operate

properly.

󳱽When a pedestrian or bicycle is

between you and the vehicle

ahead

If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicy

cle(s) in between you and the

vehicle in front, Leading Vehicle

Departure Alert may not operate

properly.

󳱽When in a parking lot

If a vehicle parked in front drives

away from you, Leading Vehicle

Departure Alert may alert you

that the parked vehicle is driving

away.

󳱽The vehicle in front is difficult to

be specified

OMQ4050246

OMQ4050124

ODL3059051

OMQ4050125

129

Driving your vehicleBlind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)

If you pass a tollgate or intersec

tion with lots of vehicles or you

drive where lanes are merged or

divided frequently, Leading Vehi

cle Departure Alert may not oper

ate properly.

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions

of the front view camera, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Front view camera only) (if

equipped)" on page 6-55.

Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)

(if equipped)

Left side

Right side

Blind-Spot View Monitor displays

the rear blind spot area of the vehi

cle in the cluster when the turn sig

nal is turned on to help safely

change lanes.

OMQ4050126

OMQ4AH050243

OMQ4AH050244

Driving your vehicle

1306

Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)

WARNING

Vehicles may look closer than they

actually are. Failure to visually con

firm that it is safe to change lanes

before doing so may result in an

accident leading to serious injury.

* For detailed information, refer to

the infotainment system manual.

Detecting sensor

SVM-side view camera

(camera located at bottom of the

mirror)

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensors.

WARNING

The image shown on the cluster

may differ from the actual distance

of the object. Make sure to directly

check the vehicle's surroundings for

safety.

CAUTION

Always keep the camera lens clean.

If the lens is covered with foreign

material, it may adversely affect

camera performance and Blind-Spot

View Monitor may not operate nor

mally.

Function settings

Blind-Spot View

󳱽With the ENGINE START/STOP

button in the ON position, select

'Driver Assistance → Blind-Spot

Safety → Blind Spot View' from

the Settings menu to turn on

Blind-Spot View Monitor and

deselect to turn off the function.

OMQ4050247R

OMQ4AH050340

131

Driving your vehicleCruise Control (CC)

Function operation

Operating conditions

󳱽ENGINE START/STOP button is in

the ON position

󳱽Turn signal is ON

Off conditions

󳱽ENGINE START/STOP button is in

the OFF position

󳱽Turn signal is OFF

󳱽Hazard warning flasher is ON

󳱽Other warnings pops up and takes

priority over the Blind-Spot View

Monitor

Malfunction

󳱽When Blind-Spot View Monitor is

not working properly, or the clus

ter display flickers, or the camera

image does not display normally,

have the function inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Cruise Control (CC) (if equipped)

(1) Cruise indicator

(2) Set speed

Cruise Control will allow you to drive

at speeds above 20 mph (30 km/h)

without depressing the accelerator

pedal.

Function operation

Setting speed

1.Accelerate to the desired speed,

which must be more than 20 mph

(30 km/h).

OMQ4AH050127

OMQ4050128L

Driving your vehicle

1326

Cruise Control (CC)

2.Press the Driving Assist ()

button at the desired speed. The

set speed and Cruise ()

indicator will illuminate on the

cluster.

3.Release the accelerator pedal.

Vehicle speed will maintain the set

speed even when the accelerator

pedal is not depressed.

NOTICE

On a steep slope, the vehicle may

slightly slow down or speed up while

driving uphill or downhill.

Increasing speed

󳱽Push the + switch up and release

it immediately. The cruising speed

will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h)

each time the switch is operated

in this manner.

󳱽Push the + switch up and hold it

while monitoring the set speed on

the cluster. The cruising speed will

increase to the nearest multiple

of ten at first, and then increase

by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time the

switch is operated in this manner.

Release the switch when the

desired speed is shown and the

vehicle will accelerate to that

speed.

Decreasing speed

󳱽Push the - switch down and

release it immediately. The cruis

ing speed will decrease by 1 mph

(1 km/h) each time the switch is

operated in this manner.

󳱽Push the - switch down and hold

it while monitoring the set speed

on the cluster. The cruising speed

will decrease to the nearest mul

tiple of ten at first, and then

decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h)

each time the switch is operated

in this manner.

Release the switch at the speed

you want to maintain.

OMQ4050324L

OMQ4050325L

133

Driving your vehicleCruise Control (CC)

Temporarily canceling the function

Cruise Control will be canceled when:

󳱽Depressing the brake pedal.

󳱽Pressing the () button.

󳱽Shifting the gear to N (Neutral).

󳱽Decreasing vehicle speed to less

than approximately 20 mph (30

km/h).

󳱽ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is

operating.

󳱽Downshifting to 2nd gear when in

Manual Shift mode.

The set speed will turn off but the

Cruise () indicator will

stay on.

Resuming the function

Push the +, - switch or () button.

If you push the + switch up or -

switch down, vehicle speed will be

set to the current speed on the

cluster.

If you press the () button, vehi

cle speed will resume to the preset

speed.

Vehicle speed must be above 20

mph (30 km/h) for the function to

resume.

Turning off the function

Press the Driving Assist ()

button to turn Cruise Control off.

The Cruise () indicator will

go off.

Always press the Driving Assist

() button to turn Cruise

Control off when not in use.

NOTICE

Take the following precautions

when using Cruise Control:

OMQ4050326L

OMQ4050205L

OMQ4050128L

Driving your vehicle

1346

Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

󳱽Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit in your

country.

󳱽Keep Cruise Control off when the

function is not in use, to avoid

inadvertently setting a speed.

Check that the Cruise ()

indicator is off.

󳱽Cruise Control does not substitute

for proper and safe driving. It is

the responsibility of the driver to

always drive safely and should

always be aware of unexpected

and sudden situations from

occurring.

󳱽Always drive cautiously to prevent

unexpected and sudden situations

from occurring. Pay attention to

the road conditions at all times.

󳱽Do not use Cruise Control when it

may be unsafe to keep the vehicle

at a constant speed:

-When driving in heavy traffic, or

when traffic conditions make it

difficult to drive at a constant

speed

-When driving on rainy, icy, or

snow-covered roads

-When driving on hilly or windy

roads

-When driving in windy areas

-When driving with limited view

(possibly due to bad weather,

such as fog, snow, rain and

sandstorm)

󳱽Do not use Cruise Control when

towing a trailer.

Smart Cruise Control (SCC) (if

equipped)

Smart Cruise Control is designed to

detect the vehicle ahead and help

maintain the desired speed and

minimum distance with the vehicle

ahead.

Overtaking Acceleration Assist

While Smart Cruise Control is oper

ating, if the function judges that the

driver is determined to overtake the

vehicle in front, acceleration will be

assisted.

Detecting sensor

Front view camera

OMQ4H050009

135

Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)

Front radar

The front view camera and front

radar are used as a detecting sensor

to detect front vehicles.

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

CAUTION

Always keep the front view camera

and front radar in good condition to

maintain optimal performance of

Smart Cruise Control. For more

details on the precautions of the

front view camera and front radar,

refer to "Forward Collision-Avoid

ance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if

equipped)" on page 6-68.

Function settings

Setting

Turning on the function

󳱽Press the Driving Assist ()

button to turn on the function.

The speed will be set to the cur

rent speed on the cluster.

󳱽If there is no vehicle in front of

you, the set speed will be main

tained, but if there is a vehicle in

front of you, the speed may

decrease to maintain the distance

to the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle

ahead accelerates, your vehicle

will travel at a steady cruising

speed after accelerating to the

set speed.

NOTICE

If your vehicle speed is between 0 ~

20 mph (0 ~ 30 km/h) when you

press the Driving Assist ()

button, the Smart Cruise Control

OMQ4050077

OMQ4050128L

Driving your vehicle

1366

Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

speed will be set to 0 ~ 20 mph (0 ~

30 km/h).

Setting vehicle to vehicle distance

Each time the Vehicle Distance but

ton is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle

distance changes as follows:

NOTICE

󳱽If you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h),

the distance is maintained as fol

lows:

Distance 4 - approximately 172

ft. (52.5 m)

Distance 3 - approximately 130

ft. (40 m)

Distance 2 - approximately 106

ft. (32.5 m)

Distance 1 - approximately 82 ft.

(25 m)

󳱽The distance is set to the last set

distance when the engine is

restarted, or when the function

was temporarily canceled.

Increasing speed

󳱽Push the + switch up and release

it immediately. The cruising speed

will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h)

each time the switch is operated

in this manner.

󳱽Push the + switch up and hold it

while monitoring the set speed on

the cluster. The cruising speed will

increase by 5 mph (10 km/h) each

time the switch is operated in this

manner. Release the switch when

the desired speed is shown, and

the vehicle will accelerate to that

speed. You can set the speed to

110 mph (180 km/h).

WARNING

Check the driving condition before

using the + switch. Driving speed

may sharply increase when you

push up and hold the + switch.

OMQ4050265

OMQ4050129L

137

Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)

Decreasing speed

󳱽Push the - switch down and

release it immediately. The cruis

ing speed will decrease by 1 mph

(1 km/h) each time the switch is

operated in this manner.

󳱽Push the - switch down and hold

it while monitoring the set speed

on the cluster. The cruising speed

will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h)

each time the switch is operated

in this manner.

Release the switch at the speed

you want to maintain. You can set

the speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).

Temporarily canceling the function

Press the () switch or depress

the brake pedal to temporarily can

cel Smart Cruise Control.

Resuming the function

To resume Smart Cruise Control

after the function was canceled,

push the +, - or () switch.

If you push the + switch up or -

switch down, vehicle speed will be

set to the current speed on the

cluster.

If you push the () switch, vehicle

speed will resume to the preset

speed.

WARNING

Check the driving condition before

using the () switch. Driving

speed may sharply increase or

decrease when you press the ()

switch.

OMQ4050130L

OMQ4050131L

OMQ4050205

Driving your vehicle

1386

Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

Turning off the function

Press the Driving Assist ()

button to turn Smart Cruise Control

off.

NOTICE

If your vehicle is equipped with Man

ual Speed Limit Assist, press and

hold the Driving Assist ()

button to turn off Smart Cruise

Control. However Manual Speed

Limit Assist will turn on.

Based on Drive Mode

Smart Cruise Control will change

acceleration based on the drive

mode selected from Drive Mode

Integrated Control function. Refer to

the following chart.

NOTICE

󳱽For more details on Drive Mode,

refer to "Drive mode integrated

control system" on page 6-50.

󳱽For the vehicle without the Drive

Mode or Active Eco, acceleration

of the Smart Cruise Control is set

to 'Normal'.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

Warning Volume 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Smart Cruise Con

trol.

However, even if 'Off' is selected,

the system's Warning Volume will

not turn off but the volume will

sound as 'Low'.

If you change the Warning Volume,

the Warning Volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

Drive ModeSmart Cruise Control

ECOSlow

SPORTFast

SMARTNormal

OMQ4050128L

OMQ4AH050335

139

Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)

NOTICE

If the engine is restarted, Warning

Volume will maintain the last set

ting.

Function operation

Operating conditions

Smart Cruise Control will operate

when the following conditions are

satisfied.

Basic function

󳱽The gear is in D (Drive)

󳱽The driver's door is closed

󳱽EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is

not applied

󳱽Your vehicle speed is within the

operating speed range

-5 ~ 110 mph (10 ~ 180 km/h):

when there is no vehicle in front

-0 ~ 110 mph (0 ~ 180 km/h):

when there is a vehicle in front

󳱽ESC (Electronic Stability Control),

TCS (Traction Control System) or

ABS is on, but not controlling the

vehicle

󳱽Engine RPM is not in the red zone

󳱽Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist brake control is not operat

ing

󳱽ISG function is not operating

NOTICE

At a stop, if there is no vehicle in

front of your vehicle, the function

will turn on when the brake pedal is

depressed.

Overtaking Acceleration Assist

Overtaking Acceleration Assist will

operate when the turn signal indica

tor is turned on to the left (left-

hand drive) or turned on to the right

(right-hand drive) while Smart

Cruise Control is operating, and the

following conditions are satisfied:

󳱽Your vehicle speed is above 40

mph (60 km/h)

󳱽The hazard warning flasher is off

󳱽A vehicle is detected in front of

your vehicle

󳱽Deceleration is not needed to

maintain distance with the vehicle

in front

WARNING

󳱽When the left turn signal indicator

is turned on while there is a vehi

cle ahead, the vehicle may accel

erate temporarily. Pay attention

to the road conditions at all times.

󳱽Regardless of your countries driv

ing direction, Overtaking Accelera

tion Assist will operate when the

conditions are satisfied. When

using the function in countries

with different driving direction,

Driving your vehicle

1406

Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

always check the road conditions

at all times.

Function display and control

Basic function

You can see the status of the Smart

Cruise Control operation in the Util

ity view on the cluster. Refer to

"Instrument cluster" on page 5-85.

Smart Cruise Control will be dis

played as below depending on the

status of the system.

󳱽When operating

Operating

1.Whether there is a vehicle

ahead and the selected dis

tance level are displayed.

2.Set speed is displayed.

3.Whether there is a vehicle

ahead and the selected target

distance are displayed.

󳱽When temporarily canceled

Temporarily canceled

1.() indicator is dis

played.

2.The previous set speed is

shaded.

Vehicle ahead and distance level

are not displayed.

NOTICE

󳱽The distance of the front vehicle

on the cluster is displayed accord

ing to the actual distance

between your vehicle and the

vehicle ahead.

󳱽The target distance may vary

according to the vehicle speed and

the set distance level. If vehicle

speed is low, even though the

vehicle distance have changed,

the change of the target vehicle

distance may be small.

OMQ4AH050234

OMQ4AH050235

141

Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)

To temporarily accelerate

If you want to speed up temporarily

when Smart Cruise Control is on,

depress the accelerator pedal. While

the speed is increasing, the set

speed, distance level and target dis

tance will blink on the cluster.

WARNING

Be careful when accelerating tem

porarily, because the speed and dis

tance is not controlled automatically

even if there is a vehicle in front of

you.

Function temporarily canceled

Smart Cruise Control will be tempo

rarily canceled automatically when:

󳱽The vehicle speed is above 120

mph (190 km/h)

󳱽The accelerator pedal is continu

ously depressed for a certain

period of time

󳱽The conditions for the Smart

Cruise Control to operate is not

satisfied

If the function is temporarily can

celed automatically, the 'Smart

Cruise Control canceled' warning

message will appear on the cluster,

and an audible warning will sound to

warn the driver.

If the Smart Cruise Control is tem

porarily canceled while the vehicle is

at a standstill with the function

operating, EPB (Electronic Parking

Brake) maybe applied.

OMQ4AH050132

OMQ4050134L

Driving your vehicle

1426

Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

WARNING

When the function is temporarily

canceled, distance with the front

vehicle will not be maintained.

Always have your eyes on the road

while driving, and if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to main

tain a safe distance.

Function conditions not satisfied

If the Driving Assist () but

ton, + switch, - switch or ()

switch is pushed when the func

tion's operating conditions are not

satisfied, the 'Smart Cruise Control

conditions not met' will appear on

the cluster, and an audible warning

will sound.

In traffic situation

In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the

vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if

the vehicle ahead of you starts

moving, your vehicle will start as

well.

In addition, after the vehicle has

stopped and a certain time have

passed, the 'Use switch or pedal to

accelerate' message will appear on

the cluster. Depress the accelerator

pedal or push the + switch, - switch

or () switch to start driving.

WARNING

While the message is displayed on

the cluster, if there is no vehicle in

front or the vehicle is far away from

you, and the + switch, 󳱮 switch or

() switch is pushed, Smart Cruise

Control will automatically cancel and

the EPB will be applied. However, if

the accelerator pedal is depressed,

EPB will not be applied even though

the function is canceled. Always pay

OMQ4040508L

OMQ4050288L

143

Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)

attention to the road condition

ahead.

Warning road conditions ahead

In the following situation, the 'Watch

for surrounding vehicles' warning

message will appear on the cluster,

and an audible warning will sound to

warn the driver of road conditions

ahead.

󳱽The vehicle in front disappears

when Smart Cruise Control is

maintaining the distance with the

vehicle ahead while driving below

a certain speed.

WARNING

Always pay attention to vehicles or

objects that may suddenly appear in

front of you, and if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to main

tain a safe distance.

Collision warning

While Smart Cruise Control is oper

ating, when the collision risk with

the vehicle ahead is high, the 'Colli

sion Warning' warning message will

appear on the cluster, and an audi

ble warning will sound to warn the

driver. Always have your eyes on

the road while driving, and if neces

sary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

NOTICE

In the following situations, Smart

Cruise Control may not warn the

driver of a collision.

󳱽The distance from the front vehi

cle is near, or the vehicle speed of

the front vehicle is faster or simi

lar with your vehicle

󳱽The speed of the front vehicle is

very slow or is at a standstill

󳱽The accelerator pedal is

depressed right after Smart

Cruise Control is turned on

OMQ4050142L

OMQ4050071L

Driving your vehicle

1446

Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using Smart Cruise Control:

󳱽Smart Cruise Control does not

substitute for proper and safe

driving. It is the responsibility of

the driver to always check the

speed and distance to the vehicle

ahead.

󳱽Smart Cruise Control may not

recognize unexpected and sud

den situations or complex driving

situations, so always pay atten

tion to driving conditions and con

trol your vehicle speed.

󳱽Keep Smart Cruise Control off

when the function is not in use to

avoid inadvertently setting a

speed.

󳱽Do not open the door or leave the

vehicle when Smart Cruise Control

is operating, even if the vehicle is

stopped.

󳱽Always be aware of the selected

speed and vehicle to vehicle dis

tance.

󳱽Keep a safe distance according to

road conditions and vehicle speed.

If the vehicle to vehicle distance is

too close during high-speed driv

ing, a serious collision may result.

󳱽When maintaining distance with

the vehicle ahead, if the front

vehicle disappears, the function

may suddenly accelerate to the

set speed. Always be aware of

unexpected and sudden situations

from occurring.

󳱽Vehicle speed may decrease on an

upward slope and increase on a

downward slope.

󳱽Always be aware of situations

such as when a vehicle cuts in

suddenly.

󳱽When you are towing a trailer or

another vehicle, we recommend

that Smart Cruise Control is

turned off due to safety reasons.

󳱽Turn off Smart Cruise Control

when your vehicle is being towed.

󳱽Smart Cruise Control may not

operate normally if interfered by

strong electromagnetic waves.

󳱽Smart Cruise Control may not

detect an obstacle in front and

lead to a collision. Always look

ahead cautiously to prevent unex

pected and sudden situations

from occurring.

󳱽Vehicles moving in front of you

with a frequent lane change may

cause a delay in the function's

reaction or may cause the func

tion to react to a vehicle actually

in an adjacent lane. Always drive

cautiously to prevent unexpected

and sudden situations from

occurring.

145

Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)

󳱽Always be aware of the surround

ings and drive safely, even though

a warning message does not

appear or an audible warning does

not sound.

󳱽If any other function's warning

message is displayed or warning

sound is generated, Smart Cruise

Control warning message may not

be displayed and warning sound

may not be generated.

󳱽You may not hear the warning

sound of Smart Cruise Control if

the surrounding is noisy.

󳱽The vehicle manufacturer is not

responsible for any traffic viola

tion or accidents caused by the

driver.

󳱽Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit in your

country.

NOTICE

󳱽Smart Cruise Control may not

operate for a few seconds after

the vehicle is started or the front

view camera or front radar is ini

tialized.

󳱽You may hear a sound when the

brake is controlled by Smart

Cruise Control.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Smart Cruise Control is not

working properly, the 'Check Smart

Cruise Control system' warning

message will appear, and the ()

warning light will illuminate on the

cluster. Have the function be

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Function disabled

When the front radar cover or sen

sor is covered with snow, rain, or

OMQ4050145L

OMQ4050144L

Driving your vehicle

1466

Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

foreign material, it can reduce the

detecting performance and tempo

rarily limit or disable Smart Cruise

Control.

If this occurs, the 'Smart Cruise Con

trol disabled. Radar blocked' warning

message will appear for a certain

period of time on the cluster.

The function will operate normally

when snow, rain or foreign material

is removed.

WARNING

Even though the warning message

does not appear on the cluster,

Smart Cruise Control may not prop

erly operate.

CAUTION

Smart Cruise Control may not prop

erly operate in an area (e.g. open

terrain), where there is nothing to

detect after turning ON the engine.

Limitations

Smart Cruise Control may not oper

ate normally, or the system may

operate unexpectedly under the fol

lowing circumstances:

󳱽The detecting sensor or the sur

roundings are contaminated or

damaged

󳱽Washer fluid is continuously

sprayed, or the wiper is on

󳱽The camera lens is contaminated

due to tinted, filmed or coated

windshield, damaged glass, or

stuck of foreign material (sticker,

bug, etc.) on the glass

󳱽Moisture is not removed or frozen

on the windshield

󳱽The field of view of the front view

camera is obstructed by sun glare

󳱽Street light or light from an

oncoming vehicle is reflected on

the wet road surface, such as a

puddle on the road

󳱽The temperature around the

front view camera is high or low

󳱽An object is placed on the dash

board

󳱽The surrounding is very bright

󳱽The surrounding is very dark, such

as in a tunnel, etc.

󳱽The brightness changes sud

denly, for example when entering

or exiting a tunnel

󳱽The brightness outside is low, and

the headlamps are not on or are

not bright

󳱽Driving in heavy rain or snow, or

thick fog

󳱽Driving through steam, smoke or

shadow

󳱽Only part of the vehicle is

detected

󳱽The vehicle in front has no tailla

mps, taillamps are located unusu

ally, etc.

󳱽The brightness outside is low, and

the taillamps are not on or are not

bright

147

Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)

󳱽The rear of the front vehicle is

small or does not look normal (i.e.

tilted, overturned, etc.)

󳱽The front vehicle's ground clear

ance is low or high

󳱽A vehicle suddenly cuts in front

󳱽Your vehicle is being towed

󳱽Driving through a tunnel or iron

bridge

󳱽Driving near areas containing

metal substances, such as a con

struction zone, railroad, etc.

󳱽A material is near that reflects

very well on the front radar, such

as a guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.

󳱽The bumper around the front

radar is impacted, damaged or

the front radar is out of position

󳱽The temperature around the

front radar is high or low

󳱽Driving in large areas where there

are few vehicles or structures (i.e.

desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)

󳱽The vehicle in front is made of

material that does not reflect on

the front radar

󳱽Driving near a highway (or motor

way) interchange or tollgate

󳱽Driving on a slippery surface due

to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.

󳱽Driving on a curved road

󳱽The vehicle in front is detected

late

󳱽The vehicle in front is suddenly

blocked by a obstacle

󳱽The vehicle in front suddenly

changes lane or suddenly reduces

speed

󳱽The vehicle in front is bent out of

shape

󳱽The front vehicle's speed is fast or

slow

󳱽With a vehicle in front, your vehi

cle changes lane at low speed

󳱽The vehicle in front is covered

with snow

󳱽Unstable driving

󳱽You are on a roundabout and the

vehicle in front is not detected

󳱽You are continuously driving in a

circle

󳱽Driving in a parking lot

󳱽Driving through a construction

area, unpaved road, partial paved

road, uneven road, speed bumps,

etc.

󳱽Driving on an incline road, curved

road, etc.

󳱽Driving through a roadside with

trees or streetlights

󳱽Your vehicle is moving unstable

󳱽The adverse road conditions

cause excessive vehicle vibrations

while driving

󳱽Your vehicle height is low or high

due to heavy loads, abnormal tire

pressure, etc.

󳱽Driving through a narrow road

where trees or grass are over

grown

󳱽There is interference by electro

magnetic waves, such as driving in

an area with strong radio waves

or electrical noise

Driving your vehicle

1486

Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

󳱽Driving on a curve

On curves, Smart Cruise Control

may not detect a vehicle in the

same lane, and may accelerate to

the set speed. Also, vehicle speed

may rapidly decrease when the

vehicle ahead is detected sud

denly.

Select the appropriate set speed

on curves and apply the brake

pedal or accelerator pedal accord

ing to the road and driving condi

tions ahead.

Your vehicle speed can be reduced

due to a vehicle in the adjacent

lane.

Apply the accelerator pedal and

select the appropriate set speed.

Check to be sure that the road

conditions permit safe operation

of the Smart Cruise Control.

󳱽Driving on a slope

During uphill or downhill driving,

the Smart Cruise Control may not

detect a moving vehicle in your

lane, and cause your vehicle to

accelerate to the set speed. Also,

vehicle speed will rapidly decrease

when the vehicle ahead is

detected suddenly.

Select the appropriate set speed

on inclines and apply the brake

pedal or accelerator pedal accord

ing to the road and driving condi

tions ahead.

ODEEV069237NR

ODEEV069240NR

ODEEV069243NR

149

Driving your vehicleSmart Cruise Control (SCC)

󳱽Changing lanes

[A]: Your vehicle

[B]: Lane changing vehicle

When a vehicle moves into your

lane from an adjacent lane, it can

not be detected by the sensor

until it is in the sensor's detection

range. Smart Cruise Control may

not immediately detect the vehi

cle when the vehicle changes

lanes abruptly. In this case, you

must maintain a safe braking dis

tance, and if necessary, depress

the brake pedal to reduce your

driving speed in order to maintain

a safe distance.

󳱽Detecting vehicle

In the following cases, some vehi

cles in your lane cannot be

detected by the sensor:

-Vehicles offset to one side

-Slow-moving vehicles or sud

den-decelerating vehicles

-Oncoming vehicles

-Stopped vehicles

-Vehicles with small rear profile,

such as trailers

-Narrow vehicles, such as

motorcycles or bicycles

-Special vehicles

-Animals and pedestrians

Adjust your vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal

according to the road and driving

conditions ahead.

OADAS030SDY

OMQ4050146

Driving your vehicle

1506

Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

In the following cases, the vehicle

in front cannot be detected by

the sensor:

-Vehicles with higher ground

clearance or vehicles carrying

loads that stick out of the back

of the vehicle

-Vehicles that has the front

lifted due to heavy loads

-You are steering your vehicle

-Driving on narrow or sharply

curved roads

Adjust your vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal

according to the road and driving

conditions ahead.

󳱽When a vehicle ahead disappears

at an intersection, your vehicle

may accelerate.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions while driving.

󳱽When a vehicle in front of you

merges out of the lane, Smart

Cruise Control may not immedi

ately detect the new vehicle that

is now in front of you.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions while driving.

󳱽Always look out for pedestrians

when your vehicle is maintaining a

distance with the vehicle ahead.

OMQ4H050012

OMQ4050147

OMQ4050148

OMQ4050149

151

Driving your vehicleNavigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)

Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control (NSCC) (if equipped)

Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control will help automatically

adjust vehicle speed when driving on

highways (or motorways) by using

road information from the naviga

tion function while Smart Cruise

Control is operating.

NOTICE

󳱽The Navigation-based Smart

Cruise Control is available only on

controlled access road of certain

highways.

* Controlled access road indicates

roads with limited entrances and

exits that allow uninterrupted high

speed traffic flow. Only passenger

cars and motorcycles are allowed

on controlled access roads.

󳱽Additional highways may be

expanded by future navigation

updates.

NOTICE

Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control operates on main roads of

highways (or motorways), and does

not operate on interchanges or

junctions.

Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow

down

If vehicle speed is high, Highway

Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function

will temporarily decelerate your

vehicle or limit acceleration to help

you drive safely on a curve based on

the curve information from the nav

igation.

Highway Set Speed Auto Change

function automatically changes

Smart Cruise Control set speed

based on the speed limit informa

tion from the navigation.

Function settings

Setting

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Driving Assist → High

way Auto Speed Change' from the

Settings menu to turn on Naviga

tion-based Smart Cruise Control and

deselect to turn off the function.

Available highway

(Controlled access road)

USA

Select Interstate

Highway and U.S.

(Federal) and State

Highways

Driving your vehicle

1526

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)

NOTICE

When there is a problem with Navi

gation-based Smart Cruise Control,

the function cannot be set from the

Settings menu.

Function operation

Operating conditions

Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control is ready to operate if all of

the following conditions are satis

fied:

󳱽Smart Cruise Control is operating

󳱽Driving on main roads of high

ways (or motorways)

NOTICE

For more details on how to operate

Smart Cruise Control, refer to

"Smart Cruise Control (SCC) (if

equipped)" on page 6-134.

Function display and control

When Navigation-based Smart

Cruise Control operates, it will be

displayed on the cluster as follows:

Function standby

If the operating conditions are satis

fied, the white () symbol will

illuminate.

Function operating

If temporary deceleration is

required in the standby state and

Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control is operating, the green

() symbol will illuminate on the

cluster.

If the Highway Set Speed Auto

Change function operates, the green

() symbol and set speed will

OMQ4A050152

OMQ4A050248

153

Driving your vehicleNavigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)

illuminate on the cluster, and an

audible warning will sound.

WARNING

'Drive carefully' warning message

will appear in the following circum

stances:

󳱽Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control is not able to slow down

your vehicle to a safe speed

NOTICE

Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown

and Set Speed Auto Change function

uses the same () symbol.

Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow

down

󳱽Depending on the curve ahead on

the highway (or motorway), the

vehicle will decelerate, and after

passing the curve, the vehicle will

accelerate to Smart Cruise Control

set speed.

󳱽Vehicle deceleration time may dif

fer depending on the vehicle

speed and the degree of the curve

on the road. The higher the driv

ing speed, deceleration will start

faster.

Highway Set Speed Auto Change

󳱽Highway Set Speed Auto Change

function will operate when Smart

Cruise Control set speed and the

highway (or motorway) speed

limit is matched.

󳱽While Highway Set Speed Auto

Change function is operating,

when the highway (or motorway),

speed limit changes, Smart Cruise

Control set speed automatically

changes to the changed speed

limit.

󳱽If Smart Cruise Control set speed

is adjusted different from the

speed limit, Highway Set Speed

Auto Change function will be in

the standby state.

󳱽If Highway Set Speed Auto

Change function has changed to

the standby state by driving on a

road other than the highway (or

motorway) main road, Highway

Set Speed Auto Change function

will operate again when you drive

on the main road again without

setting the set speed.

󳱽If Highway Set Speed Auto

Change function has changed to

the standby state by depressing

OMQ4040504L

Driving your vehicle

1546

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)

the brake pedal, press the ()

switch to restart the function.

󳱽Highway Set Speed Auto Change

function does not operate on

highway interchanges or junc

tions.

NOTICE

󳱽Highway Set Speed Auto Change

function only operates based on

the speed limits of the highway

(or motorway), it does not work

with the speed cameras.

󳱽When Highway Set Speed Auto

Change function is operating, the

vehicle automatically accelerates

or decelerates when the highway

(or motorway) speed limit

changes.

󳱽When Highway Set Speed Auto

Change function is operating, the

vehicle may warn the driver when

the vehicle's set speed limit is

above the speed camera limit.

󳱽The maximum set speed for

Highway Set Speed Auto Change

function is 90 mph (140 km/h).

󳱽If the speed limit of a new road is

not updated in the navigation,

Highway Set Speed Auto Change

function may not operate prop

erly.

󳱽If the speed unit is set to a unit

other than the speed unit used in

your country, Highway Set Speed

Auto Change function may not

operate properly.

Limitations

Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control may not operate normally

under the following circumstances:

󳱽The navigation is not working

properly

󳱽Speed limit and road information

in the navigation is not updated

󳱽The map information and the

actual road is different because of

real-time GPS data or map infor

mation error

󳱽The navigation searches for a

route while driving

󳱽GPS signals are blocked in areas

such as a tunnel

󳱽The navigation is being updated

while driving

󳱽Map information is not transmit

ted due to infotainment system's

abnormal operation

󳱽A road that divides into two or

more roads and joins again

󳱽The driver goes off course the

route set in the navigation

󳱽The route to the destination is

changed or canceled by resetting

the navigation

󳱽The vehicle enters a service sta

tion or rest area

󳱽The speed limit of some sections

changes according to the road sit

uations

󳱽Android Auto or Car Play is oper

ating

󳱽The navigation cannot detect the

current vehicle position (ex: ele

155

Driving your vehicleNavigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)

vated roads including overpass

adjacent to general roads or

nearby roads exist in a parallel

way)

󳱽The navigation is being restarted

while driving

󳱽There is bad weather, such as

heavy rain, heavy snow, etc.

󳱽Driving on a road under construc

tion

󳱽Driving on a road that is controlled

󳱽Driving on a road that is sharply

curved

󳱽Driving on roads with intersec

tions, roundabouts, straight

entrances and exits, etc.

[1]: Set route, [2]: Branch line, [3]:

Driving route, [4]: Main road, [5]:

Curved road section

󳱽When there is a difference

between the navigation set route

(branch line) and the driving route

(main road), Highway Curve Zone

Auto Slowdown function may not

operate until the driving route is

recognized as the main road.

󳱽When the vehicle's driving route is

recognized as the main road by

maintaining the main road instead

of the navigation set route, High

way Curve Zone Auto Slowdown

function will operate. Depending

on the distance to the curve and

the current vehicle speed, vehicle

deceleration may not be sufficient

or may decelerate rapidly.

[1]: Main road, [2]: Branch line, [3]:

Driving route, [4]: Set route, [5]:

Curved road section

󳱽When there is a difference

between the navigation route

(main road) and the driving route

(branch line), Highway Curve Zone

Auto Slowdown function will

operate based on the curve infor

mation on the main road.

󳱽When it is judged that you are

driving out of the route by enter

ing the highway interchange or

junction, Highway Curve Zone

Auto Slowdown function will not

operate.

ODL3A050307

ODL3A050305

Driving your vehicle

1566

Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)

[1]: Driving route, [2]: Branch line,

[3]: Curved road section, [4]: Main

road

󳱽If there is no destination set on

the navigation, Highway Curve

Zone Auto Slowdown function will

operate based on the curve infor

mation on the main road.

󳱽Even if you depart from the main

road, Highway Curve Zone Auto

Slowdown function may tempo

rarily operate due to navigation

information of the highway curve

section.

WARNING

󳱽Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control is not a substitute for

safe driving practices, but a con

venience function. Always have

your eyes on the road, and it is

the responsibility of the driver to

avoid violating traffic laws.

󳱽The navigation's speed limit infor

mation may differ from the

actual speed limit information on

the road. It is the driver's respon

sibility to check the speed limit on

the actual driving road or lane.

󳱽Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control may not operate due to

the existence of leading vehicles

and the driving conditions of the

vehicle. Always pay attention to

road and driving conditions while

driving.

󳱽When you are towing a trailer or

another vehicle, we recommend

that Navigation-based Smart

Cruise Control is turned off due to

safety reasons.

󳱽After you pass through a tollgate

on a highway (or motorway),

Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control will operate based on the

first lane. If you enter one of the

other lanes, the function might

not operate properly.

󳱽The vehicle will accelerate if the

driver depresses the accelerator

pedal while Navigation-based

Smart Cruise Control is operating,

and the function will not deceler

ate the vehicle.

󳱽If the driver accelerates and

releases the accelerator pedal

while Navigation-based Smart

Cruise Control is operating, the

vehicle may not decelerate suffi

ciently or may rapidly decelerate

to a safe speed.

ODL3A050306

157

Driving your vehicleLane Following Assist (LFA)

󳱽If the curve is too large or too

small, Navigation-based Smart

Cruise Control may not operate.

NOTICE

󳱽The speed information on the

cluster and navigation may differ.

󳱽The time gap could occur between

the navigation's guidance and

when Navigation-based Smart

Cruise Control operation starts

and ends.

󳱽Even if you are driving at a speed

lower than Smart Cruise Control

set speed, acceleration may be

limited by the curve sections

ahead.

󳱽If Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control is operating while leaving

the main road to enter an inter

change, junction, rest area, etc.,

the function may operate for a

certain period of time.

󳱽Deceleration by Navigation-based

Smart Cruise Control may feel it is

not sufficient due to road condi

tions such as uneven road sur

faces, narrow lanes, etc.

Lane Following Assist (LFA)

Lane Following Assist is designed to

help detect lane markings and/or

vehicles on the road, and assists the

driver's steering to help keep the

vehicle between lanes.

Detecting sensor

Front view camera

The front view camera is used as a

detecting sensor to detect lane

markings and front vehicles.

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions

of the front view camera, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if equipped)"

on page 6-68.

OMQ4H050009

Driving your vehicle

1586

Lane Following Assist (LFA)

Function settings

Setting

Turning On/Off

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, shortly press

the Lane Driving Assist button

located on the steering wheel to

turn on Lane Following Assist. The

white or green () indicator light

will illuminate on the cluster.

Press the button again to turn off

the function.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Hands-off warning.

However, even if 'Off' is selected,

the system's Warning Volume will

not turn off but the volume will

sound as 'Low'.

If you change the Warning Volume,

the Warning Volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

OMQ4050135

OMQ4AH050335

159

Driving your vehicleLane Following Assist (LFA)

Function operation

Warning and control

Lane Following Assist

If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane

markings are detected and your

vehicle speed is below 120 mph (200

km/h), the green () indicator light

will illuminate on the cluster, and the

function will help the vehicle stay in

lane by assisting the steering wheel.

CAUTION

When the steering wheel is not

assisted, the green () indicator

light will blink and change to white.

Hands-off warning

If the driver takes their hands off

the steering wheel for several sec

onds, the 'Keep hands on the steer

ing wheel' warning message will

appear and an audible warning will

sound in stages.

First stage: Warning message

Second stage: Warning message

(red steering wheel) and audible

warning

OMQ4AH050237

OMQ4050155L

OMQ4040509L

Driving your vehicle

1606

Lane Following Assist (LFA)

If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after

the hands-off warning, the 'Lane

Following Assist (LFA) canceled'

warning message will appear and

Lane Following Assist will be auto

matically canceled.

WARNING

󳱽If you attach objects to the steer

ing wheel or certain amount of

power is put to the steering

wheel, the Lane Following Assist

may not assist.

󳱽Lane Following Assist does not

operate at all times. It is the

responsibility of the driver to

safely steer the vehicle and to

maintain the vehicle in its lane.

󳱽The hands󳱮off warning message

may appear late depending on

road conditions. Always have your

hands on the steering wheel while

driving.

󳱽If the steering wheel is held very

lightly the hands󳱮off warning

message may appear because the

function may not recognize that

the driver has their hands on the

steering wheel.

󳱽If you attach objects to the steer

ing wheel, the hands-off warning

may not work properly.

NOTICE

󳱽For more details on setting the

functions in the infotainment

system, refer to the infotainment

system manual.

󳱽When both lane markings are

detected, the lane lines on the

cluster will change from grey to

white.

Lane undetected

Lane detected

OMQ4AH050332

OMQ4AH050333

161

Driving your vehicleLane Following Assist (LFA)

󳱽If lane markings are not detected,

steering wheel control by Lane

Following Assist can be limited

depending on whether a vehicle is

in front or the driving conditions

of the vehicle.

󳱽Even though the steering is

assisted by Lane Following Assist,

the driver may control the steer

ing wheel.

󳱽The steering wheel may feel

heavier or lighter when the steer

ing wheel is assisted by Lane Fol

lowing Assist than when it is not.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Lane Following Assist is not

working properly, the 'Check Lane

Following Assist (LFA) system'

warning message will appear on the

cluster. If this occurs, have the func

tion be inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

WARNING

For more details on the function

precautions, refer to "Lane Keeping

Assist (LKA)" on page 6-84.

Limitations

For more details on function limita

tions, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist

(LKA)" on page 6-84.

OMQ4050157L

Driving your vehicle

1626

Highway Driving Assist (HDA)

Highway Driving Assist (HDA) (if

equipped)

Basic function

Highway Driving Assist is designed

to help detect vehicles and lanes

ahead, and help maintain distance

from the vehicle ahead, maintain

the set speed, and keep the vehicle

between lanes while driving on the

highway (or motorway).

NOTICE

󳱽The Highway Driving Assist is

available only on controlled access

road of certain highways.

* Controlled access road indicates

roads with limited entrances and

exits that allow uninterrupted high

speed traffic flow. Only passenger

cars and motorcycles are allowed

on controlled access roads.

󳱽Additional highways may be

expanded by future navigation

updates.

Detecting sensor

Front view camera

Front radar

OMQ4050282L

Available highway

(Controlled access road)

USA

Select Interstate

Highway and U.S.

(Federal) and State

Highways

OMQ4H050009

OMQ4050077

163

Driving your vehicleHighway Driving Assist (HDA)

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensors.

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions

of the detecting sensors, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if equipped)"

on page 6-68.

Function settings

Setting

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select or

deselect 'Driver Assistance → Driv

ing Assist' from the Settings menu

to set whether or not to use each

function.

󳱽If 'Highway Driving Assist' is

selected, it helps maintain dis

tance from the vehicle ahead,

maintain the set speed, and keep

the vehicle between lanes.

NOTICE

󳱽If there is a problem with the

functions, the settings cannot be

changed. Have the function be

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

󳱽If the engine is restarted, the

functions will maintain the last

setting.

WARNING

For your safety, change the Set

tings after parking the vehicle at a

safe location.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Highway Driving

Assist.

OMQ4A050355

OMQ4AH050335

Driving your vehicle

1646

Highway Driving Assist (HDA)

However, even if 'Off' is selected,

the system's Warning Volume will

not turn off but the volume will

sound as 'Low'.

If you change the Warning Volume,

the Warning Volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

Function operation

Function display and control

You can see the status of the High

way Driving Assist operation in the

Driving Assist view on the cluster.

Refer to "LCD display" on page 4-63.

Highway Driving Assist will be dis

played as below depending on the

status of the function.

Operating State

Standby State

1.Highway Driving Assist indicator,

whether there is a vehicle ahead

and the selected distance level are

displayed.

󳱽Highway Driving Assist indicator

-Green (): Operating state

-White (): Standby state

2.Set speed is displayed.

3.Lane Following Assist indicator

displayed.

4.Whether there is a vehicle ahead

and the target vehicle to vehicle

distance are displayed.

5.Whether the lane is detected or

not is displayed.

For more details on the display refer

to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC) (if

equipped)" on page 6-134 and "Lane

Following Assist (LFA)" on page 6-

157.

OMQ4A050236

OMQ4A050237

165

Driving your vehicleHighway Driving Assist (HDA)

Function operating

Highway Driving Assist will operate

when entering or driving on the

main road of highways (or motor

ways), and satisfying all the follow

ing conditions:

󳱽Lane Following Assist is operating

󳱽Smart Cruise Control is operating

NOTICE

󳱽While driving on the highway (or

motorway), if Smart Cruise Con

trol starts operating, Highway

Driving Assist will operate.

󳱽When entering the main roads of

highways (or motorways), High

way Driving Assist will not turn on

if the Lane Following Assist is

turned off even when Smart

Cruise Control is operating.

Restarting after stopping

When Highway Driving Assist is

operating, your vehicle will stop if

the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also,

if the vehicle ahead of you starts

moving approximately within 30

seconds after the stop, your vehicle

will start as well. In addition, after

the vehicle has stopped and approx

imately 30 seconds have passed,

the 'Use switch or pedal to acceler

ate' message will appear on the

cluster. Depress the accelerator

pedal or push the + switch, - switch

or () switch to start driving.

Hands-off warning

If the driver takes their hands off

the steering wheel for several sec

onds, the 'Keep hands on steering

wheel' warning message will appear

and an audible warning will sound in

stages.

󳱽First stage: Warning message

󳱽Second stage: Warning message

(red steering wheel) and audible

warning

OMQ4050288L

OMQ4050155L

Driving your vehicle

1666

Highway Driving Assist (HDA)

If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after

the hands-off warning, the 'High

way Driving Assist (HDA) canceled'

warning message will appear.

Function standby

When the Smart Cruise Control is

temporarily canceled while Highway

Driving Assist is operating, Highway

Driving Assist will be in the standby

state. At this time, Lane Following

Assist will operate normally.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Highway Driving Assist is not

working properly, the 'Check High

way Driving Assist (HDA) system'

warning message will appear, and

the () warning light will illumi

nate on the cluster. Have the func

tion be inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

WARNING

󳱽The driver is responsible for con

trolling the vehicle for safe driv

ing.

󳱽Always have your hands on the

steering wheel while driving.

󳱽Highway Driving Assist is a sup

plemental function that assists

the driver in driving the vehicle

and is not a complete autono

mous driving system. Always

check road conditions, and if nec

essary, take appropriate actions

to drive safely.

OMQ4050219L

OMQ4050220L

167

Driving your vehicleHighway Driving Assist (HDA)

󳱽Always have your eyes on the

road, and it is the responsibility of

the driver to avoid violating traffic

laws. The vehicle manufacturer is

not responsible for any traffic

violation or accidents caused by

the driver.

󳱽Highway Driving Assist may not

be able to recognize all traffic sit

uations. The function may not

detect possible collisions due to

Limitations. Always be aware of

the Limitations. Obstacles such as

vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles,

pedestrians, unspecified objects,

structures, etc. that may collide

with the vehicle may not be

detected.

󳱽Highway Driving Assist will turn

off automatically under the fol

lowing situations:

-Driving on roads that the func

tion does not operate, such as a

rest area, intersection, junc

tion, etc.

-The navigation does not oper

ate properly such as when the

navigation is being updated or

restarted

󳱽Highway Driving Assist may inad

vertently operate or turn off

depending on road conditions

(navigation information) and sur

roundings.

󳱽Lane Following Assist function

may be temporarily disabled

when the front view camera can

not detect lanes properly or the

hands-off warning is on.

󳱽You may not hear the warning

sound of Highway Driving Assist if

the surrounding is noisy.

󳱽If the vehicle is driven at high

speed above a certain speed at a

curve, your vehicle may drive to

one side or may depart from the

driving lane.

󳱽When you are towing a trailer or

another vehicle, we recommend

that Highway Driving Assist is

turned off due to safety reasons.

󳱽The hands󳱮off warning message

may appear early or late depend

ing on how the steering wheel is

held or road conditions. Always

have your hands on the steering

wheel while driving.

󳱽For your safety, please read the

owner's manual before using the

Highway Driving Assist.

󳱽Highway Driving Assist will not

operate when the engine is

started, or when the detecting

sensors or navigation is being ini

tialized.

Limitations

Highway Driving Assist and Highway

Lane Change function may not

operate normally, or may not oper

ate under the following circum

stances:

Driving your vehicle

1686

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

󳱽The map information and the

actual road is different because

the navigation is not updated

󳱽The map information and the

actual road is different because of

real-time GPS data or map infor

mation error

󳱽The infotainment system is over

loaded by simultaneously per

forming functions such as route

search, video playback, voice rec

ognition, etc.

󳱽GPS signals are blocked in areas

such as a tunnel

󳱽The driver goes off course or the

route to the destination is

changed or canceled by resetting

the navigation (including TPEG

change)

󳱽The vehicle enters a service sta

tion or rest area

󳱽Android Auto or Car Play is oper

ating

󳱽The navigation cannot detect the

current vehicle position (ex: ele

vated roads including overpass

adjacent to general roads or

nearby roads exist in a parallel

way)

CAUTION

For more details on the limitations

of the front view camera and front

radar, refer to "Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor

fusion) (if equipped)" on page 6-68.

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance Assist (RCCA) (if

equipped)

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid

ance Assist is designed to help

detect vehicles approaching from

the left and right side while your

vehicle is reversing, and warn the

driver that a collision is imminent

with a warning message and an

audible warning. Also, braking is

assisted to help prevent collision.

[A]: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning operating range

[B]: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance Assist operating range

CAUTION

The time of warning may vary

depending on vehicle speed of the

approaching vehicle.

OMQ4050263

169

Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

NOTICE

In the following text, Rear Cross-

Traffic Collision Assist will be

referred as Rear Cross-Traffic

Safety system.

Detecting sensor

Rear corner radar

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensor.

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions

of the rear corner radar, refer to

"Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist (BCA)" on page 6-91.

Function settings

Setting

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Parking Safety →

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' from the

Settings menu to turn on Rear

Cross-Traffic Safety system and

deselect to turn off the system.

WARNING

When the engine is restarted, Rear

Cross-Traffic Safety system will

always turn on. However, if 'Off' is

selected after the engine is

restarted, the driver should always

be aware of the surroundings and

drive safely.

OMQ4AH050010

OMQ4AH050341

Driving your vehicle

1706

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

NOTICE

Settings for Rear Cross-Traffic

Safety system include Rear Cross-

Traffic Collision Warning and Rear

Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance

Assist.

Warning timing

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Timing' from

the Settings menu to change the

initial warning activation time for

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system.

When the vehicle is first delivered,

Warning Timing is set to 'Normal'. If

you change the Warning Timing, the

warning time of other Driver Assis

tance systems may change.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' or 'Off' for Rear Cross-Traffic

Safety system.

However, even if 'Off' is selected,

the system's Warning Volume will

not turn off but the volume will

sound as 'Low'.

If you change the Warning Volume,

the Warning Volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

CAUTION

󳱽The setting of the Warning Timing

and Warning Volume applies to all

functions of the Rear Collision-

Avoidance Assist.

󳱽Even though 'Normal' is selected

for Warning Timing, if the vehicles

from the left and right side

approaches at high speed, the ini

OMQ4AH050334

OMQ4AH050335

171

Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

tial warning activation time may

seem late.

󳱽Select 'Late' for Warning Timing

when traffic is light and when

driving speed is slow.

NOTICE

If the engine is restarted, Warning

Timing and Warning Volume will

maintain the last setting.

Function operation

Function warning and control

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system

will warn and control the vehicle

depending on collision level: 'Collision

Warning', 'Emergency Braking' and

'Stopping vehicle and ending brake

control'.

Collision warning

󳱽To warn the driver of an

approaching vehicle from the rear

left/right side of your vehicle, the

warning light on the side view

mirror will blink and a warning will

appear on the cluster. At the

same time, an audible warning will

sound. If the Rear View Monitor is

operating, a warning will also

appear on the infotainment sys

tem screen.

󳱽The function will operate when all

the following conditions are satis

fied:

OMQ4AH050098

OMQ4050309L

OMQ4AH050162

Driving your vehicle

1726

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

-The gear is changed to R

(Reverse)

-Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8

km/h)

-The approaching vehicle is

within approximately 82 ft. (25

m) from the left and right side

of your vehicle

-The speed of the vehicle

approaching from the left and

right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)

NOTICE

If the operating conditions are satis

fied, there will be a warning when

ever the vehicle approaches from

the left or right side even though

your vehicle speed is 0 mph (0 km/

h).

Emergency braking

󳱽To warn the driver of an

approaching vehicle from the rear

left/right side of your vehicle, the

warning light on the side view

mirror will blink and a warning

message will appear on the clus

ter. At the same time, an audible

warning will sound. If the Rear

View Monitor is operating, a

warning will also appear on the

infotainment system screen.

OMQ4AH050098

OMQ4050289L

OMQ4AH050162

173

Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

󳱽The function will operate when all

the following conditions are satis

fied:

-The gear is changed to R

(Reverse)

-Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8

km/h)

-The approaching vehicle is

within approximately 5 ft. (1.5

m) from the left and right side

of your vehicle

-The speed of the vehicle

approaching from the left and

right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)

󳱽Emergency braking will be

assisted to help prevent collision

with approaching vehicles from

the left and right.

WARNING

Brake control will end when:

󳱽The approaching vehicle is out of

the detecting range

󳱽The approaching vehicle passes

behind your vehicle

󳱽The approaching vehicle does not

drive toward your vehicle

󳱽The approaching vehicle speed

slows down

󳱽The driver depresses the brake

pedal with sufficient power

Stopping vehicle and ending brake

control

󳱽When the vehicle is stopped due

to emergency braking, the 'Drive

carefully' warning message will

appear on the cluster.

󳱽For your safety, the driver should

depress the brake pedal immedi

ately and check the surroundings.

󳱽Brake control will end after the

vehicle is stopped by emergency

braking for approximately 2 sec

onds.

󳱽During emergency braking, brak

ing control by the function will

automatically cancel when the

driver excessively depresses the

brake pedal.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using Rear Cross-Traffic

Safety system:

󳱽For your safety, change the Set

tings after parking the vehicle at a

safe location.

OMQ4040504L

Driving your vehicle

1746

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

󳱽If any other function's warning

message is displayed or audible

warning is generated, Rear Cross-

Traffic Safety function's warning

message may not be displayed

and audible warning may not be

generated.

󳱽You may not hear the warning

sound of Rear Cross-Traffic

Safety system if the surrounding

is noisy.

󳱽Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may not operate if the driver

applies the brake pedal to avoid

collision.

󳱽During Rear Cross-Traffic Safety

Function Operation, the vehicle

may stop suddenly injuring pas

sengers and shifting loose

objects. Always have the seat belt

on and keep loose objects

secured.

󳱽Even if there is a problem with

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem, the vehicle's basic braking

performance will operate nor

mally.

󳱽Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may warn the driver late or

may not warn the driver depend

ing on the road and driving condi

tions.

󳱽Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem does not operate in all situa

tions or cannot avoid all collisions.

󳱽During emergency braking, brak

ing control by the function will

automatically cancel when the

driver excessively depresses the

accelerator pedal.

󳱽The driver should hold the

responsibility to control the vehi

cle. Do not solely depend on Rear

Cross-Traffic Safety system.

Rather, maintain a safe braking

distance, and if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to reduce

driving speed or to stop the vehi

cle.

󳱽Never deliberately operate Rear

Cross-Traffic Safety system on

people, animal, objects, etc. It

may cause serious injury or death.

CAUTION

The brake control may not operate

properly depending on the status of

ESC (Electronic Stability Control).

There will only be a warning when:

󳱽The ESC (Electronic Stability Con

trol) warning light is on

󳱽ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is

engaged in a different function

NOTICE

󳱽If the function assists you with

braking, the driver must immedi

ately depress the brake pedal and

check vehicle surroundings.

175

Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

-Brake control will end when the

driver depresses the brake

pedal with sufficient power.

-After changing the gear to R

(Reverse), braking control will

operate once for left and right

vehicle approach.

Function malfunction and limita

tions

Malfunction

When Rear Cross-Traffic Safety

system is not working properly, the

'Check Rear Cross-Traffic Safety

system' warning message will

appear on the cluster, and the func

tion will turn off automatically or

the function will be limited. Have the

function be inspected by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

When the side view mirror warning

light is not working properly, the

'Check side view mirror warning

light' warning message will appear

on the cluster. Have the function be

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Function disabled

When the rear bumper around the

rear corner radar or rear sensor is

covered with foreign material, such

as snow or rain, or installing a trailer

or carrier, it can reduce the detect

ing performance and temporarily

OMQ4050290L

OMQ4050291L

OMQ4050292L

Driving your vehicle

1766

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

limit or disable Rear Cross-Traffic

Safety system.

If this occurs, the 'Rear Cross-Traf

fic Safety Function disabled. Radar

blocked' warning message will

appear on the cluster.

The function will operate normally

when such foreign material or

trailer, etc. is removed.

If the function does not operate

normally after it is removed, have

the function be inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

󳱽Even though the warning mes

sage does not appear on the clus

ter, Rear Cross-Traffic Safety

system may not operate prop

erly.

󳱽Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may not operate properly in

an area (for example: open ter

rain), where any substance are

not detected after turning ON the

engine.

CAUTION

Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Safety

system to install a trailer, carrier,

etc., or remove the trailer, carrier,

etc. to use Rear Cross-Traffic

Safety system.

Limitations

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system

may not operate normally, or the

function may operate unexpectedly

under the following circumstances:

󳱽Departing from where trees or

grass are overgrown

󳱽Departing from where roads are

wet

󳱽Speed of the approaching vehicle

is fast or slow

Braking control may not work,

driver's attention is required in the

following circumstances:

󳱽The vehicle severely vibrates

while driving over a bumpy road,

uneven road or concrete patch

󳱽Driving on a slippery surface due

to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.

󳱽The tire pressure is low or a tire is

damaged

󳱽The brake is reworked

CAUTION

For more details on the limitations

of the rear corner radar, refer to

"Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist (BCA)" on page 6-91.

177

Driving your vehicleRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

WARNING

󳱽Driving near a vehicle or structure

[A]: Structure

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may be limited when driving

near a vehicle or structure, and

may not detect the vehicle

approaching from the left or

right. If this occurs, the function

may not warn the driver or con

trol the brakes when necessary.

Always check your surroundings

while backing up.

󳱽When the vehicle is in a complex

parking environment

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may detect vehicles which

are parking or pulling out near

your vehicle (for example: a vehi

cle leaving beside your vehicle, a

vehicle parking or pulling out in

the rear area, a vehicle approach

ing your vehicle making a turn,

etc.). If this occurs, the function

may unnecessarily warn the

driver and control the brake.

Always check your surroundings

while backing up.

󳱽When the vehicle is parked diago

nally

[A]: Vehicle

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may be limited when backing

up diagonally, and may not detect

the vehicle approaching from the

left or right. If this occurs, the

function may not warn the driver

or control the brakes when nec

essary.

Always check your surroundings

while backing up.

OMQ4050170

OMQ4050171

OMQ4050172

Driving your vehicle

1786

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist

(RCCA)

󳱽When the vehicle is on or near a

slope

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may be limited when the

vehicle is on a uphill or downhill

slope, or near it, and may not

detect the vehicle approaching

from the left or right. If this

occurs, the function may not

warn the driver or control the

brakes when necessary.

Always check your surroundings

while backing up.

WARNING

󳱽Pulling into the parking space

where there is a structure

[A]: Structure, [B]: Wall

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may detect vehicles passing

by in front of you when parking

backwards into a parking space

with a wall or structure in the rear

or side area. If this occurs, the

function may unnecessarily warn

the driver and control the brake.

Always check your surroundings

while backing up.

󳱽When the vehicle is parked rear

ward

OMQ4H050033

OMQ4050173

OMQ4050174

179

Driving your vehicleReverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may detect vehicles passing

by behind you when parking back

wards into a parking space. If this

occurs, the function may unnec

essarily warn the driver and con

trol the brake.

Always check your surroundings

while backing up.

WARNING

󳱽When you are towing a trailer or

another vehicle, we recommend

that Rear Cross-Traffic Safety

system is turned off due to

safety reasons.

󳱽Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may not operate normally if

interfered by strong electromag

netic waves.

󳱽Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys

tem may not operate for approxi

mately 3 seconds after the

vehicle is started, or the rear cor

ner radars are initialized.

Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid

ance Assist (PCA) (if equipped)

Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance

Assist may warn the driver or may

assist with braking to help reduce

the possibility of collision with a

pedestrian or an object when back

ing up.

Detecting sensor

Rear view camera

Rear ultrasonic sensors

Refer to the picture above for the

detailed location of the detecting

sensors.

OMQ4AH040564

OMQ4AH040566

Driving your vehicle

1806

Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)

CAUTION

Take the following precautions to

maintain optimal performance of

the detecting sensors:

󳱽Always keep the rear view camera

and rear ultrasonic sensors clean.

󳱽Do not use any cleanser contain

ing acid or alkaline detergents

when cleaning the rear view cam

era lens. Use only a mild soap or

neutral detergent, and rinse thor

oughly with water.

󳱽Never disassemble or apply

impact on the rear view camera

or the rear ultrasonic sensors

components.

󳱽Do not apply unnecessary force

on the rear view camera or the

rear ultrasonic sensors. The sys

tem may not operate properly if

the rear view camera or the rear

ultrasonic sensor(s) is forcibly

moved out of proper alignment.

Have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽Do not spray the rear view cam

era or the rear ultrasonic sensors

or their surrounding area directly

with a high pressure washer. It

may cause the rear view camera

or the rear ultrasonic sensors to

malfunction.

󳱽The system may not work prop

erly if the bumper has been dam

aged, replaced or repaired.

󳱽Do not apply objects, such as a

bumper sticker or a bumper guard,

near the rear view camera or rear

ultrasonic sensors or apply paint to

the bumper. Doing so may adversely

affect the performance of the sys

tem.

󳱽Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid

ance Assist may not operate nor

mally if interfered by strong

electromagnetic waves.

Function settings

Setting

Parking Safety

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select or

deselect 'Driver Assistance → Park

ing Safety' from the Settings menu

to set whether or not to use each

function.

OMQ4AH050348

181

Driving your vehicleReverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)

󳱽If 'Rear Active Assist' is selected,

the function will warn the driver

and assist with braking when a

collision with a pedestrian or an

object is imminent.

󳱽If 'Rear Warning Only' is selected,

the function will warn the driver

when a collision with a pedestrian

or an object is imminent. Braking

will not be assisted.

󳱽If 'Off' is selected, the function will

turn off.

Warning timing

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Timing' from

the Settings menu to change the

initial warning activation time for

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.

When the vehicle is first delivered,

Warning Timing is set to 'Normal'.

If you change the Warning Timing,

the warning time of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

Warning volume

With the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton in the ON position, select 'Driver

Assistance → Warning Volume' from

the Settings menu to change the

Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',

'Low' of 'Off' for Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist.

However, even if 'Off' is selected,

the system's Warning Volume will

not turn off but the volume will

sound as 'Low'.

If you change the warning volume,

the Warning Volume of other Driver

Assistance systems may change.

OMQ4AH050334

OMQ4AH050335

Driving your vehicle

1826

Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)

Function operation

Operating conditions

If 'Rear Active Assist' or 'Rear Warn

ing Only' is set from the Settings

menu, Reverse Parking Collision-

Avoidance Assist will be in the ready

status when the following condi

tions are satisfied:

󳱽The liftgate is closed

󳱽The gear is changed to R

(Reverse)

󳱽Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10

km/h)

System components such as the

rear view camera and the rear

ultrasonic sensors are in normal

conditions

Rear Warning Only

󳱽If the function detects a risk of

collision with a pedestrian or an

object, the function will warn the

driver with an audible warning and

warning message on the cluster.

When Rear View Monitor is oper

ating, a warning will appear on the

infotainment system screen.

󳱽If 'Rear Warning Only' is selected,

braking will not be assisted.

󳱽The warning will turn off when

the gear is shifted to P (Park), N

(Neutral) or D (Drive).

Rear Active Assist

󳱽If the function detects a risk of

collision with a pedestrian or an

object, the system will warn the

driver with an audible warning and

warning message on the cluster.

When Rear View Monitor system

is operating, a warning will appear

on the infotainment system

screen.

󳱽If the function detects imminent

collision with a pedestrian or an

object behind the vehicle, the

function will assist you with brak

ing. The driver needs to pay

attention as the brake assist will

end within 2 seconds. The driver

must immediately depress the

brake pedal and check vehicle sur

roundings.

󳱽Brake control will end when:

-The gear is changed to P (Park)

or D (Drive).

-The driver depresses the brake

pedal with sufficient power

-Braking assist last for approxi

mately 2 seconds

󳱽The warning will turn off when:

-The driver changes the gear to

P (Park), N (Neutral), or D

(Drive)

󳱽The brake control may not oper

ate properly depending on the

status of ESC (Electronic Stability

Control).

󳱽There will only be a warning

when:

-The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) warning light is on

183

Driving your vehicleReverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)

-ESC (Electronic Stability Con

trol) is engaged in a different

function

WARNING

󳱽Playing the vehicle audio system

at high volume may prevent pas

sengers from hearing Reverse

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist

warning sounds

󳱽Noise may be heard when sudden

braking occurs to avoid a collision.

󳱽If any other warning sound such

as the seat belt warning chime is

already generated, Reverse Park

ing Collision-Avoidance Assist

warning may not sound.

󳱽The performance of Reverse

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist

may vary under certain condi

tions. If vehicle speed is above 2

mph (4 km/h), the system will

provide collision avoidance assist

only when pedestrians are

detected. Always look around and

pay attention when backing up

your vehicle.

Malfunction and limitations

Malfunction

When Reverse Parking Collision-

Avoidance Assist or other related

systems are not working properly,

the 'Check Parking Collision-Avoid

ance Assist system' warning mes

sage will appear on the cluster, and

the function will turn off automati

cally. Have your vehicle inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

OMQ4040510L

Driving your vehicle

1846

Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)

Function disabled

The rear view camera is used as a

detecting sensor to detect pedestri

ans. If the camera lens is covered

with foreign material, such as snow

or rain, it may adversely affect

camera performance and Reverse

Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist

may not operate normally. Always

keep the camera lens clean.

The rear ultrasonic sensors are

located inside the rear bumper to

detect objects in the rear area. If

the sensors are covered with foreign

material, such as snow or rain, it

may adversely affect sensor per

formance and Reverse Parking Colli

sion-Avoidance Assist may not

operate normally. Always keep the

rear bumper clean.

Rear view camera

Rear ultrasonic sensor

The 'Rear camera error or blockage'

or 'Parking sensor error or blockage'

warning message will appear on the

cluster if the following situations

occur:

󳱽The rear view camera or ultra

sonic sensors are covered with

foreign material, such as snow or

rain, etc.

OMQ4AH040564

OMQ4AH040566

OMQ4050223L

OMQ4050222L

185

Driving your vehicleReverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)

󳱽There is inclement weather, such

as heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.

If this occurs, Reverse Parking Colli

sion-Avoidance Assist may turn off

or may not operate properly. Check

whether the rear view camera and

rear ultrasonic sensors are clean.

Limitations

Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not assist braking or

warn the driver even if there are

pedestrians or objects under the

following circumstances:

󳱽Any non-factory equipment or

accessory is installed

󳱽Your vehicle is unstable due to an

accident or other causes

󳱽Bumper height or rear ultrasonic

sensor installation has been mod

ified

󳱽Rear view camera or rear ultra

sonic sensor(s) is damaged

󳱽Rear view camera or the rear

ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained

with foreign matter, such as

snow, dirt, etc.

󳱽Rear view camera is obscured by

a light source or by inclement

weather, such as heavy rain, fog,

snow, etc.

󳱽The surrounding is very bright or

very dark

󳱽Outside temperature is very high

or very low

󳱽The wind is either strong (above

12 mph (20 km/h)) or blowing

perpendicular to the rear bumper

󳱽Objects generating excessive

noise, such as vehicle horns, loud

motorcycle engines or truck air

brakes, are near your vehicle

󳱽An ultrasonic sensor with similar

frequency is near your vehicle

󳱽There is ground height difference

between the vehicle and the

pedestrian

󳱽The image of the pedestrian in

the rear view camera is indistin

guishable from the background

󳱽The pedestrian is near the rear

edge of the vehicle

󳱽The pedestrian is not standing

upright

󳱽The pedestrian is either very

short or very tall for the function

to detect

󳱽The pedestrian or cyclist is wear

ing clothing that easily blends into

the background, making it difficult

to detect

󳱽The pedestrian is wearing clothing

that does not reflect ultrasonic

waves well

󳱽Size, thickness, height, or shape

of the object does not reflect

ultrasonic waves well (e.g., pole,

bush, curbs, carts, edge of a wall,

etc.)

󳱽The pedestrian or the object is

moving

Driving your vehicle

1866

Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)

󳱽The pedestrian or the object is

very close to the rear of the vehi

cle

󳱽A wall is behind the pedestrian or

the object

󳱽The object is not located at the

rear center of your vehicle

󳱽The object is not parallel to the

rear bumper

󳱽The road is slippery or inclined

󳱽The driver backs up the vehicle

immediately after shifting to R

(Reverse)

󳱽The driver accelerates or circles

the vehicle

Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance

Assist may unnecessarily warn the

driver or assist with braking even if

there are no pedestrians or objects

under the following circumstances:

󳱽Any non-factory equipment or

accessory is installed

󳱽Your vehicle is unstable due to an

accident or other causes

󳱽Bumper height or rear ultrasonic

sensor installation has been mod

ified

󳱽Your vehicle height is low or high

due to heavy loads, abnormal tire

pressure, etc.

󳱽Rear view camera or the rear

ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained

with foreign matter, such as

snow, dirt, etc.

󳱽The pattern on the road is mis

taken for a pedestrian

󳱽There is shadow or light reflecting

on the ground

󳱽Pedestrians or objects are around

the path of the vehicle

󳱽Objects generating excessive

noise, such as vehicle horns, loud

motorcycle engines or truck air

brakes, are near your vehicle

󳱽Your vehicle is backing towards a

narrow passage or parking space

󳱽Your vehicle is backing towards an

uneven road surface, such as an

unpaved road, gravel, bump, gra

dient, etc.

󳱽A trailer or carrier is installed on

the rear of your vehicle

󳱽An ultrasonic sensor with similar

frequency is near your vehicle

187

Driving your vehicleEconomical operation

Economical operation

Your vehicle's fuel economy depends

mainly on your style of driving,

where you drive and when you drive.

Each of these factors affects how

many kilometers (miles) you can get

from a liter (gallon) of fuel. To oper

ate your vehicle as economically as

possible, use the following driving

suggestions to help save money in

both fuel and repairs:

󳱽Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate. Don't make "jack

rabbit" starts or full-throttle

shifts and maintain a steady

cruising speed. Don't race

between stoplights. Try to adjust

your speed to the traffic so you

don't have to change speeds

unnecessarily. Avoid heavy traffic

whenever possible.

Always maintain a safe distance

from other vehicles so you can

avoid unnecessary braking. This

also reduces brake wear.

󳱽Drive at a moderate speed. The

faster you drive, the more fuel

your vehicle uses. Driving at a

moderate speed, especially on the

highway, is one of the most

effective ways to reduce fuel con

sumption.

󳱽Take care of your tires. Keep

them inflated to the recom

mended pressure. Incorrect infla

tion, either too much or too little,

results in unnecessary tire wear.

Check the tire pressures at least

once a month.

󳱽Be sure that the wheels are

aligned correctly. Improper align

ment can result from hitting

curbs or driving too fast over

irregular surfaces. Poor alignment

causes faster tire wear and may

also result in other problems as

well as greater fuel consumption.

󳱽Keep your vehicle in good condi

tion. For better fuel economy and

reduced maintenance costs,

maintain your vehicle in accor

dance with the maintenance

schedule in "Scheduled mainte

nance service" on page 8-10. If

you drive your vehicle in severe

conditions, more frequent main

tenance is required (Refer to

"Maintenance under severe usage

conditions" on page 8-15).

󳱽Travel lightly. Don't carry unnec

essary weight in your vehicle.

Weight reduces fuel economy.

󳱽Don't let the engine idle longer

than necessary. If you are waiting

(and not in traffic), turn off your

engine and restart only when

you're ready to go.

󳱽Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the

engine. Lugging is driving too

slowly in too high a gear resulting

Driving your vehicle

1886

Declaration of conformity

in the engine bucking. If this hap

pens, shift to a lower gear. Over-

revving is racing the engine

beyond its safe limit. This can be

avoided by shifting at the recom

mended speeds.

󳱽Open windows at high speeds can

reduce fuel economy.

󳱽Fuel economy is less in cross

winds and headwinds. To help off

set some of this loss, slow down

when driving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating

condition is important both for

economy and safety.

Therefore, have the system checked

by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Engine off during motion

Never turn the engine off to coast

down hills or anytime the vehicle is

in motion. The power steering and

power brakes will not function prop

erly without the engine running. In

addition, turning off the ignition

while driving could engage the

steering wheel lock resulting in loss

of vehicle steering. Keep the engine

on and downshift to an appropriate

gear for engine braking effect.

Declaration of conformity

The radio frequency components

(Front Radar) complies:

For USA

FCC ID: 2ACDX-MRR-20

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC Rules. Operation is subject

to the following two conditions:

1.This device may not cause harm

ful interference, and

2.This device must accept any

interference received, including

interference that may cause

undesired operation.

CAUTION TO USERS

Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the equipment.

189

Driving your vehicleDeclaration of conformity

The radio frequency components

(Rear Corner Radar) complies:

For USA

FCC ID: LTQJ4TR

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC Rules. Operation is subject

to the following two conditions:

1.This device may not cause harm

ful interference, and

2.This device must accept any

interference received, including

interference that may cause

undesired operation.

CAUTION TO USERS

Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the equipment.

Radio frequency radiation exposure

information:

This equipment complies with FCC

radiation exposure limits set forth

for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed

and operated with minimum dis

tance of 8 in (20 cm) between the

radiator (antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-

located or operating in conjunction

with any other antenna or trans

mitter.

Driving your vehicle

1906

Special driving conditions

If driving conditions deteriorate due

to poor weather or road conditions,

you should pay even more attention

than usual to your driving.

Hazardous driving conditions

When hazardous driving conditions

are encountered such as water,

snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz

ards, follow these suggestions:

󳱽Drive cautiously and allow extra

distance for braking.

󳱽Avoid sudden braking or steering.

󳱽Do not pump the brake pedal on a

vehicle equipped with ABS.

󳱽If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,

use the second gear. Accelerate

slowly to avoid spinning the drive

wheels.

󳱽Use sand, rock salt, or other non

slip material under the drive

wheels to provide traction when

stalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Reducing the risk of a rollover

This multi-purpose passenger vehi

cle is defined as a Sports Utility

Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a

significantly higher rollover rate

than other types of vehicles. SUVs

have higher ground clearance and a

narrower track to make them capa

ble of performing in a wide variety

of offroad applications.

Specific design characteristics give

them a higher center of gravity than

ordinary vehicles. An advantage of

the higher ground clearance is a

better view of the road, which

allows you to anticipate problems.

They are not designed for cornering

at the same speeds as conventional

passenger vehicles, any more than

low-slung sports vehicles are

designed to perform satisfactorily in

off-road conditions. Due to this risk,

driver and passengers are strongly

recommended to buckle their seat

belts.

In a rollover crash, an unbelted per

son is significantly more likely to die

than a person wearing a seat belt.

There are steps that a driver can

make to reduce the risk of a rollover.

If at all possible, avoid sharp turns

or abrupt maneuvers, do not load

your roof rack with heavy cargo,

and never modify your vehicle in any

way.

WARNING

Rollover

As with other Sports Utility Vehicle

(SUV), failure to operate this vehicle

correctly may result in loss of con

trol, an accident or vehicle rollover.

󳱽Utility vehicles have a significantly

higher rollover rate than other

types of vehicles.

191

Driving your vehicleSpecial driving conditions

󳱽Specific design characteristics

(higher ground clearance, nar

rower track, etc.) give this vehicle

a higher center of gravity than

ordinary vehicles.

󳱽A SUV is not designed for corner

ing at the same speeds as con

ventional vehicles.

󳱽Avoid sharp turns or abrupt

maneuvers.

󳱽In a rollover crash, an unbelted

person is significantly more likely

to die than a person wearing a

seat belt. Make sure everyone in

the vehicle is properly buckled up.

WARNING

Your vehicle is equipped with tires

designed to provide safe ride and

handling capability. Do not use tires

and wheels that are different in size

and type from the originally

installed ones. It can affect the

safety and performance of your

vehicle, which could lead to steering

failure or rollover and serious injury.

When replacing the tires, be sure to

equip all four tires with the tire and

wheel of the same size, type, tread,

brand and load-carrying capacity.

Rocking the vehicle

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle

to free it from snow, sand, or mud,

first turn the steering wheel right

and left to clear the area around

your front wheels. Then, shift back

and forth between R (Reverse) and

any forward gear.

Do not race the engine, and spin the

wheels as little as possible. If you

are still stuck after a few tries, have

the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehi

cle to avoid engine overheating and

possible damage to the transmis

sion.

WARNING

Sudden vehicle movement

Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if

people or objects are nearby. The

vehicle may suddenly move forward

or backwards as it becomes

unstuck.

CAUTION

Vehicle rocking

Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle

overheating, transmission damage

or failure, and tire damage.

Driving your vehicle

1926

Special driving conditions

CAUTION

Spinning tires

Do not spin the wheels, especially at

speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/

h). Spinning the wheels at high

speeds when the vehicle is station

ary could overheat and damage

tires, and the rotating wheels may

fly away and injure bystanders.

NOTICE

The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) should be turned OFF prior to

rocking the vehicle.

Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in

corners, especially when roads are

wet. Ideally, corners should always

be taken under gentle acceleration.

If you follow these suggestions, tire

wear will be held to a minimum.

Driving at night

Because night driving presents more

hazards than driving in the daylight,

here are some important tips to

remember:

󳱽Slow down and keep more dis

tance between you and other

vehicles, as it may be more diffi

cult to see at night, especially in

areas where there may not be

any street lights.

󳱽Adjust your mirrors to reduce the

glare from other driver's head

lamps.

󳱽Keep your headlamps clean and

properly aimed. (On vehicles not

equipped with the automatic

headlamp aiming feature.) Dirty

or improperly aimed headlamps

will make it much more difficult to

see at night.

󳱽Avoid staring directly at the head

lamps of oncoming vehicles. You

could be temporarily blinded, and

it will take several seconds for

your eyes to readjust to the dark

ness.

OMQ4AH050198

OMQ4H050018

193

Driving your vehicleSpecial driving conditions

Driving in the rain

Rain and wet roads can make driving

dangerous, especially if you're not

prepared for the slick pavement.

Here are a few things to consider

when driving in the rain:

󳱽A heavy rainfall will make it

harder to see and will increase the

distance needed to stop your

vehicle, so slow down.

󳱽Keep your windshield wiping

equipment in good shape. Replace

your windshield wiper blades

when they show signs of streak

ing or missing areas on the wind

shield.

󳱽If your tires are not in good condi

tion, making a quick stop on wet

pavement can cause a skid and

possibly lead to an accident. Be

sure your tires are in good shape.

󳱽Turn on your headlamps to make

it easier for others to see you.

󳱽Driving too fast through large

puddles can affect your brakes. If

you must go through puddles, try

to drive through them slowly.

󳱽If you believe you may have got

ten your brakes wet, apply them

lightly while driving until normal

braking operation returns.

Hydroplaning

If the road is wet enough and you

are going fast enough, your vehicle

may have little or no contact with

the road surface and actually ride

on the water. The best advice is

SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.

The risk of hydroplaning increases

as the depth of tire tread decreases,

refer to"Tires and wheels" on page

8-38.

Driving in flooded areas

Avoid driving through flooded areas

unless you are sure the water is no

higher than the bottom of the wheel

hub. Drive through any water

slowly. Allow adequate stopping dis

tance because brake performance

may be affected.

After driving through water, dry the

brakes by gently applying them

several times while the vehicle is

moving slowly.

OMQ4H060016L

Driving your vehicle

1946

Special driving conditions

Highway driving

Tires

Adjust the tire inflation pressures to

specification. Low tire inflation pres

sures will result in overheating and

possible failure of the tires.

Avoid using worn or damaged tires

which may result in reduced traction

or tire failure.

Never exceed the maximum tire

inflation pressure shown on the

tires.

WARNING

Under/over inflated tires

Always check the tires for proper

inflation before driving. Underin

flated or overinflated tires can

cause poor handling, loss of vehicle

control, and sudden tire failure,

leading to accidents, injuries, and

even death. For proper tire pres

sures, refer to "Tires and wheels" on

page 8-38.

WARNING

Tire tread

Always check the tire tread before

driving your vehicle. Worn-out tires

can result in loss of vehicle control.

Worn-out tires should be replaced

as soon as possible. For further

information and tread limits, refer

to "Tires and wheels" on page 8-38.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil

High speed travel consumes more

fuel than urban motoring. Do not

forget to check both the engine

coolant and engine oil.

Drive belt

A loose or damaged drive belt may

result in overheating of the engine.

OMQ4H050020

195

Driving your vehicleWinter driving

Winter driving

Severe weather conditions in the

winter result in greater wear and

other problems.

To minimize the problems of winter

driving, you should follow these

suggestions:

Snowy or icy conditions

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it

may be necessary to use snow tires

or to install tire chains on your tires.

If snow tires are needed, it is neces

sary to select tires equivalent in size

and type of the original equipment

tires. Failure to do so may adversely

affect the safety and handling of

your vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,

rapid acceleration, sudden brake

applications, and sharp turns are

potentially very hazardous prac

tices.

During deceleration, use vehicle

braking to the fullest extent. Sud

den brake applications on snowy or

icy roads may cause skids to occur.

You need to keep sufficient distance

between the vehicle in operation in

front of your vehicle. Also, apply the

brake gently. It should be noted that

installing tire chains on the tire will

provide a greater driving force, but

will not prevent side skids.

Tire chains are not legal in all states.

Check state laws before fitting tire

chains.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your

vehicle, make sure they are radial

tires of the same size and load

range as the original tires. Mount

snow tires on all four wheels to bal

ance your vehicle's handling in all

weather conditions. Keep in mind

that the traction provided by snow

tires on dry roads may not be as

high as your vehicle's original equip

ment tires. You should drive cau

tiously even when the roads are

clear. Check with the tire dealer for

maximum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without

first checking local, state and

municipal regulations for possible

restrictions against their use.

WARNING

Snow tire size

Snow tires should be equivalent in

size and type to the vehicle's stan

dard tires. Otherwise, the safety

and handling of your vehicle may be

adversely affected.

Driving your vehicle

1966

Winter driving

Tire chains

wire-type

fabric-type

Since the sidewalls of radial tires are

thinner, they can be damaged by

mounting some types of snow

chains on them. Therefore, the use

of snow tires is recommended

instead of snow chains. Do not

mount tire chains on vehicles

equipped with aluminum wheels;

snow chains may cause damage to

the wheels. If snow chains must be

used, use fabric-type chains for 19

inch tires or wire-type chains for 17

inch tires with a thickness of less

than 0.47 in (12 mm).

Damage to your vehicle caused by

improper snow chain use is not cov

ered by your vehicle manufacturers

warranty.

When using tire chains, attach them

to the drive wheels as follows.

󳱽Front wheel drive vehicle moves

the front wheel as a power

source. Thus, snow chains must

be mounted to front tires.

󳱽After mounting snow chains, drive

slowly. If you hear noise caused

by chains contacting the body,

slow down until the noise stops

and remove the chain as soon as

you begin driving on cleared roads

to prevent damage.

󳱽Wrong size chains or improperly

installed chains can damage your

vehicle's brake lines, suspension,

body and wheels. Therefore,

when installing snow chain, follow

the manufacturer's instructions

and mount them as tightly possi

ble. Drive slowly (less than 20

mph (30 km/h)) with chains

installed.

CAUTION

󳱽Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for your

tires. Incorrect snow chains can

cause damage to the vehicle body

and suspension and may not be

OMQ4H050037

OMQ4H050036

197

Driving your vehicleWinter driving

covered by your vehicle manufac

turer warranty. Also, the snow

chain connecting hooks may be

damaged from contacting vehicle

components causing the snow

chains to come loose from the

tire. Make sure the snow chains

are SAE class "S" certified.

󳱽Always check chain installation for

proper mounting after driving

approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles

(0.5 to 1 km) to ensure safe

mounting. Retighten or remount

the chains if they are loose.

󳱽Fabric-type chains must be used

on the vehicle with 19 inch (235/

55R19) tires.

Use high quality ethylene glycol

coolant

Your vehicle is delivered with high

quality ethylene glycol coolant in the

cooling system. It is the only type of

coolant that should be used because

it helps prevent corrosion in the

cooling system, lubricates the water

pump and prevents freezing. Be

sure to replace or replenish your

coolant in accordance with the

maintenance schedule in section 8.

Before winter, have your coolant

tested to assure that its freezing

point is sufficient for the tempera

tures anticipated during the winter.

Check battery and cables

Winter puts additional burdens on

the battery system. Visually inspect

the battery and cables as described

in section 8. Have the level of charge

in your battery checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Change to "winter weight" oil if

necessary

In some climates it is recommended

that a lower viscosity "winter

weight" oil be used during cold

weather. See "Recommended lubri

cants and capacities" on page 9-7. If

you aren't sure what weight oil you

should use, consult an authorized

Kia dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignition sys

tem

Inspect your spark plugs as

described in "Scheduled mainte

nance service" on page 8-10 and

replace them if necessary. Also

check all ignition wiring and compo

nents to be sure they are not

cracked, worn or damaged in any

way.

To keep locks from freezing

To keep the locks from freezing,

squirt an approved de-icer fluid or

glycerine into the key opening. If a

lock is covered with ice, squirt it with

an approved de-icing fluid to remove

Driving your vehicle

1986

Winter driving

the ice. If the lock is frozen inter

nally, you may be able to thaw it out

by using a heated key. Handle the

heated key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washer anti-

freeze in system

To keep the water in the window

washer system from freezing, add

an approved window washer anti-

freeze solution in accordance with

instructions on the container. Win

dow washer anti-freeze is available

from an authorized Kia dealer and

most auto parts outlets. Do not use

engine coolant or other types of

anti-freeze as these may damage

the paint finish.

Don't let your parking brake freeze

Under some conditions your parking

brake can freeze in the engaged

position. This is most likely to hap

pen when there is an accumulation

of snow or ice around or near the

rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.

If there is a risk the parking brake

may freeze, temporarily apply it

with the gear in P (Park). Also, block

the rear wheels in advance, so the

vehicle may not roll. Then release

the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumulate

underneath

Under some conditions, snow and

ice can build up under the fenders

and interfere with the steering.

When driving in severe winter condi

tions where this may happen, you

should periodically check under

neath the vehicle to be sure the

movement of the front wheels and

the steering components is not

obstructed.

Carry emergency equipment

Depending on the severity of the

weather, you should carry appropri

ate emergency equipment. Some of

the items you may want to carry

include tire chains, tow straps or

chains, flashlight, emergency flares,

sand, shovel, jumper cables, window

scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover

alls, blanket, etc.

Do not place objects or materials in

the engine compartment

Putting objects or materials in the

engine compartment may cause an

engine failure or combustion,

because they may block the engine

cooling. Such damage will not be

covered by the manufacturer's war

ranty.

199

Driving your vehicleTrailer towing

Trailer towing

If you are considering towing with

your vehicle, you should first check

with your country's Department of

Motor Vehicles to determine their

legal requirements.

Since laws vary the requirements

for towing trailers, cars, or other

types of vehicles or apparatus may

differ. Kia recommends to ask an

authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Towing a trailer

If you don't use the correct equip

ment and drive improperly, you can

lose control when you pull a trailer.

For example, if the trailer is too

heavy, the brakes may not work

well - or even at all. You and your

passengers could be seriously or

fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if

you have followed all the steps in

this section.

WARNING

Weight limits

Before towing, make sure the total

trailer weight, gross combination

weight, gross vehicle weight, gross

axle weight and trailer tongue load

are all within the limits.

CAUTION

Any part of the rear number plate

or lighting devices of the vehicle

must not be obscured by the

mechanical coupling device. If the

rear number plate and/or lighting

devices can be obscured partially by

any part of the mechanical coupling

device, mechanical coupling devices

that can not be easily removed or

repositioned without use of any

tool, except an easily operated (i.e.

an effort not exceeding 20 N󳚢m)

release key which is supplied by the

manufacturer of the coupling

device, are not permitted for

use. Please note that the mechani

cal coupling device that is fitted and

not in use should always be

removed or repositioned if the rear

number plate and/or rear lighting

devices are obscured by any part of

the mechanical coupling device.

NOTICE

󳱽The technically permissible maxi

mum load on the rear axle(s) may

be exceeded by not more than 15

% and the technically permissible

maximum laden mass of the vehi

cle may be exceeded by not more

than 10 % or 220.4 lbs (100 kg),

whichever value is lower. In this

case, do not exceed 60 mph (100

km/h) for vehicle of category M1

Driving your vehicle

2006

Trailer towing

or 50 mph (80 km/h) for vehicle of

category N1.

󳱽When towing a trailer, the addi

tional load imposed at the trailer

coupling device may cause the

rear tire maximum load ratings to

be exceeded, but not by more

than 15%. In such a case, do not

exceed 60 miles (100km/h), and

the rear tire pressure should be at

least 0.2 bar (20 kPa) above the

tire pressure(s) as recommended

for normal use (i.e. without a

trailer attached).

CAUTION

Pulling a trailer improperly can

damage your vehicle and result in

costly repairs not covered by your

warranty. To pull a trailer correctly,

follow the advice in this section.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To

identify what the vehicle trailering

capacity is for your vehicle, refer to

"Weight of the trailer" on page 6-

207 that appears later in this sec

tion.

Remember that trailering is differ

ent than just driving your vehicle by

itself. Trailering means changes in

handling, durability, and fuel econ

omy. Successful, safe trailering

requires correct equipment, and it

has to be used properly.

This section contains many

timetested, important trailering tips

and safety rules. Many of these are

important for your safety and that

of your passengers. Please read this

section carefully before you pull a

trailer.

Load-pulling components such as

the engine, transmission, wheel

assemblies, and tires are forced to

work harder against the load of the

added weight. The engine is

required to operate at relatively

higher speeds and under greater

loads. This additional burden gener

ates extra heat. The trailer also

considerably adds wind resistance,

increasing pulling requirements.

NOTICE

Location of trailer mounting

The mounting hole for hitches are

located on both sides of the under

body behind the rear tires.

OMQ4AH050279

201

Driving your vehicleTrailer towing

Hitches

It's important to have the correct

hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large

trucks going by, and rough roads are

a few reasons why you'll need the

right hitch. Here are some rules to

follow:

󳱽Do you have to make any holes in

the body of your vehicle when you

install a trailer hitch? If you do,

then be sure to seal the holes

later when you remove the hitch.

If you don't seal them, deadly car

bon monoxide (CO) from your

exhaust can get into your vehicle,

as well as dirt and water.

󳱽The bumpers on your vehicle are

not intended for hitches. Do not

attach rental hitches or other

bumper-type hitches. Use only a

frame-mounted hitch that does

not attach to the bumper.

󳱽Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail

able at an authorized Kia dealer.

Safety chains

You should always attach chains

between your vehicle and your

trailer. Cross the safety chains

under the tongue of the trailer so

that the tongue will not drop to the

road if it becomes separated from

the hitch.

Instructions about safety chains

may be provided by the hitch manu

facturer or by the trailer manufac

turer. Follow the manufacturer's

recommendation for attaching

safety chains. Always leave just

enough slack so you can turn with

your trailer. And, never allow safety

chains drag on the ground.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a

braking system, make sure it con

forms to your country's regulations

and that it is properly installed and

operating correctly.

If your trailer weighs more than the

maximum trailer weight without

trailer brakes loaded, then it needs

its own brakes and they must be

adequate. Be sure to read and fol

low the instructions for the trailer

brakes so you'll be able to install,

adjust and maintain them properly.

󳱽Don't tap into your vehicle's brake

system.

WARNING

Trailer brakes

Do not use a trailer with its own

brakes unless you are absolutely

certain that you have properly set

up the brake system. This is not a

task for amateurs. Use an experi

Driving your vehicle

2026

Trailer towing

enced, competent trailer shop for

this work.

Driving with a trailer

Towing a trailer requires a certain

amount of experience. Before set

ting out for the open road, you must

get to know your trailer. Acquaint

yourself with the feel of handling

and braking with the added weight

of the trailer. And always keep in

mind that the vehicle you are driving

is now a good deal longer and not

nearly so responsive as your vehicle

is by itself.

Before you start, check the trailer

hitch and platform, safety chains,

electrical connector(s), lights, tires

and mirror adjustment. If the trailer

has electric brakes, start your vehi

cle and trailer moving and then

apply the trailer brake controller by

hand to be sure the brakes are

working. This lets you check your

electrical connection at the same

time.

During your trip, check occasionally

to be sure that the load is secure,

and that the lights and trailer

brakes are still working.

Following distance

Stay at least twice as far behind the

vehicle ahead as you would when

driving your vehicle without a trailer.

This can help you avoid situations

that require heavy braking and sud

den turns.

Passing

You'll need more passing distance up

ahead when you're towing a trailer.

And, because of the increased vehi

cle length, you'll need to go much

farther beyond the passed vehicle

before you can return to your lane.

Backing up

Hold the bottom of the steering

wheel with one hand. Then, to move

the trailer to the left, just move

your hand to the left. To move the

trailer to the right, move your hand

to the right. Always back up slowly

and, if possible, have someone guide

you.

Making turns

When you're turning with a trailer,

make wider turns than normal. Do

this so your trailer won't strike soft

shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,

or other objects. Avoid jerky or sud

den maneuvers. Signal well in

advance.

203

Driving your vehicleTrailer towing

Turn signals when towing a trailer

When you tow a trailer, your vehicle

has to have a different turn signal

flasher and extra wiring. The green

arrows on your instrument panel

will flash whenever you signal a turn

or lane change. Properly connected,

the trailer lights will also flash to

alert other drivers you're about to

turn, change lanes, or stop.

When towing a trailer, the green

arrows on your instrument panel

will flash for turns even if the bulbs

on the trailer are burned out. Thus,

you may think drivers behind you

are seeing your signals when, in

fact, they are not. It's important to

check occasionally to be sure the

trailer bulbs are still working. You

must also check the lights every

time you disconnect and then

reconnect the wires.

Do not connect a trailer lighting sys

tem directly to your vehicle's light

ing system. Use only an approved

trailer wiring harness.

Have yourself assisted by a profes

sional workshop in installing the

wiring harness.

Kia recommends to visit an autho

rized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Failure to use an approved trailer

wiring harness could result in dam

age to the vehicle electrical system

and/or personal injury.

Driving on grades

Reduce the speed and shift to a

lower gear before you start down a

long or steep downgrade. If you

don't shift down, you might have to

use your brakes so much that they

would get hot and no longer operate

efficiently.

On a long uphill grade, shift down

and reduce your speed to around 45

mph (70 km/h) to reduce the possi

bility of engine and transmission

overheating.

CAUTION

󳱽When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6 %) pay

close attention to the engine

coolant temperature gauge to

ensure the engine does not over

heat. If the needle of the coolant

temperature gauge moves across

the dial towards "H (HOT) (or 260

󳚛F/130 󳚛C)", pull over and stop as

soon as it is safe to do so, and

allow the engine to idle until it

cools down. You may proceed

once the engine has cooled suffi

ciently.

Driving your vehicle

2046

Trailer towing

󳱽You must decide the driving speed

depending on trailer weight and

uphill grade to reduce the possi

bility of engine and transmission

overheating.

Parking on hills

Generally, if you have a trailer

attached to your vehicle, you should

not park your vehicle on a hill. Peo

ple can be seriously or fatally

injured, and both your vehicle and

the trailer can be damaged if unex

pectedly roll down hill.

WARNING

Parking on a hill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with a

trailer attached could cause serious

injury or death, should the trailer

break loose.

However, if you ever have to park

your trailer on a hill, here's how to

do it:

1.Pull the vehicle into the parking

space. Turn the steering wheel in

the direction of the curb (right if

headed down hill, left if headed up

hill).

2.Set the parking brake and shut off

the vehicle.

3.Place chocks under the trailer

wheels on the down hill side of

the wheels.

4.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,

shift to neutral, release the park

ing brake and slowly release the

brakes until the trailer chocks

absorb the load.

5.Reapply the brakes, reapply the

parking brake.

6.Shut off the vehicle and release

the vehicle brakes but leave the

parking brake set.

WARNING

Parking brake

It can be dangerous to get out of

your vehicle if the parking brake is

not firmly set.

If you have left the engine running,

the vehicle can move suddenly. You

or others could be seriously or

fatally injured.

When you are ready to leave after

parking on a hill

1.Apply your brakes and hold the

brake pedal down while you:

󳱽Start your engine;

󳱽Shift into gear; and

󳱽Release the parking brake.

2.Slowly remove your foot from the

brake pedal.

3.Drive slowly until the trailer is

clear of the chocks.

4.Stop and have someone pick up

and store the chocks.

205

Driving your vehicleTrailer towing

Maintenance when trailer towing

Your vehicle will need service more

often when you regularly pull a

trailer. Important items to pay par

ticular attention to include engine

oil, axle lubricant and cooling system

fluid. Brake condition is another

important item to frequently check.

Each item is covered in this manual,

and the Index will help you find

them quickly. If you're trailering, it's

a good idea to review these sections

before you start your trip.

Don't forget to also maintain your

trailer and hitch. Follow the mainte

nance schedule that accompanied

your trailer and check it periodically.

Preferably, conduct the check at the

start of each day's driving. Most

importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts

should be tight.

CAUTION

󳱽Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occur in

hot days or during uphill driving. If

the coolant gauge indicates over

heating, switch off the A/C and

stop the vehicle in a safe area to

cool down the engine.

󳱽When towing, check the trans

mission fluid more frequently.

󳱽If your vehicle is not equipped

with an air conditioner, you should

install a condenser fan to improve

engine performance when towing

a trailer.

If you do decide to pull a trailer

Here are some important points if

you decide to pull a trailer:

󳱽Consider using a sway control.

You can ask a hitch dealer about

sway control.

󳱽Do not do any towing with your

vehicle during its first 1,200 miles

(2,000 km) in order to allow the

engine to properly break in. Fail

ure to heed this caution may

result in serious engine or trans

mission damage.

󳱽When towing a trailer, consult an

authorized Kia dealer on addi

tional requirements such as a

towing kit, etc.

󳱽Always drive your vehicle at a

moderate speed (less than 60

mph (100 km/h)).

󳱽On a long uphill grade, do not

exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the

posted towing speed limit, which

ever is lower.

󳱽The chart contains important

considerations that have to do

with weight:

Driving your vehicle

2066

Trailer towing

Item

Gasoline Engine

Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV

Maximum

trailer weight

Without brake System1,653 lbs. (750 kg)

With brake System2,000 lbs. (907 kg)

Maximum permissible static vertical load on

the coupling device

220 lbs. (100 kg)

Recommended distance from rear wheel

center to coupling point

45.3 inch (1,150 mm)

207

Driving your vehicleTrailer towing

Weight of the trailer

A: Tongue Load

B: Total Trailer Weight

What is the maximum safe weight

of a trailer? It should never weigh

more than the maximum trailer

weight with trailer brakes. But even

that can be too heavy.

It depends on how you plan to use

your trailer. For example, speed,

altitude, road grades, outside tem

perature and how often your vehicle

is used to pull a trailer are all

important. The ideal trailer weight

can also depend on any special

equipment that you have on your

vehicle.

Weight of the trailer tongue

A: Gross Axle Weight

B: Gross Vehicle Weight

The tongue load of any trailer is an

important weight to measure

because it affects the total gross

vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi

cle. This weight includes the curb

weight of the vehicle, any cargo you

may carry in it, and the people who

will be riding in the vehicle. And if

you tow a trailer, you must add the

tongue load to the GVW because

your vehicle will also be carrying

that weight.

The trailer tongue should weigh a

maximum of 10% of the total

loaded trailer weight, within the lim

its of the maximum trailer tongue

load permissible.

OUM076210L

OUM076211L

Driving your vehicle

2086

Vehicle load limit

After you've loaded your trailer,

weigh the trailer and then the

tongue, separately, to see if the

weights are proper. If they aren't,

you may be able to correct them

simply by moving some items

around in the trailer.

WARNING

Trailer

󳱽Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in the

front. The front should be loaded

with approximately 60% of the

total trailer load; the rear should

be loaded with approximately

40% of the total trailer load.

󳱽Never exceed the maximum

weight limits of the trailer or

trailer towing equipment.

Improper loading can result in

damage to your vehicle and/or

personal injury. Check weights

and loading at a commercial scale

or highway patrol office equipped

with scales.

󳱽An improperly loaded trailer can

cause loss of vehicle control.

Vehicle load limit

The vehicle load limit is displayed on

the tire and loading information

label on the driver's door.

Tire and loading information label

The label located on the driver's

door sill gives the original tire size,

cold tire pressures recommended

for your vehicle, the number of peo

ple that can be in your vehicle and

vehicle capacity weight.

OMQ4AH060052

OMQ4AH060053

209

Driving your vehicleVehicle load limit

Vehicle capacity weight:

1032 lbs. (468 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi

mum combined weight of occupants

and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped

with a trailer, the combined weight

includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:

Total: 6 persons (Front seat: 2 per

sons, Rear seat: 4 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum

number of occupants including a

driver, your vehicle may carry.

However, the seating capacity may

be reduced based upon the weight

of all of the occupants, and the

weight of the cargo being carried or

towed.

Do not overload the vehicle as there

is a limit to the total weight, or load

limit including occupants and cargo,

the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity:

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:

The cargo capacity of your vehicle

will increase or decrease depending

on the weight and the number of

occupants.

Steps for Determining Correct Load

Limit󳱯

1.Locate the statement "The com

bined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX

lbs. or XXX kg'' on your vehicle's

placard.

2.Determine the combined weight

of the driver and passengers that

will be riding in your vehicle.

3.Subtract the combined weight of

the driver and passengers from

XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4.The resulting figure equals the

available amount of cargo and

luggage load capacity. For exam

ple, if the "XXX" amount equals

1400 lbs. and there will be five

150 lbs. passengers in your vehi

cle, the amount of available cargo

and luggage load capacity is 650

lbs. (1400-750 (5x150) = 650 lbs.)

5.Determine the combined weight

of luggage and cargo being loaded

on the vehicle. That weight may

not safely exceed the available

cargo and luggage load capacity

calculated in Step 4.

6.If your vehicle will be towing a

trailer, load from your trailer will

be transferred to your vehicle.

Consult this manual to determine

how this reduces the available

cargo and luggage load capacity

of your vehicle.

Driving your vehicle

2106

Vehicle load limit

WARNING

Loose cargo

Do not travel with unsecured blunt

objects in the passenger compart

ment of your vehicle (e.g., suit cases

or unsecured child seats). These

items may strike occupant during a

sudden stop or crash.

Example 1

Example 2

Example 3

ItemDescriptionTotal

Vehicle Capacity

Weight

849 lbs.

(385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

Weight

150 lbs. (68 kg)󳛂2

300 lbs.

(136 kg)

Available Cargo and

Luggage weight

549 lbs.

(249 kg)

ODEEV078137NR

ItemDescriptionTotal

Vehicle Capacity

Weight

849 lbs.

(385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

Weight

150 lbs. (68 kg)󳛂5

750 lbs.

(340 kg)

Available Cargo and

Luggage weight

99 lbs.

(45 kg)

ODEEV078138NR

ODEEV078139NR

211

Driving your vehicleVehicle load limit

Refer to your vehicle's tire and load

ing information label for specific

information about your vehicle's

capacity weight and seating posi

tions. The combined weight of the

driver, passengers and cargo should

never exceed your vehicle's capac

ity weight.

Certification label

The certification label is located on

the driver's door sill at the center

pillar.

This label shows the maximum

allowable weight of the fully loaded

vehicle. This is called the GVWR

(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The

GVWR includes the weight of the

vehicle, all occupants and cargo.

This label also tells you the maxi

mum weight that can be supported

by the front and rear axles, called

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on your

front and rear axles, you need to go

to a weigh station and weigh your

vehicle. Your dealer can help you

with this. Be sure to spread out your

load equally on both sides of the

centerline.

WARNING

Over loading

Never exceed the GVWR for your

vehicle, the GAWR for either the

front or rear axle and vehicle capac

ity weight. Exceeding these ratings

can affect your vehicle's handling

and braking ability.

The label will help you decide how

much cargo and installed equip

ment your vehicle can carry.

ItemDescriptionTotal

Vehicle Capacity

Weight

849 lbs.

(385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

Weight

161 lbs. (73 kg)󳛂5

805 lbs.

(365 kg)

Available Cargo and

Luggage weight

44 lbs.

(20 kg)

ODEEV078127NR

Driving your vehicle

2126

Vehicle weight

If you carry items inside your vehicle

- like suitcases, tools, packages, or

anything else - they are moving as

fast as the vehicle. If you have to

stop or turn quickly, or if there is a

crash, the items will keep going and

can cause an injury if they strike the

driver or a passenger.

WARNING

Over loading

Do not overload your vehicle. Over

loading your vehicle can cause heat

buildup in your vehicle's tires and

possible tire failure, increased stop

ping distances and poor vehicle han

dling--all of which may result in a

crash.

NOTICE

Overloading your vehicle may cause

damage. Repairs would not be cov

ered by your warranty. Do not over

load your vehicle.

Vehicle weight

This section will guide you in the

proper loading of your vehicle, to

keep your loaded vehicle weight

within its design rating capability.

Properly loading your vehicle will

provide maximum return of the

vehicle design performance. Before

loading your vehicle, familiarize

yourself with the following terms

for determining your vehicle's

weight ratings, from the vehicle's

specifications and the certification

label:

Base curb weight

This is the weight of the vehicle

including a full tank of fuel and all

standard equipment. It does not

include passengers, cargo, or

optional equipment.

Vehicle curb weight

This is the weight of your new vehi

cle when you picked it up from your

dealer plus any aftermarket equip

ment.

Cargo weight

This figure includes all weight added

to the Base Curb Weight, including

cargo and optional equipment.

213

Driving your vehicleOverloading

GAW (Gross axle weight)

This is the total weight placed on

each axle (front and rear) - including

vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight that can be carried by a sin

gle axle (front or rear). These num

bers are shown on the certification

label.

The total load on each axle must

never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)

This is the Base Curb Weight plus

actual Cargo Weight plus passen

gers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight of the fully loaded vehicle

(including all options, equipment,

passengers and cargo). The GVWR is

shown on the certification label

located on the driver's (or front pas

senger's) door sill.

Overloading

WARNING

The Gross Axle Weight Rating

(GAWR) and the Gross Vehicle

Weight Rating (GVWR) for your

vehicle are on the Certification Label

attached to the driver's (or front

passenger's) door. Exceeding these

ratings can cause an accident or

vehicle damage. You can calculate

the weight of your load by weighing

the items (and people) before put

ting them in the vehicle. Be careful

not to overload your vehicle

7What to do in an emergency

What to do in an emergency

Road warning.............................................................................7-2

󳱽 Hazard warning flasher.........................................................7-2

In case of an emergency while driving..................................7-3

󳱽 If the vehicle stalls while driving..........................................7-3

󳱽 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing..................7-3

󳱽 If you have a flat tire while driving......................................7-3

If the engine will not start......................................................7-4

󳱽 If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly..............7-4

󳱽 If engine turns over normally but does not start.............7-4

Emergency starting..................................................................7-5

󳱽 Jump-starting.........................................................................7-5

󳱽 Push-starting..........................................................................7-7

If the engine overheats............................................................7-8

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)............................7-9

󳱽 Effective use of TPMS.........................................................7-10

󳱽 Low tire pressure telltale ...................................................7-12

󳱽 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

malfunction indicator ..........................................................7-13

󳱽 Tire replacement with TPMS..............................................7-13

If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)...............................7-15

󳱽 Jack and tools........................................................................7-16

󳱽 Removing and storing the spare tire................................7-17

󳱽 Changing tires.......................................................................7-18

󳱽 Important - use of compact spare tire............................7-23

󳱽 Jack label................................................................................7-25

Towing......................................................................................7-26

󳱽 Towing without wheel dollies when using a

towing service.......................................................................7-27

What to do in an emergency

Road warning

What to do in an emergency

Road warning

When in an emergency situation

occurs while driving or when you

park by the edge of the roadway,

you must alert approaching or pass

ing vehicles to be careful as they

pass. For this, you should use the

hazard warning flasher.

Hazard warning flasher

The hazard warning flasher serves

as a warning to other drivers to

exercise extreme caution when

approaching, overtaking, or passing

your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emer

gency repairs are being made or

when the vehicle is stopped near the

edge of a roadway.

Depress the flasher switch with the

ignition switch or ENGINE START/

STOP button in any position. The

flasher switch is located in the cen

ter fascia panel. All turn signal lights

will flash simultaneously.

󳱽The hazard warning flasher oper

ates whether your vehicle is run

ning or not.

󳱽The turn signals do not work

when the hazard flasher is on.

󳱽Care must be taken when using

the hazard warning flasher while

the vehicle is being towed.

OMQ4060001

What to do in an emergencyIn case of an emergency while driving

In case of an emergency while

driving

If an emergency situation occurs

while driving, stay calm and take the

following steps.

If the vehicle stalls while driving

1.Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line.

2.Move cautiously off the road to a

safe place.

3.Turn on your hazard warning

flasher.

4.Try to start the vehicle again. If

your vehicle will not start, contact

an authorized Kia dealer or seek

other qualified assistance.

If the engine stalls at a crossroad

or crossing

󳱽If the engine stalls at a crossroad

or crossing, set the shift lever in

the N (Neutral) position and then

push the vehicle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire while driving

1.Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow

down while driving straight ahead.

Do not apply the brakes immedi

ately or attempt to pull off the

road as this may cause a loss of

control.

2.When the vehicle has slowed to

such a speed that it is safe to do

so, brake carefully and pull off the

road.

3.Drive off the road as far as possi

ble and park on firm level ground.

If you are on a divided highway,

do not park in the median area

between the two traffic lanes.

4.When the vehicle is stopped, turn

on your emergency hazard flash

ers, set the parking brake and put

the transmission in P.

5. Have all passengers get out of the

vehicle. Be sure they all get out on

the side of the vehicle that is

away from traffic.

6.When changing a flat tire, follow

the instruction provided later in

this section.

NOTICE

If there was a check engine light and

loss of power or stall and if safe to

do so, wait at least 10 seconds to

restart the vehicle after it stalls.

This may reset the car so it will no

longer run at low power (limp home)

condition.

What to do in an emergency

If the engine will not start

When the engine doesn't start, first

check to see how much fuel there is

and whether the battery is dis

charged.

If engine doesn't turn over or turns

over slowly

1.Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park) and the

emergency brake is set.

2.Check the battery connections to

be sure they are clean and tight.

3.Turn on the interior light. If the

light dims or goes out when you

operate the starter, the battery is

discharged.

4.Check the starter connections to

be sure they are securely tight

ened.

WARNING

Do not push or pull the vehicle to

start it. This could cause damage to

your vehicle. Refer to "Jump-start

ing" on page 7-5.

If engine turns over normally but

does not start

1.Check the fuel level and add fuel if

necessary.

2.With the ENGINE START/STOP

button in the OFF position, check

all connectors at the ignition coils

and spark plugs. Reconnect any

that may be disconnected or

loose.

3.Check the fuel line in the engine

compartment.

4.If the engine still does not start,

call an authorized Kia dealer or

seek other qualified assistance.

What to do in an emergencyEmergency starting

Emergency starting

When the vehicle will not start

because of low battery power, you

may need to jump start the vehicle.

Jump-starting

Connect cables in numerical order

and disconnect in reverse order.

Jump-starting can be dangerous if

done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid

harm to yourself or damage to your

vehicle or battery, follow these

jump-starting procedures. If in

doubt, we strongly recommend that

you have a competent technician or

towing service jump-start your

vehicle.

CAUTION

Use only a 12-volt jumper system.

You can damage a 12-volt starting

motor, ignition system, and other

electrical parts beyond repair by use

of a 24- volt power supply (either

two 12-volt batteries in series or a

24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING

Battery

󳱽Never attempt to check the elec

trolyte level of the battery, as

this may cause the battery to

rupture or explode.

󳱽Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery

produces hydrogen gas which

may explode if exposed to flame

or sparks.

If these instructions are not fol

lowed exactly, serious personal

injury and damage to the vehicle

may occur! If you are not sure

how to follow this procedure, seek

qualified assistance. Automobile

batteries contain sulfuric acid.

This is poisonous and highly cor

rosive. When jump starting, wear

protective glasses and be careful

not to get acid on yourself, your

clothing or on the vehicle.

󳱽Do not attempt to jump start the

vehicle if the discharged battery is

frozen or if the electrolyte level is

low; the battery may rupture or

explode.

󳱽Do not allow the (+) and (-)

jumper cables to touch. It may

cause sparks.

OMQ4H060001

What to do in an emergency

Emergency starting

󳱽The battery may rupture or

explode when you jump start with

a low or frozen battery.

WARNING

Frozen batteries

Do not attempt to jump start the

vehicle if the discharged battery is

frozen, as the battery may rupture

or explode.

WARNING

Battery

Keep all flames or sparks away from

the battery. The battery produces

hydrogen gas, which will explode if

exposed to flame or sparks.

WARNING

Battery cables

Do not connect the jumper cable

from the negative terminal of the

booster battery to the negative ter

minal of the discharged battery,

directly. This can cause the dis

charged battery to overheat and

crack or degrade. Make sure to con

nect one end of the jumper cable to

the negative terminal of the booster

battery, and the other end to a

metallic point, far away from the

battery.

WARNING

Sulfuric acid risk

Automobile batteries contain sulfu

ric acid. When jump starting your

vehicle, be careful not to get sulfuric

acid on yourself, your clothing, or on

the vehicle. This acid is poisonous

and highly corrosive.

Jump-starting

1.Make sure the booster battery is

12-volt and that its negative ter

minal is grounded.

If the booster battery is in

another vehicle, do not allow the

vehicles to come in contact.

2.Turn off all unnecessary electrical

loads.

3.Connect the jumper cables in the

exact sequence shown in the illus

tration.

1)Connect on end of a jumper

cable to the positive terminal of

the discharged battery (1).

2)Connect the other end to the

positive terminal of the booster

battery (2).

3)Proceed to connect one end of

the other jumper cable to the

negative terminal of the

booster battery (3), then the

other end to a solid, stationary,

metallic point away from the

battery (4).

Do not allow the jumper cables

to contact anything except the

correct battery terminals or the

correct ground. Do not lean

What to do in an emergencyEmergency starting

over the battery when making

connections.

4.If connected with the other vehi

cle, start the vehicle with the

booster battery first and let it run

at 2,000 rpm for several minutes.

5.Start the vehicle with the dis

charged battery.

6.If the engine starts, disconnect

one end of the negative terminal

of the booster battery (3), then

other end of the positive terminal

of the booster battery (2) and the

discharged battery (1).

If the cause of your battery dis

charging is not apparent, you should

have your vehicle checked by a pro

fessional workshop. Kia recom

mends to visit an authorized Kia

dealer.

NOTICE

Battery cables

Do not connect the jumper cable

from the negative terminal of the

booster battery to the negative ter

minal of the discharged battery.

This can cause the discharged bat

tery to overheat and crack, releas

ing battery acid.

Make sure to connect one end of the

jumper cable to the negative termi

nal of the booster battery, and the

other end to a metallic point, far

away from the battery.

Push-starting

Vehicles equipped with automatic

transmission cannot be push-

started, and only jump starting can

be applied. Follow the directions in

this section for "Jump-starting" on

page 7-5.

WARNING

Tow starting vehicle

Never tow a vehicle to start it.

When the engine starts, the vehicle

can suddenly surge forward and

could cause a collision with the tow

vehicle.

What to do in an emergency

If the engine overheats

If your temperature gauge indicates

overheating, you experience a loss

of power, or hear a loud pinging or

knocking, the engine will probably be

too hot.

If this happens, you should:

1.Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so.

2.Shift the gear to P (Park) and set

the parking brake.

3.If the air conditioning is on, turn it

off.

4.If engine coolant is running out

under the vehicle or steam is

coming out from underneath the

hood, stop the engine. Do not

open the hood until the coolant

has stopped running or the

steaming has stopped.

5.If there is no visible loss of engine

coolant and no steam, leave the

engine running and check to be

sure the engine cooling fan is

operating.

1)If the fan is not running, turn

the engine off.

6.Check to see if the water pump

drive belt is missing.

1)If it is not missing, check to see

that it is tight.

2)If the drive belt seems to be

satisfactory, check for coolant

leaking from the radiator, hoses

or under the vehicle. (If the air

conditioning had been in use, it

is normal for cold water to be

draining from it when you

stop).

WARNING

Under the hood

While the engine is running,

keep hair, hands and clothing

away from moving parts,

such as the fan and drive

belts, to prevent injury.

7.If the water pump drive belt is

broken or engine coolant is leak

ing out, stop the engine immedi

ately and call the nearest a

professional workshop for assis

tance. Kia recommends to call an

authorized Kia dealer.

8.If you cannot find the cause of

the overheating, wait until the

engine temperature has returned

to normal. If coolant has been

lost, carefully add coolant to the

reservoir to bring the fluid level in

the reservoir up to the halfway

mark.

9.Proceed with caution, keeping

alert for further signs of over

heating. If overheating happens

again, call a professional work

shop for assistance. Kia recom

mends to call an authorized Kia

dealer.

What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

WARNING

Coolant reservoir cap

Do not remove the engine

and inverter coolant reservoir

cap when the engine is hot.

This may result in coolant being

blown out of the opening and cause

serious burns.

If the inverter coolant is running out,

call the nearest a professional

workshop for assistance. Kia recom

mends to call an authorized Kia

dealer.

Use of other coolant type or water

may damage the inverter.

CAUTION

󳱽Serious loss of coolant indicates

there is a leak in the cooling sys

tem and this should be checked as

soon as possible. Have your vehi

cle checked by an authorized Kia

dealer.

󳱽When the engine overheats from

low engine coolant, suddenly add

ing engine coolant may cause

cracks in the engine. To prevent

damage, add engine coolant

slowly in small quantities.

Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys

tem (TPMS)

The Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys

tem (TPMS) detects the pressure of

vehicle's tires and displays it on the

LCD display.

1.Low tire pressure telltale/TPMS

malfunction indicator

2.Low tire pressure position telltale

(Shown on the LCD display)

OMQ4060003

OMQ4A060055

What to do in an emergency

107

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Tire Pressure Indicator

󳱽You can check the tire pressure in

the assist mode on the cluster.

-Refer to "Driving Assist mode"

on page 5-97.

󳱽Tire pressure is displayed 1~2

minutes later after driving.

󳱽If tire pressure is not displayed

when the vehicle is stopped,

"Drive to display" message dis

plays. After driving, check the tire

pressure.

󳱽You can change the tire pressure

unit in the user settings mode on

the cluster.

-psi, kPa, bar (Refer to "User

settings mode" on page 5-98).

NOTICE

󳱽The tire pressure may change due

to factors such as parking condi

tion, driving style, and altitude

above sea level.

󳱽The tire pressure shown on the

dashboard may differ from the

tire pressure measured by tire

pressure gauge.

󳱽Low tire pressure warning may

sound when a tire's pressure unit

is equal or lower than nearby

tires. This is a normal occurrence,

which is due to the change in tire

pressure along with tire tempera

ture.

Effective use of TPMS

WARNING

Over-inflation or under-inflation can

reduce tire life, adversely affect

vehicle handling, and lead to sudden

tire failure that may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an acci

dent

Each tire, including the spare (if pro

vided), should be checked monthly

when cold and inflated to the infla

tion pressure recommended by the

vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle

placard or tire inflation pressure

label.

(If your vehicle has tires of a differ

ent size than the size indicated on

the vehicle placard or tire inflation

pressure label, you should deter

mine the proper tire inflation pres

sure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your

vehicle has been equipped with a

tire pressure monitoring system

(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire

pressure telltale when one or more

of your tires is significantly under-

inflated. Accordingly, when the low

tire pressure telltale illuminates, you

should stop and check your tires as

soon as possible, and inflate them to

the proper pressure. Driving on a

significantly under-inflated tire

causes the tire to overheat and can

What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

lead to tire failure. Under-inflation

also reduces fuel efficiency and tire

tread life, and may affect the vehi

cle's handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a

substitute for proper tire mainte

nance, and it is the driver's respon

sibility to maintain correct tire

pressure, even if under-inflation has

not reached the level to trigger illu

mination of the TPMS low tire pres

sure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped

with a TPMS malfunction indicator

to indicate when the system is not

operating properly. The TPMS mal

function indicator is combined with

the low tire pressure telltale. When

the system detects a malfunction,

the telltale will flash for approxi

mately one minute and then remain

continuously illuminated. This

sequence will continue upon subse

quent vehicle start-ups as long as

the malfunction exists. When the

malfunction indicator is illuminated,

the system may not be able to

detect or signal low tire pressure as

intended. TPMS malfunctions may

occur for a variety of reasons,

including the installation of replace

ment or alternate tires or wheels on

the vehicle that prevent the TPMS

from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction

telltale after replacing one or more

tires or wheels on your vehicle to

ensure that the replacement or

alternate tires and wheels allow the

TPMS to continue to function prop

erly.

NOTICE

If any of the below happens, have

the system checked by an autho

rized Kia dealer.

1.The low tire pressure telltale/

TPMS malfunction indicator does

not illuminate for 3 seconds when

the ENGINE START/STOP button

is turned to the ON position or

engine is running.

2.The TPMS malfunction indicator

remains illuminated after blinking

for approximately 1 minute.

3. The Low tire pressure position

telltale remains illuminated.

What to do in an emergency

127

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Low tire pressure telltale

Low tire pressure position telltale

When the TPMS warning indicators

are illuminated, one or more of your

tires is significantly under-inflated.

If the telltale illuminates, immedi

ately reduce your speed, avoid hard

cornering and anticipate increased

stopping distances. You should stop

and check your tires as soon as pos

sible.

Inflate the tires to the proper pres

sure as indicated on the vehicle's

placard or tire inflation pressure

label located on the driver's side

center pillar outer panel. If you can

not reach a service station or if the

tire cannot hold the newly added air,

replace the low pressure tire with

the spare tire.

Then the TPMS malfunction indica

tor and the Low Tire Pressure tell

tale may turn on and illuminate

after restarting and about 20 min

utes of continuous driving before

you have the low pressure tire

repaired and replaced on the vehicle.

In winter or cold weather, the low

tire pressure telltale may be illumi

nated if the tire pressure was

adjusted to the recommended tire

inflation pressure in warm weather.

It does not mean your TPMS is mal

functioning because the decreased

temperature leads to a proportional

lowering of tire pressure.

You should check the tire inflation

pressure and adjust the tires to the

recommended tire inflation pressure

when driving your vehicle in the fol

lowing conditions.

󳱽from a warm area to a cold area

󳱽from a cold area to a warm area

󳱽the outside temperature is

extremely high or low

When filling tires with more air, con

ditions to turn off the low tire pres

sure telltale may not be met. This is

because a tire inflator has a margin

of error in performance. The low

tire pressure telltale will be turned

off if the tire pressure is above the

recommended tire inflation pres

sure.

OMQ4040126L

What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

WARNING

Low pressure damage

Do not drive on low pressure tires.

Significantly low tire pressure can

cause the tires to overheat and fail,

making the vehicle unstable, result

ing in increased braking distances

and a loss of vehicle control.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) malfunction indicator

The low tire pressure telltale will

illuminate after it blinks for approxi

mately one minute when there is a

problem with the TPMS.

If the system is able to correctly

detect an underinflation warning at

the same time as system failure, it

will illuminate both the TPMS mal

function and the low tire pressure

position telltales. For example, if the

Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS

malfunction indicator illuminates,

but if the Front Right, Rear Left, or

Rear Right tire is underinflated, the

low tire pressure position telltales

may illuminate together with the

TPMS malfunction indicator.

Have the system checked by an

authorized Kia dealer as soon as

possible to determine the cause of

the problem.

󳱽The TPMS malfunction indicator

may be illuminated if the vehicle is

moving around electric power

supply cables or radios transmit

ters such as at police stations,

government and public offices,

broadcasting stations, military

installations, airports, or trans

mitting towers, etc. This can

interfere with normal operation

of the TPMS.

󳱽The TPMS malfunction indicator

may illuminate if the vehicle is

equipped with snow chains or

some personal electronic devices

(such as a laptop computer,

mobile charger, remote starter or

navigation) are being used in the

vehicle. This can interfere with

normal operation of the TPMS.

Tire replacement with TPMS

If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire

Pressure telltale will come on. Have

the flat tire repaired by an autho

rized Kia dealer as soon as possible

or replace the flat tire with the

spare tire.

CAUTION

Repair agents

Never use a puncture-repairing

agent not approved by Kia to repair

and/or inflate a low pressure tire.

Sealant that is not approved by Kia

may damage the tire pressure sen

sor.

What to do in an emergency

147

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Each wheel is equipped with a tire

pressure sensor mounted inside the

tire behind the valve stem. You

must use TPMS specific wheels.

Have always your tires serviced by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Even if you replace the low pressure

tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire

Pressure telltale will remain on until

the low pressure tire is repaired and

placed on the vehicle.

After you replace the low pressure

tire with the spare tire, the TPMS

malfunction indicator may illumi

nate after a few minutes. This is

because the TPMS sensor mounted

on the spare wheel is not yet acti

vated.

Once the low pressure tire is inflated

again to the recommended pressure

and installed on the vehicle or the

TPMS sensor mounted on the

replaced spare wheel is initiated by

a professional workshop, the TPMS

malfunction indicator and the low

tire pressure telltale will turn off

within a few minutes of driving.

If the indicator has not disappeared

after a few minutes of driving,

please visit an authorized Kia dealer.

If an original mounted tire is

replaced with the spare tire, the

TPMS sensor on the replaced spare

wheel should be initiated and the

TPMS sensor on the original

mounted wheel should be deacti

vated. If the TPMS sensor on the

original mounted wheel located in

the spare tire carrier still activates,

the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys

tem may not operate properly. Have

the tire with TPMS serviced or

replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

You may not be able to identify a

low tire by simply looking at it.

Always use a good quality tire pres

sure gauge to measure the tire's

inflation pressure. Please note that

a tire that is hot (from being driven)

will have a higher pressure mea

surement than a tire that is cold

(from sitting stationary for at least

3 hours and driven less than 1 mile

(1.6 km) during that 3 hour period).

Allow the tire to cool before mea

suring the inflation pressure. Always

be sure the tire is cold before inflat

ing to the recommended pressure.

A cold tire means the vehicle has

been sitting for 3 hours and driven

for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that

3 hour period.

Never use tire sealant if your vehicle

is equipped with a TPMS. The liquid

sealant can damage the tire pres

sure sensors.

󳱽The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damage

caused by external factors such

as nails or road debris.

What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

󳱽If you feel any vehicle instability,

immediately take your foot off

the accelerator, apply the brakes

gradually and with light force, and

slowly move to a safe position off

the road.

NOTICE

Protecting TPMS

Tampering with, modifying, or dis

abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS) components may

interfere with the system's ability

to warn the driver of low tire pres

sure conditions and/or TPMS mal

functions. Tampering with,

modifying, or disabling the Tire

Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

components may void the warranty

for that portion of the vehicle.

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1.This device may not cause harm

ful interference, and

2.This device must accept any

interference received, including

interference that may cause

undesired operation.

3.Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to oper

ate the device.

If you have a flat tire (with

spare tire) (if equipped)

If you have a flat tire, you can

change the flat tire to a spare tire

using tools.

WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will cause per

manent damage to the tire. Re-

inflating a tire after it has been

driven on while severely underin

flated or flat may cause a blowout

and a serious crash. Never attempt

to re-inflate a tire that has been

driven on while severely underin

flated or flat. In this case, repair or

replace the flat tire as soon as pos

sible.

WARNING

Changing a tire can be dangerous.

Follow the instructions in this sec

tion when changing a tire to reduce

the risk of serious injury or death.

CAUTION

Be careful as you use the jack han

dle to stay clear of the flat end. The

flat end has sharp edges that could

cause cuts.

What to do in an emergency

167

If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

Jack and tools

The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut

wrench are stored in the luggage

compartment.

Pull up the luggage box cover to

reach this equipment.

1.Jack

2.Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions

The jack is provided for emergency

tire changing only.

󳱽To prevent the jack from "rattling"

while the vehicle is in motion,

store it properly.

󳱽Follow jacking instructions to

reduce the possibility of personal

injury.

WARNING

Changing tires

󳱽Never attempt vehicle repairs in

the traffic lanes of a public road

or highway.

󳱽Always move the vehicle com

pletely off the road and onto the

shoulder before trying to change

a tire. The jack should be used on

firm level ground. If you cannot

find a firm level place off the road,

call a towing service company for

assistance.

󳱽Be sure to use the correct front

and rear jacking positions on the

vehicle; never use the bumpers or

any other part of the vehicle for

jacking support.

󳱽The vehicle can roll off the jack

causing serious injury or death.

󳱽Do not go under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.

󳱽Do not start or run the engine

while the vehicle is on the jack.

󳱽Do not allow anyone to remain in

the vehicle while it is on the jack.

󳱽Make sure any children present

are in a secure place, away from

the road and from the vehicle to

be raised with the jack.

OMQ4AH060051

What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

WARNING

Tire jack

Do not place any portion of your

body under a vehicle that is only

supported by a jack since the vehicle

can easily roll off the jack. Use vehi

cle support stands.

WARNING

Changing tires

Never attempt vehicle repairs in the

traffic lanes of a public road or high

way.

WARNING

Running vehicle on jack

Do not start or run the engine of the

vehicle while the vehicle is on the

jack as this may cause the vehicle to

fall off the jack.

To prevent the jack from "rattling"

while the vehicle IS in motion, store

it properly.

NOTICE

Retreaded tires

Possibly substantial variations in the

design and age of the tire casing

structures can limit service life and

have a negative impact on road

safety.

Removing and storing the spare

tire

Your spare tire is stored underneath

your vehicle, directly below the

cargo area.

To remove the spare tire:

1.Open the liftgate.

2.Find the spare tire fixing bolt

cover and remove the cover.

If necessary, separate the tool

case only after removing the

clamp.

3.Connect the socket and wheel lug

nut wrench.

OMQ4060039L

OMQ4060040L

What to do in an emergency

187

If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

4.Use the wheel lug nut wrench to

loosen the bolt enough to lower

the spare tire.

Turn the wrench counterclockwise

until the spare tire reaches the

ground.

5.After the spare tire reaches the

ground, continue to turn the

wrench counterclockwise, and

draw the spare tire outside. Never

rotate the wrench excessively,

otherwise the spare tire carrier

may be damaged.

6.Remove the retainer (1) from the

center of the spare tire.

To store the spare tire:

1.Lay the tire on the ground with

the valve stem facing up.

2.Place the wheel under the vehicle

and install the retainer (1)

through the wheel center.

3.Turn the wrench clockwise until it

clicks.

WARNING

Touching surface of the luggage

room floor

Do not touch the metal surface of

the luggage room floor while the

engine is operating or hot. Doing so

could result in serious bodily injury.

Turn the engine off and wait until it

cools down or wear gloves to

remove the spare tire from the lug

gage room.

Changing tires

WARNING

A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack

causing serious injury or death to

you or those nearby. Take the fol

lowing safety precautions:

󳱽Never place any portion of your

body under a vehicle that is sup

ported by a jack.

OMQ4060041L

OMQ4060042L

What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

󳱽NEVER attempt to change a tire in

the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move

the vehicle completely off the

road on level, firm ground away

from traffic before trying to

change a tire. If you cannot find a

level, firm place off the road, call a

towing service for assistance.

󳱽Be sure to use the jack provided

with the vehicle.

󳱽ALWAYS place the jack on the des

ignated jacking positions on the

vehicle and NEVER on the bum

pers or any other part of the

vehicle for jacking support.

󳱽Do not start or run the engine

while the vehicle is on the jack.

󳱽Do not allow anyone to remain in

the vehicle while it is on the jack.

󳱽Keep children away from the road

and the vehicle.

1.Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.

2.Shift the gear to P (Park), apply

the parking brake, and turn the

engine OFF.

3.Activate the hazard warning

flasher.

4.Remove the wheel lug nut

wrench, jack, and spare tire from

the vehicle.

5.Block both the front and rear of

wheel that is diagonally opposite

the jack position.

WARNING

Jack location

To reduce the possibility of injury,

be sure to only use the jack provided

with the vehicle in the correct jack

position; never use any other part of

the vehicle for jack support.

OMQ4060043L

OMQ4060033L

OMQ4060034L

What to do in an emergency

207

If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

WARNING

Changing a tire

󳱽To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, always set

the parking brake fully, and

always block the wheel diagonally,

opposite the wheel being

changed.

󳱽We recommend that the wheels

of the vehicle be blocked, and that

no person remain in a vehicle that

is being jacked.

6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun

terclockwise one turn each, but do

not remove any nut until the tire

has been raised off the ground.

7.Place the jack at the front(1) or

rear(2) jacking position closest to

the tire you are changing. Place

the jack at the designated loca

tions under the frame. The jack

ing positions are plates welded to

the frame with two tabs and a

raised dot to index with the jack.

8.Insert the wheel lug nut wrench

into the jack and turn it clockwise,

raising the vehicle until the tire

just clears the ground. This mea

surement is approximately1.2

inches (30 mm). Before removing

the wheel lug nuts, make sure the

vehicle is stable and that there is

no chance for movement or slip

page.

OMQ4060036L

OMQ4060035L

OMQ4PH060014L

What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

9.Loosen the wheel nuts and

remove them with your fingers.

Slide the wheel off the studs and

lay it flat so it cannot roll away.

To put the wheel on the hub, pick

up the spare tire, line up the holes

with the studs and slide the wheel

onto them.

If this is difficult, tip the wheel

slightly and get the top hole in the

wheel lined up with the top stud.

Then jiggle the wheel back and

forth until the wheel can be slid

over the other studs.

10.To reinstall the wheel, hold it on

the studs, put the wheel nuts on

the studs and tighten them finger

tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is

completely seated, then tighten

the nuts as much as possible with

your fingers again.

11.Lower the vehicle to the ground

by turning the wheel nut wrench

counterclockwise.

Then position the wrench as

shown in the drawing and tighten

the wheel nuts. Be sure the

socket is seated completely over

the nut. Do not stand on the

wrench handle or use an exten

sion pipe over the wrench handle.

Go around the wheel tightening

every other nut until they are all

tight. Then double-check each nut

for tightness. After changing

wheels, have the system checked

by a professional workshop. Kia

recommends to visit an autho

rized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Installing a wheel

󳱽When you install a wheel, always

remove any corrosion, dirt or for

eign materials present on the

mounting surfaces of the wheel

or the surface of the wheel hub,

brake drum or brake disc that

contacts the wheel. Make sure to

secure any fasteners that attach

the rotor to the hub so they do

not interfere with the mounting

surfaces of the wheel. Installing

wheels without correct metal-to-

metal contact at the wheel

mounting surfaces can cause the

wheel nuts to loosen and the

wheel to come off while your

vehicle is in motion, resulting in

loss of vehicle control, personal

injury or death.

OMQ4060038L

What to do in an emergency

227

If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

󳱽Make sure the wheel makes good

contact with the hub when

installed. If the contact of the

mounting surface between the

wheel and hub is not good, the

wheel nuts could come loose and

cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of

a wheel may result in loss of con

trol of the vehicle.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:

11~13kgf󳚢m (79~94lbf󳚢ft)

If you have a tire gauge, remove the

valve cap and check the air pressure.

If the pressure is lower than recom

mended, drive slowly to the nearest

service station and inflate to the

correct pressure. If it is too high,

adjust it until it is correct. Always

reinstall the valve cap after checking

or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap

is not replaced, air may leak from

the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy

another and install it as soon as

possible.

After you have changed wheels,

always secure the flat tire in its

place and return the jack and tools

to their proper storage locations.

CAUTION

Reusing lug nuts

Make certain during wheel removal

that the same nuts that were

removed are reinstalled - or, if

replaced, that nuts with metric

threads and the same chamfer con

figuration are used. Your vehicle has

metric threads on the wheel studs

and nuts. Installation of a non-met

ric thread nut on a metric stud will

not secure the wheel to the hub

properly and will damage the stud

so that it must be replaced.

Note that most lug nuts do not have

metric threads. Be sure to use

extreme care in checking for thread

style before installing aftermarket

lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, con

sult an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Wheel studs

If the studs are damaged, they may

lose their ability to retain the wheel.

This could lead to the loss of the

wheel and a collision resulting in

serious injuries.

What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

WARNING

Never use oil or grease on bolts or

nuts because the nuts might come

loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall

off, causing a crash.

Important - use of compact spare

tire (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a com

pact spare tire. This compact spare

tire takes up less space than a regu

lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than

a conventional tire and is designed

for temporary use only.

󳱽You should drive carefully when

the compact spare is in use. The

compact spare should be replaced

by the proper conventional tire

and rim at the first opportunity.

󳱽The operation of this vehicle is

not recommended with more than

one compact spare tire in use at

the same time.

WARNING

Spare tire

The compact spare tire is for emer

gency use only. Do not operate your

vehicle on this compact spare at

speeds over 50 mph (80 km/h). The

original tire should be repaired or

replaced as soon as possible to avoid

failure of the spare, possibly leading

to bodily injury or death.

The compact spare should be

inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).

NOTICE

Check the inflation pressure after

installing the spare tire. Adjust it to

the specified pressure, as neces

sary.

When using a compact spare tire,

observe the following precautions:

󳱽Under no circumstances should

you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a

higher speed could damage the

tire.

󳱽Ensure that you drive slowly

enough for the road conditions to

avoid all hazards. Any road haz

ard, such as a pothole or debris,

could seriously damage the com

pact spare.

󳱽Any continuous road use of this

tire could result in tire failure, loss

of vehicle control, and possible

personal injury.

󳱽Do not exceed the vehicle's maxi

mum load rating or the load-car

rying capacity shown on the

sidewall of the compact spare

tire.

󳱽Avoid driving over obstacles. The

compact spare tire diameter is

smaller than the diameter of a

conventional tire and reduces the

ground clearance approximately 1

inch (25 mm), which could result

in damage to the vehicle.

What to do in an emergency

247

If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

󳱽Do not take this vehicle through

an automatic vehicle wash while

the compact spare tire is installed.

󳱽Do not use tire chains on the

compact spare tire. Because of

the smaller size, a tire chain will

not fit properly. This could dam

age the vehicle and result in loss

of the chain.

󳱽Do not use the compact spare tire

on any other vehicle because this

tire has been designed especially

for your vehicle.

󳱽The compact spare tire's tread life

is shorter than a regular tire.

Inspect your compact spare tire

regularly and replace worn com

pact spare tires with the same

size and design, mounted on the

same wheel.

󳱽The compact spare tire should not

be used on any other wheels, nor

should standard tires, snow tires,

wheel covers or trim rings be used

with the compact spare wheel. If

such use is attempted, damage to

these items or other vehicle com

ponents may occur.

󳱽Do not use more than one com

pact spare tire at a time.

󳱽Do not tow a trailer while the

compact spare tire is installed.

What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

Jack label

* The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For

more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

1.Model Name

2.Maximum allowable load

3.When using the jack, set your parking brake.

4.When using the jack, stop the engine.

5.Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.

6.The designated locations under the frame

7.When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under

the lifting point.

8.Move the shift position to the P (Park) position on vehicles.

9.The jack should be used on firm level ground.

10.Jack manufacturer

11.Production date

12.Representative company and address

OHYK064001

OHYK064005

OHYK064002

What to do in an emergency

267

Towing

If emergency towing is necessary,

have it done by authorized Kia

dealer or a commercial tow-truck

service.

Towing service

1.dollies

Proper lifting and towing proce

dures are necessary to prevent

damage to the vehicle. The use of

wheel dollies (1) or flatbed is recom

mended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle

with the rear wheel on the ground

(without dollies) and the front

wheels off the ground. If any of the

loaded wheels or suspension com

ponents are damaged or the vehicle

is being towed with the front

wheels on the ground, use a towing

dolly under the front wheels. When

being towed by a commercial tow

truck and wheel dollies are not used,

the front of the vehicle should

always be lifted, not the rear.

WARNING

Side and curtain Air bag

If your vehicle is equipped with side

and curtain air bag, set the ENGINE

START/STOP button to ACC position

when the vehicle is being towed.

The side and curtain air bag may

deploy when the ignition switch or

ENGINE START/STOP button to ON

position and the rollover sensor

detects the situation as a rollover.

NOTICE

If the EPB does not release nor

mally, take your vehicle to an

authorized Kia dealer by loading the

vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and

have the system checked.

OMQ4H060008

What to do in an emergencyTowing

CAUTION

Towing

󳱽Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on the

ground, as this may cause dam

age to the transmission.

󳱽Do not tow with sling-type equip

ment. Use wheel lift or flatbed

equipment.

󳱽Do not tow the vehicle with four

wheels in contact with the ground

if it is the vehicle equipped with

AT. Otherwise, the transmission

will be seriously damaged. Also,

make sure not to tow the vehicle

connecting it with other vehicles

including camper vans.

WARNING

󳱽If you tow the vehicle while the

front wheels are touching the

ground, the vehicle motor may

generate electricity and the

motor components may be dam

aged or a fire may occur.

󳱽When a vehicle fire occurs due to

the battery, there is a risk of a

second fire. Contact the fire

department when towing the

vehicle.

Towing without wheel dollies when

using a towing service

When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies:

1.Set the ENGINE START/STOP but

ton to ACC position.

2.Place the transmission shift lever

in N (Neutral).

3.Release the parking brake.

CAUTION

Towing gear position

Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may

cause internal damage to the vehi

cle.

OMQ4H060011

OMQ4H060010

8Maintenance

Maintenance

Engine compartment...............................................................8-5

Maintenance services...............................................................8-6

Owner maintenance.................................................................8-8

Scheduled maintenance service...........................................8-10

󳱽 Scheduled maintenance service precaution....................8-10

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...................8-16

󳱽 Engine oil and filter..............................................................8-16

󳱽 Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt.............................8-16

󳱽 Fuel filter ...............................................................................8-17

󳱽 Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections..............................8-17

󳱽 Vapor hose and fuel filler cap.............................................8-17

󳱽 Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses................................8-17

󳱽 Air cleaner filter....................................................................8-17

󳱽 Spark plugs............................................................................8-17

󳱽 Cooling system......................................................................8-18

󳱽 Coolant/inverter coolant.....................................................8-18

󳱽 Automatic transmission fluid.............................................8-18

󳱽 Brake hoses and lines..........................................................8-18

󳱽 Brake fluid .............................................................................8-18

󳱽 Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors..............................8-18

󳱽 Suspension mounting bolts................................................8-19

󳱽 Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm

ball joint..................................................................................8-19

󳱽 Drive shafts and boots........................................................8-19

󳱽 Air conditioning refrigerant................................................8-19

󳱽 Checking fluid levels.............................................................8-19

Engine oil..................................................................................8-20

󳱽 Checking the engine oil level...............................................8-20

󳱽 Changing the engine oil and filter......................................8-21

8Maintenance

Coolant......................................................................................8-22

󳱽 Checking the engine coolant level......................................8-22

󳱽 Checking the inverter coolant level ...................................8-24

Hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt................................8-26

󳱽 Checking the Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt.....8-26

Brake fluid................................................................................8-26

󳱽 Checking the brake fluid level.............................................8-26

Washer fluid.............................................................................8-28

󳱽 Checking the washer fluid level..........................................8-28

Air cleaner filter......................................................................8-29

󳱽 Replacing air cleaner filter..................................................8-29

Climate control air filter........................................................8-30

󳱽 Filter inspection....................................................................8-30

Wiper blades............................................................................8-32

󳱽 Blade inspection....................................................................8-32

󳱽 Blade replacement................................................................8-32

󳱽 Replacing rear wiper blade..................................................8-34

Battery .....................................................................................8-35

󳱽 For best battery service......................................................8-35

󳱽 Battery recharging...............................................................8-37

󳱽 Reset items...........................................................................8-38

Tires and wheels.....................................................................8-38

󳱽 Checking tire inflation pressure.........................................8-40

󳱽 Tire rotation..........................................................................8-40

󳱽 Wheel alignment and tire balance.....................................8-41

󳱽 Tire replacement..................................................................8-41

󳱽 Wheel replacement..............................................................8-42

󳱽 Tire traction...........................................................................8-42

8Maintenance

󳱽 Tire maintenance.................................................................8-42

󳱽 Tire sidewall labeling............................................................8-43

󳱽 Tire terminology and definitions.......................................8-46

󳱽 All season tires......................................................................8-49

󳱽 Summer tires........................................................................8-49

󳱽 Snow tires..............................................................................8-49

󳱽 Tire chains.............................................................................8-49

󳱽 Radial-ply tires.....................................................................8-50

Fuses.........................................................................................8-51

󳱽 Inner panel fuse replacement............................................8-53

󳱽 Engine compartment fuse replacement..........................8-54

󳱽 Fuse/relay panel description..............................................8-55

Light bulbs................................................................................8-65

󳱽 Bulb replacement precaution.............................................8-65

󳱽 Light bulb position (Front)..................................................8-67

󳱽 Light bulb position (Rear)....................................................8-67

󳱽 Light bulb position (Side).....................................................8-68

󳱽 Replacing headlamp (Low beam/High beam), position

lamp/daytime running lamp, turn signal lamp

(LED type)..............................................................................8-69

󳱽 Replacing front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)..................8-69

󳱽 Replacing front fog lamp (LED type)................................8-70

󳱽 Replacing front side marker lamp bulb (LED type)........8-70

󳱽 Replacing side repeater lamp (LED type).........................8-70

󳱽 Replacing stop and taillamp (Bulb type)...........................8-71

󳱽 Replacing rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)....................8-72

󳱽 Replacing rear turn signal lamp, stop and taillamp,

rear side marker lamp (LED type).....................................8-73

󳱽 Replacing reversing lamp (bulb type)................................8-73

󳱽 Replacing high mounted stop lamp (LED type)...............8-74

8Maintenance

󳱽 Replacing license plate lamp (LED type)...........................8-75

󳱽 Replacing map lamp (Bulb type)........................................8-75

󳱽 Replacing map lamp (LED type).........................................8-76

󳱽 Replacing room lamp (Bulb type) ......................................8-76

󳱽 Replacing personal lamp (LED type)..................................8-77

󳱽 Replacing vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type)........................8-77

󳱽 Replacing glove box lamp (Bulb type)...............................8-78

󳱽 Replacing luggage lamp (Bulb type)..................................8-78

󳱽 Replacing luggage lamp (LED type)...................................8-79

Appearance care.....................................................................8-79

󳱽 Exterior care..........................................................................8-79

󳱽 Interior care...........................................................................8-85

Emission control system.......................................................8-87

󳱽 Procedure for entering forced engine

activation mode....................................................................8-90

MaintenanceEngine compartment

Maintenance

Engine compartment

Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1.Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

2.Engine coolant reservoir

3.Engine coolant reservoir cap

4.Inverter coolant reservoir

5.Brake fluid reservoir

6.Air cleaner

7.Engine oil dipstick

8.Engine oil filler cap

9.Windshield washer fluid reservoir

10.Fuse box

11.Inverter coolant reservoir cap

OMQ4H070021

Maintenance

Maintenance services

You should exercise the utmost care

to prevent damage to your vehicle

and injury to yourself whenever

performing any maintenance or

inspection procedures.

Should you have any doubts con

cerning the inspection or servicing

of your vehicle, have an authorized

Kia dealer perform this work.

An authorized Kia dealer has fac

tory-trained technicians and genu

ine Kia parts to service your vehicle

properly. For expert advice and

quality service, see an authorized

Kia dealer.

Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi

cient servicing may result in opera

tional problems with your vehicle

that could lead to vehicle damage,

an accident, or personal injury.

Owner's responsibility

NOTICE

Maintenance Service and Record

Retention are the owner's responsi

bility.

You should retain documents that

show proper maintenance has been

performed on your vehicle in accor

dance with the scheduled mainte

nance service charts shown on the

following pages. You need this

information to establish your com

pliance with the servicing and main

tenance requirements of your

vehicle warranties.

Detailed warranty information is

provided in your Warranty & Con

sumer Information manual.

Repairs and adjustments required

as a result of improper maintenance

or a lack of required maintenance

are not covered.

Have your vehicle maintained and

repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.

Authorized Kia dealers meet Kia's

high service quality standards and

receive technical support from Kia in

order to provide you with a high

level of service satisfaction.

NOTICE

NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert

The National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) has issued

a general warning to all vehicle own

ers of all brands regarding the risks

associated with vehicle underbody

corrosion. From your initial pur

chase, take the following steps to

prevent unsafe corrosion damage to

your vehicle:

󳱽Wash the undercarriage of your

vehicle regularly during the winter

and whenever your vehicle has

been exposed to such salts or

chemicals.

MaintenanceMaintenance services

󳱽Do a thorough washing of the

undercarriage at the end of the

winter.

󳱽Use professional service techni

cians or governmental inspection

stations to annually inspect for

corrosion.

󳱽Immediately seek an inspection of

your vehicle if you become visu

ally aware of corrosion flaking or

scaling or if you become aware of

a change in vehicle performance,

such as soft or spongy brakes,

fluids leaking, impairment of

directional control, suspension

noises or rattling metal straps.

󳱽NHTSA further advises that after

a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen

tial that you take these indicated

maintenance steps to ensure that

you protect yourself from unsafe

corrosion conditions.

Owner maintenance precautions

Improper or incomplete service may

result in problems. This section

gives instructions only for the main

tenance items that are easy to per

form.

As explained earlier in this section,

several procedures can be done only

by an authorized Kia dealer with

special tools.

NOTICE

Improper owner maintenance during

the warranty period may affect

warranty coverage. For details, read

the separate Warranty & Consumer

Information manual provided with

the vehicle. If you're unsure about

any servicing or maintenance proce

dure, have it done by an authorized

Kia dealer.

WARNING

Maintenance work

Do not wear jewelry or loose cloth

ing while working under the hood of

your vehicle with the engine run

ning. These items can become

entangled in moving parts, if you

must run the vehicle in the engine

while working under the hood, make

certain that you remove all jewelry

(especially rings, bracelets, watches,

and necklaces) and all neckties,

scarves, and similar loose clothing

before getting near cooling fans.

Maintenance

Owner maintenance

WARNING

Touching metal parts

Do not touch metal parts (including

strut bars) while the vehicle is oper

ating or hot. Doing so could result in

serious bodily injury. Turn the vehi

cle off and wait until the metal parts

cool down to perform maintenance

work on the vehicle.

Owner maintenance

The following lists detail the vehicle

checks and inspections that should

be performed by the owner or an

authorized Kia dealer. They should

be performed at the indicated fre

quencies to help ensure the safe

and dependable operation of your

vehicle.

Any adverse conditions should be

brought to the attention of your

dealer as soon as possible.

These owner maintenance checks

are generally not covered by war

ranties and you may be charged for

labor, parts and lubricants used.

When you stop for fuel:

󳱽Check the engine oil level.

󳱽Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.

󳱽Check the windshield washer fluid

level.

󳱽Look for low or under-inflated

tires. Check if the front of the

radiator and condenser are clean

and not blocked with leaves, dirt

or insects etc. If any of the above

parts are extremely dirty or you

are not sure of their condition,

take your vehicle to an authorized

Kia dealer.

MaintenanceOwner maintenance

WARNING

Hot coolant

Be careful when checking your

engine coolant level when the

engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant

and steam may blow out under

pressure.

WARNING

Engine coolant reservoir cap

Do not remove the engine

coolant reservoir cap when

the engine is hot. This may

result in coolant being blown out of

the opening and cause serious

burns.

While operating your vehicle:

󳱽Check for vibrations in the steer

ing wheel. Notice any increased

steering effort or looseness in the

steering wheel, or change in its

straight-ahead position.

󳱽Notice if your vehicle constantly

turns slightly or "pulls" to one side

when traveling on smooth, level

road.

󳱽When stopping, listen and check

for unusual sounds, pulling to one

side, increased brake pedal travel

or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.

󳱽If any slipping or changes in the

operation of your transmission

occurs, check the transmission

fluid level.

󳱽Check the automatic transmission

P (Park) function.

󳱽Check the parking brake.

󳱽Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the

air conditioning system during or

after use is normal).

At least monthly:

󳱽Check the coolant level in the

coolant reservoir.

󳱽Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights,

turn signals and hazard warning

flashers.

󳱽Check the inflation pressures of all

tires including the spare for tires

that are worn, show uneven wear,

or are damaged.

󳱽Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

At least twice a year (ex. every

Spring and Fall):

󳱽Check the radiator, heater and air

conditioning hoses for leaks or

damage.

󳱽Check the windshield washer

spray and wiper operation. Clean

the wiper blades with clean cloth

dampened with washer fluid.

󳱽Check the headlamp alignment.

󳱽Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.

Maintenance

108

Scheduled maintenance service

At least once a year:

󳱽Clean the body and door drain

holes.

󳱽Lubricate the door hinges and

check the hood hinges.

󳱽Lubricate the door and hood locks

and latches.

󳱽Lubricate the door rubber weath

erstrips.

󳱽Check the air conditioning system.

󳱽Inspect and lubricate automatic

transmission linkage and controls.

󳱽Clean the battery and terminals.

󳱽Check the brake fluid level.

󳱽Visually inspect steering, suspen

sion, and chassis components for

damaged, loose, or missing parts

or signs of wear.

Scheduled maintenance service

precaution

Follow the Normal Maintenance

Schedule if the vehicle is usually

operated where none of the follow

ing conditions apply. If any of the

following conditions apply, follow

the Maintenance Under Severe

Usage Conditions.

󳱽Repeated driving short distance

of less than 5 miles (8 km) in nor

mal temperature or less than 10

miles (16 km) in freezing tem

perature

󳱽Extensive engine idling or low

speed driving for long distances

󳱽Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,

unpaved, graveled or salt-spread

roads

󳱽Driving in areas using salt or other

corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

󳱽Driving in heavy dust condition

󳱽Driving in heavy traffic area

󳱽Driving on uphill, downhill, or

mountain road repeatedly

󳱽Using for towing or camping, and

driving with loading on the roof

󳱽Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other

commercial use of vehicle towing

󳱽Frequently driving under high

speed or rapid acceleration

󳱽Frequently driving in stop-and-go

condition

MaintenanceScheduled maintenance service

󳱽Engine oil usage which is not rec

ommended (Mineral type, Semi

synthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)

If your vehicle is operated under the

above conditions, you should

inspect, replace or refill more fre

quently than the following Normal

Maintenance Schedule. After the

periods or distance shown in the

chart, continue to follow the pre

scribed maintenance intervals.

Maintenance

128

Scheduled maintenance service

Normal maintenance schedule

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good

emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission

services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown,

the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

* As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the amount of engine

oil should be checked regularly.

* The replacement cycle of engine oil is set by the period which the performance of

our recommended engine oil is maintained. So, if recommended engine oil is not

used, a replacement is required as indicated severe usage condition.

NO.ITEMREMARK

Engine oil and engine oil

filter

Check the engine oil level and leak every 350 miles (500 km) or

before starting a long trip.

Have the engine oil be replaced by an authorized KIA dealer.

*2Coolant (Engine)

When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for

your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the

factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunc

tion or engine damage.

*3Coolant (Inverter)

Have the coolant be replaced by an authorized KIA dealer/service

partner.

HSG (Hybrid Starter &

Generator) belt

Inspect HSG belt for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil

saturation and replace if necessary.

*5Spark plug

For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when

you do maintenance of other items.

*6Fuel additives

Kia recommends that you use unleaded gasoline which has an

octane rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 95/AKI (Anti

Knock Index) 91 or higher.

For customers who do not use good quality gasolines including fuel

additives regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does

not run smoothly, one bottle of additives should be added to the

fuel tank at every 10,000 miles (15,000 km). Additives are available

from a professional workshop along with information on how to

use them. Visit an authorized Kia dealer. Do not mix other additives.

MaintenanceScheduled maintenance service

I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R: Replace or change.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months1224364860728496108120132144156168180

Miles󳛂1,00061218243036424854606672788490

Km󳛂1,000102030405060708090100110120130140150

Engine oil and engine oil

filter

RRRRRRRRRRRRRRR

Coolant (Engine)

At first, Replace 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 120 months

After that, Replace every 24,000 miles (40,000 km) or 24 months

Coolant (Inverter)

Replace every 36,000 miles (60,000 km) or 36 months

HSG (Hybrid Starter &

Generator) belt

Inspect every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months after that

Replace every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 84 months

Vacuum hosesIIIIIIIIIIIIIII

Spark plugs

Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000km)

Drive shaft and boots-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-

Fuel additives

Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months

Fuel lines, hoses and

connections

---I---I---I---

Fuel tank air filter (if

equipped)

-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-

Vapor hose and fuel

filler cap

-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-

Air cleaner filter---I---I---I---

Intercooler, in/out hose,

air intake hose

At first, Inspect at 4,800 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

After that, Inspect every 19,200 miles (32,000 km) or 24 months

Exhaust systemIIIIIIIIIIIIIII

Cooling system---I-I-I-I-I-I-

Automatic transmis

sion fluid

No check, No service required

Air conditioner com

pressor/refrigerant

IIIIIIIIIIIIIII

Climate control air filter-R-R-R-R-R-R-R-

Brake discs and padsIIIIIIIIIIIIIII

Brake lines, hoses and

connections

IIIIIIIIIIIIIII

Brake fluid

Inspect every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months

Replace every 48,000 miles (80,000 km) or 48 months

Maintenance

148

Scheduled maintenance service

󳱽Fuel filter (gasoline engine) : The fuel filter is considered to be mainte

nance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance

schedule depends on fuel quality.

-If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,

surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter

immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an autho

rized Kia dealer for details.

Parking brake (Foot

type)

-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-

Steering gear rack, link

age and boots

IIIIIIIIIIIIIII

Suspension ball jointsIIIIIIIIIIIIIII

Tire rotationRotate every 6,000 miles (10,000 km)

Battery conditionIIIIIIIIIIIIIII

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months1224364860728496108120132144156168180

Miles󳛂1,00061218243036424854606672788490

Km󳛂1,000102030405060708090100110120130140150

MaintenanceScheduled maintenance service

Maintenance under severe usage conditions

I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R: Replace or change.

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CON

DITION

Engine oil and engine oil filterR

Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km)

or 6 months

A, B, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K, L

HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator)

belt

Every 30,000 miles (50,000

km) or 48 months

C, D, E, K

Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km)

or 6 months

Spark plugsR

Replace more frequently

depending on the condition

A, B, F, G, H, I, K

Automatic transmission fluidR

Every 60,000 miles (100,000

km)

A, C, D, E, F, G,

H, I, K

Drive shaft and bootsI

Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition

C, D, E, F, G, H, I,

Air cleaner filterR

Replace more frequently

depending on the condition

C, E

Climate control air filterR

Replace more frequently

depending on the condition

C, E, G

Brake discs and pads, calipers and

rotors

Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition

C, D, E, G, H

Steering gear rack, linkage and bootsI

Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition

C, D, E, F, G

Suspension ball jointsI

Inspect more frequently

depending on the condition

C, D, E, F, G

Maintenance

168

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items

Severe driving conditions

A: Repeatedly driving short distance

of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal

temperature or less than 10 miles

(16 km) in freezing temperature.

B: Extensive engine idling or low

speed driving for long distances.

C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,

unpaved, graveled or saltspread

roads.

D: Driving in areas using salt or

other corrosive materials or in very

cold weather

E: Driving in heavy dust condition.

F: Driving in heavy traffic area.

G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or

mountain roads repeatedly.

H: Using for towing or camping, and

driving with loading on the roof.

I: Driving for patrol car, taxi, other

commercial use of vehicle towing.

J: Frequently driving under high

speed or rapid acceleration.

K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go

condition.

L: Engine oil usage which is not rec

ommended (Mineral type, Semisyn

thetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)

Explanation of scheduled main

tenance items

Engine oil and filter

The engine oil and filter should be

changed at the intervals specified in

the maintenance schedule. If the

vehicle is being driven in severe con

ditions, more frequent oil and filter

changes are required.

Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG)

belt

Inspect all hybrid starter & genera

tor belts for evidence of cuts,

cracks, excessive wear or oil satura

tion and replace if necessary. Hybrid

starter & generator belts should be

checked periodically for proper ten

sion and adjusted as necessary.

CAUTION

When you are inspecting the belt,

place the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button in the LOCK/

OFF or ACC position.

MaintenanceExplanation of scheduled maintenance items

Fuel filter

Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped with

a lifetime fuel filter that integrated

with the fuel tank. Regular mainte

nance or replacement is not needed

but depends on fuel quality. If there

are some important safety matters

like fuel flow restriction, surging,

loss of power, hard starting problem

etc, fuel filter inspection or replace

is needed.

Have the fuel filter inspected or

replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec

tions

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and

connections for leakage and dam

age. Have the fuel lines, fuel hoses

and connections replaced by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap

should be inspected at those inter

vals specified in the maintenance

schedule. Make sure that a new

vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor

rectly replaced.

Vacuum crankcase ventilation

hoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evi

dence of heat and/or mechanical

damage. Hard and brittle rubber,

cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and

excessive swelling indicate deterio

ration. Particular attention should

be paid to examine those hose sur

faces nearest to high heat sources,

such as the exhaust manifold.

Inspect the hose routing to assure

that the hoses do not come in con

tact with any heat source, sharp

edges or moving component which

might cause heat damage or

mechanical wear. Inspect all hose

connections, such as clamps and

couplings, to make sure they are

secure, and that no leaks are pres

ent. Hoses should be replaced

immediately if there is any evidence

of deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filter

Have the air cleaner filter replaced

by an authorized Kia dealer.

Spark plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs

of the correct heat range.

Maintenance

188

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items

WARNING

Do not disconnect and inspect spark

plugs when the engine is hot. You

may burn yourself.

Cooling system

Check the cooling system compo

nents, such as the radiator, coolant

reservoir, hoses and connections for

leakage and damage. Replace any

damaged parts.

Coolant/inverter coolant

The coolant should be changed at

the intervals specified in the main

tenance schedule.

Automatic transmission fluid

Automatic transmission fluid should

not be checked under normal usage

conditions. Have the automatic

transmission fluid changed by an

authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE

Automatic transmission fluid color is

basically red.

As the vehicle is driven, the auto

matic transmission fluid will begin to

look darker. It is normal condition

and you should not judge the need

to replace the fluid based upon the

changed color.

CAUTION

The use of a non-specified fluid

could result in transmission mal

function and failure.

Use only specified automatic trans

mission fluid. (Refer to "Recom

mended lubricants and capacities"

on page 9-7.)

Brake hoses and lines

Visually check for proper installa

tion, chafing, cracks, deterioration

and any leakage. Replace any dete

riorated or damaged parts immedi

ately.

Brake fluid

Check the brake fluid level in the

brake fluid reservoir. The level

should be between "MIN" and "MAX"

marks on the side of the reservoir.

Use only hydraulic brake fluid con

forming to DOT 4 specification.

Brake discs, pads, calipers and

rotors.

Check the pads for excessive wear,

discs for run out and wear, and cali

pers for fluid leakage.

MaintenanceExplanation of scheduled maintenance items

Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connections

for looseness or damage. Retighten

to the specified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/

lower arm ball joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine

off, check for excessive free-play in

the steering wheel.

Check the linkage for bends or dam

age. Check the dust boots and ball

joints for deterioration, cracks, or

damage. Replace any damaged

parts.

Drive shafts and boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and

clamps for cracks, deterioration, or

damage. Replace any damaged

parts and, if necessary, repack the

grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and

connections for leakage and dam

age.

Checking fluid levels

When checking engine oil, engine

coolant, brake fluid, and washer

fluid, always be sure to clean the

area around any filler plug, drain

plug, or dipstick before checking or

draining any lubricant or fluid. This

is especially important in dusty or

sandy areas and when the vehicle is

used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the

plug and dipstick areas will prevent

dirt and grit from entering the

engine and other mechanisms that

could be damaged.

Maintenance

208

Engine oil

Checking the engine oil level

󳱽Engine oil is used for lubrication

and cooling, so it is gradually con

sumed during driving the vehicle.

󳱽Regularly check and manage the

oil level using the following proce

dure.

1.Be sure the vehicle is on level

ground.

2.Start the engine and allow it to

reach normal operating tempera

ture.

3.Turn the engine off and wait for a

few minutes (about 15 minutes

(with oil filler cap and dipstick

detached)) for the oil to return to

the oil pan.

4.Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,

and re-insert it fully.

WARNING

Radiator hose

Be very careful not to touch the

radiator hose when checking or

adding the engine oil as it may be

hot enough to burn you.

5.Check if the oil level is between

the F-L line and refill it if the oil

level is near the L line.

CAUTION

󳱽Do not overfill the engine oil. It

may damage the engine.

󳱽Do not spill engine oil, when add

ing or changing engine oil. If you

drop the engine oil on the engine

room, wipe it off immediately.

󳱽When you wipe the oil level gauge,

you should wipe it with a clean

cloth. When mixed with debris, it

can cause engine damage.

Check if the oil level is between the

F-L line and refill it if the oil level is

near the L line.

OMQ4H070001

OMQ4H070002

MaintenanceEngine oil

Use a funnel to help prevent oil from

being spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil.

(Refer to "Recommended lubricants

and capacities" on page 9-7.)

󳱽The engine oil consumption may

increase while you break in a new

vehicle and it will be stabilized

after driving 4,000 miles (6,000

km).

󳱽The engine oil consumption can be

affected by driving habits, climate

conditions, traffic conditions, oil

quality, etc. Therefore, it is rec

ommended that you inspect the

engine oil level regularly and refill

it if necessary.

󳱽The engine oil change interval is

set for the purpose of preventing

oil deterioration, and is not

related the amount of oil con

sumption; so, check and refill the

amount of the oil regularly.

Changing the engine oil and filter

Have the engine oil and filter

replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽If exceeding the maintenance

schedule for replacement of

engine oil, the engine oil perfor

mance may deteriorate and the

engine condition may be affected.

Therefore, the replacement cycle

should be observed.

󳱽To keep the engine in optimal

condition, use recommended

engine oil. If not using the recom

mended oil, replace it according to

the severe usage maintenance

conditions.

WARNING

Used engine oil may cause irritation

or cancer of the skin if left in con

tact with the skin for prolonged

periods of time. Used engine oil con

tains chemicals that have caused

cancer in laboratory animals. Always

protect your skin by washing your

hands thoroughly with soap and

warm water as soon as possible

after handling used oil. Do not leave

used engine oil within the reach of

children.

If the oil pressure lowers due to

insufficient engine oil, etc., the

engine oil pressure warning light

() turns on and an enhanced

engine protection system that limits

the engine's power is activated.

After that, engine warning light

() turns on if driving repeatedly

and continuously.

Maintenance

228

Coolant

The high-pressure cooling system

has a reservoir filled with year

round antifreeze coolant. The reser

voir is filled at the factory.

Check the antifreeze protection and

coolant level at least once a year, at

the beginning of the winter season,

and before traveling to a colder cli

mate.

Checking the engine coolant level

When adding coolant, use only

deionized water, distilled water or

soft water for your vehicle and

never mix hard water in the coolant

filled at the factory.

󳱽An incorrect coolant mixture can

result in severe malfunction or

engine/hybrid system damage.

󳱽The engine in your vehicle has

aluminum engine parts and must

be protected by an phosphate-

based ethylene glycol coolant to

prevent corrosion and freezing.

󳱽Do not use alcohol or methanol

coolant or mix them with the

specified coolant.

󳱽Do not use a solution that con

tains more than 60% antifreeze

or less than 35% antifreeze,

which would reduce the effective

ness of the solution.

WARNING

Make sure the engine coolant reser

voir cap is properly closed after refill

or coolant.

Otherwise the engine could be over

heated while driving.

1.Check if the engine coolant reser

voir cap label is straight In front.

2.Make sure that the tiny protru

sions inside the engine coolant

reservoir cap are securely inter

locked.

OMQ4PH070022L

OMQ4A060054

MaintenanceCoolant

WARNING

Removing engine

coolant reservoir

cap

Never attempt to

remove the engine

coolant reservoir cap while the

engine is operating or hot. Doing so

might lead to cooling system dam

age and could result in serious per

sonal injury from escaping hot

coolant or steam.

WARNING

Turn the vehicle off and wait until

the engine cools down. Use extreme

care when removing the engine

coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel

around it, and turn it counterclock

wise slowly to the first stop. Step

back while the pressure is released

from the cooling system. When you

are sure all the pressure has been

released, press down on the cap,

using a thick towel, and continue

turning counterclockwise to remove

it.

NOTICE

The engine coolant level is influ

enced by the hybrid system tem

perature. Before checking or refilling

the engine coolant, turn the hybrid

vehicle off.

NOTICE

For mixture percentage, refer to the

following table.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to engine parts,

put a thick towel around the engine

coolant cap and/or inverter coolant

cap before refilling the coolant to

prevent the coolant from overflow

ing into engine parts, such as the

alternator.

OMQ4H070007

Ambient Tem

perature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

AntifreezeWater

5󳚛F (-15 󳚛C)3565

-13󳚛F (-25 󳚛C)4060

-31󳚛F (-35 󳚛C)5050

-49󳚛F (-45 󳚛C)6040

Maintenance

248

Coolant

Changing the coolant

We recommend that the coolant be

replaced by an authorized Kia dealer

according to the Maintenance

Schedule at the beginning of this

chapter.

WARNING

Cooling fan

Use caution when

working near the

blade of the cooling

fan. The electric

motor (cooling fan) is controlled by

coolant temperature, refrigerant

pressure and vehicle speed. It may

sometimes operate even when the

vehicle is not running.

Checking the inverter coolant level

If frequent additions are required,

we recommend that the system be

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

The inverter coolant level should be

in between MAX and MIN when the

engine is cooled down.

WARNING

Adding other cooling substances or

water might lead to inverter cooling

system degradation or even failure.

󳱽Turn the vehicle off and wait until

it cools down.

󳱽Use extreme care when removing

the inverter coolant reservoir cap.

Wrap a thick towel around it, and

turn it counterclockwise slowly to

the first stop.

󳱽Step back while the pressure is

released from the cooling system.

󳱽When you are sure all the pres

sure has been released, press

down on the cap, using a thick

towel, and continue turning coun

terclockwise to remove it.

󳱽Check the condition and connec

tions of all cooling system hoses

and heater hoses.

󳱽Replace any swollen or deterio

rated hoses.

󳱽Check the coolant level. The cool

ant level should be filled between

MAX and MIN marks on the side of

the coolant reservoir when the

engine room is cool.

󳱽If the coolant level is low, add

enough specified coolant to pro

vide protection against freezing

OMQ4H070004

MaintenanceCoolant

and corrosion. Bring the level to

MAX, but do not overfill.

WARNING

Make sure the inverter coolant res

ervoir cap is properly closed after

refill or coolant.

Otherwise the inverter could be

overheated while driving.

1.Check if the inverter coolant res

ervoir cap label is straight In front.

2.Maker sure that the tiny protru

sions inside the inverter coolant

reservoir cap are securely inter

locked.

WARNING

Removing inverter

coolant reservoir

cap

Never remove the

inverter coolant

reservoir cap while the engine and

radiator are hot. Hot coolant and

steam may blow out under pres

sure, causing serious injury.

Changing the coolant

We recommend that the coolant be

replaced by an authorized Kia dealer

according to the Maintenance

Schedule at the beginning of this

chapter.

WARNING

Cooling fan

Use caution when

working near the

blade of the cooling

fan. The electric

motor (cooling fan) is controlled by

coolant temperature, refrigerant

pressure and vehicle speed. It may

sometimes operate even when the

vehicle is not running.

OMQ4H070026

OMQ4H070006

Maintenance

268

Hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt

Hybrid starter & generator

(HSG) belt

Checking the Hybrid Starter & Gen

erator (HSG) belt

We recommend that you have the

Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG)

belt inspected or replaced according

to the Maintenance Schedule in this

chapter by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION

When the HSG belt is worn out or

damaged, replace the belt. Other

wise, it may cause engine overheat

ing or battery discharge.

WARNING

󳱽Turn the vehicle off while you

inspect the engine or Hybrid

Starter & Generator (HSG) belt.

Otherwise it may result in serious

injury.

󳱽Keep hands, clothing etc. away

from the Hybrid Starter & Gener

ator (HSG) belt

Brake fluid

The brake fluid acts to transmit

force to the brake when the driver

depresses the brake pedal. Brake

fluid must be maintained periodi

cally to ensure that the brakes

operate smoothly.

Checking the brake fluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoir

periodically. The fluid level should be

between MAX and MIN marks on the

side of the reservoir.

1.Before removing the reservoir cap

and adding brake fluid, clean the

area around the reservoir cap

thoroughly to prevent brake fluid

contamination.

2.Periodically check that the fluid

level in the brake fluid reservoir is

between MIN and MAX. The level

will fall with accumulated mileage.

This is a normal condition associ

ated with the wear of the brake

linings.

OMQ4070069

MaintenanceBrake fluid

If the fluid level is excessively low,

have the system checked by a

professional workshop. Kia rec

ommends to visit an authorized

Kia dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid.

(Refer to "Recommended lubricants

and capacities" on page 9-7.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING

Loss of brake fluid

In the event the brake system

requires frequent additions of fluid,

have the system inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Brake fluid

When changing and adding brake

fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it

come in contact with your eyes. If

brake fluid should come in contact

with your eyes, immediately flush

them with a large quantity of fresh

tap water. Have your eyes examined

by a doctor as soon as possible.

CAUTION

Proper fluid

Only use brake fluid in the brake

system. Even small amounts of

improper fluids can cause damage

to the brake system.

CAUTION

Brake fluid

Do not allow brake fluid to contact

the vehicle's body paint, as paint

damage will result.

The brake fluid constantly absorbs

moisture from the air. This lowers

the boiling point of the brake fluid. If

the boiling point is too low, vapor

pockets may form in the brake sys

tem when the brakes are applied

hard.

Brake fluid, which has been exposed

to open air for an extended time

should never be used as its quality

cannot be guaranteed. It should be

disposed of properly.

Maintenance

288

Washer fluid

Washer fluid is used when wiping

the windshield of the vehicle with a

windshield wiper. You should check

and refill washer fluid periodically to

make sure that it doesn't run out.

Checking the washer fluid level

The reservoir is translucent so that

you can check the level with a quick

visual inspection.

󳱽Check the fluid level in the washer

fluid reservoir and add fluid if

necessary. Plain water may be

used if washer fluid is not avail

able.

However, use washer solvent with

antifreeze characteristics in cold

climates to prevent freezing.

WARNING

Flammable fluid

Do not allow the washer fluid to

come in contact with open flames or

sparks. The windshield washer fluid

reservoir is flammable under certain

circumstances. This can result in a

fire.

WARNING

Coolant

󳱽Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid res

ervoir.

󳱽Radiator coolant can severely

obscure visibility when sprayed on

the windshield and may cause

loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

Windshield fluid

Do not drink the windshield washer

fluid. The windshield washer fluid is

poisonous to humans and animals.

OMQ4H070008

MaintenanceAir cleaner filter

Air cleaner filter

A genuine Kia air cleaner filter is

recommended when the filter is

replaced.

Replacing air cleaner filter

Air cleaner filter must be replaced

when necessary, and should not be

washed.

You can clean the filter when

inspecting the air cleaner compart

ment. Clean the filter by using com

pressed air.

1.Loosen the air cleaner cover

attaching clips and open the cover.

2.Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

3.Replace the air cleaner filter.

4.Lock the cover with the cover

attaching clips.

Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.

NOTICE

If the vehicle is operated in

extremely dusty or sandy areas,

replace the element more often

than the usual recommended inter

vals. (Refer to "Severe driving condi

tions" on page 8-16.)

OMQ4H070009

OMQ4H070010

OMQ4H070011

Maintenance

308

Climate control air filter

CAUTION

Air filter maintenance

󳱽Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces

sive engine wear.

󳱽When removing the air cleaner fil

ter, be careful that dust or dirt

does not enter the air intake, or

damage may result.

󳱽Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a

non-genuine part could damage

the air flow sensor.

Climate control air filter

Filter inspection

The climate control air filter should

be replaced according to the main

tenance schedule. If the vehicle is

operated in severely air-polluted

cities or on dusty rough roads for a

long period, it should be inspected

more frequently and replaced ear

lier. When you replace the climate

control air filter, replace it perform

ing the following procedure, and be

careful to avoid damaging other

components.

1.Open the glove box and remove

the stoppers (1) on both sides.

2.With the glove box open, pull the

support strap.

OMQ4070018

MaintenanceClimate control air filter

3.Remove the climate control air fil

ter cover by pulling out both sides

of the cover.

4.Replace the climate control air fil

ter.

5.Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

NOTICE

When replacing the climate control

air filter install it properly. Other

wise, the system may produce noise

and the effectiveness of the filter

may be reduced.

OMQ4070017

OMQ4070019

ODEEV098011NR

Maintenance

328

Wiper blades

When the wipers no longer clean

adequately, the blades may be worn

or cracked, and require replacement.

To prevent damage to the wiper

arms or other components, do not

attempt to move the wipers manu

ally.

The use of a non-specified wiper

blade could result in wiper malfunc

tion and failure.

Blade inspection

NOTICE

Commercial hot waxes applied by

automatic car washes have been

known to make the windshield diffi

cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind

shield or the wiper blades with for

eign matter can reduce the

effectiveness of the windshield wip

ers. Common sources of contamina

tion are insects, tree sap, and hot

wax treatments used by some com

mercial car washes. If the blades are

not wiping properly, clean both the

window and the blades with a good

cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse

thoroughly with clean water.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, do not use gasoline, kero

sene, paint thinner, or other sol

vents on or near them.

Blade replacement

When the wipers no longer clean

adequately, the blades may be worn

or cracked, and require replacement.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiper

arms or other components, do not

attempt to move the wipers manu

ally.

CAUTION

The use of a non-specified wiper

blade could result in wiper malfunc

tion and failure.

OMQ4070022

MaintenanceWiper blades

Front windshield wiper blade

For your convenience, move the

windshield wiper blades to the ser

vice position as follows;

After turning off the engine, move

the wiper switch to the single wiping

(MIST) position within 20 seconds

and hold the switch more than 2

seconds until the wiper blade is in

the fully up position.

CAUTION

Wiper arms

󳱽Do not allow the wiper arm to fall

against the windshield, since it

may chip or crack the windshield.

󳱽Do not pull the wiper arm for

ward, since arm could chip hood

paint.

1.Raise the wiper arm.

2.Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then

pull down the blade assembly and

remove it.

3.Install the new blade assembly.

4.Return the wiper arm on the

windshield.

5.Turn ignition to the ON position

and wiper arms will return to the

normal operating position.

OMQ4070023L

ODEEV098016NR

ODEEV098017NR

Maintenance

348

Wiper blades

Replacing rear wiper blade

1.Within 20 seconds after the vehi

cle ignition is OFF, pull down the

wiper lever to MIST position for

over 2 seconds until the wiper

moves down to the bottom mid

dle part.

2.Raise the wiper arm and pull out

the wiper blade assembly.

3.Lift up the wiper blade, and pull

the blade to remove it.

4.Install the new blade assembly by

inserting the center part into the

slot in the wiper arm until it clicks

into place.

5.Make sure the blade assembly is

installed firmly by trying to pull it

slightly.

If the replacement is complete,

put down the wiper arm to place

it on the rear windshield, and turn

the vehicle ignition to ON and

operate the wipers to check the

blade is installed correctly.

OMQ4070013

OMQ4070012

OMQ4070104L

OMQ4070094L

MaintenanceBattery

To prevent damage to the wiper

arms or other components, have the

wiper blade replaced by a profes

sional workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION

If the wiper arm receives too much

force while pulling the blade, the

center part may be damaged.

CAUTION

󳱽The wiper could not operate for

approx. 10 seconds when the

wiper is operated without washer

fluid or the blades are frozen. This

is not a malfunction, it is a wiper

protection system activated by

motor overload circuit within the

wiper motor.

󳱽The front windshield should be

cleaned with water hose and

wiped with clean towel with wiper

blades raised up. Also, the wiper

blades should be wiped clean

when the grease or wax is applied

to the blades.

Battery

For best battery service

󳱽Keep the battery securely

mounted.

󳱽Keep the battery top clean and

dry.

󳱽Keep the terminals and connec

tions clean, tight, and coated with

petroleum jelly or terminal

grease.

󳱽Rinse any spilled electrolyte from

the battery immediately with a

solution of water and baking soda.

󳱽If the vehicle is not going to be

used for an extended time, dis

connect the battery cables.

NOTICE

Your vehicle is equipped with main

tenance free battery. If your vehicle

is equipped with the battery marked

with LOWER and UPPER on the side,

you can check the electrolyte level.

The electrolyte level should be

between LOWER and UPPER. If the

electrolyte level is low, it needs to

OMQ4H070028

Maintenance

368

Battery

add distilled (demineralized) water

(Never add sulfuric acid or other

electrolyte). When refill, be careful

not to splash the battery and adja

cent components. And do not overfill

the battery cells. It can cause corro

sion on other parts. Make sure that

the cell caps are tightened.

Contact an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING

Risk of explosion

Keep lit cigarettes and all

other flames or sparks

away from the battery.

The battery contains

hydrogen -- a highly com

bustible gas which will

explode if it comes in contact with a

flame or spark.

Keep batteries out of the

reach of children because

batteries contain highly

corrosive SULFURIC ACID

and electrolytes. Do not allow bat

tery acid to contact your skin, eyes,

clothing or paint finish.

Wear eye protection when

charging or working near a

battery. Always provide

ventilation when working

in an enclosed space.

Always read the following

instructions carefully when

handling a battery.

If any electrolyte gets into

your eyes, flush your eyes

with clean water for at

least 15 minutes and get immediate

medical attention. If electrolyte gets

on your skin, thoroughly wash the

contacted area. If you feel pain or

burning sensation, get medical

attention immediately.

An inappropriately dis

posed battery can be

harmful to the environ

ment and human health.

Dispose the battery according to

your local law(s) or regulation.

The battery contains lead.

Do not dispose of it after

use. Please return the bat

tery to an authorized Kia

dealer to be recycled.

Never attempt to recharge the bat

tery when the battery cables are

connected.

WARNING

Risk of electrocution

Never touch the electrical ignition

system while the vehicle is running.

This system works with high volt

age, which can "zap" you.

MaintenanceBattery

NOTICE

If you connect unauthorized elec

tronic devices to the battery, the

battery may be discharged. Never

use unauthorized devices.

WARNING

Recharging battery

Never attempt to recharge the bat

tery when the battery cables are

connected.

WARNING

Battery lead compound

Battery posts, terminals, and

related accessories contain lead and

lead compounds. Wash hands after

handling.

Battery recharging

Your vehicle has a maintenance-

free, calcium-based battery.

󳱽If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for

example, the headlamps or inte

rior lights were left on while the

vehicle was not in use), recharge it

by slow charging (trickle) for 10

hours.

󳱽If the battery gradually dis

charges because of high electric

load while the vehicle is being

used, recharge it at 20~30 A for

two hours.

When recharging the battery,

observe the following precautions:

󳱽The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in an

area with good ventilation.

󳱽Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or

flame near the battery.

󳱽Watch the battery during

charging, and stop or reduce the

charging rate in following cases:

1.the battery cells begin gassing

(boiling) violently

2.the electrolyte temperature of

any cell exceeds 120 󳚛F (49 󳚛C).

󳱽Wear eye protection when check

ing the battery during charging.

󳱽Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn

off all accessories and stop the

vehicle.

󳱽Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.

1.Turn off the battery charger

main switch.

2.Unhook the negative clamp

from the negative battery ter

minal.

3.Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.

󳱽The negative battery cable must

be removed first and installed last

when the battery is disconnected.

Maintenance

388

Tires and wheels

CAUTION

AGM battery

󳱽Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) bat

teries are maintenance free and

have the AGM battery serviced by

an authorized Kia dealer.

For charging your AGM battery,

use only fully automatic battery

chargers that are specially devel

oped for AGM batteries.

󳱽When replacing the AGM battery,

use parts for replacement from

an authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽Do not open or remove the cap on

top of the battery. This may

cause leaks of internal electrolyte

that could result in severe injury.

Reset items

The following items should be reset

after the battery has been dis

charged or the battery has been

disconnected.

󳱽Auto up/down window (Refer to

"Window opening and closing" on

page 5-49)

󳱽Trip computer (Refer to "Trip

information (trip computer)" on

page 5-105)

󳱽Climate control system (Refer to

"Automatic climate control sys

tem" on page 5-164)

󳱽Sunroof (Refer to "Panorama

sunroof (if equipped)" on page 5-

59)

Tires and wheels

For proper maintenance, safety, and

maximum fuel economy, you must

always maintain the recommended

tire inflation pressures and stay

within the load limits and weight

distribution recommended for your

vehicle.

Recommended cold tire inflation

pressures

All tire pressures should be checked

when the tires are cold. "Cold Tires"

means the vehicle has not been

driven for at least three hours or

driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Recommended pressures must be

maintained for the best ride, vehicle

handling, and minimum tire wear.

For recommended inflation pres

sure, refer to "Tires and wheels" on

page 8-38.

All specifications (sizes and pres

sures) can be found on a label

attached to the driver's side center

pillar.

MaintenanceTires and wheels

WARNING

Tire underinflation

Inflate your tires consistent with

the instructions provided in this

manual. Regularly check the tire

inflation pressure, and correct it as

needed; at least twice a month and

before any long trips on the road. If

you fail to observe this precaution,

you may be driving on underinflated

tires, which may not only compro

mise your vehicle's driving stability,

but may also lead to tire damage

and the risk of an accident. This risk

is much higher on hot days and

when driving for long periods at high

speeds.

Failure to maintain specified pres

sure may result in excessive wear,

poor handling, reduced fuel econ

omy, deformation of tire and/or

wheel, harsh ride conditions, possi

bility for additional damage from

road hazards, or result in tire failure.

Tire pressure

Always observe the following:

󳱽Check tire pressure when the tires

are cold. (After vehicle has been

parked for at least three hours or

hasn't been driven more than 1

mile (1.6 km) since startup.)

󳱽Check the pressure of your spare

tire each time you check the pres

sure of other tires.

󳱽Never overload your vehicle. Be

careful not to overload a vehicle

luggage rack if your vehicle is

equipped with one.

󳱽Warm tires normally exceed rec

ommended cold tire pressures by

4~6 psi (28~41 kPa). Do not

release air from warm tires to

adjust the pressure or the tires

will be underinflated.

WARNING

Tire Inflation

Overinflation or underinflation can

reduce tire life, adversely affect

vehicle handling, and lead to sudden

tire failure. This could result in loss

of vehicle control and potential

injury.

OMQ4AH080004

Maintenance

408

Tires and wheels

Checking tire inflation pressure

Check your tires once a month or

more.

Use a good quality gauge to check

tire pressure. You cannot tell if your

tires are properly inflated simply by

looking at them. Radial tires may

look properly inflated even when

they're underinflated.

Check the tire's inflation pressure

when the tires are cold. "Cold"

means your vehicle has been sitting

or at least three hours or driven no

more than 1 mile (1.6 km).

1.Remove the valve cap from the

tire valve stem.

2.Press the tire gauge firmly onto

the valve to get a pressure mea

surement. If the cold tire inflation

pressure matches the recom

mended pressure on the tire and

loading information label, no fur

ther adjustment is necessary.

3.If the pressure is low, add air until

you reach the recommended

amount.

4.If you overfill the tire, release air

by pushing on the metal stem in

the center of the tire valve.

5.Recheck the tire pressure with

the tire gauge.

6.Be sure to put the valve caps back

on the valve stems. They help

prevent leaks by keeping out dirt

and moisture.

Inspect your tires frequently for

proper inflation as well as wear and

damage. Always use a tire pressure

gauge.

Tires with too much or too little

pressure wear unevenly. This could

result in poor handling, loss of vehi

cle control, and sudden tire failure

leading to accidents, injuries, and

even death. The recommended cold

tire pressure for your vehicle can be

found in this manual and on the tire

label located on the driver's side

center pillar.

Tire rotation

To equalize tread wear, it is recom

mended that the tires be rotated

every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or

sooner if irregular wear develops.

During rotation, check the tires for

correct balance.

When rotating tires, check for

uneven wear and damage. Abnormal

wear is usually caused by incorrect

tire pressure, improper wheel align

ment, out of-balance wheels, severe

braking or severe cornering. Look

for bumps or bulges in the tread or

side of tire. Replace the tire if you

find either of these conditions.

Replace the tire if fabric or cord is

visible. After rotation, be sure to

bring the front and rear tire pres

sures to specification and check lug

nut tightness. (proper torque is

79~94 lbf󳚢ft [11~13 kgf󳚢m])

MaintenanceTires and wheels

Refer to "Tires and wheels" on page

8-38.

Disc brake pads should be inspected

for wear whenever tires are

rotated.

With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)

Rotate radial tires that have an

asymmetric tread pattern only from

front to rear and not from right to

left.

WARNING

Mixing tires

Do not mix bias ply and radial ply

tires under any circumstances. This

may cause unusual handling charac

teristics.

Wheel alignment and tire balance

The wheels on your vehicle were

aligned and balanced carefully at the

factory to give you the longest tire

life and best overall performance.

If you notice unusual tire wear or

your vehicle pulling one way or the

other, the alignment may need to be

reset.

If you notice your vehicle vibrating

when driving on a smooth road,

your wheels may need to be rebal

anced.

CAUTION

Wheel weight

Improper wheel weights can dam

age your vehicle's aluminum wheels.

Use only approved wheel weights.

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread

wear indicator will appear as a solid

band across the tread.

CBGQ0706

ODEEV098029NR

CBGQ0707A

OMQ4070103L

Maintenance

428

Tires and wheels

[A] : Tread wear indicator

This shows there is less than 1/16 in

(1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire.

Replace the tire when this happens.

Do not wait for the band to appear

across the entire tread before

replacing the tire.

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

works by comparing the speed of

the wheels. The tire size affects

wheel speed. When replacing tires,

all 4 tires must use the same size

originally supplied with the vehicle.

Using tires of a different size can

cause the ABS and Electronic Stabil

ity Control (ESC) to work irregularly.

It is best to replace all four tires at

the same time. If that is not possi

ble, or necessary, then replace the

two front or two rear tires as a pair.

Replacing just one tire can seriously

affect your vehicle's handling.

NOTICE

We recommend that when replac

ing tires, use the same originally

supplied with the vehicles. If not,

that affects driving performance.

Wheel replacement

When replacing the metal wheels

for any reason, make sure the new

wheels are equivalent to the original

factory units in diameter, rim width

and offset.

A wheel with an incorrect size may

adversely affect many things: wheel

and bearing life, braking and stop

ping abilities, handling characteris

tics, ground clearance, body-to-tire

clearance, snow chain clearance,

speedometer and odometer calibra

tion, headlamp aiming and bumper

height.

CAUTION

Wheels

Wheels that do not meet Kia specifi

cations may fit poorly and result in

damage to the vehicle or unusual

handling and poor vehicle control.

Tire traction

Tire traction can be reduced if you

drive on worn tires, tires that are

improperly inflated or on slippery

road surfaces.

Tires should be replaced when tread

wear indicators appear. Slow down

whenever there is rain, snow or ice

on the road to reduce the possibility

of losing control of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance

In addition to proper inflation, cor

rect wheel alignment helps to

decrease tire wear.

MaintenanceTires and wheels

If you find a tire is worn unevenly,

have your dealer check the wheel

alignment.

Make sure the newly installed tires

are balanced correctly to increase

vehicle ride comfort and tire life. In

addition, always rebalance the tire

when the tire is removed from the

wheel.

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies and

describes the fundamental charac

teristics of the tire and also provides

the Tire Identification Number (TIN)

for safety standard certification.

The TIN can be used to identify the

tire in case of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or Brand name is

shown.

2. Tire size designation

A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire

size designation. You will need this

information when selecting replace

ment tires for your vehicle. The fol

lowing explains what the letters and

numbers in the tire size designation

mean.

Example tire size designation:

(These numbers are provided as an

example only; your tire size desig

nator could vary depending on your

vehicle.)

P235/55R19 101H

󳱽P: Applicable vehicle type (tires

marked with the prefix "P" are

intended for use on passenger

vehicles or light trucks; however,

not all tires have this marking).

󳱽235: Tire width in millimeters.

󳱽55: Aspect ratio. The tire's section

height as a percentage of its

width.

󳱽R: Tire construction code (Radial).

󳱽19: Rim diameter in inches.

󳱽101: Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximum

load the tire can carry.

󳱽H: Speed Rating Symbol. See the

speed rating chart in this section

for additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with

important information that you

need if you ever have to replace one.

ODEEV098031NR

Maintenance

448

Tires and wheels

The following explains what the let

ters and numbers in the wheel size

designation mean.

Example wheel size designation:

7.5JX19

󳱽7.5: Rim width in inches.

󳱽J: Rim contour designation.

󳱽19: Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the

different speed ratings currently

being used for passenger vehicle

tires. The speed rating is part of the

tire size designation on the sidewall

of the tire. This symbol corresponds

to that tire's designed maximum

safe operating speed.

3. Checking tire life

Any tires that are over 6 years old,

based on the manufacturing date,

should be replaced by new ones. You

can find the manufacturing date on

the tire sidewall (possibly on the

inside of the wheel), displaying the

DOT code. The DOT code is a series

of numbers on a tire consisting of

numbers and English letters. The

manufacturing date is designated

by the last four digits (characters)

of the DOT code.

DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT means a

plant code number, tire size and

tread pattern and the last four

numbers indicate week and year

manufactured.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 1620 represents

that the tire was produced in the

16th week of 2020.

WARNING

Tire age

Replace tires within the recom

mended time frame. Failure to

replace tires as recommended can

result in sudden tire failure, which

could lead to a loss of control and an

accident.

4. Tire ply composition and mate

rial

The number of layers or plies of

rubber- coated fabric in the tire.

Tire manufacturers also must indi

cate the materials in the tire, which

include steel, nylon, polyester, and

others. The letter "R" means radial

ply construction; the letter "D"

means diagonal or bias ply con

struction; and the letter "B" means

belted-bias ply construction.

Speed Rating

Symbol

Maximum Speed

S112 mph (180 km/h)

T118 mph (190 km/h)

H130 mph (210 km/h)

V149 mph (240 km/h)

W168 mph (270 km/h)

Y186 mph (300 km/h)

MaintenanceTires and wheels

5. Maximum permissible inflation

pressure

This number is the greatest amount

of air pressure that should be put in

the tire. Do not exceed the maxi

mum permissible inflation pressure.

Refer to "Certification label" on page

6-211 for recommended inflation

pressure.

6. Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum

load in kilograms and pounds that

can be carried by the tire. When

replacing the tires on the vehicle,

always use a tire that has the same

load rating as the factory installed

tire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading

Quality grades can be found where

applicable on the tire sidewall

between tread shoulder and maxi

mum section width.

For example:

󳱽TREADWEAR 200

󳱽TRACTION AA

󳱽Temperature A

Tires degrade over time, even when

they are not being used. Regardless

of the remaining tread, we recom

mend that tires be replaced after

approximately six (6) years of nor

mal service. Heat caused by hot cli

mate or frequent high loading

conditions can accelerate the aging

process.

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara

tive rating based on the wear rate

of the tire when tested under con

trolled conditions on a specified

government test course. For exam

ple, a tire graded 150 would wear

one-and-a-half times (1󳚨) as well

on the government course as a tire

graded 100.

The relative performance of tires

depends upon the actual conditions

of their use. Performance may

depart significantly from the norm

due to variations in driving habits,

service practices and differences in

road characteristics and climate.

These grades are molded on the

side-walls of passenger vehicle

tires. The tires available as standard

or optional equipment on your vehi

cle may vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to

lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those

grades represent the tire's ability to

stop on wet pavement as measured

under controlled conditions on spec

ified government test surfaces of

asphalt and concrete. A tire marked

C may have poor traction perfor

mance.

The traction grade assigned to this

tire is based on straight-ahead

braking traction tests, and does not

include acceleration, cornering,

Maintenance

468

Tires and wheels

hydroplaning, or peak traction char

acteristics.

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (the

highest), B and C representing the

tire's resistance to the generation of

heat and its ability to dissipate heat

when tested under controlled condi

tions on a specified indoor labora

tory test wheel.

Sustained high temperature can

cause the material of the tire to

degenerate and reduce tire life, and

excessive temperature can lead to

sudden tire failure. The grade C cor

responds to a level of performance

which all passenger vehicle tires

must meet under the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.

Grades B and A represent higher

levels of performance on the labo

ratory test wheel than the mini

mum required by law.

Tire terminology and definitions

Refer to the following for detailed

definitions of the terms that are

found in the tire description.

Air Pressure The amount of air

inside the tire pressing outward on

the tire. Air pressure is expressed in

pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo

pascal (kPa).

Accessory Weight The combined

weight of optional accessories.

Some examples of optional accesso

ries are automatic transmission,

power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio The relationship of a

tire's height to its width.

Belt A rubber coated layer of cords

that is located between the plies

and the tread. Cords may be made

from steel or other reinforcing

materials.

Bead The tire bead contains steel

wires wrapped by steel cords that

hold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in

which the plies are laid at alternate

angles less than 90 degrees to the

centerline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure The amount of

air pressure in a tire, measured in

pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo

pascals (kPa) before a tire has built

up heat from driving.

Curb Weight The weight of a motor

vehicle with standard and optional

equipment (including the maximum

capacity of fuel, oil and coolant), but

without passengers and cargo.

DOT Markings A code molded into

the sidewall of a tire signifying that

the tire is in compliance with the

U.S. Department of Transportation

motor vehicle safety standards. The

DOT code includes the Tire Identifi

cation Number (TIN), an alphanu

meric designator which can also

MaintenanceTires and wheels

identify the tire manufacturer, pro

duction plant, brand and date of

production.

GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating

for the Front axle.

GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating

for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall The side

of an asymmetrical tire that must

always face outward when mounted

on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for

air pressure.

Light truck (LT) tire A tire desig

nated by its manufacturer as pri

marily intended for use on

lightweight trucks or multipurpose

passenger vehicles.

Load ratings The maximum load

that a tire is rated to carry for a

given inflation pressure.

Load Index An assigned number

ranging from 1 to 279 that corre

sponds to the load carrying capacity

of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure The

maximum air pressure to which a

cold tire may be inflated. The maxi

mum air pressure is molded onto

the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating The load rat

ing for a tire at the maximum per

missible inflation pressure for that

tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight

The sum of curb weight; accessory

weight; vehicle capacity weight; and

production options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight The num

ber of occupants a vehicle is

designed to seat multiplied by 150

lbs. (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution Designated

seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall The side of

a asymmetrical tire that has a par

ticular side that faces outward

when mounted on a vehicle. The

outward facing sidewall bears white

lettering or bears manufacturer,

brand, and/or model name molding

that is higher or deeper than the

same moldings on the inner facing

sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire A tire

used on passenger cars and some

light duty trucks and multipurpose

vehicles.

Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel

cords.

Pneumatic tire A mechanical device

made of rubber, chemicals, fabric

and steel or other materials, that,

when mounted on an automotive

wheel, provides the traction and

Maintenance

488

Tires and wheels

contains the gas or fluid that sus

tains the load.

Production options weight The

combined weight of installed regular

production options weighing over 5

lbs. (2.3 kg) in excess of the stan

dard items which they replace, not

previously considered in curb weight

or accessory weight. Examples

include heavy duty brakes, ride lev

elers, roof rack, heavy duty battery,

and special trim.

Recommended Inflation Pressure

Vehicle manufacturer's recom

mended tire inflation pressure and

shown on the tire placard.

Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in

which the ply cords that extend to

the beads are laid at 90 degrees to

the centerline of the tread.

Rim A metal support for a tire and

upon which the tire beads are

seated.

Sidewall The portion of a tire

between the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating An alphanumeric code

assigned to a tire indicating the

maximum speed at which a tire can

operate.

Traction The friction between the

tire and the road surface. The

amount of grip provided.

Tread The portion of a tire that

comes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands,

sometimes called "wear bars," that

show across the tread of a tire

when only 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of

tread remains.

UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Standards, a tire information sys

tem that provides consumers with

ratings for a tire's traction, tem

perature and treadwear. Ratings are

determined by tire manufacturers

using government testing proce

dures. The ratings are molded into

the sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity Weight The weight

of designated seating positions

multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus

the rated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire

Load on an individual tire due to curb

and accessory weight plus maxi

mum occupant and cargo weight.

Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire

Load on an individual tire that is

determined by distributing to each

axle its share of the curb weight,

accessory weight, and normal occu

pant weight and driving by 2.

Vehicle Placard A label permanently

attached to a vehicle showing the

original equipment tire size and rec

ommended inflation pressure.

MaintenanceTires and wheels

All season tires

Kia specifies all season tires on

some models to provide good per

formance for use all year round,

including snowy and icy road condi

tions.

All season tires are identified by ALL

SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and

Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow

tires have better snow traction than

all season tires and may be more

appropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

Kia specifies summer tires on some

models to provide superior perfor

mance on dry roads.

Summer tire performance is sub

stantially reduced in snow and ice.

Summer tires do not have the tire

traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)

on the tire side wall. if you plan to

operate your vehicle in snowy or icy

conditions, Kia recommends the use

of snow tires or all season tires on

all four wheels.

Snow tires

If you equip your vehicle with snow

tires, they should be the same size

and have the same load capacity as

the original tires.

Snow tires should be installed on all

four wheels; otherwise, poor han

dling may result.

Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28

kPa) more air pressure than the

pressure recommended for the

standard tires on the tire label on

the driver's side of the center pillar,

or up to the maximum pressure

shown on the tire sidewall, which

ever is less.

Do not drive faster than 75 mph

(120 km/h) when your vehicle is

equipped with snow tires.

WARNING

Do not use summer tires at tem

peratures below 45 󳚛F (7 󳚛C) or

when driving on snow or ice. At

temperatures below 45 󳚛F (7 󳚛C),

summer tires can lose elasticity, and

therefore traction and braking

power as well. Change the tires on

your vehicle to winter or all-

weather tires of the same size as

the standard tires of the vehicle.

Both types of tires are identified by

the M+S (Mud and Snow) marking.

Using summer tires at very cold

temperatures could cause cracks to

form, thereby damaging the tires

permanently.

Tire chains

Tire chains, if necessary, should be

installed on the front wheels.

Maintenance

508

Tires and wheels

Be sure that the chains are installed

in accordance with the manufac

turer's instructions.

To minimize tire and chain wear, do

not continue to use tire chains when

they are no longer needed.

󳱽When driving on roads covered

with snow or ice, drive at speeds

less than 20 mph (30 km/h).

󳱽Use the SAE "S" class or wire

chains.

󳱽If you hear noise caused by chains

contacting the body, retighten the

chain to avoid contact with the

vehicle body.

󳱽To prevent body damage,

retighten the chains after driving

0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

󳱽Do not use tire chains on vehicles

equipped with aluminum wheels.

In unavoidable circumstance, use

a wire type chain.

󳱽Use wire chains less than 0.47

inches (12 mm) to prevent dam

age to the chain's connection.

Radial-ply tires

Radial-ply tires provide improved

tread life, road hazard resistance

and smoother high speed ride.

The radial-ply tires used on this

vehicle are of belted construction,

and are selected to complement the

ride and handling characteristics of

your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have

the same load carrying capacity, as

bias-ply or bias belted tires of the

same size, and use the same rec

ommended inflation pressure.

Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-

ply or bias belted tires is not recom

mended. Any combinations of

radial-ply and bias-ply or bias

belted tires when used on the same

vehicle will seriously deteriorate

vehicle handling. The best rule to

follow is: Identical radial-ply tires

should always be used as a set of

four.

Longer wearing tires can be more

susceptible to irregular tread wear.

It is very important to follow the tire

rotation interval shown in this sec

tion to achieve the tread life poten

tial of these tires. Cuts and

punctures in radial-ply tires are

repairable only in the tread area,

because of sidewall flexing. Consult

your tire dealer for radial-ply tire

repairs.

MaintenanceFuses

Fuses

Blade type

Cartridge type

Multi fuse

High voltage fuse

* Left side: Normal, Right side:

Blown

* The actual fuse/relay panel label

may differ from equipped items.

A vehicle's electrical system is pro

tected from electrical overload

damage by fuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,

one located in the driver's side panel

bolster, the other in the engine

compartment near the battery.

If any of your vehicle's lights, acces

sories, or controls do not work,

check the appropriate circuit fuse. If

a fuse has blown, the element inside

the fuse will melt.

If the electrical system does not

work, first check the driver's side

fuse panel.

If the replacement fuse blows, this

indicates an electrical problem.

Avoid using the system involved and

immediately consult an authorized

Kia dealer.

Three kinds of fuses are used: blade

type for lower amperage rating,

cartridge type, and multi fuse for

higher amperage ratings.

WARNING

Fuse replacement

󳱽Never replace a fuse with any

thing but another fuse of the

same rating.

󳱽A higher capacity fuse could cause

damage and possibly a fire.

ODEEV098032NR

ODEEV098077NR

ODEEV098078NR

OMQ4070071L

Maintenance

528

Fuses

󳱽Never install a wire or aluminum

foil instead of the proper fuse -

even as a temporary repair. It

may cause extensive wiring dam

age and a possible fire.

󳱽Do not arbitrarily modify or add-

on electric wiring to the vehicle.

CAUTION

Do not use a screwdriver or any

other metal object to remove fuses

because it may cause a short circuit

and damage the system.

NOTICE

󳱽When replacing a fuse, turn the

ignition 'OFF' and turn off

switches of all electrical devices

then remove battery (-) terminal.

󳱽The actual fuse/relay panel label

may differ from equipped items.

WARNING

Electrical fire

Always ensure replacements fuses

and relays are securely fastened

when installed. Failure to do so can

result in a vehicle fire.

Do not remove fuses, relays and

terminals fastened with bolts or

nuts. The fuses, relays and termi

nals may be fastened incompletely,

and it may cause a possible fire. If

fuses, relays and terminals fastened

with bolts or nuts are blown, consult

with an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION

When replacing a blown fuse or

relay, make sure the new fuse or

relay fits tightly into the clips. Fail

ure to tightly install the fuse or

relay may cause damage to the wir

ing and electric systems.

CAUTION

󳱽Do not input any other objects

except fuses or relays into fuse/

relay terminals such as a screw

driver or wiring. It may cause con

tact failure and system

malfunction.

󳱽Do not plug in screwdrivers or

aftermarket wiring into the ter

minal originally designed for fuse

and relays only. The electrical

system and wiring of the vehicle

interior may be damaged or

burned due to contact failure.

󳱽If you directly connect the wire on

the taillamp or replace the bulb

which is over the regulated capac

MaintenanceFuses

ity to install trailers etc., the inner

junction block can get burned.

WARNING

Electrical wiring repairs

All electrical repairs should be per

formed by authorized Kia dealer

ships using approved Kia parts.

Using other wiring components,

especially when retrofitting multi

media or theft alarm system, car

phone or radio may cause vehicle

damage and increase the risk of a

vehicle fire.

NOTICE

Remodeling prohibited

Do not rewire your vehicle in any

way as doing so may affect the per

formance of several safety features

in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle

may also void your warranty and

cause you to be responsible for any

subsequent vehicle damage which

may result.

Inner panel fuse replacement

1.Turn the ignition switch and all

other switches off.

2.Open the fuse panel cover.

3.Pull the suspected fuse straight

out. Use the removal tool pro

vided in the main fuse box in the

engine compartment.

4.Check the removed fuse; replace it

if it is blown.

Spare fuses are provided in the

instrument panel fuse panel (or in

the engine compartment fuse

panel).

5.Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits

tightly in the clips.

OMQ4H070013

OMQ4070027L

Maintenance

548

Fuses

If it fits loosely, consult a profes

sional workshop. Kia recommends to

consult an authorized Kia dealer.

If you do not have a spare, use a

fuse of the same rating from a cir

cuit you may not need for operating

the vehicle, such as the cigarette

lighter fuse.

If the headlamps or taillamps, stop

lights, courtesy lamp, day time run

ning lights (DRL) do not work and

the fuses are OK, consult an autho

rized Kia dealer.

Engine compartment fuse replace

ment

1.Turn the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button and all other

switches OFF.

2.Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling the

cover up.

3.Check the removed fuse; replace it

if it is blown. To remove or insert

the fuse, use the fuse puller in the

engine compartment fuse panel.

4.Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits

tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely,

consult an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION

Always securely install the fuse

panel cover in the engine compart

ment to protect against electrical

failure which may occur from water

contact. Listen for the audible click

ing sound to ensure fuse panel cover

is securely fastened.

NOTICE

If the main (multi) fuse is blown,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE

The electronic system may not

function correctly even when the

engine compartment and internal

fuse box's individual fuses are not

disconnected. In such cases, the

cause of the problem may be dis

connection of the main fuse (BFT

type), which is located inside the

positive battery terminal (+) cap.

Since the main fuse is designed

more intricately than other parts,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

After checking the fuse panel in the

engine compartment, securely

OMQ4H070014

MaintenanceFuses

install the fuse panel cover through

the audible clicking sound. If not,

electrical failures may occur from

water contact.

Main fuse (Multi fuse)

If the main fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1.Turn off the engine.

2.Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3.Remove the nuts shown in the

picture above.

4.Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

5.Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

NOTICE

Do not disassemble nor assemble

the multi fuse when it is secured

with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or

partial assembly torque may cause

a fire. Have the vehicle checked by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Fuse/relay panel description

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,

you can find the fuse/relay label

describing fuse/relay name and

capacity.

OMQ4H070016

Maintenance

568

Fuses

Driver's side fuse panel

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this

manual may be applicable to your

vehicle. It is accurate at the time of

printing. When you inspect the fuse

panel in your vehicle, refer to the

fuse panel label.

OMQ4070083L

OMQ4AH070102

MaintenanceFuses

ICU Junction Block

Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected

AMP25AAMP (Amplifier)

P/SEAT (DRV)30A

Driver Power Seat Switch, IMS (Integrated memory sys

tem) Control Module, Driver Lumbar Support Switch

P/WINDOW (LH)25A

Driver/Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Passen

ger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch

Left Handle side/Rear Safety Power Window Module Left

Handle side

P/SEAT (PASS)30A

Passenger Power Seat Switch, Passenger Relay Unit, Pas

senger Power Seat Switch

S/HEATER (FRT)20A

1st Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, 1st Seat Warmer

Control Module

S/HEATER (REAR LH)15A2nd Seat Warmer Left Handle side Control Module

2nd ROW SEAT FOLDING

(RH)

20A2nd Seat Right Handle side Folding Actuator

P/WINDOW (RH)25A

Driver/Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Passen

ger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch

Right Handle side/Rear Safety Power Window Module

Right Handle side

TAILGATE OPEN15ATailgate Relay

2nd ROW SEAT FOLDING

(LH)

20A2nd Seat Warmer Left Handle side Control Module

DOOR LOCK20A

Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay, Data Link

Connector

REAR A/C 210ARear Air Conditioner Control Module

MULTI MEDIA 125A

Audio, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Fuse - MULTI

MEDIA2

S/HEATER (REAR RH)15A2nd Seat Warmer Right Handle side Control Module

MEMORY10A

Power Tail Gate Unit, IMS (Integrated memory system)

Control Module, Rear Air Conditioner Control Module, ROA

(Rear Occupant Alert), Driver/Passenger Power Outside

Mirror, Driver Door Area Unit, Instrument Cluster, Front Air

Conditioner Control Module, Front Air Conditioner Control

Panel, Head-Up Display

START10AIgnition Switch

E-SHIFTER7.5AElectronic Shift Dial

MODULE 67.5ANot Used

USB CHARGER 110A

Luggage USB Charge Connector Left Handle side/Right

Handle side

Maintenance

588

Fuses

USB CHARGER 215A

Rear Console USB Charge Connector Left Handle side/Right

Handle side, Driver/Passenger Seat USB Charge Connector

MODULE 37.5A

IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), ADAS Unit, Front Cam

era, Crash Pad Switch, Surround View Monitor Unit, Rear

Corner Radar Unit Left Handle side/Right Handle side, 4WD

(4 Wheel Drive) ECU, Front Radar Unit, VESS (Virtual Engine

Sound System) Unit, Front Console Switch, Driver/Passen

ger Seat Ventilation Switch Left Handle side/Right Handle

side

AIR BAG 115A

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module,

Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

Fuse Name(A)Circuit Protected

WASHER15AMultifunction Switch

MODULE 110A

AMP (Amplifier), Rear Seat Entertainment Left Handle

side/Right Handle side, Audio, Audio/Video & Navigation

Head Unit, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Front USB

Charge Connector Left Handle side/Right Handle side,

ADAS Unit, Surround View Monitor Unit

MODULE 910A

Driver/Passenger Mood Lamp, ADAS Unit, Data Link Con

nector, Surround View Monitor Unit, Driver Door Area Unit,

Key Solenoid, Rain Sensor, Driver/Passenger Smart Key

Outside Handle, Mood Lamp Unit, Driver/Passenger Door

Mood Lamp Unit

IBU 17.5A

IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), E/R Junction Block

(Battery C/Fan Relay), BMS (Battery Management Sys

tem) Control Module

MODULE 27.5ADriver Door Area Unit, Overhead Console

REAR A/C 115A

Rear Air Conditioner Blower Motor, ICU Junction Block

(Fuse - REAR A/C2)

A/BAG IND7.5AInstrument Cluster, Overhead Console

MODULE 87.5A

ADAS Unit, 1st Air Ventilation Seat Control Module/1st Seat

Warmer Control Module, 2nd Seat Warmer Left Handle

side/Right Handle side Control Module, Rear Air Conditioner

Control Module, AC Inverter, Rear Console AC Inverter Out

let

IBU 215AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)

MODULE1010AStop Lamp Switch

MODULE 510A

Overhead Console, AMP (Amplifier), Front Wireless Charger

Unit

A/C7.5A

Front Air Conditioner Control Panel, Front Air Conditioner

Control Module, Electronic Air Conditioner Compressor, E/R

Junction Block (Blower Relay, PTC Heater 1/2 Relay)

Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected

MaintenanceFuses

AIR BAG 210ASRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module

CLUSTER7.5AInstrument Cluster, Head-Up Display

MODULE 410A

Audio, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Data Link Con

nector, Front Air Conditioner Control Panel, Front Air Condi

tioner Control Module, Crash Pad Switch, Electro Chromic

Mirror, IMS (Integrated memory system) Control Module,

1st Air Ventilation Seat Control Module/1st Seat Warmer

Control Module, 2nd Seat Warmer Left Handle side/Right

Handle side Control Module

MODULE 77.5AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)

MULTI MEDIA 210A

Rear Seat Entertainment Left Handle side/Right Handle

side

BRAKE SWITCH7.5AStop Lamp Switch, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)

MDPS7.5A

MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit

* MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) is same as EPS

(Electric Power Steering).

Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected

Maintenance

608

Fuses

Engine compartment fuse panel

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this

manual may be applicable to your

vehicle. It is accurate at the time of

printing. When you inspect the fuse

panel in your vehicle, refer to the

fuse panel label on the inside of the

fuse cover. This diagram will provide

you with the specific information

for your vehicles.

OMQ4AH070018

OMQ4070113

MaintenanceFuses

E/R Junction Block

Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected

COOLING FAN80ACooling Fan Motor

PTC HEATER150APTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) Heater1 Relay

B+250AICU Junction Block (IPS)

PTC HEATER250APTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) Heater2 Relay

CVVD150ACVVD Actuator

INVERTER40AAC Inverter

IEB140AIEB Unit

MDPS1100A

MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit

* MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) is same as EPS

(Electric Power Steering).

B+660APCB Junction Block (Fuse - IG1, IG2)

IEB260AIEB Unit

B+550A

ICU Junction Block (Fuse - 2nd ROW SEAT FOLDING (RH), P/

WINDOW (LH), P/SEAT (DRV), S/HEATER (REAR LH))

REAR HEATED40ARear Heated Relay

POWER TAILGATE40APower Tail Gate Unit

SUNROOF40ASunroof Motor (Glass)

E-SHIFTER130ASBW (Shift By Wire) Control Unit

IEB360AIEB Unit

B+350AICU Junction Block (IPS)

BATTERY C/FAN15ABattery Cooling Fan Relay

OPCU20AOPU

HPCU110AHPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

FUEL PUMP20AFuel Pump Relay

CHILD LOCK15APCB Junction Block (Child Lock/Unlock Relay)

BLOWER50ABlower Relay

B+450A

ICU Junction Block (Fuse - AMP, S/HEATER (FRT), P/WIN

DOW (RH), 2nd ROW SEAT FOLDING (LH))

TRAILER30ATrailer Module

B+140A

ICU Junction Block (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, IBU2, S/HEATER

(REAR RH), AIR BAG2, MODULE9, START, DOOR LOCK,

TAILGATE OPEN, Long Term Load Latch Relay)

BATTERY MANAGEMENT10ABMS (Battery Management System) Control Module

4WD20A4WD (4 Wheel Drive) ECU

TCU115ATCM (Transmission Control Module)

AMS10ABattery Sensor

Maintenance

628

Fuses

PCB Junction Block

E-SHITER210ASBW (Shift By Wire) Control Unit, Electronic Shift Dial

EWP110AElectronic Water Pump

HEATED MIRROR10A

Front Air Conditioner Control Panel, Driver/Passenger

Power Outside Mirror

A/C110ANot Used

Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected

IG240AIG2 Relay

IG140AIG1 Relay, ACC Relay

WIPER FRT27.5AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)

SENSOR620AOxygen Sensor (Down)

SENSOR120AIgnition Coil #1~#4

SENSOR810AOPU

ECU210AECM (Engine Control Module), CVVD Actuator

SENSOR510AE/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

HPCU210AHPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

EWP210AElectronic Water Pump, Electronic Water Pump (HEV)

SENSOR920ANot Used

SENSOR320AECM (Engine Control Module)

SENSOR215AActive Purge Pump

WIPER FRT130AFront Wiper Motor, Front Wiper (Low) Relay

WIPER RR15ARear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor

HORN15AHorn Relay

B/ALARM HORN15ABurglar Alarm Horn Relay

E-SHIFTER37.5ASBW (Shift By Wire) Control Unit

TCU210ATCM (Transmission Control Module)

SENSOR410A

Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/#2

(Intake/Exhaust), Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, RCV (Recircula

tion Valve Control) Control Solenoid Valve, Cooling Fan

Motor, ELCM (EVAP. Leak Check Module)

SENSOR715AOxygen Sensor (Up)

ECU115AECM (Engine Control Module)

ECU320AECM (Engine Control Module)

ABS47.5AIEB Unit

POWER

OUTLET2

20ARear Console Power Outlet

MaintenanceFuses

Relay

Refer to the following table for the relay type.

POWER OUTLET120ALuggage Power Outlet

Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected

Relay NameType

Fuel Pump RelayMICRO

Battery C/Fan RelayMICRO

PTC Heater 1 RelayMICRO

B/Alarm Horn RelayMICRO

PTC Heater 2 RelayMICRO

Blower RelayMICRO

Rear Heated RelayMINI

Maintenance

648

Fuses

Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover)

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this

manual may be applicable to your

vehicle. It is accurate at the time of

printing. When you inspect the fuse

panel in your vehicle, refer to the

fuse panel label.

OMQ4H070015

OMQ4H070019

MaintenanceLight bulbs

Light bulbs

Light bulbs are installed in various

parts of the vehicle to provide light

ing inside and outside the vehicle as

well as to alert other vehicles.

Bulb replacement precaution

Please keep extra bulbs on hand

with appropriate wattage ratings in

case of emergencies.

Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 9-

When changing lamps, first turn off

the vehicle at a safe place, firmly

apply the parking brake and detach

the battery's negative (-) terminal.

WARNING

Working on the lights

Prior to working on the light, firmly

apply the parking brake, ensure that

turn the ignition switch or ENGINE

START/STOP button and turn off

the lights to avoid sudden move

ment of the vehicle and burning

your fingers or receiving an electric

shock.

Use only bulbs of the specified

wattage.

CAUTION

Light replacement

Be sure to replace the burned-out

bulb with one of the same wattage

rating. Otherwise, it may cause

damage to the fuse or electric wir

ing system.

Fully install light bulbs and any parts

used to secure them. Failure to do

so may result in heat damage, fire,

or water entering the headlamp

unit. This may damage the head

lamps or cause condensation to

build up on the lens. To prevent

damage or fire, make sure bulbs are

fully seated and locked.

CAUTION

Headlamp lens

To prevent damage, do not clean the

headlamp lens with chemical sol

vents or strong detergents.

NOTICE

󳱽If the light bulb or lamp connector

is removed while the lamp is still

on, the fuse box's electronic sys

tem may log it as a malfunction.

Therefore, a lamp malfunction

incident may be recorded as a

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in

the fuse box.

Maintenance

668

Light bulbs

󳱽It is normal for an operating lamp

to flicker momentarily. This is due

to a stabilization function of the

vehicle's electronic control device.

If the lamp lights up normally

after momentarily blinking, then

it is functioning as normal.

However, if the lamp continues to

flicker several times or turns off

completely, there may be an error

in the vehicle's electronic control

device. Please have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia

dealer immediately.

NOTICE

Have the headlamp aiming adjusted

by an authorized Kia dealer after an

accident or after the headlamp

assembly is reinstalled.

NOTICE

You can find moisture inside the lens

of lamps after a car wash or driving

in the rain. It is a natural event

caused by the temperature differ

ence between the inside and the

outside of the lamp and does not

mean there is a problem with its

functions. The moisture inside the

lamp would disappear if you drive

the vehicle with the headlamp

turned on. However, the level at

which the moisture is removed may

differ depending on the size/loca

tion/condition of the lamp. If the

moisture continues to stay inside

the lamp, have the vehicle checked

by an authorized Kia dealer.

If you don't have the necessary

tools, the correct bulbs and the

expertise, consult an authorized Kia

dealer. In many cases, it is difficult

to replace vehicle light bulbs

because other parts of the vehicle

must be removed before you can

get to the bulb. This is especially

true if you have to remove the

headlamp assembly to get to the

bulb(s).

Removing/installing the headlamp

assembly can result in damage to

the vehicle. If non-genuine parts or

substandard bulbs are used, it may

lead to blowing a fuse or other wir

ing damages.

Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to

the vehicle. If additional lights are

installed, it may lead to lamp mal

functions and flickering. Addition

ally, the fuse box and other wiring

may be damaged.

MaintenanceLight bulbs

Light bulb position (Front)

Headlamp 󳱮 Type A

Headlamp 󳱮 Type B

Fog lamp

1.Headlamp (Low) (LED type)

2.Headlamp (High) (LED type)

3.Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)

4.Front turn signal lamp (LED type)

5.Day time running lamp/Position

lamp (LED type)

6.Front fog lamp (LED type)

7.Front side marker lamp (LED

type)

Light bulb position (Rear)

Rear combination lamp - Type A

Rear combination lamp - Type B

OMQ4070045

OMQ4070042

OMQ4AH070048

OMQ4AH070057

OMQ4AH070056

Maintenance

688

Light bulbs

License plate lamp

High mounted stop lamp

Reversing lamp

1.Stop and taillamp (Bulb type)

2.Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)

3.Stop and taillamp (LED type)

4.Rear turn signal lamp (LED type)

5.Taillamp (LED type)

6.License plate lamp (LED type)

7.High mounted stop lamp (LED

type)

8.Reversing lamp (Bulb type)

9.Rear side marker lamp (Bulb type)

10.Rear side marker lamp (LED

type)

Light bulb position (Side)

1.Side repeater lamp (LED type)

OMQ4070052

OMQ4070058

OMQ4070084L

OMQ4070062

MaintenanceLight bulbs

Replacing headlamp (Low beam/

High beam), position lamp/daytime

running lamp, turn signal lamp (LED

type)

Type A

Type B

If the headlamp LED (1,2), daytime

running lamp LED (3) and turn signal

lamp LED (4) does not operate, have

your vehicle checked by a profes

sional workshop. Kia recommends to

visit an authorized Kia dealer.

Replacing front turn signal lamp

(Bulb type)

1.Turn off vehicle and disconnect

the negative terminal from the

battery.

2.Remove the socket (A) from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

3.Remove the bulb (B) from the

socket (A) by pressing it in and

rotating it counterclockwise until

the tabs on the bulb align with the

slots in the socket. Pull the bulb

out of the socket

OMQ4070064

OMQ4070065

OMQ4070067

OMQ4070106L

Maintenance

708

Light bulbs

4.Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it

until it locks into place.

5.Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assem

bly and turn the socket clockwise.

6.Connect the negative terminal

from the battery.

Replacing front fog lamp (LED type)

If the front fog lamp (6) does not

operate, have your vehicle checked

by a professional workshop. Kia rec

ommends to visit an authorized Kia

dealer.

Replacing front side marker lamp

bulb (LED type)

If the front side marker lamp LED

(1) does not operate, have the vehi

cle checked by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Replacing side repeater lamp (LED

type)

If the Side repeater lamp (LED) (1)

does not operate, have your vehicle

checked by a professional workshop.

Kia recommends to visit an autho

rized Kia dealer.

OMQ4070048

OMQ4AH070110

OMQ4070062

MaintenanceLight bulbs

The LED lamp cannot be replaced as

a single unit because it is an inte

grated unit. The LED lamp has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the Side repeater lamp (LED),

for it may damage related parts of

the vehicle.

Replacing stop and taillamp (Bulb

type)

1.Turn off vehicle and disconnect

the negative terminal from the

battery.

2.Open the liftgate.

3.Open the service cover.

4.Loosen the light assembly retain

ing screws with a cross-tip screw

driver.

5.Remove the rear combination

lamp assembly from the body of

the vehicle.

6.Disconnect the rear combination

lamp connector.

7.Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

8.Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket.

Pull the bulb out of the socket.

OMQ4070060

OMQ4070061

OMQ4070054

Maintenance

728

Light bulbs

9.Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it

until it locks into place.

10.Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assem

bly and turn the socket clockwise.

11.Install the rear combination lamp

assembly to the body of the vehi

cle.

12.Install the service cover.

Replacing rear turn signal lamp

(Bulb type)

1.Turn off vehicle and disconnect

the negative terminal from the

battery.

2.Open the liftgate.

3.Open the service cover.

4.Loosen the light assembly retain

ing screws with a cross-tip screw

driver.

5.Remove the rear combination

lamp assembly from the body of

the vehicle.

6.Disconnect the rear combination

lamp connector.

7.Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

8.Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket.

Pull the bulb out of the socket.

OMQ4070060

OMQ4070061

OMQ4070055

MaintenanceLight bulbs

9.Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it

until it locks into place.

10.Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assem

bly and turn the socket clockwise.

11.Install the rear combination lamp

assembly to the body of the vehi

cle.

12.Install the service cover.

Replacing rear turn signal lamp,

stop and taillamp, rear side marker

lamp (LED type)

If the stop and taillamp (1), rear

turn signal lamp (2), taillamp (3),

and rear side marker lamp (4) do not

operate, have your vehicle checked

by a professional workshop. Kia rec

ommends to visit an authorized Kia

dealer.

The LED lamp cannot be replaced as

a single unit because it is an inte

grated unit. The LED lamp has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the stop and taillamp (LED),

for it may damage related parts of

the vehicle.

Replacing reversing lamp (bulb

type)

1.Turn off vehicle and disconnect

the negative terminal from the

battery.

2.Remove the plastic tabs with a

flat-tip screw driver.

3.Loosen the plastic retaining

screws and remove the under

panel cover.

4.Disconnect the rear reversing

lamp connector (A).

OMQ4AH070059

OMQ4070105L

Maintenance

748

Light bulbs

5.Remove the socket (A) from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

6.Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

7.Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it

until it locks into place.

8.Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assem

bly and turn the socket clockwise.

9.Connect the rear back up lamp

connector.

10.Tighten the plastic retaining

screws.

11.Install the plastic tabs and the

under panel cover.

Replacing high mounted stop lamp

(LED type)

If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)

(1) does not operate, have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Kia

dealer.

The LED lamp cannot be replaced as

a single unit because it is an inte

grated unit. The LED lamp has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the high mounted stop lamp

(LED), for it may damage related

parts of the vehicle.

OMQ4070107L

OMQ4070108L

OMQ4070053

MaintenanceLight bulbs

Replacing license plate lamp (LED

type)

If the license plate lamp does not

operate, have your vehicle checked

by an authorized Kia dealer. The LED

lamp cannot be replaced as a single

unit because it is an integrated unit.

The LED lamp has to be replaced

with the unit. A skilled technician

should check or repair the map lamp

(LED), for it may damage related

parts of the vehicle.

Replacing map lamp (Bulb type)

WARNING

Interior lamps

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button

is depressed to avoid burning your

fingers or receiving an electric

shock.

1.Turn off vehicle and disconnect

the negative terminal from the

battery.

2.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from

lamp housing.

3.Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

4.Install a new bulb in the socket.

5.Align the lens cover tabs with the

lamp housing notches and snap

the lens into place.

CAUTION

Be careful not to dirty or damage

the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous

ings.

OMQ4070047

OMQ4AH070049

Maintenance

768

Light bulbs

Replacing map lamp (LED type)

If the map lamp (LED) (1) does not

operate, have your vehicle checked

by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamp cannot be replaced as

a single unit because it is an inte

grated unit. The LED lamp has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the map lamp (LED), for it

may damage related parts of the

vehicle.

Replacing room lamp (Bulb type)

WARNING

Interior lamps

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button

is depressed to avoid burning your

fingers or receiving an electric

shock.

1.Turn off vehicle and disconnect

the negative terminal from the

battery.

2.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from

lamp housing.

3.Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

4.Install a new bulb in the socket.

5.Align the lens cover tabs with the

lamp housing notches and snap

the lens into place.

CAUTION

Be careful not to dirty or damage

the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous

ings.

OMQ4AH070112

OMQ4070043

MaintenanceLight bulbs

Replacing personal lamp (LED type)

(if equipped)

If the personal lamp (LED) (1) does

not operate, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamp cannot be replaced as

a single unit because it is an inte

grated unit. The LED lamp has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the personal lamp (LED), for it

may damage related parts of the

vehicle.

Replacing vanity mirror lamp (Bulb

type)

WARNING

Interior lamps

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button

is depressed to avoid burning your

fingers or receiving an electric

shock.

1.Turn off vehicle and disconnect

the negative terminal from the

battery.

2.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lamp assembly

from interior.

3.Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

4.Install a new bulb in the socket.

5.Install the lamp assembly to inte

rior.

CAUTION

Be careful not to dirty or damage

the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous

ings.

OMQ4070044

OMQ4070050

Maintenance

788

Light bulbs

Replacing glove box lamp (Bulb

type)

WARNING

Interior lamps

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button

is depressed to avoid burning your

fingers or receiving an electric

shock.

1.Turn off vehicle and disconnect

the negative terminal from the

battery.

2.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lamp assembly

from interior.

3.Remove the cover from the lamp

assembly.

4.Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

5.Install a new bulb in the socket.

6.Install the cover to the lamp

assembly.

7.Install the lamp assembly to inte

rior.

CAUTION

Be careful not to dirty or damage

the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous

ings.

Replacing luggage lamp (Bulb type)

WARNING

Interior lamps

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button

is depressed to avoid burning your

fingers or receiving an electric

shock.

1.Turn off vehicle and disconnect

the negative terminal from the

battery.

2.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lamp assembly

from interior.

OMQ4070085L

OMQ4070046

MaintenanceAppearance care

3.Remove the cover from the lamp

assembly.

4.Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

5.Install a new bulb in the socket.

6.Install the cover to the lamp

assembly.

7.Install the lamp assembly to inte

rior.

CAUTION

Be careful not to dirty or damage

the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous

ings.

Replacing luggage lamp (LED type)

If the luggage lamp bulb/LED does

not operate, we recommend that

the system be checked by a profes

sional workshop.

Appearance care

Use the information in the following

sections to keep the exterior and

interior of your vehicle clean.

Exterior care

Use the information in the following

sections to maintain the exterior of

your vehicle. Keeping the exterior

clean is not only aesthetically pleas

ing, but it also helps to prolong the

life of the vehicle.

NOTICE

If you park the vehicle around a

stainless signboard or windshield

building etc., the plastic exterior

trim (bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp,

outside mirror etc.) may be dam

aged by reflected sunlight from the

external structure. To avoid damag

ing the plastic exterior trim, park

the vehicle away from the areas

where the reflected light may occur

or use a vehicle cover. (Depending on

the vehicle, the type of exterior trim

applied such as spoiler may differ.)

Exterior general caution

It is very important to follow the

label directions when using any

chemical cleaner or polish. Read all

warning and caution statements

that appear on the label.

OMQ4040464

Maintenance

808

Appearance care

Finish maintenance

Washing

To help protect your vehicle's finish

from rust and deterioration, wash it

thoroughly and frequently at least

once a month with lukewarm or cold

water.

If you use your vehicle for off-road

driving, you should wash it after

each off-road trip. Pay special

attention to the removal of any

accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and

other foreign materials. Make sure

the drain holes in the lower edges of

the doors and rocker panels are

kept clear and clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,

industrial pollution and similar

deposits can damage your vehicle's

finish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain

water may not completely remove

all these deposits. A mild soap, safe

for use on painted surfaces, may be

used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle

thoroughly with lukewarm or cold

water. Do not allow soap to dry on

the finish.

After washing the vehicle, test the

brakes while driving slowly to see if

they have been affected by water. If

braking performance is impaired,

dry the brakes by applying them

lightly while maintaining a slow for

ward speed.

CAUTION

󳱽Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and do

not wash the vehicle in direct sun

light or when the body of the

vehicle is warm.

󳱽Be careful when washing the side

windows of your vehicle, espe

cially with high-pressure water.

Water may leak through the win

dows and wet the interior.

󳱽To prevent damage to the plastic

parts and lamps, do not clean with

chemical solvents or strong

detergents.

WARNING

After washing the vehicle, test the

brakes while driving slowly to see if

they have been affected by water. If

braking performance is impaired,

dry the brakes by applying them

lightly while maintaining a slow for

ward speed.

High-pressure washing

When using high-pressure washers,

make sure to maintain sufficient

distance from the vehicle.

Insufficient clearance or excessive

pressure can lead to component

damage or water penetration.

Do not spray the camera, sensors or

its surrounding area directly with a

high pressure washer. Shock applied

from high pressure water may

MaintenanceAppearance care

cause the device to not operate

normally.

Do not bring the nozzle tip close to

boots (rubber or plastic covers) or

connectors as they may be dam

aged if they come into contact with

high pressure water.

WARNING

After washing the vehicle, test the

brakes while driving slowly to see if

they have been affected by water. If

braking performance is impaired,

dry the brakes by applying them

lightly while maintaining a slow for

ward speed.

CAUTION

Wetting engine compartment

󳱽Water washing in the engine com

partment including high pressure

water washing may cause the

failure of electrical circuits located

in the engine compartment.

󳱽Never allow water or other liquids

to come in contact with electrical/

electronic components and air

duct inside the vehicle as this may

damage them.

󳱽After the vehicle has been

washed, brake carefully while

paying attention to the traffic

conditions until the braking effect

has been fully restored.

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will no

longer bead on the paint.

Always wash and dry the vehicle

before waxing. Use a good quality

liquid or paste wax, and follow the

manufacturer's instructions. Wax all

metal trim to protect it and to

maintain its luster.

Removing oil, tar, and similar mate

rials with a spot remover will usually

strip the wax from the finish. Be

sure to re-wax these areas even if

the rest of the vehicle does not yet

need waxing.

Be careful not to touch the lens

when waxing the lamps.

CAUTION

Drying vehicle

󳱽Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch the

finish.

󳱽Do not use steel wool, abrasive

cleaners, acid detergents or

strong detergents containing high

alkaline or caustic agents on

chrome-plated or anodized alumi

num parts. This may result in

OMQ4070086L

Maintenance

828

Appearance care

damage to the protective coating

and cause discoloration or paint

deterioration.

Finish damage repair

Deep scratches or stone chips in the

painted surface must be repaired

promptly. Exposed metal will quickly

rust and may develop into a major

repair expense.

NOTICE

If your vehicle is damaged and

requires any metal repair or

replacement, be sure the body shop

applies anti-corrosion materials to

the parts repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance

To remove road tar and insects, use

a tar remover, not a scraper or

other sharp object.

To protect the surfaces of bright

metal parts from corrosion, apply a

coating of wax or chrome preserva

tive and rub to a high luster.

During winter weather or in coastal

areas, cover the bright metal parts

with a heavier coating of wax or

preservative. If necessary, coat the

parts with non-corrosive petroleum

jelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenance

Road salt and other corrosive chem

icals are used in cold weather states

to melt snow and prevent ice accu

mulation. If these chemicals are not

regularly removed, they will corrode

the vehicle underbody and, over

time, damage many parts: the fuel

lines, the fuel tank retention sys

tem, the vehicle's suspension, the

exhaust system, and even the body

frame.

The National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration has warned all vehi

cle owners of all brands of the need

to take the following steps:

󳱽Wash the undercarriage of your

vehicle regularly during the winter

and whenever your vehicle has

been exposed to such salts or

chemicals.

󳱽Do a thorough washing of the

undercarriage at the end of the

winter.

󳱽Use professional service techni

cians or governmental inspection

stations to annually inspect for

corrosion.

󳱽Immediately seek an inspection of

your vehicle if you become visu

ally aware of corrosion flaking or

scaling or if you become aware of

a change in vehicle performance,

such as soft or spongy brakes,

fluids leaking, impairment of

directional control, suspension

noises or rattling metal straps.

MaintenanceAppearance care

Aluminum wheel maintenance

The aluminum wheels are coated

with a clear protective finish.

󳱽Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, or

wire brushes on aluminum

wheels. They may scratch or

damage the finish.

󳱽Clean the wheel when it has

cooled.

󳱽Use only a mild soap or neutral

detergent, and rinse thoroughly

with water. Also, be sure to clean

the wheels after driving on salted

roads. This helps prevent corro

sion.

󳱽Avoid washing the wheels with

high speed vehicle wash brushes.

󳱽Do not use any alkaline or acid

detergents It may damage and

corrode the aluminum wheels

coated with a clear protective fin

ish.

Corrosion protection

Protecting your vehicle from corro

sion

By using the most advanced design

and construction practices to com

bat corrosion, we produce vehicles

of the highest quality. However, this

is only part of the job. To achieve

the long-term corrosion resistance

your vehicle can deliver, the owner's

cooperation and assistance is also

required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro

sion on your vehicle are:

󳱽Road salt, dirt and moisture that

is allowed to accumulate under

neath the vehicle.

󳱽Removal of paint or protective

coatings by stones, gravel, abra

sion or minor scrapes and dents

which leave unprotected metal

exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your

vehicle is regularly exposed to cor

rosive materials, corrosion protec

tion is particularly important. Some

of the common causes of acceler

ated corrosion are road salts, dust

control chemicals, ocean air and

industrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in

which corrosion is most likely to

occur. For example, corrosion is

accelerated by high humidity, par

ticularly when temperatures are

just above freezing. In such condi

tions, the corrosive material is kept

in contact with the vehicle's surface

by moisture that evaporates slowly.

Mud is particularly corrosive

because it dries slowly and holds

moisture in contact with the vehicle.

Although the mud appears to be

dry, it can still retain the moisture

and promote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler

ate corrosion of parts that are not

Maintenance

848

Appearance care

properly ventilated so the moisture

can be dispersed. For all these rea

sons, it is particularly important to

keep your vehicle clean and free of

mud or accumulations of other

materials. This applies not only to

the visible surfaces but particularly

to the underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion from

beginning by observing the follow

ing:

Keep your vehicle clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is

to keep your vehicle clean and free

of corrosive materials. Attention to

the underside of the vehicle is par

ticularly important.

If you live in a high-corrosion area 󳱯

where road salts are used, near the

ocean, areas with industrial pollu

tion, acid rain, etc.󳱯, you should

take extra care to prevent corrosion.

In winter, hose off the underside of

your vehicle at least once a month

and be sure to clean the underside

thoroughly when winter is over.

When cleaning underneath the vehi

cle, give particular attention to the

components under the fenders and

other areas that are hidden from

view. Do a thorough job; just damp

ening the accumulated mud rather

than washing it away will accelerate

corrosion rather than prevent it.

Water under high pressure and

steam are particularly effective in

removing accumulated mud and

corrosive materials.

When cleaning lower door panels,

rocker panels and frame members,

be sure that drain holes are kept

open so that moisture can escape

and not be trapped inside to accel

erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dry

Don't park your vehicle in a damp,

poorly ventilated garage. This cre

ates a favorable environment for

corrosion. This is particularly true if

you wash your vehicle in the garage

or drive it into the garage when it is

still wet or covered with snow, ice or

mud. Even a heated garage can con

tribute to corrosion unless it is well

ventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good condi

tion

Scratches or chips in the finish

should be covered with "touch-up"

paint as soon as possible to reduce

the possibility of corrosion. If bare

metal is showing through, the

attention of a qualified body and

paint shop is recommended.

Bird droppings: Bird droppings are

highly corrosive and may damage

painted surfaces in just a few hours.

MaintenanceAppearance care

Always remove bird droppings as

soon as possible.

Don't neglect the interior

Moisture can collect under the floor

mats and carpeting and cause cor

rosion. Check under the mats peri

odically to be sure the carpeting is

dry. Use particular care if you carry

fertilizers, cleaning materials or

chemicals in the vehicle.

These should be carried only in

proper containers and any spills or

leaks should be cleaned up, flushed

with clean water and thoroughly

dried.

Interior care

Use the information in the following

sections to maintain the interior of

your vehicle.

Interior general precautions

Prevent chemicals such as perfume,

cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand

cleaner, and air freshener from con

tacting the interior parts because

they may cause damage or discolor

ation. If they do contact the interior

parts, wipe them off immediately. If

necessary, use a vinyl cleaner, see

product instructions for correct

usage.

CAUTION

Electrical components

Never allow water or other liquids to

come in contact with electrical/elec

tronic components inside the vehicle

as this may damage them.

CAUTION

Leather

When cleaning leather products

(steering wheel, seats etc.), use

neutral detergents or low alcohol

content solutions. If you use high

alcohol content solutions or acid/

alkaline detergents, the color of the

leather may fade or the surface

may get stripped off.

Taking care of leather seats

󳱽Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the

seat. It will prevent abrasion or

damage of the leather and main

tain its quality.

󳱽Wipe the leather seat cover often

with dry or soft cloth.

󳱽Sufficient use of a leather protec

tive may prevent abrasion of the

cover and helps maintain the

color. Be sure to read the instruc

tions and consult a specialist

when using leather coating or

protective agents.

󳱽Leather with bright colors (beige,

cream beige) is easily contami

Maintenance

868

Appearance care

nated and clear in appearance.

Clean the seats frequently.

󳱽Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It

may cause the surface to crack.

Cleaning the leather seats

Remove all contaminations

instantly. Refer to instructions

below for removal of each contami

nant.

󳱽Cosmetic products (sunscreen,

foundation, etc.)

-Apply cleansing cream on a

cloth and wipe the contami

nated point. Wipe off the cream

with a wet cloth and remove

water with a dry cloth.

󳱽Beverages (coffee, soft drink,

etc.)

-Apply a small amount of neutral

detergent and wipe until con

taminations do not smear.

󳱽Oil

-Remove oil instantly with

absorbable cloth and wipe with

stain remover for leather only.

󳱽Chewing gum

-Harden the gum with ice and

remove gradually.

Fabric seat cover (if equipped)

Please clean the fabric seats regu

larly with a vacuum cleaner in con

sideration of fabric material

characteristics. If they are heavily

soiled with beverage stains, etc., use

a suitable interior cleaner. To pre

vent damage to seat covers, wipe

off the seat covers down to the

seams with a large wiping motion

and moderate pressure using a soft

sponge or microfiber cloth.

Velcro closures on clothing or sharp

objects may cause snagging or

scratches on the surface of the

seats.

Make sure not to rub such objects

against the surface.

Cleaning the upholstery and inte

rior trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from

vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a

vinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from

fabric with a whisk broom or vac

uum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap

solution recommended for uphol

stery or carpets. Remove fresh

spots immediately with a fabric spot

cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive

immediate attention, the fabric can

be stained and its color can be

affected. Also, its fire-resistant

properties can be reduced if the

material is not properly maintained.

Using anything but recommended

cleaners and procedures may affect

the fabric's appearance and fire-

resistant properties.

MaintenanceEmission control system

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web

bing

Clean the belt webbing with any

mild soap solution recommended for

cleaning upholstery or carpet. Fol

low the instructions provided with

the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye

the webbing because this may

weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass

If the interior glass surfaces of the

vehicle become fogged (that is, cov

ered with an oily, greasy or waxy

film), they should be cleaned with a

glass cleaner. Follow the directions

on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTION

Rear window

Do not scrape or scratch the inside

of the rear window. This may result

in damage of the rear window

defroster grid.

Emission control system

The emission control system of

your vehicle is covered by a written

limited warranty. Please see the

warranty information contained in

the Warranty & Consumer Informa

tion manual in your vehicle.

Your vehicle is equipped with an

emission control system to meet all

applicable emission regulations.

There are three emission control

systems, as follows.

1.Crankcase emission control sys

tem

2.Evaporative emission control sys

tem

3.Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper func

tion of the emission control sys

tems, it is recommended that you

have your vehicle inspected and

maintained by an authorized Kia

dealer in accordance with the main

tenance schedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection and

Maintenance Test (With Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) system)

󳱽To prevent the vehicle from mis

firing during dynamometer test

ing, turn the ESC off by pressing

the ESC switch.

󳱽After dynamometer testing is

completed, turn the ESC back on

by pressing the ESC switch again.

Maintenance

888

Emission control system

1. Crankcase emission control sys

tem

The Positive Crankcase Ventilation

system is employed to prevent air

pollution caused by blow-by gases

being emitted from the crankcase.

This system supplies fresh filtered

air to the crankcase through the air

intake hose. Inside the crankcase,

the fresh air mixes with blow-by

gases, which then pass through the

Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)

valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission control

(including Onboard Refueling Vapor

Recovery (ORVR)) system

The evaporative emission control

system is designed to prevent fuel

vapors from escaping into the

atmosphere. (The ORVR system is

designed to allow the vapors from

the fuel tank to be loaded into a

canister while refueling at the gas

station, preventing the escape of

fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the

fuel tank are absorbed and stored in

the onboard canister. When the

engine is running, the fuel vapors

absorbed in the canister are drawn

into the surge tank through the

Purge Control Solenoid Valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)

The Purge Control Solenoid Valve

(PCSV) is controlled by the Engine

Control Module (ECM); when the

engine coolant temperature is low

during idling, the PCSV closes so

that evaporated fuel is not taken

into the engine. After the engine

warms up during ordinary driving,

the PCSV opens to introduce evapo

rated fuel to the engine.

3. Exhaust emission control system

The exhaust emission control sys

tem is a highly effective system

which controls exhaust emissions

while maintaining good vehicle per

formance.

Vehicle modifications

This vehicle should not be modified.

Modification of your vehicle could

affect its performance, safety or

durability and may even violate gov

ernmental safety and emissions

regulations. In addition, damage or

performance problems resulting

from any modification may not be

covered under warranty.

󳱽If you use authorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle

to operate abnormally, wire dam

age, battery discharge and fire.

For your safety, do not use unau

thorized electronic devices.

MaintenanceEmission control system

Engine exhaust gas precautions

(carbon monoxide)

󳱽Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes. There

fore, if you smell exhaust fumes

of any kind inside your vehicle,

have it inspected and repaired

immediately. If you ever suspect

exhaust fumes are coming into

your vehicle, drive it only with all

the windows fully open. Have your

vehicle checked and repaired

immediately.

WARNING

Exhaust

Engine exhaust gases contain car

bon monoxide (CO). Though color

less and odorless, it is dangerous

and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow

the instructions on this page to

avoid CO poisoning.

󳱽Do not operate the engine in con

fined or closed areas (such as

garages) any more than what is

necessary to move the vehicle in

or out of the area.

󳱽When the vehicle is stopped in an

open area for more than a short

time with the engine running,

adjust the ventilation system (as

needed) to draw outside air into

the vehicle.

󳱽Never sit in a parked or stopped

vehicle for any extended time

with the engine running.

󳱽When the engine stalls or fails to

start, excessive attempts to

restart the engine may cause

damage to the emission control

system.

Operating precautions for catalytic

converters

WARNING

Catalytic converter

Keep away from the catalytic con

verter and exhaust system while

the vehicle is running or immedi

ately thereafter. The exhaust and

catalytic systems are very hot and

may burn you.

WARNING

Fire

󳱽Do not park, idle or drive the vehi

cle over or near flammable

objects, such as grass, vegetation,

paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust

system can ignite flammable

items under your vehicle.

󳱽Also, do not remove the heat sink

around the exhaust system, do

not seal the bottom of the vehicle

or do not coat the vehicle for cor

rosion control. It may present a

fire risk under certain conditions.

Maintenance

908

Emission control system

Your vehicle is equipped with a cata

lytic converter emission control

device.

Therefore, the following precautions

must be observed:

󳱽Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.

󳱽Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine mal

function, such as misfire or a

noticeable loss of performance.

󳱽Do not misuse or abuse the

engine. Examples of misuse are

coasting with the ignition off and

descending steep grades in gear

with the ignition off.

󳱽Do not operate the engine at high

idle speed for extended periods (5

minutes or more).

󳱽Do not modify or tamper with any

part of the engine or emission

control system. All inspections

and adjustments must be made

by an authorized Kia dealer.

󳱽Avoid driving with an extremely

low fuel level. Running out of fuel

could cause the engine to misfire,

damaging the catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautions

could result in damage to the cata

lytic converter and to your vehicle.

Additionally, such actions could void

your warranties.

Procedure for entering forced

engine activation mode

If the engine needs to be kept run

ning while the vehicle is stopped to

inspect emission gas or perform

vehicle maintenance, follow below

procedure to enter forced engine

activation mode.

1.Place the shift dial SBW in P (Park)

position with the vehicle stopped.

Engage the parking brake. Then,

follow the steps (1) to (5).

Below steps from (1) to (5) must

be completed within 60 sec. If not,

the process is reset and you must

start again from step (1).

1)Turn the ignition switch to the

ON position. Vehicles equipped

with the smart key, press the

ENGINE START/STOP button

twice without depressing the

brake pedal.

2)Place the shift dial SBW in P

(Park) position and depress the

accelerator pedal twice.

3)Place the shift dial SBW in N

(Neutral) position and depress

the accelerator pedal twice.

4)Place the shift dial SBW in P

(Park) position and depress the

accelerator pedal twice.

5)With the brake pedal

depressed, start the engine,

and maintain idling state. The

engine remains in idle state and

the forced engine activation

mode is maintained even when

MaintenanceEmission control system

the gear is shifted to a differ

ent position.

2.() indicator on the instrument

cluster blinks when the vehicle is

in forced engine activation mode.

Check the () indicator blinking

to ensure that the forced engine

activation mode is correctly

entered.

The () indicator continues

blinking until the forced engine

activation mode is canceled. When

the mode is canceled the ()

indicator will stop blinking.

3.To cancel the forced engine acti

vation mode, turn the vehicle off.

Specifications, Consumer information

and Reporting safety defects

Specificat ions, Consumer information and Reporting s afety defects

Dimensions.................................................................................9-2

Engine.........................................................................................9-2

Gross vehicle weight................................................................9-3

Luggage volume........................................................................9-3

Air conditioning system...........................................................9-4

Bulb wattage.............................................................................9-5

Tires and wheels.......................................................................9-6

Recommended lubricants and capacities.............................9-7

󳱽 Recommended SAE viscosity number................................9-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)......................................9-9

Vehicle certification label........................................................9-9

Tire specification and pressure label...................................9-10

Engine number........................................................................9-10

Air conditioner compressor label.........................................9-11

Refrigerant label.....................................................................9-11

Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)..........................................9-12

Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)...........................................9-14

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)..................................9-15

Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)..................9-16

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Dimensions

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety

defects

Dimensions

Engine

Item

6 Seats

in (mm)

Overall length189 (4,810)

Overall width74.8 (1,900)

Overall height

Without Roof rack66.7 (1,695)

With Roof rack66.9 (1,700)

Tread

Front

235/65 R1765 (1,651)

235/55 R1964.8 (1,646)

Rear

235/65 R1765.3 (1,661)

235/55 R1965.2 (1,656)

Wheelbase110.8 (2,815)

ItemSmartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV

Displacement [cu in (cc)]97.5 (1,598)

Bore x Stroke [in (mm)]3 x 3.5 (75.6 x 89.0)

Firing order1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders4 in-line

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Gross vehicle weight

Luggage volume

󳱽Min: Behind rear seat (seatback upright 23 degrees, cushion backwards)

to upper edge of the seat back.

󳱽Max: Behind rear seat (seatback upright 15 degrees, cushion forwards) to

roof.

Engine6 Seats [lbs (kg)]

Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV5,578 (2,530)

Item6 seats

Luggage volume (SAE) [cu ft (L)]

MIN.38.5 (1090)

MAX.45.0 (1274)

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Air conditioning system

Please contact a professional workshop for more details.

Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer.

ItemWeight of volume (g)Classification

Refrigerant

FRONT A/CON575󳚜25

R-1234yf

FRONT + REAR A/CON800󳚜25

Compressor lubricant

FRONT A/CON150󳚜10

POE

FRONT + REAR A/CON230󳚜10

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Bulb wattage

* : if equipped

Light bulbBulb typeWattage (Watt)

Front

Type A *

High beamLEDLED

Low beamLEDLED

Position and daytime run

ning lamps

LEDLED

Turn signal lampsPY28/8W28

Type B *

High beamLEDLED

Low beamLEDLED

Position and daytime run

ning lamps

LEDLED

Turn signal lampsLEDLED

Front fog lamps*LEDLED

Front side marker lampsLEDLED

Rear

Type A *

Stop and tail lamps21/5W21/5

Turn signal lampsPY28/8W28

Back up lampsP21W21

Side marker lamps (Bulb

Type)

W5WW5W

Type B *

Stop and tail lampsLEDLED

Turn signal lampsLEDLED

Back up lampsP21W21

Side marker lamps (LED

Type)

LEDLED

High mounted stop lampsLEDLED

License plate lampsLEDLED

Interior

Map lamps (Bulb Type)*WEDGE(W10W)10

Map lamps (LED Type)*LEDLED

Room lamps *FESTOON10

Personal lamps *LEDLED

Vanity mirror lampsFESTOON5

Glove box lampW5W5

Vanity mirror lamps *BULB5

Luggage lamp (Bulb Type)*FESTOON8

Luggage lamp (LED Type)*LEDLED

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Tires and wheels

*1. Load Index

*2. Speed Symbol

*3. If equipped

CAUTION

When replacing tires, use the same

size originally supplied with the

vehicle.

Using tires of a different size can

damage the related parts or make it

work irregularly.

NOTICE

󳱽We recommend that when replac

ing tires, use the same originally

supplied with the vehicles.

If not, that affects driving perfor

mance.

󳱽When driving in high altitude

grades, it is natural for the atmo

spheric pressure to decrease.

Therefore, please check the tire

pressure and add more air when

necessary.

Additionally required tire air pres

sure per km above sea level: 1.5

psi/km

Item

Tire

size

Wheel

size

Load

capacity

Speed

capacity

Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)]

Wheel lug nut

torque lbf󳚢ft

(kgf󳚢m, N󳚢m)

Normal loadMaximum load

km/hFrontRearFrontRear

Full size tire

235/

65R17

7.0J X 17"104900H210

2.4

(35,

240)

2.4

(35,

240)

2.4

(35,

240)

2.4

(35,

240)

79~94

(11~13,

107~127)

235/

55R19

7.5J X 19"101825H210

2.4

(35,

240)

2.4

(35,

240)

2.4

(35,

240)

2.4

(35,

240)

Compact

spare tire

(steel wheel)

T135/

90D17

4B X 17"104900M130

4.2

(60,

420)

4.2

(60,

420)

4.2

(60,

420)

4.2

(60,

420)

Compact

spare tire

(alloy wheel)

Compact spare tire's size is based on the full size tire equipped on your

vehicle.

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Recommended lubricants and capacities

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability,

use only lubricants of the proper quality.

The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in

improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

* 1. If the above recommended specification oil is not available, SAE 0W-20 grade

synthetic oil can be used. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-

synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indi

cated severe maintenance condition.

* 2. Different type of coolant or water may damage the electrical component.

LubricantVolume (L)Classification

Engine oil

(drain

and refill)

Recommends

Smart stream G1.6 T-GDi HEV4.8

0W-20, API SN PLUS/SP or

ILSAC GF-6

Automatic transmission fluid6SP4-M1

Coolant

7.9

Ethylene glycol base coolant

for aluminum radiator

Inverter Coolant

1.9

Contact an authorized Kia

dealer

Brake fluid452.8 󳚜 20 ccDOT 4

Fuel

17.7 US gal

(67 L)

Gasoline

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Recommended lubricants and capacities

Recommended SAE viscosity number

* 1. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the

engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance

condition.

An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the

international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It

is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certifi

cation Mark.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has

an effect on fuel economy and cold

weather operating (engine start and

engine oil flowability). Lower viscos

ity engine oils can provide better

fuel economy and cold weather per

formance, however, higher viscosity

engine oils are required for satisfac

tory lubrication in hot weather.

Using oils of any viscosity other

than those recommended could

result in engine damage.

When choosing an oil, consider the

range of temperature your vehicle

will be operated in before the next

oil change. Proceed to select the

recommended oil viscosity from the

chart.

CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the area

around any filler plug, drain plug, or

dipstick before checking or draining

any lubricant. This is especially

important in dusty or sandy areas

and when the vehicle is used on

unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug

and dipstick areas will prevent dirt

and grit from entering the engine

and other mechanisms that could be

damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

󳚛C

(󳚛F)

Smart stream G1.6 T-GDi HEV

0W-20

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

Vehicle Identification Number

(VIN)

The Vehicle Identification Number

(VIN) is the number used in register

ing your vehicle and in all legal mat

ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.

The number is punched on the floor

under the front right side seat. To

check the number, open the cover.

VIN label (if equipped)

The VIN is also on a plate attached

to the top of the dashboard. The

number on the plate can easily be

seen through the windshield from

outside.

Vehicle certification label

The vehicle certification label

attached on the driver's (or front

passenger's) side center pillar gives

the vehicle identification number

(VIN).

OMQ4AH080002

OMQ4050266L

OMQ4AH080003

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

109

Tire specification and pressure label

Tire specification and pressure

label

The tires supplied on your new vehi

cle are chosen to provide the best

performance for normal driving.

The tire label located on the driver's

side center pillar gives the tire pres

sures recommended for your vehi

cle.

Engine number

The engine number is stamped on

the engine block as shown in the

drawing.

Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV

OMQ4AH080004

OMQ4080005

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Air conditioner compressor label

A compressor label informs you the

type of compressor your vehicle is

equipped with such as model, sup

plier part number, production num

ber, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant

oil (2).

Refrigerant label

The refrigerant label is located on

the front body trim.

OSP2I089010

OMQ4AH080008

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

129

Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)

Roadside Assistance is provided on

all new current model year Kia Vehi

cles from the date the vehicle is

delivered to the first retail buyer or

otherwise put into use (inservice

date), whichever is earlier, for a

period of 60 months or 60,000

miles, whichever is earlier, subject to

the terms, conditions and exclusions

set forth in the Kia Warranty and

Consumer Information Manual

applicable to your model year vehi

cle.

Kia Motors America (KMA) reserves

the right to limit or deny services or

other benefits to any owner or

driver when, in KMA's judgment, the

claims and/or service requests are

excessive in frequency or type of

occurrence.

Toll free consumer assistance

is available from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM

PST, Monday through Friday and is

accessible by dialing 1-800-333-

4Kia (4542).

For more information regarding

assistance available, please refer to

your Kia Warranty & Consumer

Information Manual.

Emergency roadside assistance

is available 24 hours a day, 365 days

a year and is accessible by dialing 1-

800-333-4Kia (4542) or by pressing

the RSA button (when enrolled into

UVO).

Please note that you must provide

your Vehicle Identification Number

(VIN) to verify coverage at the time

of your call. The VIN can be found on

the dash of your vehicle on the

driver's side, on the door jamb of the

driver's door, your vehicle's registra

tion or proof of insurance card.

Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000

roadside assistance providers.

Should you accidentally run out of

fuel, require a battery jump, or need

help changing a tire, a Kia Roadside

Assistance Representative will dis

patch someone to deliver a small

quantity of gas, change a flat tire

with your inflated spare, or arrange

a battery jump to allow you to pro

ceed to your destination. We have

access to a network of over 10,000

locksmiths to help you should you

become locked out of your Kia.

In the event that mechanical diffi

culty renders your vehicle undrive

able due to a warranty-related

concern, Kia's Roadside Assistance

Representative will arrange to

transport your vehicle to the near

est Kia dealer or to an authorized

Kia alternative service location.

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)

Your vehicle must be accessible to

our dispatch transport vehicle, as

determined by our driver, to receive

this service.

NOTICE

Roadside Assistance benefits are

not available for any Kia vehicle that

has ever been or should have been

issued a "salvage" title or similar

"branded" title under any state's law

or has been declared a "total loss" or

equivalent by a financial institution

or insurance company.

Trip interruption

Trip interruption expense benefits

are provided in the event that a

warranty-related disablement

occurs more than 150 miles from

your home, and the repairs require

more than 24 hours to complete.

Reasonable reimbursement is

included for meals, lodging, or rental

vehicle expenses. Trip interruption

coverage is limited to $100 per day

subject to a three day maximum

limit per incident. You must contact

the Kia Roadside Assistance Center

to obtain pre-authorization of

expenses. Once the Kia Roadside

Assistance Center gives authoriza

tion for trip interruption benefits,

they will assist you in making the

necessary arrangements. Insurance

deductibles, expenses, and claims

paid by your insurance company or

other providers are not eligible for

reimbursement.

Fleet vehicles are excluded from

reimbursement under Kia's Trip

Interruption Policy.

Registering your vehicle in a foreign

country

If you plan to register your vehicle in

a foreign country, you should con

firm that it conforms to the regula

tions in that country. Even if you

successfully register the vehicle in a

foreign country, you may experi

ence the following problems and

should therefore consider the possi

bility of having to deal with them:

1.The fuel specified for your vehicle

may be unavailable. If other than

the specified fuel is used, it could

cause damage to the engine, the

fuel injection system, and other

fuel-related parts which may not

be covered under your New Vehi

cle Emissions Limited Warranty.

2.We must, therefore, clearly state

that when you leave the country

in which you purchased your Kia

new and register it in another

country, problems arising from

the use of fuel other than the

specified fuel are not subject to

manufacturer's warranty.

Because vehicles like yours may

not be marketed in the new coun

try of registration, parts, servic

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

149

Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)

ing techniques and tools

necessary to maintain and repair

your vehicle may be unavailable.

Even if vehicles like yours are sold

there, mechanical specifications

required by the government may

vary enough from the country of

purchase to cause additional

problems.

3.There may not be an Authorized

Kia Dealer in the area in which you

plan to register your vehicle. You

may additionally experience diffi

culty in obtaining services in a

foreign country for any number

of reasons.

Further, we cannot assume any

responsibility for problems that

result from unsatisfactory service

or lack of service outside of the

United States.

Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)

The electrical system of your vehicle

is designed to perform under all

reasonably expected operating con

ditions.

However, before any additional elec

trical equipment is installed in your

vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia

Dealer, in order to ensure that you

do not void your warranty.

Certain electrical equipment, or the

way in which it is installed, may

adversely affect the operation of

your vehicle, including such sys

tems as the engine control system,

the audio system and the electrical

charging system and thus poten

tially void all or part of your war

ranty.

We assume no responsibility for any

expense you may incur or for any

malfunction of your vehicle or any

of its components or systems that

may result from the installation of

additional electrical equipment that

is not supplied, or recommended for

installation by, Kia.

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)

Installation of a mobile two-way

radio system

If a mobile two-way radio system is

installed improperly, or if an exces

sively powerful type of system is

used, other electronic systems may

be adversely affected. To avoid

damage to your vehicle, consult an

Authorized Kia Dealer concerning

the proper equipment and installa

tion.

Kia motor vehicles are designed and

manufactured to meet or exceed all

applicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we

strongly urge you to read and follow

all directions in this Owner's Manual,

particularly the information under

the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION"

and "WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you

have any questions regarding the

operation of your vehicle, safety

issues and defects, please contact

your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assis

tance hot line as below:

National Consumer Affairs Manager

Kia Motors America, Inc.

P.O. Box 52410

Irvine, CA 92619-2410

1-800-333-4Kia (4542)

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.

only)

If you believe that your vehicle has a

defect which could cause a crash or

could cause injury or death, you

should immediately inform the

National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) in addition

to notifying [Kia Motors America,

Inc.].

If NHTSA receives similar com

plaints, it may open an investigation,

and if it finds that a safety defect

exists in a group of vehicles, it may

order a recall and remedy campaign.

However, NHTSA cannot become

involved in individual problems

between you, your dealer, or [Kia

Motors America, Inc.].

To contact NHTSA, you may call the

Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-

888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-

9153); go to http://www.safer

car.gov; download the SaferCar

mobile application; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New

Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC

20590.

You can also obtain other informa

tion about motor vehicle safety

from http://www.safercar.gov.

Specifications, Consumer information and

Reporting safety defects

169

Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)

Online factory authorized man

uals (U.S. only)

The following publications are avail

able on www.KiaTechinfo.com.

Service manual

This manual covers maintenance

and recommended procedures for

repair to engine and chassis compo

nents. It is written for the Journey

man mechanic, but is simple enough

for most mechanically inclined own

ers to understand.

Electrical troubleshooting manual

This manual complements the Ser

vice Manual by providing in-depth

troubleshooting information for

each electrical circuit in your vehicle.

Owner's manual

This manual describes the overall

features and operating procedures

for the vehicle.

AAbbreviation

Abbreviation

ABS

Anti-lock Brake System

ASM

Active Snow Mode

BAS

Brake Assistant System

BCA

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist

BCW

Blind-Spot Collision Warning

BVM

Blind-Spot View Monitor

Cruise Control

CRS

Child Restraint System

DAW

Driver Attention Warning

DBC

Downhill Brake Control

DRL

Daytime Running Light

EBD

Electronic Brake force Distribution

ECM

Electric Chromic Mirror

EPS

Electric Power Steering

ESC

Electronic Stability Control

ESS

Emergency Stop Signal

FCA

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist

HAC

Hill-start Assist Control

HBA

High Beam Assist

HDA

Highway Driving Assist

HMSL

High Mounted Stop Lamp

HUD

Head-Up Display

ISLA

Intelligent Speed Limit Assist

LATCH

Lower Anchors and Tether for

Children

LFA

Lane Following Assist

LKA

Lane Keeping Assist

MCB

Multi-Collision Brake

MDPS

Motor Driven Power Steering

Abbreviation

MIL

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

MSLA

Manual Speed Limit Assist

NSCC

Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control

ODS

Occupant Detection System

PCA

Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid

ance Assist

PDW

Reverse Parking Distance Warning

RCCA

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance Assist

RCCW

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warn

ing

RVM

Rear View Monitor

SBW

Shift-By-Wire

SCC

Smart Cruise Control

SEA

Safe Exit Assist

SEW

Safe Exit Warning

SRS

Supplemental Restraint System

SRSCM

SRS Control Module

SVM

Surround View Monitor

TBT

Turn By Turn

TCS

Traction Control System

TIN

Tire Identification Number

TPMS

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

VESS

Virtual Engine Sound System

Number

VIN

Vehicle Identification Number

VSM

Vehicle Stability Management

IIndex

Index

AC inverter 5-189

accumulated driving

information mode

5-107

adjusting instrument cluster

illumination

5-87

adjusting the height of

shoulder belt

4-28

adjusting the outside rear

view mirror

5-82

air bag 4-46

air bag collision sensors 4-66

air bag warning labels

4-73

curtain air bag 4-64

driver󳱴s and passenger󳱴s front

air bag

4-60

occupant detection system

(ODS) 4-53

side air bag 4-63

SRS components and functions

4-50

air bag collision sensors 4-66

air bag warning and indicator 4-49

air bag warning labels 4-73

air cleaner filter 8-29

air conditioning refrigerant

label

5-162

air ventilation seat 5-185

ambient light 5-181

antenna 5-201

anti-lock brake system (ABS) 6-36

appearance care 8-79

armrest 4-23

audio system 5-201

antenna

5-201

radio 5-203

USB port 5-202

auto hold 6-33

automatic climate control

system

5-164

heating and air conditioning

automatically

5-166

heating and air conditioning

manually

5-168

automatic transmission

LCD display messages 6-21

automatic transmission

(dial SBW)

6-17

operation

6-17

automatic turn off function 5-156

battery 8-35

battery saver function 5-142

before driving 6-7

blind-spot collision-

avoidance assist (BCA)

6-91

blind-spot view monitor

(BVM)

6-129

brake assist system (BAS) 6-46

brake fluid 8-26

brake system 6-26

anti-lock brake system (ABS)

6-36

auto hold 6-33

brake assist system (BAS) 6-46

downhill brake control (DBC)

6-41

electronic parking brake (EPB) 6-28

electronic stability control

(ESC) system 6-38

good braking practices

6-47

hill-start assist control (HAC) 6-44

power brakes 6-26

trailer stability assist (TSA) 6-46

vehicle stability management

(VSM) system

6-44

care of seat belts 4-35

cargo security screen 5-197

center console storage 5-180

child restraint system (CRS) 4-36

installing a CRS

4-39

selecting a CRS 4-37

climate control air filter 8-30

climate control system 5-159

climate control air filter

5-161

closing the hood 5-53

closing the liftgate 5-34

closing the power liftgate 5-39

closing the sunroof 5-62

coat hook 5-194

consumer assistance 9-12

coolant 8-22

cruise control (CC) 6-131

cup holder 5-182

curtain air bag 4-64

day/night rear view mirror 5-69

daytime running light (DRL) 5-143

defogging (windshield) 5-175

defroster 5-178

defrosting (windshield) 5-175

distance to empty 5-91

door locks 5-20

door lock/unlock features

5-25

electronic child safety lock

system 5-26

from inside the vehicle 5-23

in case of an emergency

5-27

rear occupant alert (ROA)

system 5-27

with the mechanical key 5-21

with the smart key

5-20

door lock/unlock features 5-25

downhill brake control (DBC) 6-41

drive info display 5-107

drive mode 6-50

drive mode integrated

control system

6-50

drive mode 6-50

smart shift on trip computer 6-54

driver attention warning

(DAW)

6-122

driver position memory

system

5-29

easy access function

5-32

driver󳱴s and passenger󳱴s

front air bag

4-60

driving assist mode 5-97

driving at night 6-192

driving in flooded areas 6-193

driving in the rain 6-193

driving info display 5-108

easy access function 5-32

economical operation 6-187

electric chromic mirror

(ECM) with HomeLink󳚙

system

5-70

electrical equipment 9-14

electronic child safety lock

system

5-26

electronic chromic mirror

(ECM)

5-70

electronic parking brake

(EPB)

6-28

electronic stability control

(ESC) system

6-38

emergency 7-2

emergency liftgate safety

release

5-34

emission control system 8-87

engine compartment fuse

replacement

8-54

engine oil 8-20

engine overheats 7-8

engine start/stop button 6-12

starting the engine 6-14

engine start/stop button

position

6-12

explanation of scheduled

maintenance items

8-16

exterior features 5-200

roof rack 5-200

fastening the seat belt 4-27

floor mat anchor(s) 5-196

folding the outside rear view

mirror

5-82

forward collision-avoidance

assist (FCA) - front view

camera only

6-55

forward collision-avoidance

assist (FCA) - sensor fusion

type

6-68

forward/reverse parking

distance warning (PDW)

5-136

front fog light 5-146

front seat adjustment for

manual seat

4-8

front seat adjustment for

power seat

4-10

front seat headrest 4-18

fuel economy 5-106

fuel filler door 5-54

closing the fuel filler door

5-55

opening the fuel filler door 5-54

fuel gauge 5-90

fuel requirements 2-2

full LCD cluster 5-86

fuses 8-51

engine compartment fuse

replacement

8-54

inner panel fuse replacement 8-53

gauges 5-88

distance to empty

5-91

fuel gauge 5-90

odometer 5-91

outside temperature gauge

5-92

power gauge 5-88

SOC gauge 5-89

speedometer 5-88

glove box 5-180

glove box lamp 5-159

good braking practices 6-47

hazardous driving

conditions

6-190

headlamp delay function 5-142

headrest

front seat headrest 4-18

rear seat headrest 4-21

head-up display (HUD) 5-124

heated steering wheel 5-67

heating and air conditioning

automatically

5-166

heating and air conditioning

manually

5-168

HEV (hybrid electric vehicle)

system

1-2

hev powertrain 2-8

high beam assist (HBA) 5-147

highway driving 6-194

highway driving assist

(HDA)

6-162

hill-start assist control (HAC) 6-44

hood 5-52

closing the hood

5-53

opening the hood 5-52

horn 5-68

hybrid battery cooling duct 1-17

hybrid starter & generator

(HSG) belt

8-26

hybrid system overview 1-2

hydroplaning 6-193

if you have a flat tire (with

spare tire)

7-15

ignition switch position 6-9

immobilizer system 5-15

Important safety precautions 4-3

in case of an emergency while

driving

7-3

indicator lights 5-120

information mode 5-97

infotainment system 5-201

audio system

5-201

inner panel fuse replacement 8-53

inside rear view mirror 5-69

installing a CRS 4-39

instrument cluster 5-85

adjusting instrument cluster

illumination

5-87

full LCD cluster 5-86

gauges 5-88

transmission shift indicator

5-93

intelligent speed limit assist

(ISLA)

6-116

interior features 5-181

AC inverter

5-189

air ventilation seat 5-185

ambient light 5-181

cargo security screen 5-197

coat hook

5-194

cup holder 5-182

floor mat anchor(s) 5-196

power outlet 5-188

seat warmer

5-183

side curtain 5-195

sun visor 5-186

USB charger 5-187

wireless smart phone charging

system

5-191

interior light 5-156

automatic turn off function

5-156

glove box lamp 5-159

luggage room lamp

5-157

map lamp 5-156

room lamp 5-157

vanity mirror lamp 5-158

jump-starting 7-5

key positions 6-9

ignition switch position

6-9

starting the engine 6-10

keys 5-7

battery replacement 5-13

remote key 5-7

smart key

5-10

lane following assist (LFA) 6-157

lane keeping assist (LKA) 6-84

LCD display 5-95

LCD display modes 5-96

LCD display messages 5-109

LCD display modes 5-96

LCD displays 5-105

driving info display 5-108

LCD display messages

5-109

service mode 5-108

trip information (trip

computer) 5-105

liftgate 5-33

closing the liftgate 5-34

emergency liftgate safety

release

5-34

opening the liftgate 5-33

power liftgate

5-36

light bulbs 8-65

light bulb position (front)

8-67

light bulb position (rear) 8-67

light bulb position (side) 8-68

lighting 5-142

battery saver function 5-142

daytime running light (DRL) 5-143

front fog light 5-146

headlamp delay function 5-142

high beam assist (HBA)

5-147

lighting control 5-143

operating high beam 5-145

operating turn signals 5-145

lighting control 5-143

auto light 5-144

head light (low beam)

5-144

luggage board 5-198

luggage net holder 5-196

luggage room lamp 5-157

luggage side tray 5-199

luggage tray 5-199

maintenance services 8-6

manual speed limit assist

(MSLA)

6-113

map lamp 5-156

master warning mode 5-98

mechanical key 5-8, 5-11

mirrors 5-69

adjusting the outside rear view

mirror

5-82

day/night rear view mirror 5-69

electric chromic mirror (ECM)

with HomeLink󳚙 system

5-70

electronic chromic mirror (ECM) 5-70

folding the outside rear view

mirror 5-82

inside rear view mirror

5-69

outside rear view mirror 5-81

reverse parking aid function 5-83

navigation-based smart

cruise control (NSCC)

6-151

occupant detection system

(ODS)

4-53

odometer 5-91

one-touch lane change

function

5-146

online factory authorized

manuals

9-16

opening the hood 5-52

opening the liftgate 5-33

opening the power liftgate 5-38

operating high beam 5-145

operating rear window

wiper and washer switch

5-154

operating turn signals 5-145

operating windshield

washers

5-153

outside rear view mirror 5-81

outside temperature gauge 5-92

overloading 6-213

owner maintenance 8-8

paddle shifter 6-25

panorama sunroof 5-59

closing the sunroof 5-62

resetting the sunroof 5-64

sliding the sunroof

5-61

sunshade 5-61

tilting the sunroof 5-62

power brakes 6-26

power gauge 5-88

power liftgate 5-36

closing the liftgate 5-39

opening height user setting

5-41

opening the liftgate 5-38

speed adjustment 5-41

power liftgate opening

height user setting

5-41

power liftgate speed

adjustment

5-41

power outlet 5-188

power window lock button 5-51

pre-tensioner seat belt 4-31

push-starting 7-7

rear cross-traffic collision-

avoidance assist (RCCA)

6-168

rear occupant alert (ROA)

system

5-27

rear seat adjustment 4-12

rear seat headrest 4-21

rear view monitor (RVM) 5-126

reducing the risk of a

rollover

6-190

releasing the seat belt 4-28

remote key 5-7

mechanical key

5-8

replacing rear wiper blades 8-34

reporting safety defects 9-15

resetting the sunroof 5-64

reverse parking aid function 5-83

reverse parking collision-

avoidance assist (PCA)

6-179

reverse parking distance

warning (PDW)

5-132

risk of burns when parking

or stopping vehicle

2-6

rocking the vehicle 6-191

roof rack 5-200

room lamp 5-157

safe exit assist (SEA) 6-107

safe exit warning (SEW) 6-103

scheduled maintenance

service

8-10

maintenance under severe usage

conditions

8-15

normal maintenance schedule 8-12

severe driving conditions

8-16

seat 4-5

armrest

4-23

feature of seat leather 4-8

front seat adjustment for

manual seat 4-8

front seat adjustment for

power seat

4-10

rear seat adjustment 4-12

seatback pocket

4-23

small pocket 4-24

seat belt precautions 4-33

seat belt restraint system 4-24

seat belts 4-24

child restraint system (CRS)

4-36

seat warmer 5-183

seatback pocket 4-23

selecting a CRS 4-37

service interlock connector 1-17

service mode 5-108

side air bag 4-63

side curtain 5-195

sliding the sunroof 5-61

small pocket 4-24

smart cruise control (SCC) 6-134

smart key 5-10

mechanical key 5-11

smart liftgate with auto

open

5-42

smooth cornering 6-192

snow tires 6-195

snowy or icy conditions 6-195

SOC gauge 5-89

special driving conditions 6-190

specifications 9-2

air conditioner compressor label

9-11

air conditioning system 9-4

bulb wattage 9-5

dimensions

9-2

engine 9-2

engine number 9-10

gross vehicle weight 9-3

lubricants and capacities

9-7

luggage volume 9-3

refrigerant label 9-11

tire specification and pressure

label

9-10

tires and wheels 9-6

vehicle certification label 9-9

vehicle identification number

(VIN)

9-9

speedometer 5-88

SRS components and

functions

4-50

starting the engine 6-10, 6-14

Starting and stopping the engine

for turbocharger intercooler

6-16

starting the engine 6-16

starting the engine with

smart key

6-14

steering wheel 5-65

electric power steering (EPS)

5-65

heated steering wheel 5-67

horn

5-68

tilt & telescopic steering wheel 5-66

storage compartment 5-180

center console storage

5-180

glove box 5-180

luggage board

5-198

luggage net holder 5-196

luggage side tray 5-199

luggage tray 5-199

stowing the rear seat belt 4-30

sun visor 5-186

sunshade 5-61

supplemental restraint

system (SRS) care

4-70

surround view monitor

(SVM)

5-128

theft-alarm system 5-17

tilt & telescopic steering

wheel

5-66

tilting the sunroof 5-62

tire chains 6-196

tire pressure monitoring

system (TPMS)

7-9

tires and wheels 8-38

all season tires

8-49

checking tire inflation pressure 8-40

radial-ply tires 8-50

snow tires

8-49

summer tires 8-49

tire chains 8-49

tire maintenance 8-42

tire replacement

8-41

tire rotation 8-40

tire sidewall labeling 8-43

tire terminology and definitions 8-46

tire traction

8-42

wheel alignment and tire

balance 8-41

wheel replacement 8-42

towing 7-26

trailer stability assist (TSA) 6-46

trailer towing 6-199

driving with a trailer 6-202

hitches

6-201

maintenance 6-205

safety chains 6-201

trailer brakes 6-201

transmission shift indicator 5-93

trip computer mode 5-97

trip information (trip

computer)

5-105

accumulated driving

information mode

5-107

drive info display 5-107

fuel economy 5-106

trip modes 5-105

turn by turn (TBT) mode 5-97

USB charger 5-187

USB port 5-202

user settings mode 5-98

vanity mirror lamp 5-158

vehicle auto shut-off system 6-48

vehicle break-in process 2-5

vehicle data collection and

event data recorders

2-7

vehicle handling instructions 2-6

vehicle identification number

(VIN)

9-9

vehicle load limit 6-208

vehicle modifications 2-5

vehicle stability management

(VSM) system

6-44

vehicle weight 6-212

virtual engine sound system

(VESS)

1-5

warning and indicator lights 5-113

warning lights 5-113

washer fluid 8-28

welcome system 5-155

what do do in an emergency

emergency starting 7-5

engine overheats 7-8

if the engine will not start 7-4

if you have a flat tire

(with spare tire)

7-15

road warning 7-2

towing 7-26

when the hybrid vehicle

shuts off

1-19

window opening and closing 5-49

windows 5-47

power window lock button

5-51

window opening and closing 5-49

windshield defrosting and

defogging

5-175

defogging logic

5-179

winter driving 6-195

wiper blades 8-32

wipers and washers 5-150

auto control

5-151

wireless smart phone

charging system

5-191

KIA 2021 SORENTO HYBRID

Product's Documents

KIA 2021 SORENTO HYBRID Ower's Manual

Specifications

KIA 2021 SORENTO HYBRID Questions and Answers